AWSSDK.S3 Implementation for accessing S3 Specialize the initialize of the client. Create a signed URL allowing access to a resource that would usually require authentication. When using query string authentication you create a query, specify an expiration time for the query, sign it with your signature, place the data in an HTTP request, and distribute the request to a user or embed the request in a web page. A PreSigned URL can be generated for GET, PUT, DELETE and HEAD operations on your bucketName, keys, and versions. The GetPreSignedUrlRequest that defines the parameters of the operation. determines if signing will fall back to SigV2 if the signing region is us-east-1 A string that is the signed http request. Asynchronously create a signed URL allowing access to a resource that would usually require authentication. When using query string authentication you create a query, specify an expiration time for the query, sign it with your signature, place the data in an HTTP request, and distribute the request to a user or embed the request in a web page. A PreSigned URL can be generated for GET, PUT, DELETE and HEAD operations on your bucketName, keys, and versions. The GetPreSignedUrlRequest that defines the parameters of the operation. determines if signing will fall back to SigV2 if the signing region is us-east-1 A string that is the signed http request. Marshalls the parameters for a presigned url for a preferred signing protocol. service client configuration Signature version to use. If AWS4 signing will be used and if the expiry period in the request exceeds the maximum allowed for AWS4 (one week), an ArgumentException is thrown. Internal request Create a signed URL allowing access to a resource that would usually require authentication. When using query string authentication you create a query, specify an expiration time for the query, sign it with your signature, place the data in an HTTP request, and distribute the request to a user or embed the request in a web page. A PreSigned URL can be generated for GET, PUT, DELETE and HEAD operations on your bucketName, keys, and versions. The GetPreSignedUrlRequest that defines the parameters of the operation. A string that is the signed http request. Asynchronously create a signed URL allowing access to a resource that would usually require authentication. When using query string authentication you create a query, specify an expiration time for the query, sign it with your signature, place the data in an HTTP request, and distribute the request to a user or embed the request in a web page. A PreSigned URL can be generated for GET, PUT, DELETE and HEAD operations on your bucketName, keys, and versions. The GetPreSignedUrlRequest that defines the parameters of the operation. A string that is the signed http request. Constructs AmazonS3Client with the credentials loaded from the application's default configuration, and if unsuccessful from the Instance Profile service on an EC2 instance. Example App.config with credentials set. <?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?> <configuration> <appSettings> <add key="AWSProfileName" value="AWS Default"/> </appSettings> </configuration> Constructs AmazonS3Client with the credentials loaded from the application's default configuration, and if unsuccessful from the Instance Profile service on an EC2 instance. Example App.config with credentials set. <?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?> <configuration> <appSettings> <add key="AWSProfileName" value="AWS Default"/> </appSettings> </configuration> The region to connect. Constructs AmazonS3Client with the credentials loaded from the application's default configuration, and if unsuccessful from the Instance Profile service on an EC2 instance. Example App.config with credentials set. <?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?> <configuration> <appSettings> <add key="AWSProfileName" value="AWS Default"/> </appSettings> </configuration> The AmazonS3Client Configuration Object Constructs AmazonS3Client with AWS Credentials AWS Credentials Constructs AmazonS3Client with AWS Credentials AWS Credentials The region to connect. Constructs AmazonS3Client with AWS Credentials and an AmazonS3Client Configuration object. AWS Credentials The AmazonS3Client Configuration Object Constructs AmazonS3Client with AWS Access Key ID and AWS Secret Key AWS Access Key ID AWS Secret Access Key Constructs AmazonS3Client with AWS Access Key ID and AWS Secret Key AWS Access Key ID AWS Secret Access Key The region to connect. Constructs AmazonS3Client with AWS Access Key ID, AWS Secret Key and an AmazonS3Client Configuration object. AWS Access Key ID AWS Secret Access Key The AmazonS3Client Configuration Object Constructs AmazonS3Client with AWS Access Key ID and AWS Secret Key AWS Access Key ID AWS Secret Access Key AWS Session Token Constructs AmazonS3Client with AWS Access Key ID and AWS Secret Key AWS Access Key ID AWS Secret Access Key AWS Session Token The region to connect. Constructs AmazonS3Client with AWS Access Key ID, AWS Secret Key and an AmazonS3Client Configuration object. AWS Access Key ID AWS Secret Access Key AWS Session Token The AmazonS3Client Configuration Object Paginators for the service Creates the signer for the service. Customizes the runtime pipeline. Runtime pipeline for the current client. Capture metadata for the service. Disposes the service client. This operation aborts a multipart upload. After a multipart upload is aborted, no additional parts can be uploaded using that upload ID. The storage consumed by any previously uploaded parts will be freed. However, if any part uploads are currently in progress, those part uploads might or might not succeed. As a result, it might be necessary to abort a given multipart upload multiple times in order to completely free all storage consumed by all parts. To verify that all parts have been removed and prevent getting charged for the part storage, you should call the ListParts API operation and ensure that the parts list is empty. Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name . Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Permissions
  • General purpose bucket permissions - For information about permissions required to use the multipart upload, see Multipart Upload and Permissions in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
  • Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession .
HTTP Host header syntax
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to AbortMultipartUpload:
The bucket name to which the upload was taking place. Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, you must use virtual-hosted-style requests in the format Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com. Path-style requests are not supported. Directory bucket names must be unique in the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must follow the format bucket_base_name--az-id--x-s3 (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az2--x-s3). For information about bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming rules in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points and Object Lambda access points are not supported by directory buckets. S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Key of the object for which the multipart upload was initiated. Upload ID that identifies the multipart upload. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the AbortMultipartUpload service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for AbortMultipartUpload Operation
This operation aborts a multipart upload. After a multipart upload is aborted, no additional parts can be uploaded using that upload ID. The storage consumed by any previously uploaded parts will be freed. However, if any part uploads are currently in progress, those part uploads might or might not succeed. As a result, it might be necessary to abort a given multipart upload multiple times in order to completely free all storage consumed by all parts. To verify that all parts have been removed and prevent getting charged for the part storage, you should call the ListParts API operation and ensure that the parts list is empty. Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name . Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Permissions
  • General purpose bucket permissions - For information about permissions required to use the multipart upload, see Multipart Upload and Permissions in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
  • Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession .
HTTP Host header syntax
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to AbortMultipartUpload:
Container for the necessary parameters to execute the AbortMultipartUpload service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the AbortMultipartUpload service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for AbortMultipartUpload Operation
Completes a multipart upload by assembling previously uploaded parts. You first initiate the multipart upload and then upload all parts using the UploadPart operation or the UploadPartCopy operation. After successfully uploading all relevant parts of an upload, you call this CompleteMultipartUpload operation to complete the upload. Upon receiving this request, Amazon S3 concatenates all the parts in ascending order by part number to create a new object. In the CompleteMultipartUpload request, you must provide the parts list and ensure that the parts list is complete. The CompleteMultipartUpload API operation concatenates the parts that you provide in the list. For each part in the list, you must provide the PartNumber value and the ETag value that are returned after that part was uploaded. The processing of a CompleteMultipartUpload request could take several minutes to finalize. After Amazon S3 begins processing the request, it sends an HTTP response header that specifies a 200 OK response. While processing is in progress, Amazon S3 periodically sends white space characters to keep the connection from timing out. A request could fail after the initial 200 OK response has been sent. This means that a 200 OK response can contain either a success or an error. The error response might be embedded in the 200 OK response. If you call this API operation directly, make sure to design your application to parse the contents of the response and handle it appropriately. If you use Amazon Web Services SDKs, SDKs handle this condition. The SDKs detect the embedded error and apply error handling per your configuration settings (including automatically retrying the request as appropriate). If the condition persists, the SDKs throw an exception (or, for the SDKs that don't use exceptions, they return an error). Note that if CompleteMultipartUpload fails, applications should be prepared to retry the failed requests. For more information, see Amazon S3 Error Best Practices. You can't use Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded for the CompleteMultipartUpload requests. Also, if you don't provide a Content-Type header, CompleteMultipartUpload can still return a 200 OK response. For more information about multipart uploads, see Uploading Objects Using Multipart Upload in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name . Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Permissions
  • General purpose bucket permissions - For information about permissions required to use the multipart upload API, see Multipart Upload and Permissions in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
  • Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession .
Special errors
  • Error Code: EntityTooSmall
    • Description: Your proposed upload is smaller than the minimum allowed object size. Each part must be at least 5 MB in size, except the last part.
    • HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request
  • Error Code: InvalidPart
    • Description: One or more of the specified parts could not be found. The part might not have been uploaded, or the specified ETag might not have matched the uploaded part's ETag.
    • HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request
  • Error Code: InvalidPartOrder
    • Description: The list of parts was not in ascending order. The parts list must be specified in order by part number.
    • HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request
  • Error Code: NoSuchUpload
    • Description: The specified multipart upload does not exist. The upload ID might be invalid, or the multipart upload might have been aborted or completed.
    • HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found
HTTP Host header syntax
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to CompleteMultipartUpload:
Container for the necessary parameters to execute the CompleteMultipartUpload service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the CompleteMultipartUpload service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for CompleteMultipartUpload Operation
Creates a copy of an object that is already stored in Amazon S3. You can store individual objects of up to 5 TB in Amazon S3. You create a copy of your object up to 5 GB in size in a single atomic action using this API. However, to copy an object greater than 5 GB, you must use the multipart upload Upload Part - Copy (UploadPartCopy) API. For more information, see Copy Object Using the REST Multipart Upload API. You can copy individual objects between general purpose buckets, between directory buckets, and between general purpose buckets and directory buckets. Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name . Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Both the Region that you want to copy the object from and the Region that you want to copy the object to must be enabled for your account. Amazon S3 transfer acceleration does not support cross-Region copies. If you request a cross-Region copy using a transfer acceleration endpoint, you get a 400 Bad Request error. For more information, see Transfer Acceleration.
Authentication and authorization
All CopyObject requests must be authenticated and signed by using IAM credentials (access key ID and secret access key for the IAM identities). All headers with the x-amz- prefix, including x-amz-copy-source, must be signed. For more information, see REST Authentication. Directory buckets - You must use the IAM credentials to authenticate and authorize your access to the CopyObject API operation, instead of using the temporary security credentials through the CreateSession API operation. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs handles authentication and authorization on your behalf.
Permissions
You must have read access to the source object and write access to the destination bucket.
  • General purpose bucket permissions - You must have permissions in an IAM policy based on the source and destination bucket types in a CopyObject operation.
    • If the source object is in a general purpose bucket, you must have s3:GetObject permission to read the source object that is being copied.
    • If the destination bucket is a general purpose bucket, you must have s3:PubObject permission to write the object copy to the destination bucket.
  • Directory bucket permissions - You must have permissions in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy based on the source and destination bucket types in a CopyObject operation.
    • If the source object that you want to copy is in a directory bucket, you must have the s3express:CreateSession permission in the Action element of a policy to read the object. By default, the session is in the ReadWrite mode. If you want to restrict the access, you can explicitly set the s3express:SessionMode condition key to ReadOnly on the copy source bucket.
    • If the copy destination is a directory bucket, you must have the s3express:CreateSession permission in the Action element of a policy to write the object to the destination. The s3express:SessionMode condition key can't be set to ReadOnly on the copy destination bucket.
    For example policies, see Example bucket policies for S3 Express One Zone and Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) identity-based policies for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Response and special errors
When the request is an HTTP 1.1 request, the response is chunk encoded. When the request is not an HTTP 1.1 request, the response would not contain the Content-Length. You always need to read the entire response body to check if the copy succeeds. to keep the connection alive while we copy the data.
  • If the copy is successful, you receive a response with information about the copied object.
  • A copy request might return an error when Amazon S3 receives the copy request or while Amazon S3 is copying the files. A 200 OK response can contain either a success or an error.
    • If the error occurs before the copy action starts, you receive a standard Amazon S3 error.
    • If the error occurs during the copy operation, the error response is embedded in the 200 OK response. For example, in a cross-region copy, you may encounter throttling and receive a 200 OK response. For more information, see Resolve the Error 200 response when copying objects to Amazon S3. The 200 OK status code means the copy was accepted, but it doesn't mean the copy is complete. Another example is when you disconnect from Amazon S3 before the copy is complete, Amazon S3 might cancel the copy and you may receive a 200 OK response. You must stay connected to Amazon S3 until the entire response is successfully received and processed. If you call this API operation directly, make sure to design your application to parse the content of the response and handle it appropriately. If you use Amazon Web Services SDKs, SDKs handle this condition. The SDKs detect the embedded error and apply error handling per your configuration settings (including automatically retrying the request as appropriate). If the condition persists, the SDKs throw an exception (or, for the SDKs that don't use exceptions, they return an error).
Charge
The copy request charge is based on the storage class and Region that you specify for the destination object. The request can also result in a data retrieval charge for the source if the source storage class bills for data retrieval. For pricing information, see Amazon S3 pricing.
HTTP Host header syntax
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to CopyObject:
A property of CopyObjectRequest used to execute the CopyObject service method. A property of CopyObjectRequest used to execute the CopyObject service method. The name of the destination bucket. Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, you must use virtual-hosted-style requests in the format Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com. Path-style requests are not supported. Directory bucket names must be unique in the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must follow the format bucket_base_name--az-id--x-s3 (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az2--x-s3). For information about bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming rules in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points and Object Lambda access points are not supported by directory buckets. S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? in the Amazon S3 User Guide. A property of CopyObjectRequest used to execute the CopyObject service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the CopyObject service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for CopyObject Operation
Creates a copy of an object that is already stored in Amazon S3. You can store individual objects of up to 5 TB in Amazon S3. You create a copy of your object up to 5 GB in size in a single atomic action using this API. However, to copy an object greater than 5 GB, you must use the multipart upload Upload Part - Copy (UploadPartCopy) API. For more information, see Copy Object Using the REST Multipart Upload API. You can copy individual objects between general purpose buckets, between directory buckets, and between general purpose buckets and directory buckets. Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name . Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Both the Region that you want to copy the object from and the Region that you want to copy the object to must be enabled for your account. Amazon S3 transfer acceleration does not support cross-Region copies. If you request a cross-Region copy using a transfer acceleration endpoint, you get a 400 Bad Request error. For more information, see Transfer Acceleration.
Authentication and authorization
All CopyObject requests must be authenticated and signed by using IAM credentials (access key ID and secret access key for the IAM identities). All headers with the x-amz- prefix, including x-amz-copy-source, must be signed. For more information, see REST Authentication. Directory buckets - You must use the IAM credentials to authenticate and authorize your access to the CopyObject API operation, instead of using the temporary security credentials through the CreateSession API operation. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs handles authentication and authorization on your behalf.
Permissions
You must have read access to the source object and write access to the destination bucket.
  • General purpose bucket permissions - You must have permissions in an IAM policy based on the source and destination bucket types in a CopyObject operation.
    • If the source object is in a general purpose bucket, you must have s3:GetObject permission to read the source object that is being copied.
    • If the destination bucket is a general purpose bucket, you must have s3:PubObject permission to write the object copy to the destination bucket.
  • Directory bucket permissions - You must have permissions in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy based on the source and destination bucket types in a CopyObject operation.
    • If the source object that you want to copy is in a directory bucket, you must have the s3express:CreateSession permission in the Action element of a policy to read the object. By default, the session is in the ReadWrite mode. If you want to restrict the access, you can explicitly set the s3express:SessionMode condition key to ReadOnly on the copy source bucket.
    • If the copy destination is a directory bucket, you must have the s3express:CreateSession permission in the Action element of a policy to write the object to the destination. The s3express:SessionMode condition key can't be set to ReadOnly on the copy destination bucket.
    For example policies, see Example bucket policies for S3 Express One Zone and Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) identity-based policies for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Response and special errors
When the request is an HTTP 1.1 request, the response is chunk encoded. When the request is not an HTTP 1.1 request, the response would not contain the Content-Length. You always need to read the entire response body to check if the copy succeeds. to keep the connection alive while we copy the data.
  • If the copy is successful, you receive a response with information about the copied object.
  • A copy request might return an error when Amazon S3 receives the copy request or while Amazon S3 is copying the files. A 200 OK response can contain either a success or an error.
    • If the error occurs before the copy action starts, you receive a standard Amazon S3 error.
    • If the error occurs during the copy operation, the error response is embedded in the 200 OK response. For example, in a cross-region copy, you may encounter throttling and receive a 200 OK response. For more information, see Resolve the Error 200 response when copying objects to Amazon S3. The 200 OK status code means the copy was accepted, but it doesn't mean the copy is complete. Another example is when you disconnect from Amazon S3 before the copy is complete, Amazon S3 might cancel the copy and you may receive a 200 OK response. You must stay connected to Amazon S3 until the entire response is successfully received and processed. If you call this API operation directly, make sure to design your application to parse the content of the response and handle it appropriately. If you use Amazon Web Services SDKs, SDKs handle this condition. The SDKs detect the embedded error and apply error handling per your configuration settings (including automatically retrying the request as appropriate). If the condition persists, the SDKs throw an exception (or, for the SDKs that don't use exceptions, they return an error).
Charge
The copy request charge is based on the storage class and Region that you specify for the destination object. The request can also result in a data retrieval charge for the source if the source storage class bills for data retrieval. For pricing information, see Amazon S3 pricing.
HTTP Host header syntax
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to CopyObject:
A property of CopyObjectRequest used to execute the CopyObject service method. A property of CopyObjectRequest used to execute the CopyObject service method. A property of CopyObjectRequest used to execute the CopyObject service method. The name of the destination bucket. Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, you must use virtual-hosted-style requests in the format Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com. Path-style requests are not supported. Directory bucket names must be unique in the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must follow the format bucket_base_name--az-id--x-s3 (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az2--x-s3). For information about bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming rules in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points and Object Lambda access points are not supported by directory buckets. S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? in the Amazon S3 User Guide. A property of CopyObjectRequest used to execute the CopyObject service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the CopyObject service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for CopyObject Operation
Creates a copy of an object that is already stored in Amazon S3. You can store individual objects of up to 5 TB in Amazon S3. You create a copy of your object up to 5 GB in size in a single atomic action using this API. However, to copy an object greater than 5 GB, you must use the multipart upload Upload Part - Copy (UploadPartCopy) API. For more information, see Copy Object Using the REST Multipart Upload API. You can copy individual objects between general purpose buckets, between directory buckets, and between general purpose buckets and directory buckets. Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name . Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Both the Region that you want to copy the object from and the Region that you want to copy the object to must be enabled for your account. Amazon S3 transfer acceleration does not support cross-Region copies. If you request a cross-Region copy using a transfer acceleration endpoint, you get a 400 Bad Request error. For more information, see Transfer Acceleration.
Authentication and authorization
All CopyObject requests must be authenticated and signed by using IAM credentials (access key ID and secret access key for the IAM identities). All headers with the x-amz- prefix, including x-amz-copy-source, must be signed. For more information, see REST Authentication. Directory buckets - You must use the IAM credentials to authenticate and authorize your access to the CopyObject API operation, instead of using the temporary security credentials through the CreateSession API operation. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs handles authentication and authorization on your behalf.
Permissions
You must have read access to the source object and write access to the destination bucket.
  • General purpose bucket permissions - You must have permissions in an IAM policy based on the source and destination bucket types in a CopyObject operation.
    • If the source object is in a general purpose bucket, you must have s3:GetObject permission to read the source object that is being copied.
    • If the destination bucket is a general purpose bucket, you must have s3:PubObject permission to write the object copy to the destination bucket.
  • Directory bucket permissions - You must have permissions in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy based on the source and destination bucket types in a CopyObject operation.
    • If the source object that you want to copy is in a directory bucket, you must have the s3express:CreateSession permission in the Action element of a policy to read the object. By default, the session is in the ReadWrite mode. If you want to restrict the access, you can explicitly set the s3express:SessionMode condition key to ReadOnly on the copy source bucket.
    • If the copy destination is a directory bucket, you must have the s3express:CreateSession permission in the Action element of a policy to write the object to the destination. The s3express:SessionMode condition key can't be set to ReadOnly on the copy destination bucket.
    For example policies, see Example bucket policies for S3 Express One Zone and Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) identity-based policies for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Response and special errors
When the request is an HTTP 1.1 request, the response is chunk encoded. When the request is not an HTTP 1.1 request, the response would not contain the Content-Length. You always need to read the entire response body to check if the copy succeeds. to keep the connection alive while we copy the data.
  • If the copy is successful, you receive a response with information about the copied object.
  • A copy request might return an error when Amazon S3 receives the copy request or while Amazon S3 is copying the files. A 200 OK response can contain either a success or an error.
    • If the error occurs before the copy action starts, you receive a standard Amazon S3 error.
    • If the error occurs during the copy operation, the error response is embedded in the 200 OK response. For example, in a cross-region copy, you may encounter throttling and receive a 200 OK response. For more information, see Resolve the Error 200 response when copying objects to Amazon S3. The 200 OK status code means the copy was accepted, but it doesn't mean the copy is complete. Another example is when you disconnect from Amazon S3 before the copy is complete, Amazon S3 might cancel the copy and you may receive a 200 OK response. You must stay connected to Amazon S3 until the entire response is successfully received and processed. If you call this API operation directly, make sure to design your application to parse the content of the response and handle it appropriately. If you use Amazon Web Services SDKs, SDKs handle this condition. The SDKs detect the embedded error and apply error handling per your configuration settings (including automatically retrying the request as appropriate). If the condition persists, the SDKs throw an exception (or, for the SDKs that don't use exceptions, they return an error).
Charge
The copy request charge is based on the storage class and Region that you specify for the destination object. The request can also result in a data retrieval charge for the source if the source storage class bills for data retrieval. For pricing information, see Amazon S3 pricing.
HTTP Host header syntax
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to CopyObject:
Container for the necessary parameters to execute the CopyObject service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the CopyObject service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for CopyObject Operation
Uploads a part by copying data from an existing object as data source. To specify the data source, you add the request header x-amz-copy-source in your request. To specify a byte range, you add the request header x-amz-copy-source-range in your request. For information about maximum and minimum part sizes and other multipart upload specifications, see Multipart upload limits in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Instead of copying data from an existing object as part data, you might use the UploadPart action to upload new data as a part of an object in your request. You must initiate a multipart upload before you can upload any part. In response to your initiate request, Amazon S3 returns the upload ID, a unique identifier that you must include in your upload part request. For conceptual information about multipart uploads, see Uploading Objects Using Multipart Upload in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For information about copying objects using a single atomic action vs. a multipart upload, see Operations on Objects in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name . Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Authentication and authorization
All UploadPartCopy requests must be authenticated and signed by using IAM credentials (access key ID and secret access key for the IAM identities). All headers with the x-amz- prefix, including x-amz-copy-source, must be signed. For more information, see REST Authentication. Directory buckets - You must use IAM credentials to authenticate and authorize your access to the UploadPartCopy API operation, instead of using the temporary security credentials through the CreateSession API operation. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs handles authentication and authorization on your behalf.
Permissions
You must have READ access to the source object and WRITE access to the destination bucket.
  • General purpose bucket permissions - You must have the permissions in a policy based on the bucket types of your source bucket and destination bucket in an UploadPartCopy operation.
    • If the source object is in a general purpose bucket, you must have the s3:GetObject permission to read the source object that is being copied.
    • If the destination bucket is a general purpose bucket, you must have the s3:PubObject permission to write the object copy to the destination bucket.
    For information about permissions required to use the multipart upload API, see Multipart Upload and Permissions in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
  • Directory bucket permissions - You must have permissions in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy based on the source and destination bucket types in an UploadPartCopy operation.
    • If the source object that you want to copy is in a directory bucket, you must have the s3express:CreateSession permission in the Action element of a policy to read the object . By default, the session is in the ReadWrite mode. If you want to restrict the access, you can explicitly set the s3express:SessionMode condition key to ReadOnly on the copy source bucket.
    • If the copy destination is a directory bucket, you must have the s3express:CreateSession permission in the Action element of a policy to write the object to the destination. The s3express:SessionMode condition key cannot be set to ReadOnly on the copy destination.
    For example policies, see Example bucket policies for S3 Express One Zone and Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) identity-based policies for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Encryption
  • General purpose buckets - For information about using server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys with the UploadPartCopy operation, see CopyObject and UploadPart.
  • Directory buckets - For directory buckets, only server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) (AES256) is supported.
Special errors
  • Error Code: NoSuchUpload
    • Description: The specified multipart upload does not exist. The upload ID might be invalid, or the multipart upload might have been aborted or completed.
    • HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found
  • Error Code: InvalidRequest
    • Description: The specified copy source is not supported as a byte-range copy source.
    • HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request
HTTP Host header syntax
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to UploadPartCopy:
A property of CopyPartRequest used to execute the CopyPart service method. A property of CopyPartRequest used to execute the CopyPart service method. The bucket name. Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, you must use virtual-hosted-style requests in the format Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com. Path-style requests are not supported. Directory bucket names must be unique in the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must follow the format bucket_base_name--az-id--x-s3 (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az2--x-s3). For information about bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming rules in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points and Object Lambda access points are not supported by directory buckets. S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? in the Amazon S3 User Guide. A property of CopyPartRequest used to execute the CopyPart service method. Upload ID identifying the multipart upload whose part is being copied. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the CopyPart service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for CopyPart Operation
Uploads a part by copying data from an existing object as data source. To specify the data source, you add the request header x-amz-copy-source in your request. To specify a byte range, you add the request header x-amz-copy-source-range in your request. For information about maximum and minimum part sizes and other multipart upload specifications, see Multipart upload limits in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Instead of copying data from an existing object as part data, you might use the UploadPart action to upload new data as a part of an object in your request. You must initiate a multipart upload before you can upload any part. In response to your initiate request, Amazon S3 returns the upload ID, a unique identifier that you must include in your upload part request. For conceptual information about multipart uploads, see Uploading Objects Using Multipart Upload in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For information about copying objects using a single atomic action vs. a multipart upload, see Operations on Objects in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name . Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Authentication and authorization
All UploadPartCopy requests must be authenticated and signed by using IAM credentials (access key ID and secret access key for the IAM identities). All headers with the x-amz- prefix, including x-amz-copy-source, must be signed. For more information, see REST Authentication. Directory buckets - You must use IAM credentials to authenticate and authorize your access to the UploadPartCopy API operation, instead of using the temporary security credentials through the CreateSession API operation. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs handles authentication and authorization on your behalf.
Permissions
You must have READ access to the source object and WRITE access to the destination bucket.
  • General purpose bucket permissions - You must have the permissions in a policy based on the bucket types of your source bucket and destination bucket in an UploadPartCopy operation.
    • If the source object is in a general purpose bucket, you must have the s3:GetObject permission to read the source object that is being copied.
    • If the destination bucket is a general purpose bucket, you must have the s3:PubObject permission to write the object copy to the destination bucket.
    For information about permissions required to use the multipart upload API, see Multipart Upload and Permissions in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
  • Directory bucket permissions - You must have permissions in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy based on the source and destination bucket types in an UploadPartCopy operation.
    • If the source object that you want to copy is in a directory bucket, you must have the s3express:CreateSession permission in the Action element of a policy to read the object . By default, the session is in the ReadWrite mode. If you want to restrict the access, you can explicitly set the s3express:SessionMode condition key to ReadOnly on the copy source bucket.
    • If the copy destination is a directory bucket, you must have the s3express:CreateSession permission in the Action element of a policy to write the object to the destination. The s3express:SessionMode condition key cannot be set to ReadOnly on the copy destination.
    For example policies, see Example bucket policies for S3 Express One Zone and Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) identity-based policies for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Encryption
  • General purpose buckets - For information about using server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys with the UploadPartCopy operation, see CopyObject and UploadPart.
  • Directory buckets - For directory buckets, only server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) (AES256) is supported.
Special errors
  • Error Code: NoSuchUpload
    • Description: The specified multipart upload does not exist. The upload ID might be invalid, or the multipart upload might have been aborted or completed.
    • HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found
  • Error Code: InvalidRequest
    • Description: The specified copy source is not supported as a byte-range copy source.
    • HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request
HTTP Host header syntax
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to UploadPartCopy:
A property of CopyPartRequest used to execute the CopyPart service method. A property of CopyPartRequest used to execute the CopyPart service method. A property of CopyPartRequest used to execute the CopyPart service method. The bucket name. Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, you must use virtual-hosted-style requests in the format Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com. Path-style requests are not supported. Directory bucket names must be unique in the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must follow the format bucket_base_name--az-id--x-s3 (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az2--x-s3). For information about bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming rules in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points and Object Lambda access points are not supported by directory buckets. S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? in the Amazon S3 User Guide. A property of CopyPartRequest used to execute the CopyPart service method. Upload ID identifying the multipart upload whose part is being copied. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the CopyPart service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for CopyPart Operation
Uploads a part by copying data from an existing object as data source. To specify the data source, you add the request header x-amz-copy-source in your request. To specify a byte range, you add the request header x-amz-copy-source-range in your request. For information about maximum and minimum part sizes and other multipart upload specifications, see Multipart upload limits in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Instead of copying data from an existing object as part data, you might use the UploadPart action to upload new data as a part of an object in your request. You must initiate a multipart upload before you can upload any part. In response to your initiate request, Amazon S3 returns the upload ID, a unique identifier that you must include in your upload part request. For conceptual information about multipart uploads, see Uploading Objects Using Multipart Upload in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For information about copying objects using a single atomic action vs. a multipart upload, see Operations on Objects in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name . Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Authentication and authorization
All UploadPartCopy requests must be authenticated and signed by using IAM credentials (access key ID and secret access key for the IAM identities). All headers with the x-amz- prefix, including x-amz-copy-source, must be signed. For more information, see REST Authentication. Directory buckets - You must use IAM credentials to authenticate and authorize your access to the UploadPartCopy API operation, instead of using the temporary security credentials through the CreateSession API operation. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs handles authentication and authorization on your behalf.
Permissions
You must have READ access to the source object and WRITE access to the destination bucket.
  • General purpose bucket permissions - You must have the permissions in a policy based on the bucket types of your source bucket and destination bucket in an UploadPartCopy operation.
    • If the source object is in a general purpose bucket, you must have the s3:GetObject permission to read the source object that is being copied.
    • If the destination bucket is a general purpose bucket, you must have the s3:PubObject permission to write the object copy to the destination bucket.
    For information about permissions required to use the multipart upload API, see Multipart Upload and Permissions in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
  • Directory bucket permissions - You must have permissions in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy based on the source and destination bucket types in an UploadPartCopy operation.
    • If the source object that you want to copy is in a directory bucket, you must have the s3express:CreateSession permission in the Action element of a policy to read the object . By default, the session is in the ReadWrite mode. If you want to restrict the access, you can explicitly set the s3express:SessionMode condition key to ReadOnly on the copy source bucket.
    • If the copy destination is a directory bucket, you must have the s3express:CreateSession permission in the Action element of a policy to write the object to the destination. The s3express:SessionMode condition key cannot be set to ReadOnly on the copy destination.
    For example policies, see Example bucket policies for S3 Express One Zone and Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) identity-based policies for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Encryption
  • General purpose buckets - For information about using server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys with the UploadPartCopy operation, see CopyObject and UploadPart.
  • Directory buckets - For directory buckets, only server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) (AES256) is supported.
Special errors
  • Error Code: NoSuchUpload
    • Description: The specified multipart upload does not exist. The upload ID might be invalid, or the multipart upload might have been aborted or completed.
    • HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found
  • Error Code: InvalidRequest
    • Description: The specified copy source is not supported as a byte-range copy source.
    • HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request
HTTP Host header syntax
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to UploadPartCopy:
Container for the necessary parameters to execute the CopyPart service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the CopyPart service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for CopyPart Operation
Creates a session that establishes temporary security credentials to support fast authentication and authorization for the Zonal endpoint APIs on directory buckets. For more information about Zonal endpoint APIs that include the Availability Zone in the request endpoint, see S3 Express One Zone APIs in the Amazon S3 User Guide. To make Zonal endpoint API requests on a directory bucket, use the CreateSession API operation. Specifically, you grant s3express:CreateSession permission to a bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you use IAM credentials to make the CreateSession API request on the bucket, which returns temporary security credentials that include the access key ID, secret access key, session token, and expiration. These credentials have associated permissions to access the Zonal endpoint APIs. After the session is created, you don’t need to use other policies to grant permissions to each Zonal endpoint API individually. Instead, in your Zonal endpoint API requests, you sign your requests by applying the temporary security credentials of the session to the request headers and following the SigV4 protocol for authentication. You also apply the session token to the x-amz-s3session-token request header for authorization. Temporary security credentials are scoped to the bucket and expire after 5 minutes. After the expiration time, any calls that you make with those credentials will fail. You must use IAM credentials again to make a CreateSession API request that generates a new set of temporary credentials for use. Temporary credentials cannot be extended or refreshed beyond the original specified interval. If you use Amazon Web Services SDKs, SDKs handle the session token refreshes automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. We recommend that you use the Amazon Web Services SDKs to initiate and manage requests to the CreateSession API. For more information, see Performance guidelines and design patterns in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
  • You must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com. Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
  • CopyObject API operation - Unlike other Zonal endpoint APIs, the CopyObject API operation doesn't use the temporary security credentials returned from the CreateSession API operation for authentication and authorization. For information about authentication and authorization of the CopyObject API operation on directory buckets, see CopyObject.
  • HeadBucket API operation - Unlike other Zonal endpoint APIs, the HeadBucket API operation doesn't use the temporary security credentials returned from the CreateSession API operation for authentication and authorization. For information about authentication and authorization of the HeadBucket API operation on directory buckets, see HeadBucket.
Permissions
To obtain temporary security credentials, you must create a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy that grants s3express:CreateSession permission to the bucket. In a policy, you can have the s3express:SessionMode condition key to control who can create a ReadWrite or ReadOnly session. For more information about ReadWrite or ReadOnly sessions, see x-amz-create-session-mode . For example policies, see Example bucket policies for S3 Express One Zone and Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) identity-based policies for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide. To grant cross-account access to Zonal endpoint APIs, the bucket policy should also grant both accounts the s3express:CreateSession permission.
HTTP Host header syntax
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com.
Container for the necessary parameters to execute the CreateSession service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the CreateSession service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for CreateSession Operation
Deletes the S3 bucket. All objects (including all object versions and delete markers) in the bucket must be deleted before the bucket itself can be deleted.
  • Directory buckets - If multipart uploads in a directory bucket are in progress, you can't delete the bucket until all the in-progress multipart uploads are aborted or completed.
  • Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Regional endpoint. These endpoints support path-style requests in the format https://s3express-control.region_code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name . Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Permissions
  • General purpose bucket permissions - You must have the s3:DeleteBucket permission on the specified bucket in a policy.
  • Directory bucket permissions - You must have the s3express:DeleteBucket permission in an IAM identity-based policy instead of a bucket policy. Cross-account access to this API operation isn't supported. This operation can only be performed by the Amazon Web Services account that owns the resource. For more information about directory bucket policies and permissions, see Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
HTTP Host header syntax
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is s3express-control.region.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to DeleteBucket:
Specifies the bucket being deleted. Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, you must use path-style requests in the format https://s3express-control.region_code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name . Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. Directory bucket names must be unique in the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must also follow the format bucket_base_name--az_id--x-s3 (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az2--x-s3). For information about bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming rules in the Amazon S3 User Guide A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the DeleteBucket service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for DeleteBucket Operation
Deletes the S3 bucket. All objects (including all object versions and delete markers) in the bucket must be deleted before the bucket itself can be deleted.
  • Directory buckets - If multipart uploads in a directory bucket are in progress, you can't delete the bucket until all the in-progress multipart uploads are aborted or completed.
  • Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Regional endpoint. These endpoints support path-style requests in the format https://s3express-control.region_code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name . Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Permissions
  • General purpose bucket permissions - You must have the s3:DeleteBucket permission on the specified bucket in a policy.
  • Directory bucket permissions - You must have the s3express:DeleteBucket permission in an IAM identity-based policy instead of a bucket policy. Cross-account access to this API operation isn't supported. This operation can only be performed by the Amazon Web Services account that owns the resource. For more information about directory bucket policies and permissions, see Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
HTTP Host header syntax
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is s3express-control.region.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to DeleteBucket:
Container for the necessary parameters to execute the DeleteBucket service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the DeleteBucket service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for DeleteBucket Operation
This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Deletes an analytics configuration for the bucket (specified by the analytics configuration ID). To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutAnalyticsConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources. For information about the Amazon S3 analytics feature, see Amazon S3 Analytics – Storage Class Analysis. The following operations are related to DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration: Container for the necessary parameters to execute the DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. This implementation of the DELETE action resets the default encryption for the bucket as server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3). For information about the bucket default encryption feature, see Amazon S3 Bucket Default Encryption in the Amazon S3 User Guide. To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutEncryptionConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to your Amazon S3 Resources in the Amazon S3 User Guide. The following operations are related to DeleteBucketEncryption: Container for the necessary parameters to execute the DeleteBucketEncryption service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the DeleteBucketEncryption service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for DeleteBucketEncryption Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Deletes the S3 Intelligent-Tiering configuration from the specified bucket. The S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class is designed to optimize storage costs by automatically moving data to the most cost-effective storage access tier, without performance impact or operational overhead. S3 Intelligent-Tiering delivers automatic cost savings in three low latency and high throughput access tiers. To get the lowest storage cost on data that can be accessed in minutes to hours, you can choose to activate additional archiving capabilities. The S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class is the ideal storage class for data with unknown, changing, or unpredictable access patterns, independent of object size or retention period. If the size of an object is less than 128 KB, it is not monitored and not eligible for auto-tiering. Smaller objects can be stored, but they are always charged at the Frequent Access tier rates in the S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class. For more information, see Storage class for automatically optimizing frequently and infrequently accessed objects. Operations related to DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration include: Container for the necessary parameters to execute the DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Deletes an inventory configuration (identified by the inventory ID) from the bucket. To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutInventoryConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources. For information about the Amazon S3 inventory feature, see Amazon S3 Inventory. Operations related to DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration include: Container for the necessary parameters to execute the DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Deletes a metrics configuration for the Amazon CloudWatch request metrics (specified by the metrics configuration ID) from the bucket. Note that this doesn't include the daily storage metrics. To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutMetricsConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources. For information about CloudWatch request metrics for Amazon S3, see Monitoring Metrics with Amazon CloudWatch. The following operations are related to DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration: Container for the necessary parameters to execute the DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Removes OwnershipControls for an Amazon S3 bucket. To use this operation, you must have the s3:PutBucketOwnershipControls permission. For more information about Amazon S3 permissions, see Specifying Permissions in a Policy. For information about Amazon S3 Object Ownership, see Using Object Ownership. The following operations are related to DeleteBucketOwnershipControls: Container for the necessary parameters to execute the DeleteBucketOwnershipControls service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the DeleteBucketOwnershipControls service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for DeleteBucketOwnershipControls Operation Deletes the policy of a specified bucket. Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Regional endpoint. These endpoints support path-style requests in the format https://s3express-control.region_code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name . Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Permissions
If you are using an identity other than the root user of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the bucket, the calling identity must both have the DeleteBucketPolicy permissions on the specified bucket and belong to the bucket owner's account in order to use this operation. If you don't have DeleteBucketPolicy permissions, Amazon S3 returns a 403 Access Denied error. If you have the correct permissions, but you're not using an identity that belongs to the bucket owner's account, Amazon S3 returns a 405 Method Not Allowed error. To ensure that bucket owners don't inadvertently lock themselves out of their own buckets, the root principal in a bucket owner's Amazon Web Services account can perform the GetBucketPolicy, PutBucketPolicy, and DeleteBucketPolicy API actions, even if their bucket policy explicitly denies the root principal's access. Bucket owner root principals can only be blocked from performing these API actions by VPC endpoint policies and Amazon Web Services Organizations policies.
  • General purpose bucket permissions - The s3:DeleteBucketPolicy permission is required in a policy. For more information about general purpose buckets bucket policies, see Using Bucket Policies and User Policies in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
  • Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation, you must have the s3express:DeleteBucketPolicy permission in an IAM identity-based policy instead of a bucket policy. Cross-account access to this API operation isn't supported. This operation can only be performed by the Amazon Web Services account that owns the resource. For more information about directory bucket policies and permissions, see Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
HTTP Host header syntax
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is s3express-control.region.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to DeleteBucketPolicy
The bucket name. Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, you must use path-style requests in the format https://s3express-control.region_code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name . Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. Directory bucket names must be unique in the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must also follow the format bucket_base_name--az_id--x-s3 (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az2--x-s3). For information about bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming rules in the Amazon S3 User Guide A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the DeleteBucketPolicy service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for DeleteBucketPolicy Operation
Deletes the policy of a specified bucket. Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Regional endpoint. These endpoints support path-style requests in the format https://s3express-control.region_code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name . Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Permissions
If you are using an identity other than the root user of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the bucket, the calling identity must both have the DeleteBucketPolicy permissions on the specified bucket and belong to the bucket owner's account in order to use this operation. If you don't have DeleteBucketPolicy permissions, Amazon S3 returns a 403 Access Denied error. If you have the correct permissions, but you're not using an identity that belongs to the bucket owner's account, Amazon S3 returns a 405 Method Not Allowed error. To ensure that bucket owners don't inadvertently lock themselves out of their own buckets, the root principal in a bucket owner's Amazon Web Services account can perform the GetBucketPolicy, PutBucketPolicy, and DeleteBucketPolicy API actions, even if their bucket policy explicitly denies the root principal's access. Bucket owner root principals can only be blocked from performing these API actions by VPC endpoint policies and Amazon Web Services Organizations policies.
  • General purpose bucket permissions - The s3:DeleteBucketPolicy permission is required in a policy. For more information about general purpose buckets bucket policies, see Using Bucket Policies and User Policies in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
  • Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation, you must have the s3express:DeleteBucketPolicy permission in an IAM identity-based policy instead of a bucket policy. Cross-account access to this API operation isn't supported. This operation can only be performed by the Amazon Web Services account that owns the resource. For more information about directory bucket policies and permissions, see Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
HTTP Host header syntax
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is s3express-control.region.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to DeleteBucketPolicy
Container for the necessary parameters to execute the DeleteBucketPolicy service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the DeleteBucketPolicy service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for DeleteBucketPolicy Operation
This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Deletes the replication configuration from the bucket. To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutReplicationConfiguration action. The bucket owner has these permissions by default and can grant it to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources. It can take a while for the deletion of a replication configuration to fully propagate. For information about replication configuration, see Replication in the Amazon S3 User Guide. The following operations are related to DeleteBucketReplication: Container for the necessary parameters to execute the DeleteBucketReplication service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the DeleteBucketReplication service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for DeleteBucketReplication Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Deletes the tags from the bucket. To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:PutBucketTagging action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant this permission to others. The following operations are related to DeleteBucketTagging: The bucket that has the tag set to be removed. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the DeleteBucketTagging service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for DeleteBucketTagging Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Deletes the tags from the bucket. To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:PutBucketTagging action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant this permission to others. The following operations are related to DeleteBucketTagging: Container for the necessary parameters to execute the DeleteBucketTagging service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the DeleteBucketTagging service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for DeleteBucketTagging Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. This action removes the website configuration for a bucket. Amazon S3 returns a 200 OK response upon successfully deleting a website configuration on the specified bucket. You will get a 200 OK response if the website configuration you are trying to delete does not exist on the bucket. Amazon S3 returns a 404 response if the bucket specified in the request does not exist. This DELETE action requires the S3:DeleteBucketWebsite permission. By default, only the bucket owner can delete the website configuration attached to a bucket. However, bucket owners can grant other users permission to delete the website configuration by writing a bucket policy granting them the S3:DeleteBucketWebsite permission. For more information about hosting websites, see Hosting Websites on Amazon S3. The following operations are related to DeleteBucketWebsite: The bucket name for which you want to remove the website configuration. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the DeleteBucketWebsite service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for DeleteBucketWebsite Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. This action removes the website configuration for a bucket. Amazon S3 returns a 200 OK response upon successfully deleting a website configuration on the specified bucket. You will get a 200 OK response if the website configuration you are trying to delete does not exist on the bucket. Amazon S3 returns a 404 response if the bucket specified in the request does not exist. This DELETE action requires the S3:DeleteBucketWebsite permission. By default, only the bucket owner can delete the website configuration attached to a bucket. However, bucket owners can grant other users permission to delete the website configuration by writing a bucket policy granting them the S3:DeleteBucketWebsite permission. For more information about hosting websites, see Hosting Websites on Amazon S3. The following operations are related to DeleteBucketWebsite: Container for the necessary parameters to execute the DeleteBucketWebsite service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the DeleteBucketWebsite service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for DeleteBucketWebsite Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Deletes the cors configuration information set for the bucket. To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:PutBucketCORS action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others. For information about cors, see Enabling Cross-Origin Resource Sharing in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Related Resources Specifies the bucket whose cors configuration is being deleted. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the DeleteCORSConfiguration service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for DeleteCORSConfiguration Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Deletes the cors configuration information set for the bucket. To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:PutBucketCORS action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others. For information about cors, see Enabling Cross-Origin Resource Sharing in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Related Resources Container for the necessary parameters to execute the DeleteCORSConfiguration service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the DeleteCORSConfiguration service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for DeleteCORSConfiguration Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Deletes the lifecycle configuration from the specified bucket. Amazon S3 removes all the lifecycle configuration rules in the lifecycle subresource associated with the bucket. Your objects never expire, and Amazon S3 no longer automatically deletes any objects on the basis of rules contained in the deleted lifecycle configuration. To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:PutLifecycleConfiguration action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and the bucket owner can grant this permission to others. There is usually some time lag before lifecycle configuration deletion is fully propagated to all the Amazon S3 systems. For more information about the object expiration, see Elements to Describe Lifecycle Actions. Related actions include: The bucket name of the lifecycle to delete. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the DeleteLifecycleConfiguration service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for DeleteLifecycleConfiguration Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Deletes the lifecycle configuration from the specified bucket. Amazon S3 removes all the lifecycle configuration rules in the lifecycle subresource associated with the bucket. Your objects never expire, and Amazon S3 no longer automatically deletes any objects on the basis of rules contained in the deleted lifecycle configuration. To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:PutLifecycleConfiguration action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and the bucket owner can grant this permission to others. There is usually some time lag before lifecycle configuration deletion is fully propagated to all the Amazon S3 systems. For more information about the object expiration, see Elements to Describe Lifecycle Actions. Related actions include: Container for the necessary parameters to execute the DeleteLifecycleConfiguration service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the DeleteLifecycleConfiguration service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for DeleteLifecycleConfiguration Operation Removes an object from a bucket. The behavior depends on the bucket's versioning state:
  • If versioning is enabled, the operation removes the null version (if there is one) of an object and inserts a delete marker, which becomes the latest version of the object. If there isn't a null version, Amazon S3 does not remove any objects but will still respond that the command was successful.
  • If versioning is suspended or not enabled, the operation permanently deletes the object.
  • Directory buckets - S3 Versioning isn't enabled and supported for directory buckets. For this API operation, only the null value of the version ID is supported by directory buckets. You can only specify null to the versionId query parameter in the request.
  • Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name . Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
To remove a specific version, you must use the versionId query parameter. Using this query parameter permanently deletes the version. If the object deleted is a delete marker, Amazon S3 sets the response header x-amz-delete-marker to true. If the object you want to delete is in a bucket where the bucket versioning configuration is MFA Delete enabled, you must include the x-amz-mfa request header in the DELETE versionId request. Requests that include x-amz-mfa must use HTTPS. For more information about MFA Delete, see Using MFA Delete in the Amazon S3 User Guide. To see sample requests that use versioning, see Sample Request. Directory buckets - MFA delete is not supported by directory buckets. You can delete objects by explicitly calling DELETE Object or calling (PutBucketLifecycle) to enable Amazon S3 to remove them for you. If you want to block users or accounts from removing or deleting objects from your bucket, you must deny them the s3:DeleteObject, s3:DeleteObjectVersion, and s3:PutLifeCycleConfiguration actions. Directory buckets - S3 Lifecycle is not supported by directory buckets.
Permissions
  • General purpose bucket permissions - The following permissions are required in your policies when your DeleteObjects request includes specific headers.
    • s3:DeleteObject - To delete an object from a bucket, you must always have the s3:DeleteObject permission.
    • s3:DeleteObjectVersion - To delete a specific version of an object from a versiong-enabled bucket, you must have the s3:DeleteObjectVersion permission.
  • Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession .
HTTP Host header syntax
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com.
The following action is related to DeleteObject:
The bucket name of the bucket containing the object. Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, you must use virtual-hosted-style requests in the format Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com. Path-style requests are not supported. Directory bucket names must be unique in the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must follow the format bucket_base_name--az-id--x-s3 (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az2--x-s3). For information about bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming rules in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points and Object Lambda access points are not supported by directory buckets. S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Key name of the object to delete. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the DeleteObject service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for DeleteObject Operation
Removes an object from a bucket. The behavior depends on the bucket's versioning state:
  • If versioning is enabled, the operation removes the null version (if there is one) of an object and inserts a delete marker, which becomes the latest version of the object. If there isn't a null version, Amazon S3 does not remove any objects but will still respond that the command was successful.
  • If versioning is suspended or not enabled, the operation permanently deletes the object.
  • Directory buckets - S3 Versioning isn't enabled and supported for directory buckets. For this API operation, only the null value of the version ID is supported by directory buckets. You can only specify null to the versionId query parameter in the request.
  • Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name . Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
To remove a specific version, you must use the versionId query parameter. Using this query parameter permanently deletes the version. If the object deleted is a delete marker, Amazon S3 sets the response header x-amz-delete-marker to true. If the object you want to delete is in a bucket where the bucket versioning configuration is MFA Delete enabled, you must include the x-amz-mfa request header in the DELETE versionId request. Requests that include x-amz-mfa must use HTTPS. For more information about MFA Delete, see Using MFA Delete in the Amazon S3 User Guide. To see sample requests that use versioning, see Sample Request. Directory buckets - MFA delete is not supported by directory buckets. You can delete objects by explicitly calling DELETE Object or calling (PutBucketLifecycle) to enable Amazon S3 to remove them for you. If you want to block users or accounts from removing or deleting objects from your bucket, you must deny them the s3:DeleteObject, s3:DeleteObjectVersion, and s3:PutLifeCycleConfiguration actions. Directory buckets - S3 Lifecycle is not supported by directory buckets.
Permissions
  • General purpose bucket permissions - The following permissions are required in your policies when your DeleteObjects request includes specific headers.
    • s3:DeleteObject - To delete an object from a bucket, you must always have the s3:DeleteObject permission.
    • s3:DeleteObjectVersion - To delete a specific version of an object from a versiong-enabled bucket, you must have the s3:DeleteObjectVersion permission.
  • Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession .
HTTP Host header syntax
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com.
The following action is related to DeleteObject:
The bucket name of the bucket containing the object. Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, you must use virtual-hosted-style requests in the format Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com. Path-style requests are not supported. Directory bucket names must be unique in the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must follow the format bucket_base_name--az-id--x-s3 (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az2--x-s3). For information about bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming rules in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points and Object Lambda access points are not supported by directory buckets. S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Key name of the object to delete. Version ID used to reference a specific version of the object. For directory buckets in this API operation, only the null value of the version ID is supported. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the DeleteObject service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for DeleteObject Operation
Removes an object from a bucket. The behavior depends on the bucket's versioning state:
  • If versioning is enabled, the operation removes the null version (if there is one) of an object and inserts a delete marker, which becomes the latest version of the object. If there isn't a null version, Amazon S3 does not remove any objects but will still respond that the command was successful.
  • If versioning is suspended or not enabled, the operation permanently deletes the object.
  • Directory buckets - S3 Versioning isn't enabled and supported for directory buckets. For this API operation, only the null value of the version ID is supported by directory buckets. You can only specify null to the versionId query parameter in the request.
  • Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name . Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
To remove a specific version, you must use the versionId query parameter. Using this query parameter permanently deletes the version. If the object deleted is a delete marker, Amazon S3 sets the response header x-amz-delete-marker to true. If the object you want to delete is in a bucket where the bucket versioning configuration is MFA Delete enabled, you must include the x-amz-mfa request header in the DELETE versionId request. Requests that include x-amz-mfa must use HTTPS. For more information about MFA Delete, see Using MFA Delete in the Amazon S3 User Guide. To see sample requests that use versioning, see Sample Request. Directory buckets - MFA delete is not supported by directory buckets. You can delete objects by explicitly calling DELETE Object or calling (PutBucketLifecycle) to enable Amazon S3 to remove them for you. If you want to block users or accounts from removing or deleting objects from your bucket, you must deny them the s3:DeleteObject, s3:DeleteObjectVersion, and s3:PutLifeCycleConfiguration actions. Directory buckets - S3 Lifecycle is not supported by directory buckets.
Permissions
  • General purpose bucket permissions - The following permissions are required in your policies when your DeleteObjects request includes specific headers.
    • s3:DeleteObject - To delete an object from a bucket, you must always have the s3:DeleteObject permission.
    • s3:DeleteObjectVersion - To delete a specific version of an object from a versiong-enabled bucket, you must have the s3:DeleteObjectVersion permission.
  • Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession .
HTTP Host header syntax
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com.
The following action is related to DeleteObject:
Container for the necessary parameters to execute the DeleteObject service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the DeleteObject service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for DeleteObject Operation
This operation enables you to delete multiple objects from a bucket using a single HTTP request. If you know the object keys that you want to delete, then this operation provides a suitable alternative to sending individual delete requests, reducing per-request overhead. The request can contain a list of up to 1000 keys that you want to delete. In the XML, you provide the object key names, and optionally, version IDs if you want to delete a specific version of the object from a versioning-enabled bucket. For each key, Amazon S3 performs a delete operation and returns the result of that delete, success or failure, in the response. Note that if the object specified in the request is not found, Amazon S3 returns the result as deleted.
  • Directory buckets - S3 Versioning isn't enabled and supported for directory buckets.
  • Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name . Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
The operation supports two modes for the response: verbose and quiet. By default, the operation uses verbose mode in which the response includes the result of deletion of each key in your request. In quiet mode the response includes only keys where the delete operation encountered an error. For a successful deletion in a quiet mode, the operation does not return any information about the delete in the response body. When performing this action on an MFA Delete enabled bucket, that attempts to delete any versioned objects, you must include an MFA token. If you do not provide one, the entire request will fail, even if there are non-versioned objects you are trying to delete. If you provide an invalid token, whether there are versioned keys in the request or not, the entire Multi-Object Delete request will fail. For information about MFA Delete, see MFA Delete in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Directory buckets - MFA delete is not supported by directory buckets.
Permissions
  • General purpose bucket permissions - The following permissions are required in your policies when your DeleteObjects request includes specific headers.
    • s3:DeleteObject - To delete an object from a bucket, you must always specify the s3:DeleteObject permission.
    • s3:DeleteObjectVersion - To delete a specific version of an object from a versiong-enabled bucket, you must specify the s3:DeleteObjectVersion permission.
  • Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession .
Content-MD5 request header
  • General purpose bucket - The Content-MD5 request header is required for all Multi-Object Delete requests. Amazon S3 uses the header value to ensure that your request body has not been altered in transit.
  • Directory bucket - The Content-MD5 request header or a additional checksum request header (including x-amz-checksum-crc32, x-amz-checksum-crc32c, x-amz-checksum-sha1, or x-amz-checksum-sha256) is required for all Multi-Object Delete requests.
HTTP Host header syntax
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to DeleteObjects:
Container for the necessary parameters to execute the DeleteObjects service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the DeleteObjects service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for DeleteObjects Operation
This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Removes the entire tag set from the specified object. For more information about managing object tags, see Object Tagging. To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:DeleteObjectTagging action. To delete tags of a specific object version, add the versionId query parameter in the request. You will need permission for the s3:DeleteObjectVersionTagging action. The following operations are related to DeleteObjectTagging: Container for the necessary parameters to execute the DeleteObjectTagging service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the DeleteObjectTagging service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for DeleteObjectTagging Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Removes the PublicAccessBlock configuration for an Amazon S3 bucket. To use this operation, you must have the s3:PutBucketPublicAccessBlock permission. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources. The following operations are related to DeletePublicAccessBlock: Container for the necessary parameters to execute the DeletePublicAccessBlock service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the DeletePublicAccessBlock service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for DeletePublicAccessBlock Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. This implementation of the GET action uses the acl subresource to return the access control list (ACL) of a bucket. To use GET to return the ACL of the bucket, you must have the READ_ACP access to the bucket. If READ_ACP permission is granted to the anonymous user, you can return the ACL of the bucket without using an authorization header. When you use this API operation with an access point, provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name. When you use this API operation with an Object Lambda access point, provide the alias of the Object Lambda access point in place of the bucket name. If the Object Lambda access point alias in a request is not valid, the error code InvalidAccessPointAliasError is returned. For more information about InvalidAccessPointAliasError, see List of Error Codes. If your bucket uses the bucket owner enforced setting for S3 Object Ownership, requests to read ACLs are still supported and return the bucket-owner-full-control ACL with the owner being the account that created the bucket. For more information, see Controlling object ownership and disabling ACLs in the Amazon S3 User Guide. The following operations are related to GetBucketAcl: Specifies the S3 bucket whose ACL is being requested. When you use this API operation with an access point, provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name. When you use this API operation with an Object Lambda access point, provide the alias of the Object Lambda access point in place of the bucket name. If the Object Lambda access point alias in a request is not valid, the error code InvalidAccessPointAliasError is returned. For more information about InvalidAccessPointAliasError, see List of Error Codes. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the GetACL service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for GetACL Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. This implementation of the GET action uses the acl subresource to return the access control list (ACL) of a bucket. To use GET to return the ACL of the bucket, you must have the READ_ACP access to the bucket. If READ_ACP permission is granted to the anonymous user, you can return the ACL of the bucket without using an authorization header. When you use this API operation with an access point, provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name. When you use this API operation with an Object Lambda access point, provide the alias of the Object Lambda access point in place of the bucket name. If the Object Lambda access point alias in a request is not valid, the error code InvalidAccessPointAliasError is returned. For more information about InvalidAccessPointAliasError, see List of Error Codes. If your bucket uses the bucket owner enforced setting for S3 Object Ownership, requests to read ACLs are still supported and return the bucket-owner-full-control ACL with the owner being the account that created the bucket. For more information, see Controlling object ownership and disabling ACLs in the Amazon S3 User Guide. The following operations are related to GetBucketAcl: Container for the necessary parameters to execute the GetACL service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the GetACL service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for GetACL Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. This implementation of the GET action uses the accelerate subresource to return the Transfer Acceleration state of a bucket, which is either Enabled or Suspended. Amazon S3 Transfer Acceleration is a bucket-level feature that enables you to perform faster data transfers to and from Amazon S3. To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:GetAccelerateConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to your Amazon S3 Resources in the Amazon S3 User Guide. You set the Transfer Acceleration state of an existing bucket to Enabled or Suspended by using the PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration operation. A GET accelerate request does not return a state value for a bucket that has no transfer acceleration state. A bucket has no Transfer Acceleration state if a state has never been set on the bucket. For more information about transfer acceleration, see Transfer Acceleration in the Amazon S3 User Guide. The following operations are related to GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration: The name of the bucket for which the accelerate configuration is retrieved. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. This implementation of the GET action uses the accelerate subresource to return the Transfer Acceleration state of a bucket, which is either Enabled or Suspended. Amazon S3 Transfer Acceleration is a bucket-level feature that enables you to perform faster data transfers to and from Amazon S3. To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:GetAccelerateConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to your Amazon S3 Resources in the Amazon S3 User Guide. You set the Transfer Acceleration state of an existing bucket to Enabled or Suspended by using the PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration operation. A GET accelerate request does not return a state value for a bucket that has no transfer acceleration state. A bucket has no Transfer Acceleration state if a state has never been set on the bucket. For more information about transfer acceleration, see Transfer Acceleration in the Amazon S3 User Guide. The following operations are related to GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration: Container for the necessary parameters to execute the GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. This implementation of the GET action returns an analytics configuration (identified by the analytics configuration ID) from the bucket. To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:GetAnalyticsConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For information about Amazon S3 analytics feature, see Amazon S3 Analytics – Storage Class Analysis in the Amazon S3 User Guide. The following operations are related to GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration: Container for the necessary parameters to execute the GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Returns the default encryption configuration for an Amazon S3 bucket. By default, all buckets have a default encryption configuration that uses server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3). For information about the bucket default encryption feature, see Amazon S3 Bucket Default Encryption in the Amazon S3 User Guide. To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:GetEncryptionConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources. The following operations are related to GetBucketEncryption: Container for the necessary parameters to execute the GetBucketEncryption service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the GetBucketEncryption service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for GetBucketEncryption Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Gets the S3 Intelligent-Tiering configuration from the specified bucket. The S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class is designed to optimize storage costs by automatically moving data to the most cost-effective storage access tier, without performance impact or operational overhead. S3 Intelligent-Tiering delivers automatic cost savings in three low latency and high throughput access tiers. To get the lowest storage cost on data that can be accessed in minutes to hours, you can choose to activate additional archiving capabilities. The S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class is the ideal storage class for data with unknown, changing, or unpredictable access patterns, independent of object size or retention period. If the size of an object is less than 128 KB, it is not monitored and not eligible for auto-tiering. Smaller objects can be stored, but they are always charged at the Frequent Access tier rates in the S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class. For more information, see Storage class for automatically optimizing frequently and infrequently accessed objects. Operations related to GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration include: Container for the necessary parameters to execute the GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Returns an inventory configuration (identified by the inventory configuration ID) from the bucket. To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:GetInventoryConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources. For information about the Amazon S3 inventory feature, see Amazon S3 Inventory. The following operations are related to GetBucketInventoryConfiguration: Container for the necessary parameters to execute the GetBucketInventoryConfiguration service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the GetBucketInventoryConfiguration service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for GetBucketInventoryConfiguration Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Returns the Region the bucket resides in. You set the bucket's Region using the LocationConstraint request parameter in a CreateBucket request. For more information, see CreateBucket. When you use this API operation with an access point, provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name. When you use this API operation with an Object Lambda access point, provide the alias of the Object Lambda access point in place of the bucket name. If the Object Lambda access point alias in a request is not valid, the error code InvalidAccessPointAliasError is returned. For more information about InvalidAccessPointAliasError, see List of Error Codes. We recommend that you use HeadBucket to return the Region that a bucket resides in. For backward compatibility, Amazon S3 continues to support GetBucketLocation. The following operations are related to GetBucketLocation: The name of the bucket for which to get the location. When you use this API operation with an access point, provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name. When you use this API operation with an Object Lambda access point, provide the alias of the Object Lambda access point in place of the bucket name. If the Object Lambda access point alias in a request is not valid, the error code InvalidAccessPointAliasError is returned. For more information about InvalidAccessPointAliasError, see List of Error Codes. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the GetBucketLocation service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for GetBucketLocation Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Returns the Region the bucket resides in. You set the bucket's Region using the LocationConstraint request parameter in a CreateBucket request. For more information, see CreateBucket. When you use this API operation with an access point, provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name. When you use this API operation with an Object Lambda access point, provide the alias of the Object Lambda access point in place of the bucket name. If the Object Lambda access point alias in a request is not valid, the error code InvalidAccessPointAliasError is returned. For more information about InvalidAccessPointAliasError, see List of Error Codes. We recommend that you use HeadBucket to return the Region that a bucket resides in. For backward compatibility, Amazon S3 continues to support GetBucketLocation. The following operations are related to GetBucketLocation: Container for the necessary parameters to execute the GetBucketLocation service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the GetBucketLocation service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for GetBucketLocation Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Returns the logging status of a bucket and the permissions users have to view and modify that status. The following operations are related to GetBucketLogging: The bucket name for which to get the logging information. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the GetBucketLogging service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for GetBucketLogging Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Returns the logging status of a bucket and the permissions users have to view and modify that status. The following operations are related to GetBucketLogging: Container for the necessary parameters to execute the GetBucketLogging service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the GetBucketLogging service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for GetBucketLogging Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Gets a metrics configuration (specified by the metrics configuration ID) from the bucket. Note that this doesn't include the daily storage metrics. To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:GetMetricsConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources. For information about CloudWatch request metrics for Amazon S3, see Monitoring Metrics with Amazon CloudWatch. The following operations are related to GetBucketMetricsConfiguration: Container for the necessary parameters to execute the GetBucketMetricsConfiguration service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the GetBucketMetricsConfiguration service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for GetBucketMetricsConfiguration Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Returns the notification configuration of a bucket. If notifications are not enabled on the bucket, the action returns an empty NotificationConfiguration element. By default, you must be the bucket owner to read the notification configuration of a bucket. However, the bucket owner can use a bucket policy to grant permission to other users to read this configuration with the s3:GetBucketNotification permission. When you use this API operation with an access point, provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name. When you use this API operation with an Object Lambda access point, provide the alias of the Object Lambda access point in place of the bucket name. If the Object Lambda access point alias in a request is not valid, the error code InvalidAccessPointAliasError is returned. For more information about InvalidAccessPointAliasError, see List of Error Codes. For more information about setting and reading the notification configuration on a bucket, see Setting Up Notification of Bucket Events. For more information about bucket policies, see Using Bucket Policies. The following action is related to GetBucketNotification: The name of the bucket for which to get the notification configuration. When you use this API operation with an access point, provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name. When you use this API operation with an Object Lambda access point, provide the alias of the Object Lambda access point in place of the bucket name. If the Object Lambda access point alias in a request is not valid, the error code InvalidAccessPointAliasError is returned. For more information about InvalidAccessPointAliasError, see List of Error Codes. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the GetBucketNotification service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for GetBucketNotification Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Returns the notification configuration of a bucket. If notifications are not enabled on the bucket, the action returns an empty NotificationConfiguration element. By default, you must be the bucket owner to read the notification configuration of a bucket. However, the bucket owner can use a bucket policy to grant permission to other users to read this configuration with the s3:GetBucketNotification permission. When you use this API operation with an access point, provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name. When you use this API operation with an Object Lambda access point, provide the alias of the Object Lambda access point in place of the bucket name. If the Object Lambda access point alias in a request is not valid, the error code InvalidAccessPointAliasError is returned. For more information about InvalidAccessPointAliasError, see List of Error Codes. For more information about setting and reading the notification configuration on a bucket, see Setting Up Notification of Bucket Events. For more information about bucket policies, see Using Bucket Policies. The following action is related to GetBucketNotification: Container for the necessary parameters to execute the GetBucketNotification service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the GetBucketNotification service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for GetBucketNotification Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Retrieves OwnershipControls for an Amazon S3 bucket. To use this operation, you must have the s3:GetBucketOwnershipControls permission. For more information about Amazon S3 permissions, see Specifying permissions in a policy. For information about Amazon S3 Object Ownership, see Using Object Ownership. The following operations are related to GetBucketOwnershipControls: Container for the necessary parameters to execute the GetBucketOwnershipControls service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the GetBucketOwnershipControls service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for GetBucketOwnershipControls Operation Returns the policy of a specified bucket. Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Regional endpoint. These endpoints support path-style requests in the format https://s3express-control.region_code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name . Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Permissions
If you are using an identity other than the root user of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the bucket, the calling identity must both have the GetBucketPolicy permissions on the specified bucket and belong to the bucket owner's account in order to use this operation. If you don't have GetBucketPolicy permissions, Amazon S3 returns a 403 Access Denied error. If you have the correct permissions, but you're not using an identity that belongs to the bucket owner's account, Amazon S3 returns a 405 Method Not Allowed error. To ensure that bucket owners don't inadvertently lock themselves out of their own buckets, the root principal in a bucket owner's Amazon Web Services account can perform the GetBucketPolicy, PutBucketPolicy, and DeleteBucketPolicy API actions, even if their bucket policy explicitly denies the root principal's access. Bucket owner root principals can only be blocked from performing these API actions by VPC endpoint policies and Amazon Web Services Organizations policies.
  • General purpose bucket permissions - The s3:GetBucketPolicy permission is required in a policy. For more information about general purpose buckets bucket policies, see Using Bucket Policies and User Policies in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
  • Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation, you must have the s3express:GetBucketPolicy permission in an IAM identity-based policy instead of a bucket policy. Cross-account access to this API operation isn't supported. This operation can only be performed by the Amazon Web Services account that owns the resource. For more information about directory bucket policies and permissions, see Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Example bucket policies
General purpose buckets example bucket policies - See Bucket policy examples in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Directory bucket example bucket policies - See Example bucket policies for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
HTTP Host header syntax
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is s3express-control.region.amazonaws.com.
The following action is related to GetBucketPolicy:
The bucket name to get the bucket policy for. Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, you must use path-style requests in the format https://s3express-control.region_code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name . Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. Directory bucket names must be unique in the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must also follow the format bucket_base_name--az_id--x-s3 (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az2--x-s3). For information about bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming rules in the Amazon S3 User Guide Access points - When you use this API operation with an access point, provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name. Object Lambda access points - When you use this API operation with an Object Lambda access point, provide the alias of the Object Lambda access point in place of the bucket name. If the Object Lambda access point alias in a request is not valid, the error code InvalidAccessPointAliasError is returned. For more information about InvalidAccessPointAliasError, see List of Error Codes. Access points and Object Lambda access points are not supported by directory buckets. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the GetBucketPolicy service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for GetBucketPolicy Operation
Returns the policy of a specified bucket. Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Regional endpoint. These endpoints support path-style requests in the format https://s3express-control.region_code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name . Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Permissions
If you are using an identity other than the root user of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the bucket, the calling identity must both have the GetBucketPolicy permissions on the specified bucket and belong to the bucket owner's account in order to use this operation. If you don't have GetBucketPolicy permissions, Amazon S3 returns a 403 Access Denied error. If you have the correct permissions, but you're not using an identity that belongs to the bucket owner's account, Amazon S3 returns a 405 Method Not Allowed error. To ensure that bucket owners don't inadvertently lock themselves out of their own buckets, the root principal in a bucket owner's Amazon Web Services account can perform the GetBucketPolicy, PutBucketPolicy, and DeleteBucketPolicy API actions, even if their bucket policy explicitly denies the root principal's access. Bucket owner root principals can only be blocked from performing these API actions by VPC endpoint policies and Amazon Web Services Organizations policies.
  • General purpose bucket permissions - The s3:GetBucketPolicy permission is required in a policy. For more information about general purpose buckets bucket policies, see Using Bucket Policies and User Policies in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
  • Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation, you must have the s3express:GetBucketPolicy permission in an IAM identity-based policy instead of a bucket policy. Cross-account access to this API operation isn't supported. This operation can only be performed by the Amazon Web Services account that owns the resource. For more information about directory bucket policies and permissions, see Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Example bucket policies
General purpose buckets example bucket policies - See Bucket policy examples in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Directory bucket example bucket policies - See Example bucket policies for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
HTTP Host header syntax
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is s3express-control.region.amazonaws.com.
The following action is related to GetBucketPolicy:
Container for the necessary parameters to execute the GetBucketPolicy service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the GetBucketPolicy service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for GetBucketPolicy Operation
This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Retrieves the policy status for an Amazon S3 bucket, indicating whether the bucket is public. In order to use this operation, you must have the s3:GetBucketPolicyStatus permission. For more information about Amazon S3 permissions, see Specifying Permissions in a Policy. For more information about when Amazon S3 considers a bucket public, see The Meaning of "Public". The following operations are related to GetBucketPolicyStatus: Container for the necessary parameters to execute the GetBucketPolicyStatus service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the GetBucketPolicyStatus service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for GetBucketPolicyStatus Operation Retrieves the replication configuration for the given Amazon S3 bucket. Container for the necessary parameters to execute the GetBucketReplication service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the GetBucketReplication service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for GetBucketReplication Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Returns the request payment configuration of a bucket. To use this version of the operation, you must be the bucket owner. For more information, see Requester Pays Buckets. The following operations are related to GetBucketRequestPayment: The name of the bucket for which to get the payment request configuration A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the GetBucketRequestPayment service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for GetBucketRequestPayment Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Returns the request payment configuration of a bucket. To use this version of the operation, you must be the bucket owner. For more information, see Requester Pays Buckets. The following operations are related to GetBucketRequestPayment: Container for the necessary parameters to execute the GetBucketRequestPayment service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the GetBucketRequestPayment service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for GetBucketRequestPayment Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Returns the tag set associated with the bucket. To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:GetBucketTagging action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant this permission to others. GetBucketTagging has the following special error:
  • Error code: NoSuchTagSet
    • Description: There is no tag set associated with the bucket.
The following operations are related to GetBucketTagging:
Container for the necessary parameters to execute the GetBucketTagging service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the GetBucketTagging service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for GetBucketTagging Operation
This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Returns the versioning state of a bucket. To retrieve the versioning state of a bucket, you must be the bucket owner. This implementation also returns the MFA Delete status of the versioning state. If the MFA Delete status is enabled, the bucket owner must use an authentication device to change the versioning state of the bucket. The following operations are related to GetBucketVersioning: The name of the bucket for which to get the versioning information. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the GetBucketVersioning service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for GetBucketVersioning Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Returns the versioning state of a bucket. To retrieve the versioning state of a bucket, you must be the bucket owner. This implementation also returns the MFA Delete status of the versioning state. If the MFA Delete status is enabled, the bucket owner must use an authentication device to change the versioning state of the bucket. The following operations are related to GetBucketVersioning: Container for the necessary parameters to execute the GetBucketVersioning service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the GetBucketVersioning service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for GetBucketVersioning Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Returns the website configuration for a bucket. To host website on Amazon S3, you can configure a bucket as website by adding a website configuration. For more information about hosting websites, see Hosting Websites on Amazon S3. This GET action requires the S3:GetBucketWebsite permission. By default, only the bucket owner can read the bucket website configuration. However, bucket owners can allow other users to read the website configuration by writing a bucket policy granting them the S3:GetBucketWebsite permission. The following operations are related to GetBucketWebsite: The bucket name for which to get the website configuration. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the GetBucketWebsite service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for GetBucketWebsite Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Returns the website configuration for a bucket. To host website on Amazon S3, you can configure a bucket as website by adding a website configuration. For more information about hosting websites, see Hosting Websites on Amazon S3. This GET action requires the S3:GetBucketWebsite permission. By default, only the bucket owner can read the bucket website configuration. However, bucket owners can allow other users to read the website configuration by writing a bucket policy granting them the S3:GetBucketWebsite permission. The following operations are related to GetBucketWebsite: Container for the necessary parameters to execute the GetBucketWebsite service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the GetBucketWebsite service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for GetBucketWebsite Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Returns the Cross-Origin Resource Sharing (CORS) configuration information set for the bucket. To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:GetBucketCORS action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant it to others. When you use this API operation with an access point, provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name. When you use this API operation with an Object Lambda access point, provide the alias of the Object Lambda access point in place of the bucket name. If the Object Lambda access point alias in a request is not valid, the error code InvalidAccessPointAliasError is returned. For more information about InvalidAccessPointAliasError, see List of Error Codes. For more information about CORS, see Enabling Cross-Origin Resource Sharing. The following operations are related to GetBucketCors: The bucket name for which to get the cors configuration. When you use this API operation with an access point, provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name. When you use this API operation with an Object Lambda access point, provide the alias of the Object Lambda access point in place of the bucket name. If the Object Lambda access point alias in a request is not valid, the error code InvalidAccessPointAliasError is returned. For more information about InvalidAccessPointAliasError, see List of Error Codes. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the GetCORSConfiguration service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for GetCORSConfiguration Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Returns the Cross-Origin Resource Sharing (CORS) configuration information set for the bucket. To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:GetBucketCORS action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant it to others. When you use this API operation with an access point, provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name. When you use this API operation with an Object Lambda access point, provide the alias of the Object Lambda access point in place of the bucket name. If the Object Lambda access point alias in a request is not valid, the error code InvalidAccessPointAliasError is returned. For more information about InvalidAccessPointAliasError, see List of Error Codes. For more information about CORS, see Enabling Cross-Origin Resource Sharing. The following operations are related to GetBucketCors: Container for the necessary parameters to execute the GetCORSConfiguration service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the GetCORSConfiguration service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for GetCORSConfiguration Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Bucket lifecycle configuration now supports specifying a lifecycle rule using an object key name prefix, one or more object tags, or a combination of both. Accordingly, this section describes the latest API. The response describes the new filter element that you can use to specify a filter to select a subset of objects to which the rule applies. If you are using a previous version of the lifecycle configuration, it still works. For the earlier action, see GetBucketLifecycle. Returns the lifecycle configuration information set on the bucket. For information about lifecycle configuration, see Object Lifecycle Management. To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:GetLifecycleConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission, by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources. GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration has the following special error:
  • Error code: NoSuchLifecycleConfiguration
    • Description: The lifecycle configuration does not exist.
    • HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found
    • SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
The following operations are related to GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration:
The name of the bucket for which to get the lifecycle information. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the GetLifecycleConfiguration service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for GetLifecycleConfiguration Operation
This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Bucket lifecycle configuration now supports specifying a lifecycle rule using an object key name prefix, one or more object tags, or a combination of both. Accordingly, this section describes the latest API. The response describes the new filter element that you can use to specify a filter to select a subset of objects to which the rule applies. If you are using a previous version of the lifecycle configuration, it still works. For the earlier action, see GetBucketLifecycle. Returns the lifecycle configuration information set on the bucket. For information about lifecycle configuration, see Object Lifecycle Management. To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:GetLifecycleConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission, by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources. GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration has the following special error:
  • Error code: NoSuchLifecycleConfiguration
    • Description: The lifecycle configuration does not exist.
    • HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found
    • SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
The following operations are related to GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration:
Container for the necessary parameters to execute the GetLifecycleConfiguration service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the GetLifecycleConfiguration service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for GetLifecycleConfiguration Operation
Retrieves an object from Amazon S3. In the GetObject request, specify the full key name for the object. General purpose buckets - Both the virtual-hosted-style requests and the path-style requests are supported. For a virtual hosted-style request example, if you have the object photos/2006/February/sample.jpg, specify the object key name as /photos/2006/February/sample.jpg. For a path-style request example, if you have the object photos/2006/February/sample.jpg in the bucket named examplebucket, specify the object key name as /examplebucket/photos/2006/February/sample.jpg. For more information about request types, see HTTP Host Header Bucket Specification in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Directory buckets - Only virtual-hosted-style requests are supported. For a virtual hosted-style request example, if you have the object photos/2006/February/sample.jpg in the bucket named examplebucket--use1-az5--x-s3, specify the object key name as /photos/2006/February/sample.jpg. Also, when you make requests to this API operation, your requests are sent to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name . Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Permissions
  • General purpose bucket permissions - You must have the required permissions in a policy. To use GetObject, you must have the READ access to the object (or version). If you grant READ access to the anonymous user, the GetObject operation returns the object without using an authorization header. For more information, see Specifying permissions in a policy in the Amazon S3 User Guide. If you include a versionId in your request header, you must have the s3:GetObjectVersion permission to access a specific version of an object. The s3:GetObject permission is not required in this scenario. If you request the current version of an object without a specific versionId in the request header, only the s3:GetObject permission is required. The s3:GetObjectVersion permission is not required in this scenario. If the object that you request doesn’t exist, the error that Amazon S3 returns depends on whether you also have the s3:ListBucket permission.
    • If you have the s3:ListBucket permission on the bucket, Amazon S3 returns an HTTP status code 404 Not Found error.
    • If you don’t have the s3:ListBucket permission, Amazon S3 returns an HTTP status code 403 Access Denied error.
  • Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession .
Storage classes
If the object you are retrieving is stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval storage class, the S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class, the S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive Access tier, or the S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive Access tier, before you can retrieve the object you must first restore a copy using RestoreObject. Otherwise, this operation returns an InvalidObjectState error. For information about restoring archived objects, see Restoring Archived Objects in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Directory buckets - For directory buckets, only the S3 Express One Zone storage class is supported to store newly created objects. Unsupported storage class values won't write a destination object and will respond with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request.
Encryption
Encryption request headers, like x-amz-server-side-encryption, should not be sent for the GetObject requests, if your object uses server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed encryption keys (SSE-S3), server-side encryption with Key Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS), or dual-layer server-side encryption with Amazon Web Services KMS keys (DSSE-KMS). If you include the header in your GetObject requests for the object that uses these types of keys, you’ll get an HTTP 400 Bad Request error.
Overriding response header values through the request
There are times when you want to override certain response header values of a GetObject response. For example, you might override the Content-Disposition response header value through your GetObject request. You can override values for a set of response headers. These modified response header values are included only in a successful response, that is, when the HTTP status code 200 OK is returned. The headers you can override using the following query parameters in the request are a subset of the headers that Amazon S3 accepts when you create an object. The response headers that you can override for the GetObject response are Cache-Control, Content-Disposition, Content-Encoding, Content-Language, Content-Type, and Expires. To override values for a set of response headers in the GetObject response, you can use the following query parameters in the request.
  • response-cache-control
  • response-content-disposition
  • response-content-encoding
  • response-content-language
  • response-content-type
  • response-expires
When you use these parameters, you must sign the request by using either an Authorization header or a presigned URL. These parameters cannot be used with an unsigned (anonymous) request.
HTTP Host header syntax
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to GetObject:
The bucket name containing the object. Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, you must use virtual-hosted-style requests in the format Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com. Path-style requests are not supported. Directory bucket names must be unique in the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must follow the format bucket_base_name--az-id--x-s3 (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az2--x-s3). For information about bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming rules in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Object Lambda access points - When you use this action with an Object Lambda access point, you must direct requests to the Object Lambda access point hostname. The Object Lambda access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-object-lambda.Region.amazonaws.com. Access points and Object Lambda access points are not supported by directory buckets. S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Key of the object to get. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the GetObject service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for GetObject Operation
Retrieves an object from Amazon S3. In the GetObject request, specify the full key name for the object. General purpose buckets - Both the virtual-hosted-style requests and the path-style requests are supported. For a virtual hosted-style request example, if you have the object photos/2006/February/sample.jpg, specify the object key name as /photos/2006/February/sample.jpg. For a path-style request example, if you have the object photos/2006/February/sample.jpg in the bucket named examplebucket, specify the object key name as /examplebucket/photos/2006/February/sample.jpg. For more information about request types, see HTTP Host Header Bucket Specification in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Directory buckets - Only virtual-hosted-style requests are supported. For a virtual hosted-style request example, if you have the object photos/2006/February/sample.jpg in the bucket named examplebucket--use1-az5--x-s3, specify the object key name as /photos/2006/February/sample.jpg. Also, when you make requests to this API operation, your requests are sent to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name . Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Permissions
  • General purpose bucket permissions - You must have the required permissions in a policy. To use GetObject, you must have the READ access to the object (or version). If you grant READ access to the anonymous user, the GetObject operation returns the object without using an authorization header. For more information, see Specifying permissions in a policy in the Amazon S3 User Guide. If you include a versionId in your request header, you must have the s3:GetObjectVersion permission to access a specific version of an object. The s3:GetObject permission is not required in this scenario. If you request the current version of an object without a specific versionId in the request header, only the s3:GetObject permission is required. The s3:GetObjectVersion permission is not required in this scenario. If the object that you request doesn’t exist, the error that Amazon S3 returns depends on whether you also have the s3:ListBucket permission.
    • If you have the s3:ListBucket permission on the bucket, Amazon S3 returns an HTTP status code 404 Not Found error.
    • If you don’t have the s3:ListBucket permission, Amazon S3 returns an HTTP status code 403 Access Denied error.
  • Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession .
Storage classes
If the object you are retrieving is stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval storage class, the S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class, the S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive Access tier, or the S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive Access tier, before you can retrieve the object you must first restore a copy using RestoreObject. Otherwise, this operation returns an InvalidObjectState error. For information about restoring archived objects, see Restoring Archived Objects in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Directory buckets - For directory buckets, only the S3 Express One Zone storage class is supported to store newly created objects. Unsupported storage class values won't write a destination object and will respond with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request.
Encryption
Encryption request headers, like x-amz-server-side-encryption, should not be sent for the GetObject requests, if your object uses server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed encryption keys (SSE-S3), server-side encryption with Key Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS), or dual-layer server-side encryption with Amazon Web Services KMS keys (DSSE-KMS). If you include the header in your GetObject requests for the object that uses these types of keys, you’ll get an HTTP 400 Bad Request error.
Overriding response header values through the request
There are times when you want to override certain response header values of a GetObject response. For example, you might override the Content-Disposition response header value through your GetObject request. You can override values for a set of response headers. These modified response header values are included only in a successful response, that is, when the HTTP status code 200 OK is returned. The headers you can override using the following query parameters in the request are a subset of the headers that Amazon S3 accepts when you create an object. The response headers that you can override for the GetObject response are Cache-Control, Content-Disposition, Content-Encoding, Content-Language, Content-Type, and Expires. To override values for a set of response headers in the GetObject response, you can use the following query parameters in the request.
  • response-cache-control
  • response-content-disposition
  • response-content-encoding
  • response-content-language
  • response-content-type
  • response-expires
When you use these parameters, you must sign the request by using either an Authorization header or a presigned URL. These parameters cannot be used with an unsigned (anonymous) request.
HTTP Host header syntax
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to GetObject:
The bucket name containing the object. Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, you must use virtual-hosted-style requests in the format Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com. Path-style requests are not supported. Directory bucket names must be unique in the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must follow the format bucket_base_name--az-id--x-s3 (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az2--x-s3). For information about bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming rules in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Object Lambda access points - When you use this action with an Object Lambda access point, you must direct requests to the Object Lambda access point hostname. The Object Lambda access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-object-lambda.Region.amazonaws.com. Access points and Object Lambda access points are not supported by directory buckets. S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Key of the object to get. Version ID used to reference a specific version of the object. By default, the GetObject operation returns the current version of an object. To return a different version, use the versionId subresource.
  • If you include a versionId in your request header, you must have the s3:GetObjectVersion permission to access a specific version of an object. The s3:GetObject permission is not required in this scenario.
  • If you request the current version of an object without a specific versionId in the request header, only the s3:GetObject permission is required. The s3:GetObjectVersion permission is not required in this scenario.
  • Directory buckets - S3 Versioning isn't enabled and supported for directory buckets. For this API operation, only the null value of the version ID is supported by directory buckets. You can only specify null to the versionId query parameter in the request.
For more information about versioning, see PutBucketVersioning. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the GetObject service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for GetObject Operation
Retrieves an object from Amazon S3. In the GetObject request, specify the full key name for the object. General purpose buckets - Both the virtual-hosted-style requests and the path-style requests are supported. For a virtual hosted-style request example, if you have the object photos/2006/February/sample.jpg, specify the object key name as /photos/2006/February/sample.jpg. For a path-style request example, if you have the object photos/2006/February/sample.jpg in the bucket named examplebucket, specify the object key name as /examplebucket/photos/2006/February/sample.jpg. For more information about request types, see HTTP Host Header Bucket Specification in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Directory buckets - Only virtual-hosted-style requests are supported. For a virtual hosted-style request example, if you have the object photos/2006/February/sample.jpg in the bucket named examplebucket--use1-az5--x-s3, specify the object key name as /photos/2006/February/sample.jpg. Also, when you make requests to this API operation, your requests are sent to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name . Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Permissions
  • General purpose bucket permissions - You must have the required permissions in a policy. To use GetObject, you must have the READ access to the object (or version). If you grant READ access to the anonymous user, the GetObject operation returns the object without using an authorization header. For more information, see Specifying permissions in a policy in the Amazon S3 User Guide. If you include a versionId in your request header, you must have the s3:GetObjectVersion permission to access a specific version of an object. The s3:GetObject permission is not required in this scenario. If you request the current version of an object without a specific versionId in the request header, only the s3:GetObject permission is required. The s3:GetObjectVersion permission is not required in this scenario. If the object that you request doesn’t exist, the error that Amazon S3 returns depends on whether you also have the s3:ListBucket permission.
    • If you have the s3:ListBucket permission on the bucket, Amazon S3 returns an HTTP status code 404 Not Found error.
    • If you don’t have the s3:ListBucket permission, Amazon S3 returns an HTTP status code 403 Access Denied error.
  • Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession .
Storage classes
If the object you are retrieving is stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval storage class, the S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class, the S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive Access tier, or the S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive Access tier, before you can retrieve the object you must first restore a copy using RestoreObject. Otherwise, this operation returns an InvalidObjectState error. For information about restoring archived objects, see Restoring Archived Objects in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Directory buckets - For directory buckets, only the S3 Express One Zone storage class is supported to store newly created objects. Unsupported storage class values won't write a destination object and will respond with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request.
Encryption
Encryption request headers, like x-amz-server-side-encryption, should not be sent for the GetObject requests, if your object uses server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed encryption keys (SSE-S3), server-side encryption with Key Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS), or dual-layer server-side encryption with Amazon Web Services KMS keys (DSSE-KMS). If you include the header in your GetObject requests for the object that uses these types of keys, you’ll get an HTTP 400 Bad Request error.
Overriding response header values through the request
There are times when you want to override certain response header values of a GetObject response. For example, you might override the Content-Disposition response header value through your GetObject request. You can override values for a set of response headers. These modified response header values are included only in a successful response, that is, when the HTTP status code 200 OK is returned. The headers you can override using the following query parameters in the request are a subset of the headers that Amazon S3 accepts when you create an object. The response headers that you can override for the GetObject response are Cache-Control, Content-Disposition, Content-Encoding, Content-Language, Content-Type, and Expires. To override values for a set of response headers in the GetObject response, you can use the following query parameters in the request.
  • response-cache-control
  • response-content-disposition
  • response-content-encoding
  • response-content-language
  • response-content-type
  • response-expires
When you use these parameters, you must sign the request by using either an Authorization header or a presigned URL. These parameters cannot be used with an unsigned (anonymous) request.
HTTP Host header syntax
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to GetObject:
Container for the necessary parameters to execute the GetObject service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the GetObject service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for GetObject Operation
Retrieves all the metadata from an object without returning the object itself. This operation is useful if you're interested only in an object's metadata. GetObjectAttributes combines the functionality of HeadObject and ListParts. All of the data returned with each of those individual calls can be returned with a single call to GetObjectAttributes. Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name . Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Permissions
  • General purpose bucket permissions - To use GetObjectAttributes, you must have READ access to the object. The permissions that you need to use this operation with depend on whether the bucket is versioned. If the bucket is versioned, you need both the s3:GetObjectVersion and s3:GetObjectVersionAttributes permissions for this operation. If the bucket is not versioned, you need the s3:GetObject and s3:GetObjectAttributes permissions. For more information, see Specifying Permissions in a Policy in the Amazon S3 User Guide. If the object that you request does not exist, the error Amazon S3 returns depends on whether you also have the s3:ListBucket permission.
    • If you have the s3:ListBucket permission on the bucket, Amazon S3 returns an HTTP status code 404 Not Found ("no such key") error.
    • If you don't have the s3:ListBucket permission, Amazon S3 returns an HTTP status code 403 Forbidden ("access denied") error.
  • Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession .
Encryption
Encryption request headers, like x-amz-server-side-encryption, should not be sent for HEAD requests if your object uses server-side encryption with Key Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS), dual-layer server-side encryption with Amazon Web Services KMS keys (DSSE-KMS), or server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed encryption keys (SSE-S3). The x-amz-server-side-encryption header is used when you PUT an object to S3 and want to specify the encryption method. If you include this header in a GET request for an object that uses these types of keys, you’ll get an HTTP 400 Bad Request error. It's because the encryption method can't be changed when you retrieve the object. If you encrypt an object by using server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C) when you store the object in Amazon S3, then when you retrieve the metadata from the object, you must use the following headers to provide the encryption key for the server to be able to retrieve the object's metadata. The headers are:
  • x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm
  • x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key
  • x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5
For more information about SSE-C, see Server-Side Encryption (Using Customer-Provided Encryption Keys) in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Directory bucket permissions - For directory buckets, only server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) (AES256) is supported.
Versioning
Directory buckets - S3 Versioning isn't enabled and supported for directory buckets. For this API operation, only the null value of the version ID is supported by directory buckets. You can only specify null to the versionId query parameter in the request.
Conditional request headers
Consider the following when using request headers:
  • If both of the If-Match and If-Unmodified-Since headers are present in the request as follows, then Amazon S3 returns the HTTP status code 200 OK and the data requested:
    • If-Match condition evaluates to true.
    • If-Unmodified-Since condition evaluates to false.
    For more information about conditional requests, see RFC 7232.
  • If both of the If-None-Match and If-Modified-Since headers are present in the request as follows, then Amazon S3 returns the HTTP status code 304 Not Modified:
    • If-None-Match condition evaluates to false.
    • If-Modified-Since condition evaluates to true.
    For more information about conditional requests, see RFC 7232.
HTTP Host header syntax
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com.
The following actions are related to GetObjectAttributes:
Container for the necessary parameters to execute the GetObjectAttributes service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the GetObjectAttributes service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for GetObjectAttributes Operation
This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Gets an object's current legal hold status. For more information, see Locking Objects. This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts. The following action is related to GetObjectLegalHold: Container for the necessary parameters to execute the GetObjectLegalHold service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the GetObjectLegalHold service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for GetObjectLegalHold Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Gets the Object Lock configuration for a bucket. The rule specified in the Object Lock configuration will be applied by default to every new object placed in the specified bucket. For more information, see Locking Objects. The following action is related to GetObjectLockConfiguration: Container for the necessary parameters to execute the GetObjectLockConfiguration service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the GetObjectLockConfiguration service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for GetObjectLockConfiguration Operation The HEAD operation retrieves metadata from an object without returning the object itself. This operation is useful if you're interested only in an object's metadata. A HEAD request has the same options as a GET operation on an object. The response is identical to the GET response except that there is no response body. Because of this, if the HEAD request generates an error, it returns a generic code, such as 400 Bad Request, 403 Forbidden, 404 Not Found, 405 Method Not Allowed, 412 Precondition Failed, or 304 Not Modified. It's not possible to retrieve the exact exception of these error codes. Request headers are limited to 8 KB in size. For more information, see Common Request Headers. Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name . Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Permissions
  • General purpose bucket permissions - To use HEAD, you must have the s3:GetObject permission. You need the relevant read object (or version) permission for this operation. For more information, see Actions, resources, and condition keys for Amazon S3 in the Amazon S3 User Guide. If the object you request doesn't exist, the error that Amazon S3 returns depends on whether you also have the s3:ListBucket permission.
    • If you have the s3:ListBucket permission on the bucket, Amazon S3 returns an HTTP status code 404 Not Found error.
    • If you don’t have the s3:ListBucket permission, Amazon S3 returns an HTTP status code 403 Forbidden error.
  • Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession .
Encryption
Encryption request headers, like x-amz-server-side-encryption, should not be sent for HEAD requests if your object uses server-side encryption with Key Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS), dual-layer server-side encryption with Amazon Web Services KMS keys (DSSE-KMS), or server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed encryption keys (SSE-S3). The x-amz-server-side-encryption header is used when you PUT an object to S3 and want to specify the encryption method. If you include this header in a HEAD request for an object that uses these types of keys, you’ll get an HTTP 400 Bad Request error. It's because the encryption method can't be changed when you retrieve the object. If you encrypt an object by using server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C) when you store the object in Amazon S3, then when you retrieve the metadata from the object, you must use the following headers to provide the encryption key for the server to be able to retrieve the object's metadata. The headers are:
  • x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm
  • x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key
  • x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5
For more information about SSE-C, see Server-Side Encryption (Using Customer-Provided Encryption Keys) in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Directory bucket permissions - For directory buckets, only server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) (AES256) is supported.
Versioning
  • If the current version of the object is a delete marker, Amazon S3 behaves as if the object was deleted and includes x-amz-delete-marker: true in the response.
  • If the specified version is a delete marker, the response returns a 405 Method Not Allowed error and the Last-Modified: timestamp response header.
  • Directory buckets - Delete marker is not supported by directory buckets.
  • Directory buckets - S3 Versioning isn't enabled and supported for directory buckets. For this API operation, only the null value of the version ID is supported by directory buckets. You can only specify null to the versionId query parameter in the request.
HTTP Host header syntax
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com.
The following actions are related to HeadObject:
The name of the bucket that contains the object. Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, you must use virtual-hosted-style requests in the format Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com. Path-style requests are not supported. Directory bucket names must be unique in the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must follow the format bucket_base_name--az-id--x-s3 (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az2--x-s3). For information about bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming rules in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points and Object Lambda access points are not supported by directory buckets. S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? in the Amazon S3 User Guide. The object key. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the GetObjectMetadata service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for GetObjectMetadata Operation
The HEAD operation retrieves metadata from an object without returning the object itself. This operation is useful if you're interested only in an object's metadata. A HEAD request has the same options as a GET operation on an object. The response is identical to the GET response except that there is no response body. Because of this, if the HEAD request generates an error, it returns a generic code, such as 400 Bad Request, 403 Forbidden, 404 Not Found, 405 Method Not Allowed, 412 Precondition Failed, or 304 Not Modified. It's not possible to retrieve the exact exception of these error codes. Request headers are limited to 8 KB in size. For more information, see Common Request Headers. Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name . Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Permissions
  • General purpose bucket permissions - To use HEAD, you must have the s3:GetObject permission. You need the relevant read object (or version) permission for this operation. For more information, see Actions, resources, and condition keys for Amazon S3 in the Amazon S3 User Guide. If the object you request doesn't exist, the error that Amazon S3 returns depends on whether you also have the s3:ListBucket permission.
    • If you have the s3:ListBucket permission on the bucket, Amazon S3 returns an HTTP status code 404 Not Found error.
    • If you don’t have the s3:ListBucket permission, Amazon S3 returns an HTTP status code 403 Forbidden error.
  • Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession .
Encryption
Encryption request headers, like x-amz-server-side-encryption, should not be sent for HEAD requests if your object uses server-side encryption with Key Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS), dual-layer server-side encryption with Amazon Web Services KMS keys (DSSE-KMS), or server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed encryption keys (SSE-S3). The x-amz-server-side-encryption header is used when you PUT an object to S3 and want to specify the encryption method. If you include this header in a HEAD request for an object that uses these types of keys, you’ll get an HTTP 400 Bad Request error. It's because the encryption method can't be changed when you retrieve the object. If you encrypt an object by using server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C) when you store the object in Amazon S3, then when you retrieve the metadata from the object, you must use the following headers to provide the encryption key for the server to be able to retrieve the object's metadata. The headers are:
  • x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm
  • x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key
  • x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5
For more information about SSE-C, see Server-Side Encryption (Using Customer-Provided Encryption Keys) in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Directory bucket permissions - For directory buckets, only server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) (AES256) is supported.
Versioning
  • If the current version of the object is a delete marker, Amazon S3 behaves as if the object was deleted and includes x-amz-delete-marker: true in the response.
  • If the specified version is a delete marker, the response returns a 405 Method Not Allowed error and the Last-Modified: timestamp response header.
  • Directory buckets - Delete marker is not supported by directory buckets.
  • Directory buckets - S3 Versioning isn't enabled and supported for directory buckets. For this API operation, only the null value of the version ID is supported by directory buckets. You can only specify null to the versionId query parameter in the request.
HTTP Host header syntax
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com.
The following actions are related to HeadObject:
The name of the bucket that contains the object. Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, you must use virtual-hosted-style requests in the format Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com. Path-style requests are not supported. Directory bucket names must be unique in the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must follow the format bucket_base_name--az-id--x-s3 (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az2--x-s3). For information about bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming rules in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points and Object Lambda access points are not supported by directory buckets. S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? in the Amazon S3 User Guide. The object key. Version ID used to reference a specific version of the object. For directory buckets in this API operation, only the null value of the version ID is supported. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the GetObjectMetadata service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for GetObjectMetadata Operation
The HEAD operation retrieves metadata from an object without returning the object itself. This operation is useful if you're interested only in an object's metadata. A HEAD request has the same options as a GET operation on an object. The response is identical to the GET response except that there is no response body. Because of this, if the HEAD request generates an error, it returns a generic code, such as 400 Bad Request, 403 Forbidden, 404 Not Found, 405 Method Not Allowed, 412 Precondition Failed, or 304 Not Modified. It's not possible to retrieve the exact exception of these error codes. Request headers are limited to 8 KB in size. For more information, see Common Request Headers. Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name . Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Permissions
  • General purpose bucket permissions - To use HEAD, you must have the s3:GetObject permission. You need the relevant read object (or version) permission for this operation. For more information, see Actions, resources, and condition keys for Amazon S3 in the Amazon S3 User Guide. If the object you request doesn't exist, the error that Amazon S3 returns depends on whether you also have the s3:ListBucket permission.
    • If you have the s3:ListBucket permission on the bucket, Amazon S3 returns an HTTP status code 404 Not Found error.
    • If you don’t have the s3:ListBucket permission, Amazon S3 returns an HTTP status code 403 Forbidden error.
  • Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession .
Encryption
Encryption request headers, like x-amz-server-side-encryption, should not be sent for HEAD requests if your object uses server-side encryption with Key Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS), dual-layer server-side encryption with Amazon Web Services KMS keys (DSSE-KMS), or server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed encryption keys (SSE-S3). The x-amz-server-side-encryption header is used when you PUT an object to S3 and want to specify the encryption method. If you include this header in a HEAD request for an object that uses these types of keys, you’ll get an HTTP 400 Bad Request error. It's because the encryption method can't be changed when you retrieve the object. If you encrypt an object by using server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C) when you store the object in Amazon S3, then when you retrieve the metadata from the object, you must use the following headers to provide the encryption key for the server to be able to retrieve the object's metadata. The headers are:
  • x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm
  • x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key
  • x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5
For more information about SSE-C, see Server-Side Encryption (Using Customer-Provided Encryption Keys) in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Directory bucket permissions - For directory buckets, only server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) (AES256) is supported.
Versioning
  • If the current version of the object is a delete marker, Amazon S3 behaves as if the object was deleted and includes x-amz-delete-marker: true in the response.
  • If the specified version is a delete marker, the response returns a 405 Method Not Allowed error and the Last-Modified: timestamp response header.
  • Directory buckets - Delete marker is not supported by directory buckets.
  • Directory buckets - S3 Versioning isn't enabled and supported for directory buckets. For this API operation, only the null value of the version ID is supported by directory buckets. You can only specify null to the versionId query parameter in the request.
HTTP Host header syntax
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com.
The following actions are related to HeadObject:
Container for the necessary parameters to execute the GetObjectMetadata service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the GetObjectMetadata service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for GetObjectMetadata Operation
This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Retrieves an object's retention settings. For more information, see Locking Objects. This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts. The following action is related to GetObjectRetention: Container for the necessary parameters to execute the GetObjectRetention service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the GetObjectRetention service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for GetObjectRetention Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Returns the tag-set of an object. You send the GET request against the tagging subresource associated with the object. To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:GetObjectTagging action. By default, the GET action returns information about current version of an object. For a versioned bucket, you can have multiple versions of an object in your bucket. To retrieve tags of any other version, use the versionId query parameter. You also need permission for the s3:GetObjectVersionTagging action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant this permission to others. For information about the Amazon S3 object tagging feature, see Object Tagging. The following actions are related to GetObjectTagging: Container for the necessary parameters to execute the GetObjectTagging service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the GetObjectTagging service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for GetObjectTagging Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Returns torrent files from a bucket. BitTorrent can save you bandwidth when you're distributing large files. You can get torrent only for objects that are less than 5 GB in size, and that are not encrypted using server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key. To use GET, you must have READ access to the object. This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts. The following action is related to GetObjectTorrent: The name of the bucket containing the object for which to get the torrent files. The object key for which to get the information. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the GetObjectTorrent service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for GetObjectTorrent Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Returns torrent files from a bucket. BitTorrent can save you bandwidth when you're distributing large files. You can get torrent only for objects that are less than 5 GB in size, and that are not encrypted using server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key. To use GET, you must have READ access to the object. This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts. The following action is related to GetObjectTorrent: Container for the necessary parameters to execute the GetObjectTorrent service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the GetObjectTorrent service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for GetObjectTorrent Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Retrieves the PublicAccessBlock configuration for an Amazon S3 bucket. To use this operation, you must have the s3:GetBucketPublicAccessBlock permission. For more information about Amazon S3 permissions, see Specifying Permissions in a Policy. When Amazon S3 evaluates the PublicAccessBlock configuration for a bucket or an object, it checks the PublicAccessBlock configuration for both the bucket (or the bucket that contains the object) and the bucket owner's account. If the PublicAccessBlock settings are different between the bucket and the account, Amazon S3 uses the most restrictive combination of the bucket-level and account-level settings. For more information about when Amazon S3 considers a bucket or an object public, see The Meaning of "Public". The following operations are related to GetPublicAccessBlock: Container for the necessary parameters to execute the GetPublicAccessBlock service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the GetPublicAccessBlock service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for GetPublicAccessBlock Operation You can use this operation to determine if a bucket exists and if you have permission to access it. The action returns a 200 OK if the bucket exists and you have permission to access it. If the bucket does not exist or you do not have permission to access it, the HEAD request returns a generic 400 Bad Request, 403 Forbidden or 404 Not Found code. A message body is not included, so you cannot determine the exception beyond these error codes. Directory buckets - You must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com. Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Authentication and authorization
All HeadBucket requests must be authenticated and signed by using IAM credentials (access key ID and secret access key for the IAM identities). All headers with the x-amz- prefix, including x-amz-copy-source, must be signed. For more information, see REST Authentication. Directory bucket - You must use IAM credentials to authenticate and authorize your access to the HeadBucket API operation, instead of using the temporary security credentials through the CreateSession API operation. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs handles authentication and authorization on your behalf.
Permissions
HTTP Host header syntax
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com.
Container for the necessary parameters to execute the HeadBucket service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the HeadBucket service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for HeadBucket Operation
This action initiates a multipart upload and returns an upload ID. This upload ID is used to associate all of the parts in the specific multipart upload. You specify this upload ID in each of your subsequent upload part requests (see UploadPart). You also include this upload ID in the final request to either complete or abort the multipart upload request. For more information about multipart uploads, see Multipart Upload Overview in the Amazon S3 User Guide. After you initiate a multipart upload and upload one or more parts, to stop being charged for storing the uploaded parts, you must either complete or abort the multipart upload. Amazon S3 frees up the space used to store the parts and stops charging you for storing them only after you either complete or abort a multipart upload. If you have configured a lifecycle rule to abort incomplete multipart uploads, the created multipart upload must be completed within the number of days specified in the bucket lifecycle configuration. Otherwise, the incomplete multipart upload becomes eligible for an abort action and Amazon S3 aborts the multipart upload. For more information, see Aborting Incomplete Multipart Uploads Using a Bucket Lifecycle Configuration.
  • Directory buckets - S3 Lifecycle is not supported by directory buckets.
  • Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name . Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Request signing
For request signing, multipart upload is just a series of regular requests. You initiate a multipart upload, send one or more requests to upload parts, and then complete the multipart upload process. You sign each request individually. There is nothing special about signing multipart upload requests. For more information about signing, see Authenticating Requests (Amazon Web Services Signature Version 4) in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Permissions
  • General purpose bucket permissions - For information about the permissions required to use the multipart upload API, see Multipart upload and permissions in the Amazon S3 User Guide. To perform a multipart upload with encryption by using an Amazon Web Services KMS key, the requester must have permission to the kms:Decrypt and kms:GenerateDataKey* actions on the key. These permissions are required because Amazon S3 must decrypt and read data from the encrypted file parts before it completes the multipart upload. For more information, see Multipart upload API and permissions and Protecting data using server-side encryption with Amazon Web Services KMS in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
  • Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession .
Encryption
  • General purpose buckets - Server-side encryption is for data encryption at rest. Amazon S3 encrypts your data as it writes it to disks in its data centers and decrypts it when you access it. Amazon S3 automatically encrypts all new objects that are uploaded to an S3 bucket. When doing a multipart upload, if you don't specify encryption information in your request, the encryption setting of the uploaded parts is set to the default encryption configuration of the destination bucket. By default, all buckets have a base level of encryption configuration that uses server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3). If the destination bucket has a default encryption configuration that uses server-side encryption with an Key Management Service (KMS) key (SSE-KMS), or a customer-provided encryption key (SSE-C), Amazon S3 uses the corresponding KMS key, or a customer-provided key to encrypt the uploaded parts. When you perform a CreateMultipartUpload operation, if you want to use a different type of encryption setting for the uploaded parts, you can request that Amazon S3 encrypts the object with a different encryption key (such as an Amazon S3 managed key, a KMS key, or a customer-provided key). When the encryption setting in your request is different from the default encryption configuration of the destination bucket, the encryption setting in your request takes precedence. If you choose to provide your own encryption key, the request headers you provide in UploadPart and UploadPartCopy requests must match the headers you used in the CreateMultipartUpload request.
    • Use KMS keys (SSE-KMS) that include the Amazon Web Services managed key (aws/s3) and KMS customer managed keys stored in Key Management Service (KMS) – If you want Amazon Web Services to manage the keys used to encrypt data, specify the following headers in the request.
      • x-amz-server-side-encryption
      • x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id
      • x-amz-server-side-encryption-context
      • If you specify x-amz-server-side-encryption:aws:kms, but don't provide x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id, Amazon S3 uses the Amazon Web Services managed key (aws/s3 key) in KMS to protect the data.
      • To perform a multipart upload with encryption by using an Amazon Web Services KMS key, the requester must have permission to the kms:Decrypt and kms:GenerateDataKey* actions on the key. These permissions are required because Amazon S3 must decrypt and read data from the encrypted file parts before it completes the multipart upload. For more information, see Multipart upload API and permissions and Protecting data using server-side encryption with Amazon Web Services KMS in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
      • If your Identity and Access Management (IAM) user or role is in the same Amazon Web Services account as the KMS key, then you must have these permissions on the key policy. If your IAM user or role is in a different account from the key, then you must have the permissions on both the key policy and your IAM user or role.
      • All GET and PUT requests for an object protected by KMS fail if you don't make them by using Secure Sockets Layer (SSL), Transport Layer Security (TLS), or Signature Version 4. For information about configuring any of the officially supported Amazon Web Services SDKs and Amazon Web Services CLI, see Specifying the Signature Version in Request Authentication in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
      For more information about server-side encryption with KMS keys (SSE-KMS), see Protecting Data Using Server-Side Encryption with KMS keys in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
    • Use customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C) – If you want to manage your own encryption keys, provide all the following headers in the request.
      • x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm
      • x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key
      • x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5
      For more information about server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C), see Protecting data using server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C) in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
  • Directory buckets -For directory buckets, only server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) (AES256) is supported.
HTTP Host header syntax
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to CreateMultipartUpload:
The name of the bucket where the multipart upload is initiated and where the object is uploaded. Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, you must use virtual-hosted-style requests in the format Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com. Path-style requests are not supported. Directory bucket names must be unique in the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must follow the format bucket_base_name--az-id--x-s3 (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az2--x-s3). For information about bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming rules in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points and Object Lambda access points are not supported by directory buckets. S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Object key for which the multipart upload is to be initiated. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the InitiateMultipartUpload service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for InitiateMultipartUpload Operation
This action initiates a multipart upload and returns an upload ID. This upload ID is used to associate all of the parts in the specific multipart upload. You specify this upload ID in each of your subsequent upload part requests (see UploadPart). You also include this upload ID in the final request to either complete or abort the multipart upload request. For more information about multipart uploads, see Multipart Upload Overview in the Amazon S3 User Guide. After you initiate a multipart upload and upload one or more parts, to stop being charged for storing the uploaded parts, you must either complete or abort the multipart upload. Amazon S3 frees up the space used to store the parts and stops charging you for storing them only after you either complete or abort a multipart upload. If you have configured a lifecycle rule to abort incomplete multipart uploads, the created multipart upload must be completed within the number of days specified in the bucket lifecycle configuration. Otherwise, the incomplete multipart upload becomes eligible for an abort action and Amazon S3 aborts the multipart upload. For more information, see Aborting Incomplete Multipart Uploads Using a Bucket Lifecycle Configuration.
  • Directory buckets - S3 Lifecycle is not supported by directory buckets.
  • Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name . Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Request signing
For request signing, multipart upload is just a series of regular requests. You initiate a multipart upload, send one or more requests to upload parts, and then complete the multipart upload process. You sign each request individually. There is nothing special about signing multipart upload requests. For more information about signing, see Authenticating Requests (Amazon Web Services Signature Version 4) in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Permissions
  • General purpose bucket permissions - For information about the permissions required to use the multipart upload API, see Multipart upload and permissions in the Amazon S3 User Guide. To perform a multipart upload with encryption by using an Amazon Web Services KMS key, the requester must have permission to the kms:Decrypt and kms:GenerateDataKey* actions on the key. These permissions are required because Amazon S3 must decrypt and read data from the encrypted file parts before it completes the multipart upload. For more information, see Multipart upload API and permissions and Protecting data using server-side encryption with Amazon Web Services KMS in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
  • Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession .
Encryption
  • General purpose buckets - Server-side encryption is for data encryption at rest. Amazon S3 encrypts your data as it writes it to disks in its data centers and decrypts it when you access it. Amazon S3 automatically encrypts all new objects that are uploaded to an S3 bucket. When doing a multipart upload, if you don't specify encryption information in your request, the encryption setting of the uploaded parts is set to the default encryption configuration of the destination bucket. By default, all buckets have a base level of encryption configuration that uses server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3). If the destination bucket has a default encryption configuration that uses server-side encryption with an Key Management Service (KMS) key (SSE-KMS), or a customer-provided encryption key (SSE-C), Amazon S3 uses the corresponding KMS key, or a customer-provided key to encrypt the uploaded parts. When you perform a CreateMultipartUpload operation, if you want to use a different type of encryption setting for the uploaded parts, you can request that Amazon S3 encrypts the object with a different encryption key (such as an Amazon S3 managed key, a KMS key, or a customer-provided key). When the encryption setting in your request is different from the default encryption configuration of the destination bucket, the encryption setting in your request takes precedence. If you choose to provide your own encryption key, the request headers you provide in UploadPart and UploadPartCopy requests must match the headers you used in the CreateMultipartUpload request.
    • Use KMS keys (SSE-KMS) that include the Amazon Web Services managed key (aws/s3) and KMS customer managed keys stored in Key Management Service (KMS) – If you want Amazon Web Services to manage the keys used to encrypt data, specify the following headers in the request.
      • x-amz-server-side-encryption
      • x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id
      • x-amz-server-side-encryption-context
      • If you specify x-amz-server-side-encryption:aws:kms, but don't provide x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id, Amazon S3 uses the Amazon Web Services managed key (aws/s3 key) in KMS to protect the data.
      • To perform a multipart upload with encryption by using an Amazon Web Services KMS key, the requester must have permission to the kms:Decrypt and kms:GenerateDataKey* actions on the key. These permissions are required because Amazon S3 must decrypt and read data from the encrypted file parts before it completes the multipart upload. For more information, see Multipart upload API and permissions and Protecting data using server-side encryption with Amazon Web Services KMS in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
      • If your Identity and Access Management (IAM) user or role is in the same Amazon Web Services account as the KMS key, then you must have these permissions on the key policy. If your IAM user or role is in a different account from the key, then you must have the permissions on both the key policy and your IAM user or role.
      • All GET and PUT requests for an object protected by KMS fail if you don't make them by using Secure Sockets Layer (SSL), Transport Layer Security (TLS), or Signature Version 4. For information about configuring any of the officially supported Amazon Web Services SDKs and Amazon Web Services CLI, see Specifying the Signature Version in Request Authentication in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
      For more information about server-side encryption with KMS keys (SSE-KMS), see Protecting Data Using Server-Side Encryption with KMS keys in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
    • Use customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C) – If you want to manage your own encryption keys, provide all the following headers in the request.
      • x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm
      • x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key
      • x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5
      For more information about server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C), see Protecting data using server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C) in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
  • Directory buckets -For directory buckets, only server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) (AES256) is supported.
HTTP Host header syntax
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to CreateMultipartUpload:
Container for the necessary parameters to execute the InitiateMultipartUpload service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the InitiateMultipartUpload service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for InitiateMultipartUpload Operation
This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Lists the analytics configurations for the bucket. You can have up to 1,000 analytics configurations per bucket. This action supports list pagination and does not return more than 100 configurations at a time. You should always check the IsTruncated element in the response. If there are no more configurations to list, IsTruncated is set to false. If there are more configurations to list, IsTruncated is set to true, and there will be a value in NextContinuationToken. You use the NextContinuationToken value to continue the pagination of the list by passing the value in continuation-token in the request to GET the next page. To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:GetAnalyticsConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources. For information about Amazon S3 analytics feature, see Amazon S3 Analytics – Storage Class Analysis. The following operations are related to ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations: Container for the necessary parameters to execute the ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Lists the S3 Intelligent-Tiering configuration from the specified bucket. The S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class is designed to optimize storage costs by automatically moving data to the most cost-effective storage access tier, without performance impact or operational overhead. S3 Intelligent-Tiering delivers automatic cost savings in three low latency and high throughput access tiers. To get the lowest storage cost on data that can be accessed in minutes to hours, you can choose to activate additional archiving capabilities. The S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class is the ideal storage class for data with unknown, changing, or unpredictable access patterns, independent of object size or retention period. If the size of an object is less than 128 KB, it is not monitored and not eligible for auto-tiering. Smaller objects can be stored, but they are always charged at the Frequent Access tier rates in the S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class. For more information, see Storage class for automatically optimizing frequently and infrequently accessed objects. Operations related to ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurations include: Container for the necessary parameters to execute the ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurations service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurations service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurations Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Returns a list of inventory configurations for the bucket. You can have up to 1,000 analytics configurations per bucket. This action supports list pagination and does not return more than 100 configurations at a time. Always check the IsTruncated element in the response. If there are no more configurations to list, IsTruncated is set to false. If there are more configurations to list, IsTruncated is set to true, and there is a value in NextContinuationToken. You use the NextContinuationToken value to continue the pagination of the list by passing the value in continuation-token in the request to GET the next page. To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:GetInventoryConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources. For information about the Amazon S3 inventory feature, see Amazon S3 Inventory The following operations are related to ListBucketInventoryConfigurations: Container for the necessary parameters to execute the ListBucketInventoryConfigurations service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the ListBucketInventoryConfigurations service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for ListBucketInventoryConfigurations Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Lists the metrics configurations for the bucket. The metrics configurations are only for the request metrics of the bucket and do not provide information on daily storage metrics. You can have up to 1,000 configurations per bucket. This action supports list pagination and does not return more than 100 configurations at a time. Always check the IsTruncated element in the response. If there are no more configurations to list, IsTruncated is set to false. If there are more configurations to list, IsTruncated is set to true, and there is a value in NextContinuationToken. You use the NextContinuationToken value to continue the pagination of the list by passing the value in continuation-token in the request to GET the next page. To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:GetMetricsConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources. For more information about metrics configurations and CloudWatch request metrics, see Monitoring Metrics with Amazon CloudWatch. The following operations are related to ListBucketMetricsConfigurations: Container for the necessary parameters to execute the ListBucketMetricsConfigurations service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the ListBucketMetricsConfigurations service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for ListBucketMetricsConfigurations Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Returns a list of all buckets owned by the authenticated sender of the request. To use this operation, you must have the s3:ListAllMyBuckets permission. For information about Amazon S3 buckets, see Creating, configuring, and working with Amazon S3 buckets. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the ListBuckets service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for ListBuckets Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Returns a list of all buckets owned by the authenticated sender of the request. To use this operation, you must have the s3:ListAllMyBuckets permission. For information about Amazon S3 buckets, see Creating, configuring, and working with Amazon S3 buckets. Container for the necessary parameters to execute the ListBuckets service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the ListBuckets service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for ListBuckets Operation Returns a list of all Amazon S3 directory buckets owned by the authenticated sender of the request. For more information about directory buckets, see Directory buckets in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Regional endpoint. These endpoints support path-style requests in the format https://s3express-control.region_code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name . Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Permissions
You must have the s3express:ListAllMyDirectoryBuckets permission in an IAM identity-based policy instead of a bucket policy. Cross-account access to this API operation isn't supported. This operation can only be performed by the Amazon Web Services account that owns the resource. For more information about directory bucket policies and permissions, see Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
HTTP Host header syntax
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is s3express-control.region.amazonaws.com.
Container for the necessary parameters to execute the ListDirectoryBuckets service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the ListDirectoryBuckets service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for ListDirectoryBuckets Operation
This operation lists in-progress multipart uploads in a bucket. An in-progress multipart upload is a multipart upload that has been initiated by the CreateMultipartUpload request, but has not yet been completed or aborted. Directory buckets - If multipart uploads in a directory bucket are in progress, you can't delete the bucket until all the in-progress multipart uploads are aborted or completed. The ListMultipartUploads operation returns a maximum of 1,000 multipart uploads in the response. The limit of 1,000 multipart uploads is also the default value. You can further limit the number of uploads in a response by specifying the max-uploads request parameter. If there are more than 1,000 multipart uploads that satisfy your ListMultipartUploads request, the response returns an IsTruncated element with the value of true, a NextKeyMarker element, and a NextUploadIdMarker element. To list the remaining multipart uploads, you need to make subsequent ListMultipartUploads requests. In these requests, include two query parameters: key-marker and upload-id-marker. Set the value of key-marker to the NextKeyMarker value from the previous response. Similarly, set the value of upload-id-marker to the NextUploadIdMarker value from the previous response. Directory buckets - The upload-id-marker element and the NextUploadIdMarker element aren't supported by directory buckets. To list the additional multipart uploads, you only need to set the value of key-marker to the NextKeyMarker value from the previous response. For more information about multipart uploads, see Uploading Objects Using Multipart Upload in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name . Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Permissions
  • General purpose bucket permissions - For information about permissions required to use the multipart upload API, see Multipart Upload and Permissions in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
  • Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession .
Sorting of multipart uploads in response
  • General purpose bucket - In the ListMultipartUploads response, the multipart uploads are sorted based on two criteria:
    • Key-based sorting - Multipart uploads are initially sorted in ascending order based on their object keys.
    • Time-based sorting - For uploads that share the same object key, they are further sorted in ascending order based on the upload initiation time. Among uploads with the same key, the one that was initiated first will appear before the ones that were initiated later.
  • Directory bucket - In the ListMultipartUploads response, the multipart uploads aren't sorted lexicographically based on the object keys.
HTTP Host header syntax
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to ListMultipartUploads:
The name of the bucket to which the multipart upload was initiated. Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, you must use virtual-hosted-style requests in the format Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com. Path-style requests are not supported. Directory bucket names must be unique in the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must follow the format bucket_base_name--az-id--x-s3 (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az2--x-s3). For information about bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming rules in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points and Object Lambda access points are not supported by directory buckets. S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? in the Amazon S3 User Guide. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the ListMultipartUploads service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for ListMultipartUploads Operation
This operation lists in-progress multipart uploads in a bucket. An in-progress multipart upload is a multipart upload that has been initiated by the CreateMultipartUpload request, but has not yet been completed or aborted. Directory buckets - If multipart uploads in a directory bucket are in progress, you can't delete the bucket until all the in-progress multipart uploads are aborted or completed. The ListMultipartUploads operation returns a maximum of 1,000 multipart uploads in the response. The limit of 1,000 multipart uploads is also the default value. You can further limit the number of uploads in a response by specifying the max-uploads request parameter. If there are more than 1,000 multipart uploads that satisfy your ListMultipartUploads request, the response returns an IsTruncated element with the value of true, a NextKeyMarker element, and a NextUploadIdMarker element. To list the remaining multipart uploads, you need to make subsequent ListMultipartUploads requests. In these requests, include two query parameters: key-marker and upload-id-marker. Set the value of key-marker to the NextKeyMarker value from the previous response. Similarly, set the value of upload-id-marker to the NextUploadIdMarker value from the previous response. Directory buckets - The upload-id-marker element and the NextUploadIdMarker element aren't supported by directory buckets. To list the additional multipart uploads, you only need to set the value of key-marker to the NextKeyMarker value from the previous response. For more information about multipart uploads, see Uploading Objects Using Multipart Upload in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name . Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Permissions
  • General purpose bucket permissions - For information about permissions required to use the multipart upload API, see Multipart Upload and Permissions in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
  • Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession .
Sorting of multipart uploads in response
  • General purpose bucket - In the ListMultipartUploads response, the multipart uploads are sorted based on two criteria:
    • Key-based sorting - Multipart uploads are initially sorted in ascending order based on their object keys.
    • Time-based sorting - For uploads that share the same object key, they are further sorted in ascending order based on the upload initiation time. Among uploads with the same key, the one that was initiated first will appear before the ones that were initiated later.
  • Directory bucket - In the ListMultipartUploads response, the multipart uploads aren't sorted lexicographically based on the object keys.
HTTP Host header syntax
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to ListMultipartUploads:
The name of the bucket to which the multipart upload was initiated. Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, you must use virtual-hosted-style requests in the format Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com. Path-style requests are not supported. Directory bucket names must be unique in the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must follow the format bucket_base_name--az-id--x-s3 (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az2--x-s3). For information about bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming rules in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points and Object Lambda access points are not supported by directory buckets. S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Lists in-progress uploads only for those keys that begin with the specified prefix. You can use prefixes to separate a bucket into different grouping of keys. (You can think of using prefix to make groups in the same way that you'd use a folder in a file system.) Directory buckets - For directory buckets, only prefixes that end in a delimiter (/) are supported. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the ListMultipartUploads service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for ListMultipartUploads Operation
This operation lists in-progress multipart uploads in a bucket. An in-progress multipart upload is a multipart upload that has been initiated by the CreateMultipartUpload request, but has not yet been completed or aborted. Directory buckets - If multipart uploads in a directory bucket are in progress, you can't delete the bucket until all the in-progress multipart uploads are aborted or completed. The ListMultipartUploads operation returns a maximum of 1,000 multipart uploads in the response. The limit of 1,000 multipart uploads is also the default value. You can further limit the number of uploads in a response by specifying the max-uploads request parameter. If there are more than 1,000 multipart uploads that satisfy your ListMultipartUploads request, the response returns an IsTruncated element with the value of true, a NextKeyMarker element, and a NextUploadIdMarker element. To list the remaining multipart uploads, you need to make subsequent ListMultipartUploads requests. In these requests, include two query parameters: key-marker and upload-id-marker. Set the value of key-marker to the NextKeyMarker value from the previous response. Similarly, set the value of upload-id-marker to the NextUploadIdMarker value from the previous response. Directory buckets - The upload-id-marker element and the NextUploadIdMarker element aren't supported by directory buckets. To list the additional multipart uploads, you only need to set the value of key-marker to the NextKeyMarker value from the previous response. For more information about multipart uploads, see Uploading Objects Using Multipart Upload in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name . Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Permissions
  • General purpose bucket permissions - For information about permissions required to use the multipart upload API, see Multipart Upload and Permissions in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
  • Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession .
Sorting of multipart uploads in response
  • General purpose bucket - In the ListMultipartUploads response, the multipart uploads are sorted based on two criteria:
    • Key-based sorting - Multipart uploads are initially sorted in ascending order based on their object keys.
    • Time-based sorting - For uploads that share the same object key, they are further sorted in ascending order based on the upload initiation time. Among uploads with the same key, the one that was initiated first will appear before the ones that were initiated later.
  • Directory bucket - In the ListMultipartUploads response, the multipart uploads aren't sorted lexicographically based on the object keys.
HTTP Host header syntax
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to ListMultipartUploads:
Container for the necessary parameters to execute the ListMultipartUploads service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the ListMultipartUploads service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for ListMultipartUploads Operation
This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Returns some or all (up to 1,000) of the objects in a bucket. You can use the request parameters as selection criteria to return a subset of the objects in a bucket. A 200 OK response can contain valid or invalid XML. Be sure to design your application to parse the contents of the response and handle it appropriately. This action has been revised. We recommend that you use the newer version, ListObjectsV2, when developing applications. For backward compatibility, Amazon S3 continues to support ListObjects. The following operations are related to ListObjects: The name of the bucket containing the objects. Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, you must use virtual-hosted-style requests in the format Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com. Path-style requests are not supported. Directory bucket names must be unique in the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must follow the format bucket_base_name--az-id--x-s3 (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az2--x-s3). For information about bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming rules in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points and Object Lambda access points are not supported by directory buckets. S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? in the Amazon S3 User Guide. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the ListObjects service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for ListObjects Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Returns some or all (up to 1,000) of the objects in a bucket. You can use the request parameters as selection criteria to return a subset of the objects in a bucket. A 200 OK response can contain valid or invalid XML. Be sure to design your application to parse the contents of the response and handle it appropriately. This action has been revised. We recommend that you use the newer version, ListObjectsV2, when developing applications. For backward compatibility, Amazon S3 continues to support ListObjects. The following operations are related to ListObjects: The name of the bucket containing the objects. Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, you must use virtual-hosted-style requests in the format Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com. Path-style requests are not supported. Directory bucket names must be unique in the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must follow the format bucket_base_name--az-id--x-s3 (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az2--x-s3). For information about bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming rules in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points and Object Lambda access points are not supported by directory buckets. S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Limits the response to keys that begin with the specified prefix. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the ListObjects service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for ListObjects Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Returns some or all (up to 1,000) of the objects in a bucket. You can use the request parameters as selection criteria to return a subset of the objects in a bucket. A 200 OK response can contain valid or invalid XML. Be sure to design your application to parse the contents of the response and handle it appropriately. This action has been revised. We recommend that you use the newer version, ListObjectsV2, when developing applications. For backward compatibility, Amazon S3 continues to support ListObjects. The following operations are related to ListObjects: Container for the necessary parameters to execute the ListObjects service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the ListObjects service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for ListObjects Operation Returns some or all (up to 1,000) of the objects in a bucket with each request. You can use the request parameters as selection criteria to return a subset of the objects in a bucket. A 200 OK response can contain valid or invalid XML. Make sure to design your application to parse the contents of the response and handle it appropriately. For more information about listing objects, see Listing object keys programmatically in the Amazon S3 User Guide. To get a list of your buckets, see ListBuckets. Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name . Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Permissions
  • General purpose bucket permissions - To use this operation, you must have READ access to the bucket. You must have permission to perform the s3:ListBucket action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
  • Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession .
Sorting order of returned objects
  • General purpose bucket - For general purpose buckets, ListObjectsV2 returns objects in lexicographical order based on their key names.
  • Directory bucket - For directory buckets, ListObjectsV2 does not return objects in lexicographical order.
HTTP Host header syntax
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com.
This section describes the latest revision of this action. We recommend that you use this revised API operation for application development. For backward compatibility, Amazon S3 continues to support the prior version of this API operation, ListObjects. The following operations are related to ListObjectsV2:
Container for the necessary parameters to execute the ListObjectsV2 service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the ListObjectsV2 service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for ListObjectsV2 Operation
Lists the parts that have been uploaded for a specific multipart upload. To use this operation, you must provide the upload ID in the request. You obtain this uploadID by sending the initiate multipart upload request through CreateMultipartUpload. The ListParts request returns a maximum of 1,000 uploaded parts. The limit of 1,000 parts is also the default value. You can restrict the number of parts in a response by specifying the max-parts request parameter. If your multipart upload consists of more than 1,000 parts, the response returns an IsTruncated field with the value of true, and a NextPartNumberMarker element. To list remaining uploaded parts, in subsequent ListParts requests, include the part-number-marker query string parameter and set its value to the NextPartNumberMarker field value from the previous response. For more information on multipart uploads, see Uploading Objects Using Multipart Upload in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name . Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Permissions
  • General purpose bucket permissions - For information about permissions required to use the multipart upload API, see Multipart Upload and Permissions in the Amazon S3 User Guide. If the upload was created using server-side encryption with Key Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS) or dual-layer server-side encryption with Amazon Web Services KMS keys (DSSE-KMS), you must have permission to the kms:Decrypt action for the ListParts request to succeed.
  • Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession .
HTTP Host header syntax
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to ListParts:
The name of the bucket to which the parts are being uploaded. Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, you must use virtual-hosted-style requests in the format Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com. Path-style requests are not supported. Directory bucket names must be unique in the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must follow the format bucket_base_name--az-id--x-s3 (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az2--x-s3). For information about bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming rules in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points and Object Lambda access points are not supported by directory buckets. S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Object key for which the multipart upload was initiated. Upload ID identifying the multipart upload whose parts are being listed. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the ListParts service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for ListParts Operation
Lists the parts that have been uploaded for a specific multipart upload. To use this operation, you must provide the upload ID in the request. You obtain this uploadID by sending the initiate multipart upload request through CreateMultipartUpload. The ListParts request returns a maximum of 1,000 uploaded parts. The limit of 1,000 parts is also the default value. You can restrict the number of parts in a response by specifying the max-parts request parameter. If your multipart upload consists of more than 1,000 parts, the response returns an IsTruncated field with the value of true, and a NextPartNumberMarker element. To list remaining uploaded parts, in subsequent ListParts requests, include the part-number-marker query string parameter and set its value to the NextPartNumberMarker field value from the previous response. For more information on multipart uploads, see Uploading Objects Using Multipart Upload in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name . Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Permissions
  • General purpose bucket permissions - For information about permissions required to use the multipart upload API, see Multipart Upload and Permissions in the Amazon S3 User Guide. If the upload was created using server-side encryption with Key Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS) or dual-layer server-side encryption with Amazon Web Services KMS keys (DSSE-KMS), you must have permission to the kms:Decrypt action for the ListParts request to succeed.
  • Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession .
HTTP Host header syntax
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to ListParts:
Container for the necessary parameters to execute the ListParts service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the ListParts service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for ListParts Operation
This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Returns metadata about all versions of the objects in a bucket. You can also use request parameters as selection criteria to return metadata about a subset of all the object versions. To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:ListBucketVersions action. Be aware of the name difference. A 200 OK response can contain valid or invalid XML. Make sure to design your application to parse the contents of the response and handle it appropriately. To use this operation, you must have READ access to the bucket. The following operations are related to ListObjectVersions: The bucket name that contains the objects. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the ListVersions service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for ListVersions Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Returns metadata about all versions of the objects in a bucket. You can also use request parameters as selection criteria to return metadata about a subset of all the object versions. To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:ListBucketVersions action. Be aware of the name difference. A 200 OK response can contain valid or invalid XML. Make sure to design your application to parse the contents of the response and handle it appropriately. To use this operation, you must have READ access to the bucket. The following operations are related to ListObjectVersions: The bucket name that contains the objects. Use this parameter to select only those keys that begin with the specified prefix. You can use prefixes to separate a bucket into different groupings of keys. (You can think of using prefix to make groups in the same way that you'd use a folder in a file system.) You can use prefix with delimiter to roll up numerous objects into a single result under CommonPrefixes. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the ListVersions service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for ListVersions Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Returns metadata about all versions of the objects in a bucket. You can also use request parameters as selection criteria to return metadata about a subset of all the object versions. To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:ListBucketVersions action. Be aware of the name difference. A 200 OK response can contain valid or invalid XML. Make sure to design your application to parse the contents of the response and handle it appropriately. To use this operation, you must have READ access to the bucket. The following operations are related to ListObjectVersions: Container for the necessary parameters to execute the ListVersions service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the ListVersions service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for ListVersions Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Sets the permissions on an existing bucket using access control lists (ACL). For more information, see Using ACLs. To set the ACL of a bucket, you must have the WRITE_ACP permission. You can use one of the following two ways to set a bucket's permissions:
  • Specify the ACL in the request body
  • Specify permissions using request headers
You cannot specify access permission using both the body and the request headers. Depending on your application needs, you may choose to set the ACL on a bucket using either the request body or the headers. For example, if you have an existing application that updates a bucket ACL using the request body, then you can continue to use that approach. If your bucket uses the bucket owner enforced setting for S3 Object Ownership, ACLs are disabled and no longer affect permissions. You must use policies to grant access to your bucket and the objects in it. Requests to set ACLs or update ACLs fail and return the AccessControlListNotSupported error code. Requests to read ACLs are still supported. For more information, see Controlling object ownership in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Permissions
You can set access permissions by using one of the following methods:
  • Specify a canned ACL with the x-amz-acl request header. Amazon S3 supports a set of predefined ACLs, known as canned ACLs. Each canned ACL has a predefined set of grantees and permissions. Specify the canned ACL name as the value of x-amz-acl. If you use this header, you cannot use other access control-specific headers in your request. For more information, see Canned ACL.
  • Specify access permissions explicitly with the x-amz-grant-read, x-amz-grant-read-acp, x-amz-grant-write-acp, and x-amz-grant-full-control headers. When using these headers, you specify explicit access permissions and grantees (Amazon Web Services accounts or Amazon S3 groups) who will receive the permission. If you use these ACL-specific headers, you cannot use the x-amz-acl header to set a canned ACL. These parameters map to the set of permissions that Amazon S3 supports in an ACL. For more information, see Access Control List (ACL) Overview. You specify each grantee as a type=value pair, where the type is one of the following:
    • id – if the value specified is the canonical user ID of an Amazon Web Services account
    • uri – if you are granting permissions to a predefined group
    • emailAddress – if the value specified is the email address of an Amazon Web Services account Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in the following Amazon Web Services Regions:
      • US East (N. Virginia)
      • US West (N. California)
      • US West (Oregon)
      • Asia Pacific (Singapore)
      • Asia Pacific (Sydney)
      • Asia Pacific (Tokyo)
      • Europe (Ireland)
      • South America (São Paulo)
      For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.
    For example, the following x-amz-grant-write header grants create, overwrite, and delete objects permission to LogDelivery group predefined by Amazon S3 and two Amazon Web Services accounts identified by their email addresses. x-amz-grant-write: uri="http://acs.amazonaws.com/groups/s3/LogDelivery", id="111122223333", id="555566667777"
You can use either a canned ACL or specify access permissions explicitly. You cannot do both.
Grantee Values
You can specify the person (grantee) to whom you're assigning access rights (using request elements) in the following ways:
  • By the person's ID: <Grantee xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:type="CanonicalUser"><ID><>ID<></ID><DisplayName><>GranteesEmail<></DisplayName> </Grantee> DisplayName is optional and ignored in the request
  • By URI: <Grantee xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:type="Group"><URI><>http://acs.amazonaws.com/groups/global/AuthenticatedUsers<></URI></Grantee>
  • By Email address: <Grantee xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:type="AmazonCustomerByEmail"><EmailAddress><>Grantees@email.com<></EmailAddress>&</Grantee> The grantee is resolved to the CanonicalUser and, in a response to a GET Object acl request, appears as the CanonicalUser. Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in the following Amazon Web Services Regions:
    • US East (N. Virginia)
    • US West (N. California)
    • US West (Oregon)
    • Asia Pacific (Singapore)
    • Asia Pacific (Sydney)
    • Asia Pacific (Tokyo)
    • Europe (Ireland)
    • South America (São Paulo)
    For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.
The following operations are related to PutBucketAcl:
Container for the necessary parameters to execute the PutACL service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the PutACL service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for PutACL Operation
This action creates an Amazon S3 bucket. To create an Amazon S3 on Outposts bucket, see CreateBucket . Creates a new S3 bucket. To create a bucket, you must set up Amazon S3 and have a valid Amazon Web Services Access Key ID to authenticate requests. Anonymous requests are never allowed to create buckets. By creating the bucket, you become the bucket owner. There are two types of buckets: general purpose buckets and directory buckets. For more information about these bucket types, see Creating, configuring, and working with Amazon S3 buckets in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
  • General purpose buckets - If you send your CreateBucket request to the s3.amazonaws.com global endpoint, the request goes to the us-east-1 Region. So the signature calculations in Signature Version 4 must use us-east-1 as the Region, even if the location constraint in the request specifies another Region where the bucket is to be created. If you create a bucket in a Region other than US East (N. Virginia), your application must be able to handle 307 redirect. For more information, see Virtual hosting of buckets in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
  • Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Regional endpoint. These endpoints support path-style requests in the format https://s3express-control.region_code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name . Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Permissions
  • General purpose bucket permissions - In addition to the s3:CreateBucket permission, the following permissions are required in a policy when your CreateBucket request includes specific headers:
    • Access control lists (ACLs) - In your CreateBucket request, if you specify an access control list (ACL) and set it to public-read, public-read-write, authenticated-read, or if you explicitly specify any other custom ACLs, both s3:CreateBucket and s3:PutBucketAcl permissions are required. In your CreateBucket request, if you set the ACL to private, or if you don't specify any ACLs, only the s3:CreateBucket permission is required.
    • Object Lock - In your CreateBucket request, if you set x-amz-bucket-object-lock-enabled to true, the s3:PutBucketObjectLockConfiguration and s3:PutBucketVersioning permissions are required.
    • S3 Object Ownership - If your CreateBucket request includes the x-amz-object-ownership header, then the s3:PutBucketOwnershipControls permission is required. If your CreateBucket request sets BucketOwnerEnforced for Amazon S3 Object Ownership and specifies a bucket ACL that provides access to an external Amazon Web Services account, your request fails with a 400 error and returns the InvalidBucketAcLWithObjectOwnership error code. For more information, see Setting Object Ownership on an existing bucket in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
    • S3 Block Public Access - If your specific use case requires granting public access to your S3 resources, you can disable Block Public Access. Specifically, you can create a new bucket with Block Public Access enabled, then separately call the DeletePublicAccessBlock API. To use this operation, you must have the s3:PutBucketPublicAccessBlock permission. For more information about S3 Block Public Access, see Blocking public access to your Amazon S3 storage in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
  • Directory bucket permissions - You must have the s3express:CreateBucket permission in an IAM identity-based policy instead of a bucket policy. Cross-account access to this API operation isn't supported. This operation can only be performed by the Amazon Web Services account that owns the resource. For more information about directory bucket policies and permissions, see Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide. The permissions for ACLs, Object Lock, S3 Object Ownership, and S3 Block Public Access are not supported for directory buckets. For directory buckets, all Block Public Access settings are enabled at the bucket level and S3 Object Ownership is set to Bucket owner enforced (ACLs disabled). These settings can't be modified. For more information about permissions for creating and working with directory buckets, see Directory buckets in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about supported S3 features for directory buckets, see Features of S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
HTTP Host header syntax
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is s3express-control.region.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to CreateBucket:
The name of the bucket to create. General purpose buckets - For information about bucket naming restrictions, see Bucket naming rules in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, you must use path-style requests in the format https://s3express-control.region_code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name . Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. Directory bucket names must be unique in the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must also follow the format bucket_base_name--az_id--x-s3 (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az2--x-s3). For information about bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming rules in the Amazon S3 User Guide A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the PutBucket service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for PutBucket Operation
This action creates an Amazon S3 bucket. To create an Amazon S3 on Outposts bucket, see CreateBucket . Creates a new S3 bucket. To create a bucket, you must set up Amazon S3 and have a valid Amazon Web Services Access Key ID to authenticate requests. Anonymous requests are never allowed to create buckets. By creating the bucket, you become the bucket owner. There are two types of buckets: general purpose buckets and directory buckets. For more information about these bucket types, see Creating, configuring, and working with Amazon S3 buckets in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
  • General purpose buckets - If you send your CreateBucket request to the s3.amazonaws.com global endpoint, the request goes to the us-east-1 Region. So the signature calculations in Signature Version 4 must use us-east-1 as the Region, even if the location constraint in the request specifies another Region where the bucket is to be created. If you create a bucket in a Region other than US East (N. Virginia), your application must be able to handle 307 redirect. For more information, see Virtual hosting of buckets in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
  • Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Regional endpoint. These endpoints support path-style requests in the format https://s3express-control.region_code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name . Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Permissions
  • General purpose bucket permissions - In addition to the s3:CreateBucket permission, the following permissions are required in a policy when your CreateBucket request includes specific headers:
    • Access control lists (ACLs) - In your CreateBucket request, if you specify an access control list (ACL) and set it to public-read, public-read-write, authenticated-read, or if you explicitly specify any other custom ACLs, both s3:CreateBucket and s3:PutBucketAcl permissions are required. In your CreateBucket request, if you set the ACL to private, or if you don't specify any ACLs, only the s3:CreateBucket permission is required.
    • Object Lock - In your CreateBucket request, if you set x-amz-bucket-object-lock-enabled to true, the s3:PutBucketObjectLockConfiguration and s3:PutBucketVersioning permissions are required.
    • S3 Object Ownership - If your CreateBucket request includes the x-amz-object-ownership header, then the s3:PutBucketOwnershipControls permission is required. If your CreateBucket request sets BucketOwnerEnforced for Amazon S3 Object Ownership and specifies a bucket ACL that provides access to an external Amazon Web Services account, your request fails with a 400 error and returns the InvalidBucketAcLWithObjectOwnership error code. For more information, see Setting Object Ownership on an existing bucket in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
    • S3 Block Public Access - If your specific use case requires granting public access to your S3 resources, you can disable Block Public Access. Specifically, you can create a new bucket with Block Public Access enabled, then separately call the DeletePublicAccessBlock API. To use this operation, you must have the s3:PutBucketPublicAccessBlock permission. For more information about S3 Block Public Access, see Blocking public access to your Amazon S3 storage in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
  • Directory bucket permissions - You must have the s3express:CreateBucket permission in an IAM identity-based policy instead of a bucket policy. Cross-account access to this API operation isn't supported. This operation can only be performed by the Amazon Web Services account that owns the resource. For more information about directory bucket policies and permissions, see Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide. The permissions for ACLs, Object Lock, S3 Object Ownership, and S3 Block Public Access are not supported for directory buckets. For directory buckets, all Block Public Access settings are enabled at the bucket level and S3 Object Ownership is set to Bucket owner enforced (ACLs disabled). These settings can't be modified. For more information about permissions for creating and working with directory buckets, see Directory buckets in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about supported S3 features for directory buckets, see Features of S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
HTTP Host header syntax
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is s3express-control.region.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to CreateBucket:
Container for the necessary parameters to execute the PutBucket service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the PutBucket service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for PutBucket Operation
This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Sets the accelerate configuration of an existing bucket. Amazon S3 Transfer Acceleration is a bucket-level feature that enables you to perform faster data transfers to Amazon S3. To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:PutAccelerateConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources. The Transfer Acceleration state of a bucket can be set to one of the following two values:
  • Enabled – Enables accelerated data transfers to the bucket.
  • Suspended – Disables accelerated data transfers to the bucket.
The GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration action returns the transfer acceleration state of a bucket. After setting the Transfer Acceleration state of a bucket to Enabled, it might take up to thirty minutes before the data transfer rates to the bucket increase. The name of the bucket used for Transfer Acceleration must be DNS-compliant and must not contain periods ("."). For more information about transfer acceleration, see Transfer Acceleration. The following operations are related to PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration:
Container for the necessary parameters to execute the PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration Operation
This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Sets an analytics configuration for the bucket (specified by the analytics configuration ID). You can have up to 1,000 analytics configurations per bucket. You can choose to have storage class analysis export analysis reports sent to a comma-separated values (CSV) flat file. See the DataExport request element. Reports are updated daily and are based on the object filters that you configure. When selecting data export, you specify a destination bucket and an optional destination prefix where the file is written. You can export the data to a destination bucket in a different account. However, the destination bucket must be in the same Region as the bucket that you are making the PUT analytics configuration to. For more information, see Amazon S3 Analytics – Storage Class Analysis. You must create a bucket policy on the destination bucket where the exported file is written to grant permissions to Amazon S3 to write objects to the bucket. For an example policy, see Granting Permissions for Amazon S3 Inventory and Storage Class Analysis. To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutAnalyticsConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources. PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration has the following special errors:
    • HTTP Error: HTTP 400 Bad Request
    • Code: InvalidArgument
    • Cause: Invalid argument.
    • HTTP Error: HTTP 400 Bad Request
    • Code: TooManyConfigurations
    • Cause: You are attempting to create a new configuration but have already reached the 1,000-configuration limit.
    • HTTP Error: HTTP 403 Forbidden
    • Code: AccessDenied
    • Cause: You are not the owner of the specified bucket, or you do not have the s3:PutAnalyticsConfiguration bucket permission to set the configuration on the bucket.
The following operations are related to PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration:
Container for the necessary parameters to execute the PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration Operation
This operation is not supported by directory buckets. This action uses the encryption subresource to configure default encryption and Amazon S3 Bucket Keys for an existing bucket. By default, all buckets have a default encryption configuration that uses server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3). You can optionally configure default encryption for a bucket by using server-side encryption with Key Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS) or dual-layer server-side encryption with Amazon Web Services KMS keys (DSSE-KMS). If you specify default encryption by using SSE-KMS, you can also configure Amazon S3 Bucket Keys. If you use PutBucketEncryption to set your default bucket encryption to SSE-KMS, you should verify that your KMS key ID is correct. Amazon S3 does not validate the KMS key ID provided in PutBucketEncryption requests. This action requires Amazon Web Services Signature Version 4. For more information, see Authenticating Requests (Amazon Web Services Signature Version 4). To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:PutEncryptionConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources in the Amazon S3 User Guide. The following operations are related to PutBucketEncryption: Container for the necessary parameters to execute the PutBucketEncryption service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the PutBucketEncryption service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for PutBucketEncryption Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Puts a S3 Intelligent-Tiering configuration to the specified bucket. You can have up to 1,000 S3 Intelligent-Tiering configurations per bucket. The S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class is designed to optimize storage costs by automatically moving data to the most cost-effective storage access tier, without performance impact or operational overhead. S3 Intelligent-Tiering delivers automatic cost savings in three low latency and high throughput access tiers. To get the lowest storage cost on data that can be accessed in minutes to hours, you can choose to activate additional archiving capabilities. The S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class is the ideal storage class for data with unknown, changing, or unpredictable access patterns, independent of object size or retention period. If the size of an object is less than 128 KB, it is not monitored and not eligible for auto-tiering. Smaller objects can be stored, but they are always charged at the Frequent Access tier rates in the S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class. For more information, see Storage class for automatically optimizing frequently and infrequently accessed objects. Operations related to PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration include: You only need S3 Intelligent-Tiering enabled on a bucket if you want to automatically move objects stored in the S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class to the Archive Access or Deep Archive Access tier. PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration has the following special errors:
HTTP 400 Bad Request Error
Code: InvalidArgument Cause: Invalid Argument
HTTP 400 Bad Request Error
Code: TooManyConfigurations Cause: You are attempting to create a new configuration but have already reached the 1,000-configuration limit.
HTTP 403 Forbidden Error
Cause: You are not the owner of the specified bucket, or you do not have the s3:PutIntelligentTieringConfiguration bucket permission to set the configuration on the bucket.
Container for the necessary parameters to execute the PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration Operation
This operation is not supported by directory buckets. This implementation of the PUT action adds an inventory configuration (identified by the inventory ID) to the bucket. You can have up to 1,000 inventory configurations per bucket. Amazon S3 inventory generates inventories of the objects in the bucket on a daily or weekly basis, and the results are published to a flat file. The bucket that is inventoried is called the source bucket, and the bucket where the inventory flat file is stored is called the destination bucket. The destination bucket must be in the same Amazon Web Services Region as the source bucket. When you configure an inventory for a source bucket, you specify the destination bucket where you want the inventory to be stored, and whether to generate the inventory daily or weekly. You can also configure what object metadata to include and whether to inventory all object versions or only current versions. For more information, see Amazon S3 Inventory in the Amazon S3 User Guide. You must create a bucket policy on the destination bucket to grant permissions to Amazon S3 to write objects to the bucket in the defined location. For an example policy, see Granting Permissions for Amazon S3 Inventory and Storage Class Analysis.
Permissions
To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:PutInventoryConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others. The s3:PutInventoryConfiguration permission allows a user to create an S3 Inventory report that includes all object metadata fields available and to specify the destination bucket to store the inventory. A user with read access to objects in the destination bucket can also access all object metadata fields that are available in the inventory report. To restrict access to an inventory report, see Restricting access to an Amazon S3 Inventory report in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about the metadata fields available in S3 Inventory, see Amazon S3 Inventory lists in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about permissions, see Permissions related to bucket subresource operations and Identity and access management in Amazon S3 in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
PutBucketInventoryConfiguration has the following special errors:
HTTP 400 Bad Request Error
Code: InvalidArgument Cause: Invalid Argument
HTTP 400 Bad Request Error
Code: TooManyConfigurations Cause: You are attempting to create a new configuration but have already reached the 1,000-configuration limit.
HTTP 403 Forbidden Error
Cause: You are not the owner of the specified bucket, or you do not have the s3:PutInventoryConfiguration bucket permission to set the configuration on the bucket.
The following operations are related to PutBucketInventoryConfiguration:
Container for the necessary parameters to execute the PutBucketInventoryConfiguration service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the PutBucketInventoryConfiguration service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for PutBucketInventoryConfiguration Operation
This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Set the logging parameters for a bucket and to specify permissions for who can view and modify the logging parameters. All logs are saved to buckets in the same Amazon Web Services Region as the source bucket. To set the logging status of a bucket, you must be the bucket owner. The bucket owner is automatically granted FULL_CONTROL to all logs. You use the Grantee request element to grant access to other people. The Permissions request element specifies the kind of access the grantee has to the logs. If the target bucket for log delivery uses the bucket owner enforced setting for S3 Object Ownership, you can't use the Grantee request element to grant access to others. Permissions can only be granted using policies. For more information, see Permissions for server access log delivery in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Grantee Values
You can specify the person (grantee) to whom you're assigning access rights (by using request elements) in the following ways:
  • By the person's ID: <Grantee xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:type="CanonicalUser"><ID><>ID<></ID><DisplayName><>GranteesEmail<></DisplayName> </Grantee> DisplayName is optional and ignored in the request.
  • By Email address: <Grantee xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:type="AmazonCustomerByEmail"><EmailAddress><>Grantees@email.com<></EmailAddress></Grantee> The grantee is resolved to the CanonicalUser and, in a response to a GETObjectAcl request, appears as the CanonicalUser.
  • By URI: <Grantee xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:type="Group"><URI><>http://acs.amazonaws.com/groups/global/AuthenticatedUsers<></URI></Grantee>
To enable logging, you use LoggingEnabled and its children request elements. To disable logging, you use an empty BucketLoggingStatus request element: <BucketLoggingStatus xmlns="http://doc.s3.amazonaws.com/2006-03-01" /> For more information about server access logging, see Server Access Logging in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about creating a bucket, see CreateBucket. For more information about returning the logging status of a bucket, see GetBucketLogging. The following operations are related to PutBucketLogging:
Container for the necessary parameters to execute the PutBucketLogging service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the PutBucketLogging service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for PutBucketLogging Operation
This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Sets a metrics configuration (specified by the metrics configuration ID) for the bucket. You can have up to 1,000 metrics configurations per bucket. If you're updating an existing metrics configuration, note that this is a full replacement of the existing metrics configuration. If you don't include the elements you want to keep, they are erased. To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutMetricsConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources. For information about CloudWatch request metrics for Amazon S3, see Monitoring Metrics with Amazon CloudWatch. The following operations are related to PutBucketMetricsConfiguration: PutBucketMetricsConfiguration has the following special error:
  • Error code: TooManyConfigurations
    • Description: You are attempting to create a new configuration but have already reached the 1,000-configuration limit.
    • HTTP Status Code: HTTP 400 Bad Request
Container for the necessary parameters to execute the PutBucketMetricsConfiguration service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the PutBucketMetricsConfiguration service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for PutBucketMetricsConfiguration Operation
This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Enables notifications of specified events for a bucket. For more information about event notifications, see Configuring Event Notifications. Using this API, you can replace an existing notification configuration. The configuration is an XML file that defines the event types that you want Amazon S3 to publish and the destination where you want Amazon S3 to publish an event notification when it detects an event of the specified type. By default, your bucket has no event notifications configured. That is, the notification configuration will be an empty NotificationConfiguration. <NotificationConfiguration> </NotificationConfiguration> This action replaces the existing notification configuration with the configuration you include in the request body. After Amazon S3 receives this request, it first verifies that any Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) or Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) destination exists, and that the bucket owner has permission to publish to it by sending a test notification. In the case of Lambda destinations, Amazon S3 verifies that the Lambda function permissions grant Amazon S3 permission to invoke the function from the Amazon S3 bucket. For more information, see Configuring Notifications for Amazon S3 Events. You can disable notifications by adding the empty NotificationConfiguration element. For more information about the number of event notification configurations that you can create per bucket, see Amazon S3 service quotas in Amazon Web Services General Reference. By default, only the bucket owner can configure notifications on a bucket. However, bucket owners can use a bucket policy to grant permission to other users to set this configuration with the required s3:PutBucketNotification permission. The PUT notification is an atomic operation. For example, suppose your notification configuration includes SNS topic, SQS queue, and Lambda function configurations. When you send a PUT request with this configuration, Amazon S3 sends test messages to your SNS topic. If the message fails, the entire PUT action will fail, and Amazon S3 will not add the configuration to your bucket. If the configuration in the request body includes only one TopicConfiguration specifying only the s3:ReducedRedundancyLostObject event type, the response will also include the x-amz-sns-test-message-id header containing the message ID of the test notification sent to the topic. The following action is related to PutBucketNotificationConfiguration: Container for the necessary parameters to execute the PutBucketNotification service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the PutBucketNotification service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for PutBucketNotification Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Creates or modifies OwnershipControls for an Amazon S3 bucket. To use this operation, you must have the s3:PutBucketOwnershipControls permission. For more information about Amazon S3 permissions, see Specifying permissions in a policy. For information about Amazon S3 Object Ownership, see Using object ownership. The following operations are related to PutBucketOwnershipControls: Container for the necessary parameters to execute the PutBucketOwnershipControls service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the PutBucketOwnershipControls service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for PutBucketOwnershipControls Operation Applies an Amazon S3 bucket policy to an Amazon S3 bucket. Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Regional endpoint. These endpoints support path-style requests in the format https://s3express-control.region_code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name . Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Permissions
If you are using an identity other than the root user of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the bucket, the calling identity must both have the PutBucketPolicy permissions on the specified bucket and belong to the bucket owner's account in order to use this operation. If you don't have PutBucketPolicy permissions, Amazon S3 returns a 403 Access Denied error. If you have the correct permissions, but you're not using an identity that belongs to the bucket owner's account, Amazon S3 returns a 405 Method Not Allowed error. To ensure that bucket owners don't inadvertently lock themselves out of their own buckets, the root principal in a bucket owner's Amazon Web Services account can perform the GetBucketPolicy, PutBucketPolicy, and DeleteBucketPolicy API actions, even if their bucket policy explicitly denies the root principal's access. Bucket owner root principals can only be blocked from performing these API actions by VPC endpoint policies and Amazon Web Services Organizations policies.
  • General purpose bucket permissions - The s3:PutBucketPolicy permission is required in a policy. For more information about general purpose buckets bucket policies, see Using Bucket Policies and User Policies in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
  • Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation, you must have the s3express:PutBucketPolicy permission in an IAM identity-based policy instead of a bucket policy. Cross-account access to this API operation isn't supported. This operation can only be performed by the Amazon Web Services account that owns the resource. For more information about directory bucket policies and permissions, see Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Example bucket policies
General purpose buckets example bucket policies - See Bucket policy examples in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Directory bucket example bucket policies - See Example bucket policies for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
HTTP Host header syntax
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is s3express-control.region.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to PutBucketPolicy:
The name of the bucket. Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, you must use path-style requests in the format https://s3express-control.region_code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name . Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. Directory bucket names must be unique in the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must also follow the format bucket_base_name--az_id--x-s3 (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az2--x-s3). For information about bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming rules in the Amazon S3 User Guide The bucket policy as a JSON document. For directory buckets, the only IAM action supported in the bucket policy is s3express:CreateSession. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the PutBucketPolicy service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for PutBucketPolicy Operation
Applies an Amazon S3 bucket policy to an Amazon S3 bucket. Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Regional endpoint. These endpoints support path-style requests in the format https://s3express-control.region_code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name . Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Permissions
If you are using an identity other than the root user of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the bucket, the calling identity must both have the PutBucketPolicy permissions on the specified bucket and belong to the bucket owner's account in order to use this operation. If you don't have PutBucketPolicy permissions, Amazon S3 returns a 403 Access Denied error. If you have the correct permissions, but you're not using an identity that belongs to the bucket owner's account, Amazon S3 returns a 405 Method Not Allowed error. To ensure that bucket owners don't inadvertently lock themselves out of their own buckets, the root principal in a bucket owner's Amazon Web Services account can perform the GetBucketPolicy, PutBucketPolicy, and DeleteBucketPolicy API actions, even if their bucket policy explicitly denies the root principal's access. Bucket owner root principals can only be blocked from performing these API actions by VPC endpoint policies and Amazon Web Services Organizations policies.
  • General purpose bucket permissions - The s3:PutBucketPolicy permission is required in a policy. For more information about general purpose buckets bucket policies, see Using Bucket Policies and User Policies in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
  • Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation, you must have the s3express:PutBucketPolicy permission in an IAM identity-based policy instead of a bucket policy. Cross-account access to this API operation isn't supported. This operation can only be performed by the Amazon Web Services account that owns the resource. For more information about directory bucket policies and permissions, see Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Example bucket policies
General purpose buckets example bucket policies - See Bucket policy examples in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Directory bucket example bucket policies - See Example bucket policies for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
HTTP Host header syntax
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is s3express-control.region.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to PutBucketPolicy:
The name of the bucket. Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, you must use path-style requests in the format https://s3express-control.region_code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name . Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. Directory bucket names must be unique in the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must also follow the format bucket_base_name--az_id--x-s3 (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az2--x-s3). For information about bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming rules in the Amazon S3 User Guide The bucket policy as a JSON document. For directory buckets, the only IAM action supported in the bucket policy is s3express:CreateSession. The MD5 hash of the request body. For requests made using the Amazon Web Services Command Line Interface (CLI) or Amazon Web Services SDKs, this field is calculated automatically. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the PutBucketPolicy service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for PutBucketPolicy Operation
Applies an Amazon S3 bucket policy to an Amazon S3 bucket. Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Regional endpoint. These endpoints support path-style requests in the format https://s3express-control.region_code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name . Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Permissions
If you are using an identity other than the root user of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the bucket, the calling identity must both have the PutBucketPolicy permissions on the specified bucket and belong to the bucket owner's account in order to use this operation. If you don't have PutBucketPolicy permissions, Amazon S3 returns a 403 Access Denied error. If you have the correct permissions, but you're not using an identity that belongs to the bucket owner's account, Amazon S3 returns a 405 Method Not Allowed error. To ensure that bucket owners don't inadvertently lock themselves out of their own buckets, the root principal in a bucket owner's Amazon Web Services account can perform the GetBucketPolicy, PutBucketPolicy, and DeleteBucketPolicy API actions, even if their bucket policy explicitly denies the root principal's access. Bucket owner root principals can only be blocked from performing these API actions by VPC endpoint policies and Amazon Web Services Organizations policies.
  • General purpose bucket permissions - The s3:PutBucketPolicy permission is required in a policy. For more information about general purpose buckets bucket policies, see Using Bucket Policies and User Policies in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
  • Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation, you must have the s3express:PutBucketPolicy permission in an IAM identity-based policy instead of a bucket policy. Cross-account access to this API operation isn't supported. This operation can only be performed by the Amazon Web Services account that owns the resource. For more information about directory bucket policies and permissions, see Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Example bucket policies
General purpose buckets example bucket policies - See Bucket policy examples in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Directory bucket example bucket policies - See Example bucket policies for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
HTTP Host header syntax
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is s3express-control.region.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to PutBucketPolicy:
Container for the necessary parameters to execute the PutBucketPolicy service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the PutBucketPolicy service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for PutBucketPolicy Operation
This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Creates a replication configuration or replaces an existing one. For more information, see Replication in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Specify the replication configuration in the request body. In the replication configuration, you provide the name of the destination bucket or buckets where you want Amazon S3 to replicate objects, the IAM role that Amazon S3 can assume to replicate objects on your behalf, and other relevant information. You can invoke this request for a specific Amazon Web Services Region by using the aws:RequestedRegion condition key. A replication configuration must include at least one rule, and can contain a maximum of 1,000. Each rule identifies a subset of objects to replicate by filtering the objects in the source bucket. To choose additional subsets of objects to replicate, add a rule for each subset. To specify a subset of the objects in the source bucket to apply a replication rule to, add the Filter element as a child of the Rule element. You can filter objects based on an object key prefix, one or more object tags, or both. When you add the Filter element in the configuration, you must also add the following elements: DeleteMarkerReplication, Status, and Priority. If you are using an earlier version of the replication configuration, Amazon S3 handles replication of delete markers differently. For more information, see Backward Compatibility. For information about enabling versioning on a bucket, see Using Versioning.
Handling Replication of Encrypted Objects
By default, Amazon S3 doesn't replicate objects that are stored at rest using server-side encryption with KMS keys. To replicate Amazon Web Services KMS-encrypted objects, add the following: SourceSelectionCriteria, SseKmsEncryptedObjects, Status, EncryptionConfiguration, and ReplicaKmsKeyID. For information about replication configuration, see Replicating Objects Created with SSE Using KMS keys. For information on PutBucketReplication errors, see List of replication-related error codes
Permissions
To create a PutBucketReplication request, you must have s3:PutReplicationConfiguration permissions for the bucket. By default, a resource owner, in this case the Amazon Web Services account that created the bucket, can perform this operation. The resource owner can also grant others permissions to perform the operation. For more information about permissions, see Specifying Permissions in a Policy and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources. To perform this operation, the user or role performing the action must have the iam:PassRole permission.
The following operations are related to PutBucketReplication:
Container for the necessary parameters to execute the PutBucketReplication service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the PutBucketReplication service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for PutBucketReplication Operation
This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Sets the request payment configuration for a bucket. By default, the bucket owner pays for downloads from the bucket. This configuration parameter enables the bucket owner (only) to specify that the person requesting the download will be charged for the download. For more information, see Requester Pays Buckets. The following operations are related to PutBucketRequestPayment: The bucket name. Container for Payer. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the PutBucketRequestPayment service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for PutBucketRequestPayment Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Sets the request payment configuration for a bucket. By default, the bucket owner pays for downloads from the bucket. This configuration parameter enables the bucket owner (only) to specify that the person requesting the download will be charged for the download. For more information, see Requester Pays Buckets. The following operations are related to PutBucketRequestPayment: Container for the necessary parameters to execute the PutBucketRequestPayment service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the PutBucketRequestPayment service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for PutBucketRequestPayment Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Sets the tags for a bucket. Use tags to organize your Amazon Web Services bill to reflect your own cost structure. To do this, sign up to get your Amazon Web Services account bill with tag key values included. Then, to see the cost of combined resources, organize your billing information according to resources with the same tag key values. For example, you can tag several resources with a specific application name, and then organize your billing information to see the total cost of that application across several services. For more information, see Cost Allocation and Tagging and Using Cost Allocation in Amazon S3 Bucket Tags. When this operation sets the tags for a bucket, it will overwrite any current tags the bucket already has. You cannot use this operation to add tags to an existing list of tags. To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutBucketTagging action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources. PutBucketTagging has the following special errors. For more Amazon S3 errors see, Error Responses.
  • InvalidTag - The tag provided was not a valid tag. This error can occur if the tag did not pass input validation. For more information, see Using Cost Allocation in Amazon S3 Bucket Tags.
  • MalformedXML - The XML provided does not match the schema.
  • OperationAborted - A conflicting conditional action is currently in progress against this resource. Please try again.
  • InternalError - The service was unable to apply the provided tag to the bucket.
The following operations are related to PutBucketTagging:
The bucket name. A property of PutBucketTaggingRequest used to execute the PutBucketTagging service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the PutBucketTagging service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for PutBucketTagging Operation
This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Sets the tags for a bucket. Use tags to organize your Amazon Web Services bill to reflect your own cost structure. To do this, sign up to get your Amazon Web Services account bill with tag key values included. Then, to see the cost of combined resources, organize your billing information according to resources with the same tag key values. For example, you can tag several resources with a specific application name, and then organize your billing information to see the total cost of that application across several services. For more information, see Cost Allocation and Tagging and Using Cost Allocation in Amazon S3 Bucket Tags. When this operation sets the tags for a bucket, it will overwrite any current tags the bucket already has. You cannot use this operation to add tags to an existing list of tags. To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutBucketTagging action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources. PutBucketTagging has the following special errors. For more Amazon S3 errors see, Error Responses.
  • InvalidTag - The tag provided was not a valid tag. This error can occur if the tag did not pass input validation. For more information, see Using Cost Allocation in Amazon S3 Bucket Tags.
  • MalformedXML - The XML provided does not match the schema.
  • OperationAborted - A conflicting conditional action is currently in progress against this resource. Please try again.
  • InternalError - The service was unable to apply the provided tag to the bucket.
The following operations are related to PutBucketTagging:
Container for the necessary parameters to execute the PutBucketTagging service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the PutBucketTagging service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for PutBucketTagging Operation
This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Sets the versioning state of an existing bucket. You can set the versioning state with one of the following values: Enabled—Enables versioning for the objects in the bucket. All objects added to the bucket receive a unique version ID. Suspended—Disables versioning for the objects in the bucket. All objects added to the bucket receive the version ID null. If the versioning state has never been set on a bucket, it has no versioning state; a GetBucketVersioning request does not return a versioning state value. In order to enable MFA Delete, you must be the bucket owner. If you are the bucket owner and want to enable MFA Delete in the bucket versioning configuration, you must include the x-amz-mfa request header and the Status and the MfaDelete request elements in a request to set the versioning state of the bucket. If you have an object expiration lifecycle configuration in your non-versioned bucket and you want to maintain the same permanent delete behavior when you enable versioning, you must add a noncurrent expiration policy. The noncurrent expiration lifecycle configuration will manage the deletes of the noncurrent object versions in the version-enabled bucket. (A version-enabled bucket maintains one current and zero or more noncurrent object versions.) For more information, see Lifecycle and Versioning. The following operations are related to PutBucketVersioning: Container for the necessary parameters to execute the PutBucketVersioning service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the PutBucketVersioning service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for PutBucketVersioning Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Sets the configuration of the website that is specified in the website subresource. To configure a bucket as a website, you can add this subresource on the bucket with website configuration information such as the file name of the index document and any redirect rules. For more information, see Hosting Websites on Amazon S3. This PUT action requires the S3:PutBucketWebsite permission. By default, only the bucket owner can configure the website attached to a bucket; however, bucket owners can allow other users to set the website configuration by writing a bucket policy that grants them the S3:PutBucketWebsite permission. To redirect all website requests sent to the bucket's website endpoint, you add a website configuration with the following elements. Because all requests are sent to another website, you don't need to provide index document name for the bucket.
  • WebsiteConfiguration
  • RedirectAllRequestsTo
  • HostName
  • Protocol
If you want granular control over redirects, you can use the following elements to add routing rules that describe conditions for redirecting requests and information about the redirect destination. In this case, the website configuration must provide an index document for the bucket, because some requests might not be redirected.
  • WebsiteConfiguration
  • IndexDocument
  • Suffix
  • ErrorDocument
  • Key
  • RoutingRules
  • RoutingRule
  • Condition
  • HttpErrorCodeReturnedEquals
  • KeyPrefixEquals
  • Redirect
  • Protocol
  • HostName
  • ReplaceKeyPrefixWith
  • ReplaceKeyWith
  • HttpRedirectCode
Amazon S3 has a limitation of 50 routing rules per website configuration. If you require more than 50 routing rules, you can use object redirect. For more information, see Configuring an Object Redirect in the Amazon S3 User Guide. The maximum request length is limited to 128 KB.
The bucket name. Container for the request. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the PutBucketWebsite service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for PutBucketWebsite Operation
This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Sets the configuration of the website that is specified in the website subresource. To configure a bucket as a website, you can add this subresource on the bucket with website configuration information such as the file name of the index document and any redirect rules. For more information, see Hosting Websites on Amazon S3. This PUT action requires the S3:PutBucketWebsite permission. By default, only the bucket owner can configure the website attached to a bucket; however, bucket owners can allow other users to set the website configuration by writing a bucket policy that grants them the S3:PutBucketWebsite permission. To redirect all website requests sent to the bucket's website endpoint, you add a website configuration with the following elements. Because all requests are sent to another website, you don't need to provide index document name for the bucket.
  • WebsiteConfiguration
  • RedirectAllRequestsTo
  • HostName
  • Protocol
If you want granular control over redirects, you can use the following elements to add routing rules that describe conditions for redirecting requests and information about the redirect destination. In this case, the website configuration must provide an index document for the bucket, because some requests might not be redirected.
  • WebsiteConfiguration
  • IndexDocument
  • Suffix
  • ErrorDocument
  • Key
  • RoutingRules
  • RoutingRule
  • Condition
  • HttpErrorCodeReturnedEquals
  • KeyPrefixEquals
  • Redirect
  • Protocol
  • HostName
  • ReplaceKeyPrefixWith
  • ReplaceKeyWith
  • HttpRedirectCode
Amazon S3 has a limitation of 50 routing rules per website configuration. If you require more than 50 routing rules, you can use object redirect. For more information, see Configuring an Object Redirect in the Amazon S3 User Guide. The maximum request length is limited to 128 KB.
Container for the necessary parameters to execute the PutBucketWebsite service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the PutBucketWebsite service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for PutBucketWebsite Operation
This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Sets the cors configuration for your bucket. If the configuration exists, Amazon S3 replaces it. To use this operation, you must be allowed to perform the s3:PutBucketCORS action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant it to others. You set this configuration on a bucket so that the bucket can service cross-origin requests. For example, you might want to enable a request whose origin is http://www.example.com to access your Amazon S3 bucket at my.example.bucket.com by using the browser's XMLHttpRequest capability. To enable cross-origin resource sharing (CORS) on a bucket, you add the cors subresource to the bucket. The cors subresource is an XML document in which you configure rules that identify origins and the HTTP methods that can be executed on your bucket. The document is limited to 64 KB in size. When Amazon S3 receives a cross-origin request (or a pre-flight OPTIONS request) against a bucket, it evaluates the cors configuration on the bucket and uses the first CORSRule rule that matches the incoming browser request to enable a cross-origin request. For a rule to match, the following conditions must be met:
  • The request's Origin header must match AllowedOrigin elements.
  • The request method (for example, GET, PUT, HEAD, and so on) or the Access-Control-Request-Method header in case of a pre-flight OPTIONS request must be one of the AllowedMethod elements.
  • Every header specified in the Access-Control-Request-Headers request header of a pre-flight request must match an AllowedHeader element.
For more information about CORS, go to Enabling Cross-Origin Resource Sharing in the Amazon S3 User Guide. The following operations are related to PutBucketCors:
Specifies the bucket impacted by the corsconfiguration. Describes the cross-origin access configuration for objects in an Amazon S3 bucket. For more information, see Enabling Cross-Origin Resource Sharing in the Amazon S3 User Guide. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the PutCORSConfiguration service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for PutCORSConfiguration Operation
This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Sets the cors configuration for your bucket. If the configuration exists, Amazon S3 replaces it. To use this operation, you must be allowed to perform the s3:PutBucketCORS action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant it to others. You set this configuration on a bucket so that the bucket can service cross-origin requests. For example, you might want to enable a request whose origin is http://www.example.com to access your Amazon S3 bucket at my.example.bucket.com by using the browser's XMLHttpRequest capability. To enable cross-origin resource sharing (CORS) on a bucket, you add the cors subresource to the bucket. The cors subresource is an XML document in which you configure rules that identify origins and the HTTP methods that can be executed on your bucket. The document is limited to 64 KB in size. When Amazon S3 receives a cross-origin request (or a pre-flight OPTIONS request) against a bucket, it evaluates the cors configuration on the bucket and uses the first CORSRule rule that matches the incoming browser request to enable a cross-origin request. For a rule to match, the following conditions must be met:
  • The request's Origin header must match AllowedOrigin elements.
  • The request method (for example, GET, PUT, HEAD, and so on) or the Access-Control-Request-Method header in case of a pre-flight OPTIONS request must be one of the AllowedMethod elements.
  • Every header specified in the Access-Control-Request-Headers request header of a pre-flight request must match an AllowedHeader element.
For more information about CORS, go to Enabling Cross-Origin Resource Sharing in the Amazon S3 User Guide. The following operations are related to PutBucketCors:
Container for the necessary parameters to execute the PutCORSConfiguration service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the PutCORSConfiguration service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for PutCORSConfiguration Operation
This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Creates a new lifecycle configuration for the bucket or replaces an existing lifecycle configuration. Keep in mind that this will overwrite an existing lifecycle configuration, so if you want to retain any configuration details, they must be included in the new lifecycle configuration. For information about lifecycle configuration, see Managing your storage lifecycle. Bucket lifecycle configuration now supports specifying a lifecycle rule using an object key name prefix, one or more object tags, or a combination of both. Accordingly, this section describes the latest API. The previous version of the API supported filtering based only on an object key name prefix, which is supported for backward compatibility. For the related API description, see PutBucketLifecycle.
Rules
You specify the lifecycle configuration in your request body. The lifecycle configuration is specified as XML consisting of one or more rules. An Amazon S3 Lifecycle configuration can have up to 1,000 rules. This limit is not adjustable. Each rule consists of the following:
  • A filter identifying a subset of objects to which the rule applies. The filter can be based on a key name prefix, object tags, or a combination of both.
  • A status indicating whether the rule is in effect.
  • One or more lifecycle transition and expiration actions that you want Amazon S3 to perform on the objects identified by the filter. If the state of your bucket is versioning-enabled or versioning-suspended, you can have many versions of the same object (one current version and zero or more noncurrent versions). Amazon S3 provides predefined actions that you can specify for current and noncurrent object versions.
For more information, see Object Lifecycle Management and Lifecycle Configuration Elements.
Permissions
By default, all Amazon S3 resources are private, including buckets, objects, and related subresources (for example, lifecycle configuration and website configuration). Only the resource owner (that is, the Amazon Web Services account that created it) can access the resource. The resource owner can optionally grant access permissions to others by writing an access policy. For this operation, a user must get the s3:PutLifecycleConfiguration permission. You can also explicitly deny permissions. An explicit deny also supersedes any other permissions. If you want to block users or accounts from removing or deleting objects from your bucket, you must deny them permissions for the following actions:
  • s3:DeleteObject
  • s3:DeleteObjectVersion
  • s3:PutLifecycleConfiguration
For more information about permissions, see Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources.
The following operations are related to PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration:
The name of the bucket for which to set the configuration. A property of PutLifecycleConfigurationRequest used to execute the PutLifecycleConfiguration service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the PutLifecycleConfiguration service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for PutLifecycleConfiguration Operation
This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Creates a new lifecycle configuration for the bucket or replaces an existing lifecycle configuration. Keep in mind that this will overwrite an existing lifecycle configuration, so if you want to retain any configuration details, they must be included in the new lifecycle configuration. For information about lifecycle configuration, see Managing your storage lifecycle. Bucket lifecycle configuration now supports specifying a lifecycle rule using an object key name prefix, one or more object tags, or a combination of both. Accordingly, this section describes the latest API. The previous version of the API supported filtering based only on an object key name prefix, which is supported for backward compatibility. For the related API description, see PutBucketLifecycle.
Rules
You specify the lifecycle configuration in your request body. The lifecycle configuration is specified as XML consisting of one or more rules. An Amazon S3 Lifecycle configuration can have up to 1,000 rules. This limit is not adjustable. Each rule consists of the following:
  • A filter identifying a subset of objects to which the rule applies. The filter can be based on a key name prefix, object tags, or a combination of both.
  • A status indicating whether the rule is in effect.
  • One or more lifecycle transition and expiration actions that you want Amazon S3 to perform on the objects identified by the filter. If the state of your bucket is versioning-enabled or versioning-suspended, you can have many versions of the same object (one current version and zero or more noncurrent versions). Amazon S3 provides predefined actions that you can specify for current and noncurrent object versions.
For more information, see Object Lifecycle Management and Lifecycle Configuration Elements.
Permissions
By default, all Amazon S3 resources are private, including buckets, objects, and related subresources (for example, lifecycle configuration and website configuration). Only the resource owner (that is, the Amazon Web Services account that created it) can access the resource. The resource owner can optionally grant access permissions to others by writing an access policy. For this operation, a user must get the s3:PutLifecycleConfiguration permission. You can also explicitly deny permissions. An explicit deny also supersedes any other permissions. If you want to block users or accounts from removing or deleting objects from your bucket, you must deny them permissions for the following actions:
  • s3:DeleteObject
  • s3:DeleteObjectVersion
  • s3:PutLifecycleConfiguration
For more information about permissions, see Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources.
The following operations are related to PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration:
Container for the necessary parameters to execute the PutLifecycleConfiguration service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the PutLifecycleConfiguration service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for PutLifecycleConfiguration Operation
Adds an object to a bucket.
  • Amazon S3 never adds partial objects; if you receive a success response, Amazon S3 added the entire object to the bucket. You cannot use PutObject to only update a single piece of metadata for an existing object. You must put the entire object with updated metadata if you want to update some values.
  • If your bucket uses the bucket owner enforced setting for Object Ownership, ACLs are disabled and no longer affect permissions. All objects written to the bucket by any account will be owned by the bucket owner.
  • Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name . Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Amazon S3 is a distributed system. If it receives multiple write requests for the same object simultaneously, it overwrites all but the last object written. However, Amazon S3 provides features that can modify this behavior:
  • S3 Object Lock - To prevent objects from being deleted or overwritten, you can use Amazon S3 Object Lock in the Amazon S3 User Guide. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.
  • S3 Versioning - When you enable versioning for a bucket, if Amazon S3 receives multiple write requests for the same object simultaneously, it stores all versions of the objects. For each write request that is made to the same object, Amazon S3 automatically generates a unique version ID of that object being stored in Amazon S3. You can retrieve, replace, or delete any version of the object. For more information about versioning, see Adding Objects to Versioning-Enabled Buckets in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For information about returning the versioning state of a bucket, see GetBucketVersioning. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.
Permissions
  • General purpose bucket permissions - The following permissions are required in your policies when your PutObject request includes specific headers.
    • s3:PutObject - To successfully complete the PutObject request, you must always have the s3:PutObject permission on a bucket to add an object to it.
    • s3:PutObjectAcl - To successfully change the objects ACL of your PutObject request, you must have the s3:PutObjectAcl.
    • s3:PutObjectTagging - To successfully set the tag-set with your PutObject request, you must have the s3:PutObjectTagging.
  • Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession .
Data integrity with Content-MD5
  • General purpose bucket - To ensure that data is not corrupted traversing the network, use the Content-MD5 header. When you use this header, Amazon S3 checks the object against the provided MD5 value and, if they do not match, Amazon S3 returns an error. Alternatively, when the object's ETag is its MD5 digest, you can calculate the MD5 while putting the object to Amazon S3 and compare the returned ETag to the calculated MD5 value.
  • Directory bucket - This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.
HTTP Host header syntax
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com.
For more information about related Amazon S3 APIs, see the following:
Container for the necessary parameters to execute the PutObject service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the PutObject service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for PutObject Operation
This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Applies a legal hold configuration to the specified object. For more information, see Locking Objects. This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts. Container for the necessary parameters to execute the PutObjectLegalHold service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the PutObjectLegalHold service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for PutObjectLegalHold Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Places an Object Lock configuration on the specified bucket. The rule specified in the Object Lock configuration will be applied by default to every new object placed in the specified bucket. For more information, see Locking Objects.
  • The DefaultRetention settings require both a mode and a period.
  • The DefaultRetention period can be either Days or Years but you must select one. You cannot specify Days and Years at the same time.
  • You can enable Object Lock for new or existing buckets. For more information, see Configuring Object Lock.
Container for the necessary parameters to execute the PutObjectLockConfiguration service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the PutObjectLockConfiguration service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for PutObjectLockConfiguration Operation
This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Places an Object Retention configuration on an object. For more information, see Locking Objects. Users or accounts require the s3:PutObjectRetention permission in order to place an Object Retention configuration on objects. Bypassing a Governance Retention configuration requires the s3:BypassGovernanceRetention permission. This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts. Container for the necessary parameters to execute the PutObjectRetention service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the PutObjectRetention service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for PutObjectRetention Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Sets the supplied tag-set to an object that already exists in a bucket. A tag is a key-value pair. For more information, see Object Tagging. You can associate tags with an object by sending a PUT request against the tagging subresource that is associated with the object. You can retrieve tags by sending a GET request. For more information, see GetObjectTagging. For tagging-related restrictions related to characters and encodings, see Tag Restrictions. Note that Amazon S3 limits the maximum number of tags to 10 tags per object. To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:PutObjectTagging action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant this permission to others. To put tags of any other version, use the versionId query parameter. You also need permission for the s3:PutObjectVersionTagging action. PutObjectTagging has the following special errors. For more Amazon S3 errors see, Error Responses.
  • InvalidTag - The tag provided was not a valid tag. This error can occur if the tag did not pass input validation. For more information, see Object Tagging.
  • MalformedXML - The XML provided does not match the schema.
  • OperationAborted - A conflicting conditional action is currently in progress against this resource. Please try again.
  • InternalError - The service was unable to apply the provided tag to the object.
The following operations are related to PutObjectTagging:
Container for the necessary parameters to execute the PutObjectTagging service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the PutObjectTagging service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for PutObjectTagging Operation
This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Creates or modifies the PublicAccessBlock configuration for an Amazon S3 bucket. To use this operation, you must have the s3:PutBucketPublicAccessBlock permission. For more information about Amazon S3 permissions, see Specifying Permissions in a Policy. When Amazon S3 evaluates the PublicAccessBlock configuration for a bucket or an object, it checks the PublicAccessBlock configuration for both the bucket (or the bucket that contains the object) and the bucket owner's account. If the PublicAccessBlock configurations are different between the bucket and the account, Amazon S3 uses the most restrictive combination of the bucket-level and account-level settings. For more information about when Amazon S3 considers a bucket or an object public, see The Meaning of "Public". The following operations are related to PutPublicAccessBlock: Container for the necessary parameters to execute the PutPublicAccessBlock service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the PutPublicAccessBlock service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for PutPublicAccessBlock Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Restores an archived copy of an object back into Amazon S3 This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts. This action performs the following types of requests:
  • select - Perform a select query on an archived object
  • restore an archive - Restore an archived object
For more information about the S3 structure in the request body, see the following: Define the SQL expression for the SELECT type of restoration for your query in the request body's SelectParameters structure. You can use expressions like the following examples.
  • The following expression returns all records from the specified object. SELECT * FROM Object
  • Assuming that you are not using any headers for data stored in the object, you can specify columns with positional headers. SELECT s._1, s._2 FROM Object s WHERE s._3 > 100
  • If you have headers and you set the fileHeaderInfo in the CSV structure in the request body to USE, you can specify headers in the query. (If you set the fileHeaderInfo field to IGNORE, the first row is skipped for the query.) You cannot mix ordinal positions with header column names. SELECT s.Id, s.FirstName, s.SSN FROM S3Object s
When making a select request, you can also do the following:
  • To expedite your queries, specify the Expedited tier. For more information about tiers, see "Restoring Archives," later in this topic.
  • Specify details about the data serialization format of both the input object that is being queried and the serialization of the CSV-encoded query results.
The following are additional important facts about the select feature:
  • The output results are new Amazon S3 objects. Unlike archive retrievals, they are stored until explicitly deleted-manually or through a lifecycle configuration.
  • You can issue more than one select request on the same Amazon S3 object. Amazon S3 doesn't duplicate requests, so avoid issuing duplicate requests.
  • Amazon S3 accepts a select request even if the object has already been restored. A select request doesn’t return error response 409.
Permissions
To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:RestoreObject action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Restoring objects
Objects that you archive to the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval Flexible Retrieval or S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class, and S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tiers, are not accessible in real time. For objects in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval Flexible Retrieval or S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage classes, you must first initiate a restore request, and then wait until a temporary copy of the object is available. If you want a permanent copy of the object, create a copy of it in the Amazon S3 Standard storage class in your S3 bucket. To access an archived object, you must restore the object for the duration (number of days) that you specify. For objects in the Archive Access or Deep Archive Access tiers of S3 Intelligent-Tiering, you must first initiate a restore request, and then wait until the object is moved into the Frequent Access tier. To restore a specific object version, you can provide a version ID. If you don't provide a version ID, Amazon S3 restores the current version. When restoring an archived object, you can specify one of the following data access tier options in the Tier element of the request body:
  • Expedited - Expedited retrievals allow you to quickly access your data stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval Flexible Retrieval storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive tier when occasional urgent requests for restoring archives are required. For all but the largest archived objects (250 MB+), data accessed using Expedited retrievals is typically made available within 1–5 minutes. Provisioned capacity ensures that retrieval capacity for Expedited retrievals is available when you need it. Expedited retrievals and provisioned capacity are not available for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tier.
  • Standard - Standard retrievals allow you to access any of your archived objects within several hours. This is the default option for retrieval requests that do not specify the retrieval option. Standard retrievals typically finish within 3–5 hours for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval Flexible Retrieval storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive tier. They typically finish within 12 hours for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tier. Standard retrievals are free for objects stored in S3 Intelligent-Tiering.
  • Bulk - Bulk retrievals free for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval and S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage classes, enabling you to retrieve large amounts, even petabytes, of data at no cost. Bulk retrievals typically finish within 5–12 hours for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval Flexible Retrieval storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive tier. Bulk retrievals are also the lowest-cost retrieval option when restoring objects from S3 Glacier Deep Archive. They typically finish within 48 hours for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tier.
For more information about archive retrieval options and provisioned capacity for Expedited data access, see Restoring Archived Objects in the Amazon S3 User Guide. You can use Amazon S3 restore speed upgrade to change the restore speed to a faster speed while it is in progress. For more information, see Upgrading the speed of an in-progress restore in the Amazon S3 User Guide. To get the status of object restoration, you can send a HEAD request. Operations return the x-amz-restore header, which provides information about the restoration status, in the response. You can use Amazon S3 event notifications to notify you when a restore is initiated or completed. For more information, see Configuring Amazon S3 Event Notifications in the Amazon S3 User Guide. After restoring an archived object, you can update the restoration period by reissuing the request with a new period. Amazon S3 updates the restoration period relative to the current time and charges only for the request-there are no data transfer charges. You cannot update the restoration period when Amazon S3 is actively processing your current restore request for the object. If your bucket has a lifecycle configuration with a rule that includes an expiration action, the object expiration overrides the life span that you specify in a restore request. For example, if you restore an object copy for 10 days, but the object is scheduled to expire in 3 days, Amazon S3 deletes the object in 3 days. For more information about lifecycle configuration, see PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration and Object Lifecycle Management in Amazon S3 User Guide.
Responses
A successful action returns either the 200 OK or 202 Accepted status code.
  • If the object is not previously restored, then Amazon S3 returns 202 Accepted in the response.
  • If the object is previously restored, Amazon S3 returns 200 OK in the response.
  • Special errors:
    • Code: RestoreAlreadyInProgress
    • Cause: Object restore is already in progress. (This error does not apply to SELECT type requests.)
    • HTTP Status Code: 409 Conflict
    • SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
    • Code: GlacierExpeditedRetrievalNotAvailable
    • Cause: expedited retrievals are currently not available. Try again later. (Returned if there is insufficient capacity to process the Expedited request. This error applies only to Expedited retrievals and not to S3 Standard or Bulk retrievals.)
    • HTTP Status Code: 503
    • SOAP Fault Code Prefix: N/A
The following operations are related to RestoreObject:
The bucket name containing the object to restore. Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Object key for which the action was initiated. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the RestoreObject service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for RestoreObject Operation
This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Restores an archived copy of an object back into Amazon S3 This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts. This action performs the following types of requests:
  • select - Perform a select query on an archived object
  • restore an archive - Restore an archived object
For more information about the S3 structure in the request body, see the following: Define the SQL expression for the SELECT type of restoration for your query in the request body's SelectParameters structure. You can use expressions like the following examples.
  • The following expression returns all records from the specified object. SELECT * FROM Object
  • Assuming that you are not using any headers for data stored in the object, you can specify columns with positional headers. SELECT s._1, s._2 FROM Object s WHERE s._3 > 100
  • If you have headers and you set the fileHeaderInfo in the CSV structure in the request body to USE, you can specify headers in the query. (If you set the fileHeaderInfo field to IGNORE, the first row is skipped for the query.) You cannot mix ordinal positions with header column names. SELECT s.Id, s.FirstName, s.SSN FROM S3Object s
When making a select request, you can also do the following:
  • To expedite your queries, specify the Expedited tier. For more information about tiers, see "Restoring Archives," later in this topic.
  • Specify details about the data serialization format of both the input object that is being queried and the serialization of the CSV-encoded query results.
The following are additional important facts about the select feature:
  • The output results are new Amazon S3 objects. Unlike archive retrievals, they are stored until explicitly deleted-manually or through a lifecycle configuration.
  • You can issue more than one select request on the same Amazon S3 object. Amazon S3 doesn't duplicate requests, so avoid issuing duplicate requests.
  • Amazon S3 accepts a select request even if the object has already been restored. A select request doesn’t return error response 409.
Permissions
To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:RestoreObject action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Restoring objects
Objects that you archive to the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval Flexible Retrieval or S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class, and S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tiers, are not accessible in real time. For objects in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval Flexible Retrieval or S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage classes, you must first initiate a restore request, and then wait until a temporary copy of the object is available. If you want a permanent copy of the object, create a copy of it in the Amazon S3 Standard storage class in your S3 bucket. To access an archived object, you must restore the object for the duration (number of days) that you specify. For objects in the Archive Access or Deep Archive Access tiers of S3 Intelligent-Tiering, you must first initiate a restore request, and then wait until the object is moved into the Frequent Access tier. To restore a specific object version, you can provide a version ID. If you don't provide a version ID, Amazon S3 restores the current version. When restoring an archived object, you can specify one of the following data access tier options in the Tier element of the request body:
  • Expedited - Expedited retrievals allow you to quickly access your data stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval Flexible Retrieval storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive tier when occasional urgent requests for restoring archives are required. For all but the largest archived objects (250 MB+), data accessed using Expedited retrievals is typically made available within 1–5 minutes. Provisioned capacity ensures that retrieval capacity for Expedited retrievals is available when you need it. Expedited retrievals and provisioned capacity are not available for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tier.
  • Standard - Standard retrievals allow you to access any of your archived objects within several hours. This is the default option for retrieval requests that do not specify the retrieval option. Standard retrievals typically finish within 3–5 hours for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval Flexible Retrieval storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive tier. They typically finish within 12 hours for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tier. Standard retrievals are free for objects stored in S3 Intelligent-Tiering.
  • Bulk - Bulk retrievals free for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval and S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage classes, enabling you to retrieve large amounts, even petabytes, of data at no cost. Bulk retrievals typically finish within 5–12 hours for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval Flexible Retrieval storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive tier. Bulk retrievals are also the lowest-cost retrieval option when restoring objects from S3 Glacier Deep Archive. They typically finish within 48 hours for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tier.
For more information about archive retrieval options and provisioned capacity for Expedited data access, see Restoring Archived Objects in the Amazon S3 User Guide. You can use Amazon S3 restore speed upgrade to change the restore speed to a faster speed while it is in progress. For more information, see Upgrading the speed of an in-progress restore in the Amazon S3 User Guide. To get the status of object restoration, you can send a HEAD request. Operations return the x-amz-restore header, which provides information about the restoration status, in the response. You can use Amazon S3 event notifications to notify you when a restore is initiated or completed. For more information, see Configuring Amazon S3 Event Notifications in the Amazon S3 User Guide. After restoring an archived object, you can update the restoration period by reissuing the request with a new period. Amazon S3 updates the restoration period relative to the current time and charges only for the request-there are no data transfer charges. You cannot update the restoration period when Amazon S3 is actively processing your current restore request for the object. If your bucket has a lifecycle configuration with a rule that includes an expiration action, the object expiration overrides the life span that you specify in a restore request. For example, if you restore an object copy for 10 days, but the object is scheduled to expire in 3 days, Amazon S3 deletes the object in 3 days. For more information about lifecycle configuration, see PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration and Object Lifecycle Management in Amazon S3 User Guide.
Responses
A successful action returns either the 200 OK or 202 Accepted status code.
  • If the object is not previously restored, then Amazon S3 returns 202 Accepted in the response.
  • If the object is previously restored, Amazon S3 returns 200 OK in the response.
  • Special errors:
    • Code: RestoreAlreadyInProgress
    • Cause: Object restore is already in progress. (This error does not apply to SELECT type requests.)
    • HTTP Status Code: 409 Conflict
    • SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
    • Code: GlacierExpeditedRetrievalNotAvailable
    • Cause: expedited retrievals are currently not available. Try again later. (Returned if there is insufficient capacity to process the Expedited request. This error applies only to Expedited retrievals and not to S3 Standard or Bulk retrievals.)
    • HTTP Status Code: 503
    • SOAP Fault Code Prefix: N/A
The following operations are related to RestoreObject:
The bucket name containing the object to restore. Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Object key for which the action was initiated. A property of RestoreObjectRequest used to execute the RestoreObject service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the RestoreObject service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for RestoreObject Operation
This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Restores an archived copy of an object back into Amazon S3 This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts. This action performs the following types of requests:
  • select - Perform a select query on an archived object
  • restore an archive - Restore an archived object
For more information about the S3 structure in the request body, see the following: Define the SQL expression for the SELECT type of restoration for your query in the request body's SelectParameters structure. You can use expressions like the following examples.
  • The following expression returns all records from the specified object. SELECT * FROM Object
  • Assuming that you are not using any headers for data stored in the object, you can specify columns with positional headers. SELECT s._1, s._2 FROM Object s WHERE s._3 > 100
  • If you have headers and you set the fileHeaderInfo in the CSV structure in the request body to USE, you can specify headers in the query. (If you set the fileHeaderInfo field to IGNORE, the first row is skipped for the query.) You cannot mix ordinal positions with header column names. SELECT s.Id, s.FirstName, s.SSN FROM S3Object s
When making a select request, you can also do the following:
  • To expedite your queries, specify the Expedited tier. For more information about tiers, see "Restoring Archives," later in this topic.
  • Specify details about the data serialization format of both the input object that is being queried and the serialization of the CSV-encoded query results.
The following are additional important facts about the select feature:
  • The output results are new Amazon S3 objects. Unlike archive retrievals, they are stored until explicitly deleted-manually or through a lifecycle configuration.
  • You can issue more than one select request on the same Amazon S3 object. Amazon S3 doesn't duplicate requests, so avoid issuing duplicate requests.
  • Amazon S3 accepts a select request even if the object has already been restored. A select request doesn’t return error response 409.
Permissions
To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:RestoreObject action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Restoring objects
Objects that you archive to the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval Flexible Retrieval or S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class, and S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tiers, are not accessible in real time. For objects in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval Flexible Retrieval or S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage classes, you must first initiate a restore request, and then wait until a temporary copy of the object is available. If you want a permanent copy of the object, create a copy of it in the Amazon S3 Standard storage class in your S3 bucket. To access an archived object, you must restore the object for the duration (number of days) that you specify. For objects in the Archive Access or Deep Archive Access tiers of S3 Intelligent-Tiering, you must first initiate a restore request, and then wait until the object is moved into the Frequent Access tier. To restore a specific object version, you can provide a version ID. If you don't provide a version ID, Amazon S3 restores the current version. When restoring an archived object, you can specify one of the following data access tier options in the Tier element of the request body:
  • Expedited - Expedited retrievals allow you to quickly access your data stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval Flexible Retrieval storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive tier when occasional urgent requests for restoring archives are required. For all but the largest archived objects (250 MB+), data accessed using Expedited retrievals is typically made available within 1–5 minutes. Provisioned capacity ensures that retrieval capacity for Expedited retrievals is available when you need it. Expedited retrievals and provisioned capacity are not available for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tier.
  • Standard - Standard retrievals allow you to access any of your archived objects within several hours. This is the default option for retrieval requests that do not specify the retrieval option. Standard retrievals typically finish within 3–5 hours for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval Flexible Retrieval storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive tier. They typically finish within 12 hours for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tier. Standard retrievals are free for objects stored in S3 Intelligent-Tiering.
  • Bulk - Bulk retrievals free for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval and S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage classes, enabling you to retrieve large amounts, even petabytes, of data at no cost. Bulk retrievals typically finish within 5–12 hours for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval Flexible Retrieval storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive tier. Bulk retrievals are also the lowest-cost retrieval option when restoring objects from S3 Glacier Deep Archive. They typically finish within 48 hours for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tier.
For more information about archive retrieval options and provisioned capacity for Expedited data access, see Restoring Archived Objects in the Amazon S3 User Guide. You can use Amazon S3 restore speed upgrade to change the restore speed to a faster speed while it is in progress. For more information, see Upgrading the speed of an in-progress restore in the Amazon S3 User Guide. To get the status of object restoration, you can send a HEAD request. Operations return the x-amz-restore header, which provides information about the restoration status, in the response. You can use Amazon S3 event notifications to notify you when a restore is initiated or completed. For more information, see Configuring Amazon S3 Event Notifications in the Amazon S3 User Guide. After restoring an archived object, you can update the restoration period by reissuing the request with a new period. Amazon S3 updates the restoration period relative to the current time and charges only for the request-there are no data transfer charges. You cannot update the restoration period when Amazon S3 is actively processing your current restore request for the object. If your bucket has a lifecycle configuration with a rule that includes an expiration action, the object expiration overrides the life span that you specify in a restore request. For example, if you restore an object copy for 10 days, but the object is scheduled to expire in 3 days, Amazon S3 deletes the object in 3 days. For more information about lifecycle configuration, see PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration and Object Lifecycle Management in Amazon S3 User Guide.
Responses
A successful action returns either the 200 OK or 202 Accepted status code.
  • If the object is not previously restored, then Amazon S3 returns 202 Accepted in the response.
  • If the object is previously restored, Amazon S3 returns 200 OK in the response.
  • Special errors:
    • Code: RestoreAlreadyInProgress
    • Cause: Object restore is already in progress. (This error does not apply to SELECT type requests.)
    • HTTP Status Code: 409 Conflict
    • SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
    • Code: GlacierExpeditedRetrievalNotAvailable
    • Cause: expedited retrievals are currently not available. Try again later. (Returned if there is insufficient capacity to process the Expedited request. This error applies only to Expedited retrievals and not to S3 Standard or Bulk retrievals.)
    • HTTP Status Code: 503
    • SOAP Fault Code Prefix: N/A
The following operations are related to RestoreObject:
The bucket name containing the object to restore. Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Object key for which the action was initiated. VersionId used to reference a specific version of the object. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the RestoreObject service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for RestoreObject Operation
This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Restores an archived copy of an object back into Amazon S3 This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts. This action performs the following types of requests:
  • select - Perform a select query on an archived object
  • restore an archive - Restore an archived object
For more information about the S3 structure in the request body, see the following: Define the SQL expression for the SELECT type of restoration for your query in the request body's SelectParameters structure. You can use expressions like the following examples.
  • The following expression returns all records from the specified object. SELECT * FROM Object
  • Assuming that you are not using any headers for data stored in the object, you can specify columns with positional headers. SELECT s._1, s._2 FROM Object s WHERE s._3 > 100
  • If you have headers and you set the fileHeaderInfo in the CSV structure in the request body to USE, you can specify headers in the query. (If you set the fileHeaderInfo field to IGNORE, the first row is skipped for the query.) You cannot mix ordinal positions with header column names. SELECT s.Id, s.FirstName, s.SSN FROM S3Object s
When making a select request, you can also do the following:
  • To expedite your queries, specify the Expedited tier. For more information about tiers, see "Restoring Archives," later in this topic.
  • Specify details about the data serialization format of both the input object that is being queried and the serialization of the CSV-encoded query results.
The following are additional important facts about the select feature:
  • The output results are new Amazon S3 objects. Unlike archive retrievals, they are stored until explicitly deleted-manually or through a lifecycle configuration.
  • You can issue more than one select request on the same Amazon S3 object. Amazon S3 doesn't duplicate requests, so avoid issuing duplicate requests.
  • Amazon S3 accepts a select request even if the object has already been restored. A select request doesn’t return error response 409.
Permissions
To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:RestoreObject action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Restoring objects
Objects that you archive to the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval Flexible Retrieval or S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class, and S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tiers, are not accessible in real time. For objects in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval Flexible Retrieval or S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage classes, you must first initiate a restore request, and then wait until a temporary copy of the object is available. If you want a permanent copy of the object, create a copy of it in the Amazon S3 Standard storage class in your S3 bucket. To access an archived object, you must restore the object for the duration (number of days) that you specify. For objects in the Archive Access or Deep Archive Access tiers of S3 Intelligent-Tiering, you must first initiate a restore request, and then wait until the object is moved into the Frequent Access tier. To restore a specific object version, you can provide a version ID. If you don't provide a version ID, Amazon S3 restores the current version. When restoring an archived object, you can specify one of the following data access tier options in the Tier element of the request body:
  • Expedited - Expedited retrievals allow you to quickly access your data stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval Flexible Retrieval storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive tier when occasional urgent requests for restoring archives are required. For all but the largest archived objects (250 MB+), data accessed using Expedited retrievals is typically made available within 1–5 minutes. Provisioned capacity ensures that retrieval capacity for Expedited retrievals is available when you need it. Expedited retrievals and provisioned capacity are not available for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tier.
  • Standard - Standard retrievals allow you to access any of your archived objects within several hours. This is the default option for retrieval requests that do not specify the retrieval option. Standard retrievals typically finish within 3–5 hours for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval Flexible Retrieval storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive tier. They typically finish within 12 hours for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tier. Standard retrievals are free for objects stored in S3 Intelligent-Tiering.
  • Bulk - Bulk retrievals free for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval and S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage classes, enabling you to retrieve large amounts, even petabytes, of data at no cost. Bulk retrievals typically finish within 5–12 hours for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval Flexible Retrieval storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive tier. Bulk retrievals are also the lowest-cost retrieval option when restoring objects from S3 Glacier Deep Archive. They typically finish within 48 hours for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tier.
For more information about archive retrieval options and provisioned capacity for Expedited data access, see Restoring Archived Objects in the Amazon S3 User Guide. You can use Amazon S3 restore speed upgrade to change the restore speed to a faster speed while it is in progress. For more information, see Upgrading the speed of an in-progress restore in the Amazon S3 User Guide. To get the status of object restoration, you can send a HEAD request. Operations return the x-amz-restore header, which provides information about the restoration status, in the response. You can use Amazon S3 event notifications to notify you when a restore is initiated or completed. For more information, see Configuring Amazon S3 Event Notifications in the Amazon S3 User Guide. After restoring an archived object, you can update the restoration period by reissuing the request with a new period. Amazon S3 updates the restoration period relative to the current time and charges only for the request-there are no data transfer charges. You cannot update the restoration period when Amazon S3 is actively processing your current restore request for the object. If your bucket has a lifecycle configuration with a rule that includes an expiration action, the object expiration overrides the life span that you specify in a restore request. For example, if you restore an object copy for 10 days, but the object is scheduled to expire in 3 days, Amazon S3 deletes the object in 3 days. For more information about lifecycle configuration, see PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration and Object Lifecycle Management in Amazon S3 User Guide.
Responses
A successful action returns either the 200 OK or 202 Accepted status code.
  • If the object is not previously restored, then Amazon S3 returns 202 Accepted in the response.
  • If the object is previously restored, Amazon S3 returns 200 OK in the response.
  • Special errors:
    • Code: RestoreAlreadyInProgress
    • Cause: Object restore is already in progress. (This error does not apply to SELECT type requests.)
    • HTTP Status Code: 409 Conflict
    • SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
    • Code: GlacierExpeditedRetrievalNotAvailable
    • Cause: expedited retrievals are currently not available. Try again later. (Returned if there is insufficient capacity to process the Expedited request. This error applies only to Expedited retrievals and not to S3 Standard or Bulk retrievals.)
    • HTTP Status Code: 503
    • SOAP Fault Code Prefix: N/A
The following operations are related to RestoreObject:
The bucket name containing the object to restore. Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Object key for which the action was initiated. VersionId used to reference a specific version of the object. A property of RestoreObjectRequest used to execute the RestoreObject service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the RestoreObject service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for RestoreObject Operation
This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Restores an archived copy of an object back into Amazon S3 This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts. This action performs the following types of requests:
  • select - Perform a select query on an archived object
  • restore an archive - Restore an archived object
For more information about the S3 structure in the request body, see the following: Define the SQL expression for the SELECT type of restoration for your query in the request body's SelectParameters structure. You can use expressions like the following examples.
  • The following expression returns all records from the specified object. SELECT * FROM Object
  • Assuming that you are not using any headers for data stored in the object, you can specify columns with positional headers. SELECT s._1, s._2 FROM Object s WHERE s._3 > 100
  • If you have headers and you set the fileHeaderInfo in the CSV structure in the request body to USE, you can specify headers in the query. (If you set the fileHeaderInfo field to IGNORE, the first row is skipped for the query.) You cannot mix ordinal positions with header column names. SELECT s.Id, s.FirstName, s.SSN FROM S3Object s
When making a select request, you can also do the following:
  • To expedite your queries, specify the Expedited tier. For more information about tiers, see "Restoring Archives," later in this topic.
  • Specify details about the data serialization format of both the input object that is being queried and the serialization of the CSV-encoded query results.
The following are additional important facts about the select feature:
  • The output results are new Amazon S3 objects. Unlike archive retrievals, they are stored until explicitly deleted-manually or through a lifecycle configuration.
  • You can issue more than one select request on the same Amazon S3 object. Amazon S3 doesn't duplicate requests, so avoid issuing duplicate requests.
  • Amazon S3 accepts a select request even if the object has already been restored. A select request doesn’t return error response 409.
Permissions
To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:RestoreObject action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Restoring objects
Objects that you archive to the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval Flexible Retrieval or S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class, and S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tiers, are not accessible in real time. For objects in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval Flexible Retrieval or S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage classes, you must first initiate a restore request, and then wait until a temporary copy of the object is available. If you want a permanent copy of the object, create a copy of it in the Amazon S3 Standard storage class in your S3 bucket. To access an archived object, you must restore the object for the duration (number of days) that you specify. For objects in the Archive Access or Deep Archive Access tiers of S3 Intelligent-Tiering, you must first initiate a restore request, and then wait until the object is moved into the Frequent Access tier. To restore a specific object version, you can provide a version ID. If you don't provide a version ID, Amazon S3 restores the current version. When restoring an archived object, you can specify one of the following data access tier options in the Tier element of the request body:
  • Expedited - Expedited retrievals allow you to quickly access your data stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval Flexible Retrieval storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive tier when occasional urgent requests for restoring archives are required. For all but the largest archived objects (250 MB+), data accessed using Expedited retrievals is typically made available within 1–5 minutes. Provisioned capacity ensures that retrieval capacity for Expedited retrievals is available when you need it. Expedited retrievals and provisioned capacity are not available for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tier.
  • Standard - Standard retrievals allow you to access any of your archived objects within several hours. This is the default option for retrieval requests that do not specify the retrieval option. Standard retrievals typically finish within 3–5 hours for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval Flexible Retrieval storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive tier. They typically finish within 12 hours for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tier. Standard retrievals are free for objects stored in S3 Intelligent-Tiering.
  • Bulk - Bulk retrievals free for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval and S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage classes, enabling you to retrieve large amounts, even petabytes, of data at no cost. Bulk retrievals typically finish within 5–12 hours for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval Flexible Retrieval storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive tier. Bulk retrievals are also the lowest-cost retrieval option when restoring objects from S3 Glacier Deep Archive. They typically finish within 48 hours for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tier.
For more information about archive retrieval options and provisioned capacity for Expedited data access, see Restoring Archived Objects in the Amazon S3 User Guide. You can use Amazon S3 restore speed upgrade to change the restore speed to a faster speed while it is in progress. For more information, see Upgrading the speed of an in-progress restore in the Amazon S3 User Guide. To get the status of object restoration, you can send a HEAD request. Operations return the x-amz-restore header, which provides information about the restoration status, in the response. You can use Amazon S3 event notifications to notify you when a restore is initiated or completed. For more information, see Configuring Amazon S3 Event Notifications in the Amazon S3 User Guide. After restoring an archived object, you can update the restoration period by reissuing the request with a new period. Amazon S3 updates the restoration period relative to the current time and charges only for the request-there are no data transfer charges. You cannot update the restoration period when Amazon S3 is actively processing your current restore request for the object. If your bucket has a lifecycle configuration with a rule that includes an expiration action, the object expiration overrides the life span that you specify in a restore request. For example, if you restore an object copy for 10 days, but the object is scheduled to expire in 3 days, Amazon S3 deletes the object in 3 days. For more information about lifecycle configuration, see PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration and Object Lifecycle Management in Amazon S3 User Guide.
Responses
A successful action returns either the 200 OK or 202 Accepted status code.
  • If the object is not previously restored, then Amazon S3 returns 202 Accepted in the response.
  • If the object is previously restored, Amazon S3 returns 200 OK in the response.
  • Special errors:
    • Code: RestoreAlreadyInProgress
    • Cause: Object restore is already in progress. (This error does not apply to SELECT type requests.)
    • HTTP Status Code: 409 Conflict
    • SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
    • Code: GlacierExpeditedRetrievalNotAvailable
    • Cause: expedited retrievals are currently not available. Try again later. (Returned if there is insufficient capacity to process the Expedited request. This error applies only to Expedited retrievals and not to S3 Standard or Bulk retrievals.)
    • HTTP Status Code: 503
    • SOAP Fault Code Prefix: N/A
The following operations are related to RestoreObject:
Container for the necessary parameters to execute the RestoreObject service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the RestoreObject service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for RestoreObject Operation
This operation is not supported by directory buckets. This action filters the contents of an Amazon S3 object based on a simple structured query language (SQL) statement. In the request, along with the SQL expression, you must also specify a data serialization format (JSON, CSV, or Apache Parquet) of the object. Amazon S3 uses this format to parse object data into records, and returns only records that match the specified SQL expression. You must also specify the data serialization format for the response. This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts. For more information about Amazon S3 Select, see Selecting Content from Objects and SELECT Command in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Permissions
You must have the s3:GetObject permission for this operation. Amazon S3 Select does not support anonymous access. For more information about permissions, see Specifying Permissions in a Policy in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Object Data Formats
You can use Amazon S3 Select to query objects that have the following format properties:
  • CSV, JSON, and Parquet - Objects must be in CSV, JSON, or Parquet format.
  • UTF-8 - UTF-8 is the only encoding type Amazon S3 Select supports.
  • GZIP or BZIP2 - CSV and JSON files can be compressed using GZIP or BZIP2. GZIP and BZIP2 are the only compression formats that Amazon S3 Select supports for CSV and JSON files. Amazon S3 Select supports columnar compression for Parquet using GZIP or Snappy. Amazon S3 Select does not support whole-object compression for Parquet objects.
  • Server-side encryption - Amazon S3 Select supports querying objects that are protected with server-side encryption. For objects that are encrypted with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C), you must use HTTPS, and you must use the headers that are documented in the GetObject. For more information about SSE-C, see Server-Side Encryption (Using Customer-Provided Encryption Keys) in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For objects that are encrypted with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) and Amazon Web Services KMS keys (SSE-KMS), server-side encryption is handled transparently, so you don't need to specify anything. For more information about server-side encryption, including SSE-S3 and SSE-KMS, see Protecting Data Using Server-Side Encryption in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Working with the Response Body
Given the response size is unknown, Amazon S3 Select streams the response as a series of messages and includes a Transfer-Encoding header with chunked as its value in the response. For more information, see Appendix: SelectObjectContent Response.
GetObject Support
The SelectObjectContent action does not support the following GetObject functionality. For more information, see GetObject.
  • Range: Although you can specify a scan range for an Amazon S3 Select request (see SelectObjectContentRequest - ScanRange in the request parameters), you cannot specify the range of bytes of an object to return.
  • The GLACIER, DEEP_ARCHIVE, and REDUCED_REDUNDANCY storage classes, or the ARCHIVE_ACCESS and DEEP_ARCHIVE_ACCESS access tiers of the INTELLIGENT_TIERING storage class: You cannot query objects in the GLACIER, DEEP_ARCHIVE, or REDUCED_REDUNDANCY storage classes, nor objects in the ARCHIVE_ACCESS or DEEP_ARCHIVE_ACCESS access tiers of the INTELLIGENT_TIERING storage class. For more information about storage classes, see Using Amazon S3 storage classes in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Special Errors
For a list of special errors for this operation, see List of SELECT Object Content Error Codes
The following operations are related to SelectObjectContent:
Container for the necessary parameters to execute the SelectObjectContent service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the SelectObjectContent service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for SelectObjectContent Operation
Uploads a part in a multipart upload. In this operation, you provide new data as a part of an object in your request. However, you have an option to specify your existing Amazon S3 object as a data source for the part you are uploading. To upload a part from an existing object, you use the UploadPartCopy operation. You must initiate a multipart upload (see CreateMultipartUpload) before you can upload any part. In response to your initiate request, Amazon S3 returns an upload ID, a unique identifier that you must include in your upload part request. Part numbers can be any number from 1 to 10,000, inclusive. A part number uniquely identifies a part and also defines its position within the object being created. If you upload a new part using the same part number that was used with a previous part, the previously uploaded part is overwritten. For information about maximum and minimum part sizes and other multipart upload specifications, see Multipart upload limits in the Amazon S3 User Guide. After you initiate multipart upload and upload one or more parts, you must either complete or abort multipart upload in order to stop getting charged for storage of the uploaded parts. Only after you either complete or abort multipart upload, Amazon S3 frees up the parts storage and stops charging you for the parts storage. For more information on multipart uploads, go to Multipart Upload Overview in the Amazon S3 User Guide . Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name . Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Permissions
  • General purpose bucket permissions - For information on the permissions required to use the multipart upload API, see Multipart Upload and Permissions in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
  • Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession .
Data integrity
General purpose bucket - To ensure that data is not corrupted traversing the network, specify the Content-MD5 header in the upload part request. Amazon S3 checks the part data against the provided MD5 value. If they do not match, Amazon S3 returns an error. If the upload request is signed with Signature Version 4, then Amazon Web Services S3 uses the x-amz-content-sha256 header as a checksum instead of Content-MD5. For more information see Authenticating Requests: Using the Authorization Header (Amazon Web Services Signature Version 4). Directory buckets - MD5 is not supported by directory buckets. You can use checksum algorithms to check object integrity.
Encryption
  • General purpose bucket - Server-side encryption is for data encryption at rest. Amazon S3 encrypts your data as it writes it to disks in its data centers and decrypts it when you access it. You have mutually exclusive options to protect data using server-side encryption in Amazon S3, depending on how you choose to manage the encryption keys. Specifically, the encryption key options are Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3), Amazon Web Services KMS keys (SSE-KMS), and Customer-Provided Keys (SSE-C). Amazon S3 encrypts data with server-side encryption using Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) by default. You can optionally tell Amazon S3 to encrypt data at rest using server-side encryption with other key options. The option you use depends on whether you want to use KMS keys (SSE-KMS) or provide your own encryption key (SSE-C). Server-side encryption is supported by the S3 Multipart Upload operations. Unless you are using a customer-provided encryption key (SSE-C), you don't need to specify the encryption parameters in each UploadPart request. Instead, you only need to specify the server-side encryption parameters in the initial Initiate Multipart request. For more information, see CreateMultipartUpload. If you request server-side encryption using a customer-provided encryption key (SSE-C) in your initiate multipart upload request, you must provide identical encryption information in each part upload using the following request headers.
    • x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm
    • x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key
    • x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5
  • Directory bucket - For directory buckets, only server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) (AES256) is supported.
For more information, see Using Server-Side Encryption in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Special errors
  • Error Code: NoSuchUpload
    • Description: The specified multipart upload does not exist. The upload ID might be invalid, or the multipart upload might have been aborted or completed.
    • HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found
    • SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
HTTP Host header syntax
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to UploadPart:
Container for the necessary parameters to execute the UploadPart service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the UploadPart service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for UploadPart Operation
This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Passes transformed objects to a GetObject operation when using Object Lambda access points. For information about Object Lambda access points, see Transforming objects with Object Lambda access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. This operation supports metadata that can be returned by GetObject, in addition to RequestRoute, RequestToken, StatusCode, ErrorCode, and ErrorMessage. The GetObject response metadata is supported so that the WriteGetObjectResponse caller, typically an Lambda function, can provide the same metadata when it internally invokes GetObject. When WriteGetObjectResponse is called by a customer-owned Lambda function, the metadata returned to the end user GetObject call might differ from what Amazon S3 would normally return. You can include any number of metadata headers. When including a metadata header, it should be prefaced with x-amz-meta. For example, x-amz-meta-my-custom-header: MyCustomValue. The primary use case for this is to forward GetObject metadata. Amazon Web Services provides some prebuilt Lambda functions that you can use with S3 Object Lambda to detect and redact personally identifiable information (PII) and decompress S3 objects. These Lambda functions are available in the Amazon Web Services Serverless Application Repository, and can be selected through the Amazon Web Services Management Console when you create your Object Lambda access point. Example 1: PII Access Control - This Lambda function uses Amazon Comprehend, a natural language processing (NLP) service using machine learning to find insights and relationships in text. It automatically detects personally identifiable information (PII) such as names, addresses, dates, credit card numbers, and social security numbers from documents in your Amazon S3 bucket. Example 2: PII Redaction - This Lambda function uses Amazon Comprehend, a natural language processing (NLP) service using machine learning to find insights and relationships in text. It automatically redacts personally identifiable information (PII) such as names, addresses, dates, credit card numbers, and social security numbers from documents in your Amazon S3 bucket. Example 3: Decompression - The Lambda function S3ObjectLambdaDecompression, is equipped to decompress objects stored in S3 in one of six compressed file formats including bzip2, gzip, snappy, zlib, zstandard and ZIP. For information on how to view and use these functions, see Using Amazon Web Services built Lambda functions in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Container for the necessary parameters to execute the WriteGetObjectResponse service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the WriteGetObjectResponse service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for WriteGetObjectResponse Operation Returns the endpoint that will be used for a particular request. Request for the desired service operation. The resolved endpoint for the given request. Configuration for accessing AmazonS3 service Configuration for accessing Amazon S3 service Gets and sets S3Express credential provider property. This property is used to provide credentials for requests that uses S3Express authentication. During client initialization it is set to default S3Express credential provider, but can be changed to use custom user supplied S3Express credential provider. When true, requests will always use path style addressing. Enables S3 accelerate by sending requests to the accelerate endpoint instead of the regular region endpoint. To use this feature, the bucket name should be DNS compliant names and should not contain periods (.). The following APIs are not supported and are sent to the regular region endpoint, even if this option is enabled:
  1. PutBucket
  2. ListBuckets
  3. DeleteBucket
This option cannot be used at the same time as UseDualstackEndpoint.
If set to true and the service package supports it the region identified in the arn for a resource will be used when making the service request. If set to true the use of S3Express auth disabled. If set to true, prevents calls to multi-region access points. If not explicitly set here it will fallback first to the value of AWS_S3_DISABLE_MULTIREGION_ACCESS_POINTS environment variable, then to s3_disable_multiregion_access_points in the shared configuration file. Once a valid value is found in the environment variable or configuration file it will be cached for this AmazonS3Config instance. USEast1RegionalEndpointValue determines whether or not to send the us-east-1 s3 requests to the regional endpoint or to the legacy global endpoint. This flags takes precedence over the AWS_S3_US_EAST_1_REGIONAL_ENDPOINT environment variable and the credential file. This method contains custom initializations for the config object. Given this client configuration, returns the service url The service url in the form of a string If the client is configured to hit us-east-1 with the S3UsEast1RegionalEndpointValue flag not set, this method checks whether the environment variable is present or the credential file contains a valid value A Nullable of S3UsEast1RegionalEndpointValue representing the client configuration for the regional us-east-1 endpoint Validate that the config object is properly configured. Checks the AWS_S3_US_EAST_1_REGIONAL_ENDPOINT environment variable for the presence of the s3 regional flag A nullable of S3UsEast1RegionalEndpointValue Checks the credential file for the presence of the s3 regional flag A nullable of S3UsEast1RegionalEndpointValue Validates and returns the value of AWS_S3_DISABLE_MULTIREGION_ACCESS_POINTS Value of AWS_S3_DISABLE_MULTIREGION_ACCESS_POINTS if it is set and valid, else null Returns the value of s3_disable_multiregion_access_points for the current profile Value of s3_disable_multiregion_access_points if it is set, else null The ServiceId, which is the unique identifier for a service. Default constructor The constant used to lookup in the region hash the endpoint. Gets the ServiceVersion property. Gets the value of UserAgent property. Base exception for S3 errors. Construct an instance of AmazonS3Exception Construct an instance of AmazonS3Exception Construct an instance of AmazonS3Exception Construct an instance of AmazonS3Exception Construct an instance of AmazonS3Exception Construct an instance of AmazonS3Exception Construct an instance of AmazonS3Exception A special token that helps AWS troubleshoot problems. A special token that helps AWS troubleshoot S3 accelerate problems. The entire response body for this exception, if available. The region that the AmazonS3Exception relates to. Gets the exception message. Extensions methods added to Amazon.Arn type to help parse S3 specific resources from the ARN. Attempt to parse the resource component of the ARN into access point resource name. An AWS ARN to parse The access point resouce identifier found in the ARN. True if the ARN contains an access point resource identifier. Attempt to parse the resource component of the ARN into bucket name. An AWS ARN to parse The bucket name found in the ARN. True if the ARN contains a bucket name. Attempt to parse the resource component of the ARN into outpost resource with outpost id and access point name. An AWS ARN to parse True if the ARN contains an outpost access point resource identifier. Checks whether an ARN belongs to a particular service True if a match is found Determines whether an ARN is for a multi-region access point An AWS ARN to parse True if the ARN is for a multi-region access point Parse an Arn to extract information on S3 outpost access point and if it is not found or properly formatted, throw an exception Check if the ARN has a valid Account ID The ARN which is being validated This class extends the AmazonS3Client and provides client side encryption when reading or writing S3 objects. Constructs AmazonS3EncryptionClient with the Encryption materials and credentials loaded from the application's default configuration, and if unsuccessful from the Instance Profile service on an EC2 instance. Example App.config with credentials set. <?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?> <configuration> <appSettings> <add key="AWSProfileName" value="AWS Default"/> </appSettings> </configuration> The encryption materials to be used to encrypt and decrypt envelope key. Constructs AmazonS3EncryptionClient with the Encryption materials and credentials loaded from the application's default configuration, and if unsuccessful from the Instance Profile service on an EC2 instance. Example App.config with credentials set. <?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?> <configuration> <appSettings> <add key="AWSProfileName" value="AWS Default"/> </appSettings> </configuration> The region to connect. The encryption materials to be used to encrypt and decrypt envelope key. Constructs AmazonS3EncryptionClient with the Encryption materials, AmazonS3 CryptoConfiguration object and credentials loaded from the application's default configuration, and if unsuccessful from the Instance Profile service on an EC2 instance. Example App.config with credentials set. <?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?> <configuration> <appSettings> <add key="AWSProfileName" value="AWS Default"/> </appSettings> </configuration> The AmazonS3EncryptionClient CryptoConfiguration Object The encryption materials to be used to encrypt and decrypt envelope key. Constructs AmazonS3EncryptionClient with AWS Credentials and Encryption materials. The encryption materials to be used to encrypt and decrypt envelope key. AWS Credentials Constructs AmazonS3EncryptionClient with AWS Credentials, Region and Encryption materials AWS Credentials The region to connect. The encryption materials to be used to encrypt and decrypt envelope key. Constructs AmazonS3EncryptionClient with AWS Credentials, AmazonS3CryptoConfiguration Configuration object and Encryption materials AWS Credentials The AmazonS3EncryptionClient CryptoConfiguration Object The encryption materials to be used to encrypt and decrypt envelope key. Constructs AmazonS3EncryptionClient with AWS Access Key ID, AWS Secret Key and Encryption materials AWS Access Key ID AWS Secret Access Key The encryption materials to be used to encrypt and decrypt envelope key. Constructs AmazonS3EncryptionClient with AWS Access Key ID, AWS Secret Key, Region and Encryption materials AWS Access Key ID AWS Secret Access Key The region to connect. The encryption materials to be used to encrypt and decrypt envelope key. Constructs AmazonS3EncryptionClient with AWS Access Key ID, Secret Key, AmazonS3 CryptoConfiguration object and Encryption materials. AWS Access Key ID AWS Secret Access Key The AmazonS3EncryptionClient CryptoConfiguration Object The encryption materials to be used to encrypt and decrypt envelope key. Constructs AmazonS3EncryptionClient with AWS Access Key ID, Secret Key, SessionToken and Encryption materials. AWS Access Key ID AWS Secret Access Key AWS Session Token The encryption materials to be used to encrypt and decrypt envelope key. Constructs AmazonS3EncryptionClient with AWS Access Key ID, Secret Key, SessionToken, Region and Encryption materials. AWS Access Key ID AWS Secret Access Key AWS Session Token The region to connect. The encryption materials to be used to encrypt and decrypt envelope key. Constructs AmazonS3EncryptionClient with AWS Access Key ID, Secret Key, SessionToken AmazonS3EncryptionClient CryptoConfiguration object and Encryption materials. AWS Access Key ID AWS Secret Access Key AWS Session Token The AmazonS3EncryptionClient CryptoConfiguration Object The encryption materials to be used to encrypt and decrypt envelope key. Turn off response logging because it will interfere with decrypt of the data coming back from S3. Customize the pipeline to allow encryption. Dispose this instance AmazonS3CryptoConfiguration allows customers to set storage mode for encryption credentials Default Constructor. Gets and sets the StorageMode property. This determines if the crypto metadata is stored as metadata on the object or as a separate object in S3. The default is ObjectMetadata. Mode for string the encryption information for an object. Store the information in a separate S3 Object. Store the information as metadata on the encrypted object. Encryption Instructions store the encryption credentials Construct an instance EncryptionInstructions. Construct an instance EncryptionInstructions. The "key encrypting key" materials used in encrypt/decryption. These materials may be an asymmetric key, a symmetric key, or a KMS key ID. Constructs a new EncryptionMaterials object, storing an asymmetric key. Constructs a new EncryptionMaterials object, storing a symmetric key. Constructs a new EncryptionMaterials object, storing a KMS Key ID The EncryptionUtils class encrypts and decrypts data stored in S3. It can be used to prepare requests for encryption before they are stored in S3 and to decrypt objects that are retrieved from S3. Decrypts an encrypted Envelope key using the provided encryption materials and returns it in raw byte array form. Encrypted envelope key Encryption materials needed to decrypt the encrypted envlelope key Returns an updated stream where the stream contains the encrypted object contents. The specified instruction will be used to encrypt data. The stream whose contents are to be encrypted. The instruction that will be used to encrypt the object data. Encrypted stream, i.e input stream wrapped into encrypted stream Returns an updated input stream where the input stream contains the encrypted object contents. The specified instruction will be used to encrypt data. The stream whose contents are to be encrypted. The instruction that will be used to encrypt the object data. Encrypted stream, i.e input stream wrapped into encrypted stream Updates object where the object input stream contains the decrypted contents. The getObject response whose contents are to be decrypted. The instruction that will be used to encrypt the object data. Generates an instruction that will be used to encrypt an object using materials with the KMSKeyID set. Used to call KMS to generate a data key. The encryption materials to be used to encrypt and decrypt data. The instruction that will be used to encrypt an object. Generates an instruction that will be used to encrypt an object using materials with the KMSKeyID set. Used to call KMS to generate a data key. The encryption materials to be used to encrypt and decrypt data. The instruction that will be used to encrypt an object. Generates an instruction that will be used to encrypt an object using materials with the AsymmetricProvider or SymmetricProvider set. The encryption materials to be used to encrypt and decrypt data. The instruction that will be used to encrypt an object. Builds an instruction object from the object metadata. A non-null object response that contains encryption information in its metadata. The non-null encryption materials to be used to encrypt and decrypt Envelope key. The decrypted envelope key to be use if KMS key wrapping is being used. Or null if non-KMS key wrapping is being used. Builds an instruction object from the instruction file. Instruction file GetObject response The non-null encryption materials to be used to encrypt and decrypt Envelope key. A non-null instruction object containing encryption information. Update the request's ObjectMetadata with the necessary information for decrypting the object. AmazonWebServiceRequest encrypted using the given instruction Non-null instruction used to encrypt the data in this AmazonWebServiceRequest . If true use V2 metadata format, otherwise use V1. Adds UnEncrypted content length to object metadata checks if encryption credentials are in object metadata Response of the object Custom the pipeline handler to decrypt objects. Construct instance of SetupDecryptionHandler. Gets the EncryptionClient property which is the AmazonS3EncryptionClient that is decrypting the object. Calls the post invoke logic after calling the next handler in the pipeline. The execution context which contains both the requests and response context. Decrypt the object being downloaded. Calls the and post invoke logic after calling the next handler in the pipeline. The response type for the current request. The execution context, it contains the request and response context. A task that represents the asynchronous operation. Decrypt the object being downloaded. Decrypt the object being downloaded. Updates object where the object input stream contains the decrypted contents. The getObject response of InstructionFile. The getObject response whose contents are to be decrypted. Updates object where the object input stream contains the decrypted contents. The getObject response whose contents are to be decrypted. The decrypted envelope key to be use if KMS key wrapping is being used. Or null if non-KMS key wrapping is being used. Custom pipeline handler to encrypt the data as it is being uploaded to S3. Construct an instance SetupEncryptionHandler. Gets the EncryptionClient property which is the AmazonS3EncryptionClient that is encrypting the object. Calls pre invoke logic before calling the next handler in the pipeline. The execution context which contains both the requests and response context. Encrypts the S3 object being uploaded. Calls pre invoke logic before calling the next handler in the pipeline. The response type for the current request. The execution context, it contains the request and response context. A task that represents the asynchronous operation. Encrypts the S3 object being uploaded. Make sure that the storage mode and encryption materials are compatible. The client only supports KMS key wrapping in metadata storage mode. Updates the request where the metadata contains encryption information and the input stream contains the encrypted object contents. The request whose contents are to be encrypted. Updates the request where the instruction file contains encryption information and the input stream contains the encrypted object contents. Updates the request where the input stream contains the encrypted object contents. Adds the crypto token to the user agent Calls pre invoke logic before calling the next handler in the pipeline. The execution context which contains both the requests and response context. Calls pre invoke logic before calling the next handler in the pipeline. The response type for the current request. The execution context, it contains the request and response context. A task that represents the asynchronous operation. Customize the user agent. Interface for accessing S3 Create a signed URL allowing access to a resource that would usually require authentication. When using query string authentication you create a query, specify an expiration time for the query, sign it with your signature, place the data in an HTTP request, and distribute the request to a user or embed the request in a web page. A PreSigned URL can be generated for GET, PUT, DELETE and HEAD operations on your bucketName, keys, and versions. The GetPreSignedUrlRequest that defines the parameters of the operation. A string that is the signed http request. Asynchronously create a signed URL allowing access to a resource that would usually require authentication. When using query string authentication you create a query, specify an expiration time for the query, sign it with your signature, place the data in an HTTP request, and distribute the request to a user or embed the request in a web page. A PreSigned URL can be generated for GET, PUT, DELETE and HEAD operations on your bucketName, keys, and versions. The GetPreSignedUrlRequest that defines the parameters of the operation. A string that is the signed http request. Paginators for the service This operation aborts a multipart upload. After a multipart upload is aborted, no additional parts can be uploaded using that upload ID. The storage consumed by any previously uploaded parts will be freed. However, if any part uploads are currently in progress, those part uploads might or might not succeed. As a result, it might be necessary to abort a given multipart upload multiple times in order to completely free all storage consumed by all parts. To verify that all parts have been removed and prevent getting charged for the part storage, you should call the ListParts API operation and ensure that the parts list is empty. Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name . Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Permissions
  • General purpose bucket permissions - For information about permissions required to use the multipart upload, see Multipart Upload and Permissions in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
  • Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession .
HTTP Host header syntax
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to AbortMultipartUpload:
The bucket name to which the upload was taking place. Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, you must use virtual-hosted-style requests in the format Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com. Path-style requests are not supported. Directory bucket names must be unique in the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must follow the format bucket_base_name--az-id--x-s3 (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az2--x-s3). For information about bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming rules in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points and Object Lambda access points are not supported by directory buckets. S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Key of the object for which the multipart upload was initiated. Upload ID that identifies the multipart upload. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the AbortMultipartUpload service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for AbortMultipartUpload Operation
This operation aborts a multipart upload. After a multipart upload is aborted, no additional parts can be uploaded using that upload ID. The storage consumed by any previously uploaded parts will be freed. However, if any part uploads are currently in progress, those part uploads might or might not succeed. As a result, it might be necessary to abort a given multipart upload multiple times in order to completely free all storage consumed by all parts. To verify that all parts have been removed and prevent getting charged for the part storage, you should call the ListParts API operation and ensure that the parts list is empty. Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name . Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Permissions
  • General purpose bucket permissions - For information about permissions required to use the multipart upload, see Multipart Upload and Permissions in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
  • Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession .
HTTP Host header syntax
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to AbortMultipartUpload:
Container for the necessary parameters to execute the AbortMultipartUpload service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the AbortMultipartUpload service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for AbortMultipartUpload Operation
Completes a multipart upload by assembling previously uploaded parts. You first initiate the multipart upload and then upload all parts using the UploadPart operation or the UploadPartCopy operation. After successfully uploading all relevant parts of an upload, you call this CompleteMultipartUpload operation to complete the upload. Upon receiving this request, Amazon S3 concatenates all the parts in ascending order by part number to create a new object. In the CompleteMultipartUpload request, you must provide the parts list and ensure that the parts list is complete. The CompleteMultipartUpload API operation concatenates the parts that you provide in the list. For each part in the list, you must provide the PartNumber value and the ETag value that are returned after that part was uploaded. The processing of a CompleteMultipartUpload request could take several minutes to finalize. After Amazon S3 begins processing the request, it sends an HTTP response header that specifies a 200 OK response. While processing is in progress, Amazon S3 periodically sends white space characters to keep the connection from timing out. A request could fail after the initial 200 OK response has been sent. This means that a 200 OK response can contain either a success or an error. The error response might be embedded in the 200 OK response. If you call this API operation directly, make sure to design your application to parse the contents of the response and handle it appropriately. If you use Amazon Web Services SDKs, SDKs handle this condition. The SDKs detect the embedded error and apply error handling per your configuration settings (including automatically retrying the request as appropriate). If the condition persists, the SDKs throw an exception (or, for the SDKs that don't use exceptions, they return an error). Note that if CompleteMultipartUpload fails, applications should be prepared to retry the failed requests. For more information, see Amazon S3 Error Best Practices. You can't use Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded for the CompleteMultipartUpload requests. Also, if you don't provide a Content-Type header, CompleteMultipartUpload can still return a 200 OK response. For more information about multipart uploads, see Uploading Objects Using Multipart Upload in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name . Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Permissions
  • General purpose bucket permissions - For information about permissions required to use the multipart upload API, see Multipart Upload and Permissions in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
  • Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession .
Special errors
  • Error Code: EntityTooSmall
    • Description: Your proposed upload is smaller than the minimum allowed object size. Each part must be at least 5 MB in size, except the last part.
    • HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request
  • Error Code: InvalidPart
    • Description: One or more of the specified parts could not be found. The part might not have been uploaded, or the specified ETag might not have matched the uploaded part's ETag.
    • HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request
  • Error Code: InvalidPartOrder
    • Description: The list of parts was not in ascending order. The parts list must be specified in order by part number.
    • HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request
  • Error Code: NoSuchUpload
    • Description: The specified multipart upload does not exist. The upload ID might be invalid, or the multipart upload might have been aborted or completed.
    • HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found
HTTP Host header syntax
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to CompleteMultipartUpload:
Container for the necessary parameters to execute the CompleteMultipartUpload service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the CompleteMultipartUpload service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for CompleteMultipartUpload Operation
Creates a copy of an object that is already stored in Amazon S3. You can store individual objects of up to 5 TB in Amazon S3. You create a copy of your object up to 5 GB in size in a single atomic action using this API. However, to copy an object greater than 5 GB, you must use the multipart upload Upload Part - Copy (UploadPartCopy) API. For more information, see Copy Object Using the REST Multipart Upload API. You can copy individual objects between general purpose buckets, between directory buckets, and between general purpose buckets and directory buckets. Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name . Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Both the Region that you want to copy the object from and the Region that you want to copy the object to must be enabled for your account. Amazon S3 transfer acceleration does not support cross-Region copies. If you request a cross-Region copy using a transfer acceleration endpoint, you get a 400 Bad Request error. For more information, see Transfer Acceleration.
Authentication and authorization
All CopyObject requests must be authenticated and signed by using IAM credentials (access key ID and secret access key for the IAM identities). All headers with the x-amz- prefix, including x-amz-copy-source, must be signed. For more information, see REST Authentication. Directory buckets - You must use the IAM credentials to authenticate and authorize your access to the CopyObject API operation, instead of using the temporary security credentials through the CreateSession API operation. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs handles authentication and authorization on your behalf.
Permissions
You must have read access to the source object and write access to the destination bucket.
  • General purpose bucket permissions - You must have permissions in an IAM policy based on the source and destination bucket types in a CopyObject operation.
    • If the source object is in a general purpose bucket, you must have s3:GetObject permission to read the source object that is being copied.
    • If the destination bucket is a general purpose bucket, you must have s3:PubObject permission to write the object copy to the destination bucket.
  • Directory bucket permissions - You must have permissions in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy based on the source and destination bucket types in a CopyObject operation.
    • If the source object that you want to copy is in a directory bucket, you must have the s3express:CreateSession permission in the Action element of a policy to read the object. By default, the session is in the ReadWrite mode. If you want to restrict the access, you can explicitly set the s3express:SessionMode condition key to ReadOnly on the copy source bucket.
    • If the copy destination is a directory bucket, you must have the s3express:CreateSession permission in the Action element of a policy to write the object to the destination. The s3express:SessionMode condition key can't be set to ReadOnly on the copy destination bucket.
    For example policies, see Example bucket policies for S3 Express One Zone and Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) identity-based policies for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Response and special errors
When the request is an HTTP 1.1 request, the response is chunk encoded. When the request is not an HTTP 1.1 request, the response would not contain the Content-Length. You always need to read the entire response body to check if the copy succeeds. to keep the connection alive while we copy the data.
  • If the copy is successful, you receive a response with information about the copied object.
  • A copy request might return an error when Amazon S3 receives the copy request or while Amazon S3 is copying the files. A 200 OK response can contain either a success or an error.
    • If the error occurs before the copy action starts, you receive a standard Amazon S3 error.
    • If the error occurs during the copy operation, the error response is embedded in the 200 OK response. For example, in a cross-region copy, you may encounter throttling and receive a 200 OK response. For more information, see Resolve the Error 200 response when copying objects to Amazon S3. The 200 OK status code means the copy was accepted, but it doesn't mean the copy is complete. Another example is when you disconnect from Amazon S3 before the copy is complete, Amazon S3 might cancel the copy and you may receive a 200 OK response. You must stay connected to Amazon S3 until the entire response is successfully received and processed. If you call this API operation directly, make sure to design your application to parse the content of the response and handle it appropriately. If you use Amazon Web Services SDKs, SDKs handle this condition. The SDKs detect the embedded error and apply error handling per your configuration settings (including automatically retrying the request as appropriate). If the condition persists, the SDKs throw an exception (or, for the SDKs that don't use exceptions, they return an error).
Charge
The copy request charge is based on the storage class and Region that you specify for the destination object. The request can also result in a data retrieval charge for the source if the source storage class bills for data retrieval. For pricing information, see Amazon S3 pricing.
HTTP Host header syntax
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to CopyObject:
A property of CopyObjectRequest used to execute the CopyObject service method. A property of CopyObjectRequest used to execute the CopyObject service method. The name of the destination bucket. Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, you must use virtual-hosted-style requests in the format Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com. Path-style requests are not supported. Directory bucket names must be unique in the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must follow the format bucket_base_name--az-id--x-s3 (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az2--x-s3). For information about bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming rules in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points and Object Lambda access points are not supported by directory buckets. S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? in the Amazon S3 User Guide. A property of CopyObjectRequest used to execute the CopyObject service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the CopyObject service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for CopyObject Operation
Creates a copy of an object that is already stored in Amazon S3. You can store individual objects of up to 5 TB in Amazon S3. You create a copy of your object up to 5 GB in size in a single atomic action using this API. However, to copy an object greater than 5 GB, you must use the multipart upload Upload Part - Copy (UploadPartCopy) API. For more information, see Copy Object Using the REST Multipart Upload API. You can copy individual objects between general purpose buckets, between directory buckets, and between general purpose buckets and directory buckets. Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name . Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Both the Region that you want to copy the object from and the Region that you want to copy the object to must be enabled for your account. Amazon S3 transfer acceleration does not support cross-Region copies. If you request a cross-Region copy using a transfer acceleration endpoint, you get a 400 Bad Request error. For more information, see Transfer Acceleration.
Authentication and authorization
All CopyObject requests must be authenticated and signed by using IAM credentials (access key ID and secret access key for the IAM identities). All headers with the x-amz- prefix, including x-amz-copy-source, must be signed. For more information, see REST Authentication. Directory buckets - You must use the IAM credentials to authenticate and authorize your access to the CopyObject API operation, instead of using the temporary security credentials through the CreateSession API operation. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs handles authentication and authorization on your behalf.
Permissions
You must have read access to the source object and write access to the destination bucket.
  • General purpose bucket permissions - You must have permissions in an IAM policy based on the source and destination bucket types in a CopyObject operation.
    • If the source object is in a general purpose bucket, you must have s3:GetObject permission to read the source object that is being copied.
    • If the destination bucket is a general purpose bucket, you must have s3:PubObject permission to write the object copy to the destination bucket.
  • Directory bucket permissions - You must have permissions in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy based on the source and destination bucket types in a CopyObject operation.
    • If the source object that you want to copy is in a directory bucket, you must have the s3express:CreateSession permission in the Action element of a policy to read the object. By default, the session is in the ReadWrite mode. If you want to restrict the access, you can explicitly set the s3express:SessionMode condition key to ReadOnly on the copy source bucket.
    • If the copy destination is a directory bucket, you must have the s3express:CreateSession permission in the Action element of a policy to write the object to the destination. The s3express:SessionMode condition key can't be set to ReadOnly on the copy destination bucket.
    For example policies, see Example bucket policies for S3 Express One Zone and Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) identity-based policies for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Response and special errors
When the request is an HTTP 1.1 request, the response is chunk encoded. When the request is not an HTTP 1.1 request, the response would not contain the Content-Length. You always need to read the entire response body to check if the copy succeeds. to keep the connection alive while we copy the data.
  • If the copy is successful, you receive a response with information about the copied object.
  • A copy request might return an error when Amazon S3 receives the copy request or while Amazon S3 is copying the files. A 200 OK response can contain either a success or an error.
    • If the error occurs before the copy action starts, you receive a standard Amazon S3 error.
    • If the error occurs during the copy operation, the error response is embedded in the 200 OK response. For example, in a cross-region copy, you may encounter throttling and receive a 200 OK response. For more information, see Resolve the Error 200 response when copying objects to Amazon S3. The 200 OK status code means the copy was accepted, but it doesn't mean the copy is complete. Another example is when you disconnect from Amazon S3 before the copy is complete, Amazon S3 might cancel the copy and you may receive a 200 OK response. You must stay connected to Amazon S3 until the entire response is successfully received and processed. If you call this API operation directly, make sure to design your application to parse the content of the response and handle it appropriately. If you use Amazon Web Services SDKs, SDKs handle this condition. The SDKs detect the embedded error and apply error handling per your configuration settings (including automatically retrying the request as appropriate). If the condition persists, the SDKs throw an exception (or, for the SDKs that don't use exceptions, they return an error).
Charge
The copy request charge is based on the storage class and Region that you specify for the destination object. The request can also result in a data retrieval charge for the source if the source storage class bills for data retrieval. For pricing information, see Amazon S3 pricing.
HTTP Host header syntax
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to CopyObject:
A property of CopyObjectRequest used to execute the CopyObject service method. A property of CopyObjectRequest used to execute the CopyObject service method. A property of CopyObjectRequest used to execute the CopyObject service method. The name of the destination bucket. Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, you must use virtual-hosted-style requests in the format Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com. Path-style requests are not supported. Directory bucket names must be unique in the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must follow the format bucket_base_name--az-id--x-s3 (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az2--x-s3). For information about bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming rules in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points and Object Lambda access points are not supported by directory buckets. S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? in the Amazon S3 User Guide. A property of CopyObjectRequest used to execute the CopyObject service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the CopyObject service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for CopyObject Operation
Creates a copy of an object that is already stored in Amazon S3. You can store individual objects of up to 5 TB in Amazon S3. You create a copy of your object up to 5 GB in size in a single atomic action using this API. However, to copy an object greater than 5 GB, you must use the multipart upload Upload Part - Copy (UploadPartCopy) API. For more information, see Copy Object Using the REST Multipart Upload API. You can copy individual objects between general purpose buckets, between directory buckets, and between general purpose buckets and directory buckets. Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name . Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Both the Region that you want to copy the object from and the Region that you want to copy the object to must be enabled for your account. Amazon S3 transfer acceleration does not support cross-Region copies. If you request a cross-Region copy using a transfer acceleration endpoint, you get a 400 Bad Request error. For more information, see Transfer Acceleration.
Authentication and authorization
All CopyObject requests must be authenticated and signed by using IAM credentials (access key ID and secret access key for the IAM identities). All headers with the x-amz- prefix, including x-amz-copy-source, must be signed. For more information, see REST Authentication. Directory buckets - You must use the IAM credentials to authenticate and authorize your access to the CopyObject API operation, instead of using the temporary security credentials through the CreateSession API operation. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs handles authentication and authorization on your behalf.
Permissions
You must have read access to the source object and write access to the destination bucket.
  • General purpose bucket permissions - You must have permissions in an IAM policy based on the source and destination bucket types in a CopyObject operation.
    • If the source object is in a general purpose bucket, you must have s3:GetObject permission to read the source object that is being copied.
    • If the destination bucket is a general purpose bucket, you must have s3:PubObject permission to write the object copy to the destination bucket.
  • Directory bucket permissions - You must have permissions in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy based on the source and destination bucket types in a CopyObject operation.
    • If the source object that you want to copy is in a directory bucket, you must have the s3express:CreateSession permission in the Action element of a policy to read the object. By default, the session is in the ReadWrite mode. If you want to restrict the access, you can explicitly set the s3express:SessionMode condition key to ReadOnly on the copy source bucket.
    • If the copy destination is a directory bucket, you must have the s3express:CreateSession permission in the Action element of a policy to write the object to the destination. The s3express:SessionMode condition key can't be set to ReadOnly on the copy destination bucket.
    For example policies, see Example bucket policies for S3 Express One Zone and Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) identity-based policies for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Response and special errors
When the request is an HTTP 1.1 request, the response is chunk encoded. When the request is not an HTTP 1.1 request, the response would not contain the Content-Length. You always need to read the entire response body to check if the copy succeeds. to keep the connection alive while we copy the data.
  • If the copy is successful, you receive a response with information about the copied object.
  • A copy request might return an error when Amazon S3 receives the copy request or while Amazon S3 is copying the files. A 200 OK response can contain either a success or an error.
    • If the error occurs before the copy action starts, you receive a standard Amazon S3 error.
    • If the error occurs during the copy operation, the error response is embedded in the 200 OK response. For example, in a cross-region copy, you may encounter throttling and receive a 200 OK response. For more information, see Resolve the Error 200 response when copying objects to Amazon S3. The 200 OK status code means the copy was accepted, but it doesn't mean the copy is complete. Another example is when you disconnect from Amazon S3 before the copy is complete, Amazon S3 might cancel the copy and you may receive a 200 OK response. You must stay connected to Amazon S3 until the entire response is successfully received and processed. If you call this API operation directly, make sure to design your application to parse the content of the response and handle it appropriately. If you use Amazon Web Services SDKs, SDKs handle this condition. The SDKs detect the embedded error and apply error handling per your configuration settings (including automatically retrying the request as appropriate). If the condition persists, the SDKs throw an exception (or, for the SDKs that don't use exceptions, they return an error).
Charge
The copy request charge is based on the storage class and Region that you specify for the destination object. The request can also result in a data retrieval charge for the source if the source storage class bills for data retrieval. For pricing information, see Amazon S3 pricing.
HTTP Host header syntax
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to CopyObject:
Container for the necessary parameters to execute the CopyObject service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the CopyObject service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for CopyObject Operation
Uploads a part by copying data from an existing object as data source. To specify the data source, you add the request header x-amz-copy-source in your request. To specify a byte range, you add the request header x-amz-copy-source-range in your request. For information about maximum and minimum part sizes and other multipart upload specifications, see Multipart upload limits in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Instead of copying data from an existing object as part data, you might use the UploadPart action to upload new data as a part of an object in your request. You must initiate a multipart upload before you can upload any part. In response to your initiate request, Amazon S3 returns the upload ID, a unique identifier that you must include in your upload part request. For conceptual information about multipart uploads, see Uploading Objects Using Multipart Upload in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For information about copying objects using a single atomic action vs. a multipart upload, see Operations on Objects in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name . Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Authentication and authorization
All UploadPartCopy requests must be authenticated and signed by using IAM credentials (access key ID and secret access key for the IAM identities). All headers with the x-amz- prefix, including x-amz-copy-source, must be signed. For more information, see REST Authentication. Directory buckets - You must use IAM credentials to authenticate and authorize your access to the UploadPartCopy API operation, instead of using the temporary security credentials through the CreateSession API operation. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs handles authentication and authorization on your behalf.
Permissions
You must have READ access to the source object and WRITE access to the destination bucket.
  • General purpose bucket permissions - You must have the permissions in a policy based on the bucket types of your source bucket and destination bucket in an UploadPartCopy operation.
    • If the source object is in a general purpose bucket, you must have the s3:GetObject permission to read the source object that is being copied.
    • If the destination bucket is a general purpose bucket, you must have the s3:PubObject permission to write the object copy to the destination bucket.
    For information about permissions required to use the multipart upload API, see Multipart Upload and Permissions in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
  • Directory bucket permissions - You must have permissions in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy based on the source and destination bucket types in an UploadPartCopy operation.
    • If the source object that you want to copy is in a directory bucket, you must have the s3express:CreateSession permission in the Action element of a policy to read the object . By default, the session is in the ReadWrite mode. If you want to restrict the access, you can explicitly set the s3express:SessionMode condition key to ReadOnly on the copy source bucket.
    • If the copy destination is a directory bucket, you must have the s3express:CreateSession permission in the Action element of a policy to write the object to the destination. The s3express:SessionMode condition key cannot be set to ReadOnly on the copy destination.
    For example policies, see Example bucket policies for S3 Express One Zone and Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) identity-based policies for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Encryption
  • General purpose buckets - For information about using server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys with the UploadPartCopy operation, see CopyObject and UploadPart.
  • Directory buckets - For directory buckets, only server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) (AES256) is supported.
Special errors
  • Error Code: NoSuchUpload
    • Description: The specified multipart upload does not exist. The upload ID might be invalid, or the multipart upload might have been aborted or completed.
    • HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found
  • Error Code: InvalidRequest
    • Description: The specified copy source is not supported as a byte-range copy source.
    • HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request
HTTP Host header syntax
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to UploadPartCopy:
A property of CopyPartRequest used to execute the CopyPart service method. A property of CopyPartRequest used to execute the CopyPart service method. The bucket name. Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, you must use virtual-hosted-style requests in the format Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com. Path-style requests are not supported. Directory bucket names must be unique in the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must follow the format bucket_base_name--az-id--x-s3 (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az2--x-s3). For information about bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming rules in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points and Object Lambda access points are not supported by directory buckets. S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? in the Amazon S3 User Guide. A property of CopyPartRequest used to execute the CopyPart service method. Upload ID identifying the multipart upload whose part is being copied. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the CopyPart service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for CopyPart Operation
Uploads a part by copying data from an existing object as data source. To specify the data source, you add the request header x-amz-copy-source in your request. To specify a byte range, you add the request header x-amz-copy-source-range in your request. For information about maximum and minimum part sizes and other multipart upload specifications, see Multipart upload limits in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Instead of copying data from an existing object as part data, you might use the UploadPart action to upload new data as a part of an object in your request. You must initiate a multipart upload before you can upload any part. In response to your initiate request, Amazon S3 returns the upload ID, a unique identifier that you must include in your upload part request. For conceptual information about multipart uploads, see Uploading Objects Using Multipart Upload in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For information about copying objects using a single atomic action vs. a multipart upload, see Operations on Objects in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name . Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Authentication and authorization
All UploadPartCopy requests must be authenticated and signed by using IAM credentials (access key ID and secret access key for the IAM identities). All headers with the x-amz- prefix, including x-amz-copy-source, must be signed. For more information, see REST Authentication. Directory buckets - You must use IAM credentials to authenticate and authorize your access to the UploadPartCopy API operation, instead of using the temporary security credentials through the CreateSession API operation. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs handles authentication and authorization on your behalf.
Permissions
You must have READ access to the source object and WRITE access to the destination bucket.
  • General purpose bucket permissions - You must have the permissions in a policy based on the bucket types of your source bucket and destination bucket in an UploadPartCopy operation.
    • If the source object is in a general purpose bucket, you must have the s3:GetObject permission to read the source object that is being copied.
    • If the destination bucket is a general purpose bucket, you must have the s3:PubObject permission to write the object copy to the destination bucket.
    For information about permissions required to use the multipart upload API, see Multipart Upload and Permissions in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
  • Directory bucket permissions - You must have permissions in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy based on the source and destination bucket types in an UploadPartCopy operation.
    • If the source object that you want to copy is in a directory bucket, you must have the s3express:CreateSession permission in the Action element of a policy to read the object . By default, the session is in the ReadWrite mode. If you want to restrict the access, you can explicitly set the s3express:SessionMode condition key to ReadOnly on the copy source bucket.
    • If the copy destination is a directory bucket, you must have the s3express:CreateSession permission in the Action element of a policy to write the object to the destination. The s3express:SessionMode condition key cannot be set to ReadOnly on the copy destination.
    For example policies, see Example bucket policies for S3 Express One Zone and Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) identity-based policies for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Encryption
  • General purpose buckets - For information about using server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys with the UploadPartCopy operation, see CopyObject and UploadPart.
  • Directory buckets - For directory buckets, only server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) (AES256) is supported.
Special errors
  • Error Code: NoSuchUpload
    • Description: The specified multipart upload does not exist. The upload ID might be invalid, or the multipart upload might have been aborted or completed.
    • HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found
  • Error Code: InvalidRequest
    • Description: The specified copy source is not supported as a byte-range copy source.
    • HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request
HTTP Host header syntax
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to UploadPartCopy:
A property of CopyPartRequest used to execute the CopyPart service method. A property of CopyPartRequest used to execute the CopyPart service method. A property of CopyPartRequest used to execute the CopyPart service method. The bucket name. Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, you must use virtual-hosted-style requests in the format Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com. Path-style requests are not supported. Directory bucket names must be unique in the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must follow the format bucket_base_name--az-id--x-s3 (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az2--x-s3). For information about bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming rules in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points and Object Lambda access points are not supported by directory buckets. S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? in the Amazon S3 User Guide. A property of CopyPartRequest used to execute the CopyPart service method. Upload ID identifying the multipart upload whose part is being copied. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the CopyPart service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for CopyPart Operation
Uploads a part by copying data from an existing object as data source. To specify the data source, you add the request header x-amz-copy-source in your request. To specify a byte range, you add the request header x-amz-copy-source-range in your request. For information about maximum and minimum part sizes and other multipart upload specifications, see Multipart upload limits in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Instead of copying data from an existing object as part data, you might use the UploadPart action to upload new data as a part of an object in your request. You must initiate a multipart upload before you can upload any part. In response to your initiate request, Amazon S3 returns the upload ID, a unique identifier that you must include in your upload part request. For conceptual information about multipart uploads, see Uploading Objects Using Multipart Upload in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For information about copying objects using a single atomic action vs. a multipart upload, see Operations on Objects in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name . Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Authentication and authorization
All UploadPartCopy requests must be authenticated and signed by using IAM credentials (access key ID and secret access key for the IAM identities). All headers with the x-amz- prefix, including x-amz-copy-source, must be signed. For more information, see REST Authentication. Directory buckets - You must use IAM credentials to authenticate and authorize your access to the UploadPartCopy API operation, instead of using the temporary security credentials through the CreateSession API operation. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs handles authentication and authorization on your behalf.
Permissions
You must have READ access to the source object and WRITE access to the destination bucket.
  • General purpose bucket permissions - You must have the permissions in a policy based on the bucket types of your source bucket and destination bucket in an UploadPartCopy operation.
    • If the source object is in a general purpose bucket, you must have the s3:GetObject permission to read the source object that is being copied.
    • If the destination bucket is a general purpose bucket, you must have the s3:PubObject permission to write the object copy to the destination bucket.
    For information about permissions required to use the multipart upload API, see Multipart Upload and Permissions in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
  • Directory bucket permissions - You must have permissions in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy based on the source and destination bucket types in an UploadPartCopy operation.
    • If the source object that you want to copy is in a directory bucket, you must have the s3express:CreateSession permission in the Action element of a policy to read the object . By default, the session is in the ReadWrite mode. If you want to restrict the access, you can explicitly set the s3express:SessionMode condition key to ReadOnly on the copy source bucket.
    • If the copy destination is a directory bucket, you must have the s3express:CreateSession permission in the Action element of a policy to write the object to the destination. The s3express:SessionMode condition key cannot be set to ReadOnly on the copy destination.
    For example policies, see Example bucket policies for S3 Express One Zone and Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) identity-based policies for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Encryption
  • General purpose buckets - For information about using server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys with the UploadPartCopy operation, see CopyObject and UploadPart.
  • Directory buckets - For directory buckets, only server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) (AES256) is supported.
Special errors
  • Error Code: NoSuchUpload
    • Description: The specified multipart upload does not exist. The upload ID might be invalid, or the multipart upload might have been aborted or completed.
    • HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found
  • Error Code: InvalidRequest
    • Description: The specified copy source is not supported as a byte-range copy source.
    • HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request
HTTP Host header syntax
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to UploadPartCopy:
Container for the necessary parameters to execute the CopyPart service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the CopyPart service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for CopyPart Operation
Creates a session that establishes temporary security credentials to support fast authentication and authorization for the Zonal endpoint APIs on directory buckets. For more information about Zonal endpoint APIs that include the Availability Zone in the request endpoint, see S3 Express One Zone APIs in the Amazon S3 User Guide. To make Zonal endpoint API requests on a directory bucket, use the CreateSession API operation. Specifically, you grant s3express:CreateSession permission to a bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you use IAM credentials to make the CreateSession API request on the bucket, which returns temporary security credentials that include the access key ID, secret access key, session token, and expiration. These credentials have associated permissions to access the Zonal endpoint APIs. After the session is created, you don’t need to use other policies to grant permissions to each Zonal endpoint API individually. Instead, in your Zonal endpoint API requests, you sign your requests by applying the temporary security credentials of the session to the request headers and following the SigV4 protocol for authentication. You also apply the session token to the x-amz-s3session-token request header for authorization. Temporary security credentials are scoped to the bucket and expire after 5 minutes. After the expiration time, any calls that you make with those credentials will fail. You must use IAM credentials again to make a CreateSession API request that generates a new set of temporary credentials for use. Temporary credentials cannot be extended or refreshed beyond the original specified interval. If you use Amazon Web Services SDKs, SDKs handle the session token refreshes automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. We recommend that you use the Amazon Web Services SDKs to initiate and manage requests to the CreateSession API. For more information, see Performance guidelines and design patterns in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
  • You must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com. Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
  • CopyObject API operation - Unlike other Zonal endpoint APIs, the CopyObject API operation doesn't use the temporary security credentials returned from the CreateSession API operation for authentication and authorization. For information about authentication and authorization of the CopyObject API operation on directory buckets, see CopyObject.
  • HeadBucket API operation - Unlike other Zonal endpoint APIs, the HeadBucket API operation doesn't use the temporary security credentials returned from the CreateSession API operation for authentication and authorization. For information about authentication and authorization of the HeadBucket API operation on directory buckets, see HeadBucket.
Permissions
To obtain temporary security credentials, you must create a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy that grants s3express:CreateSession permission to the bucket. In a policy, you can have the s3express:SessionMode condition key to control who can create a ReadWrite or ReadOnly session. For more information about ReadWrite or ReadOnly sessions, see x-amz-create-session-mode . For example policies, see Example bucket policies for S3 Express One Zone and Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) identity-based policies for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide. To grant cross-account access to Zonal endpoint APIs, the bucket policy should also grant both accounts the s3express:CreateSession permission.
HTTP Host header syntax
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com.
Container for the necessary parameters to execute the CreateSession service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the CreateSession service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for CreateSession Operation
Deletes the S3 bucket. All objects (including all object versions and delete markers) in the bucket must be deleted before the bucket itself can be deleted.
  • Directory buckets - If multipart uploads in a directory bucket are in progress, you can't delete the bucket until all the in-progress multipart uploads are aborted or completed.
  • Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Regional endpoint. These endpoints support path-style requests in the format https://s3express-control.region_code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name . Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Permissions
  • General purpose bucket permissions - You must have the s3:DeleteBucket permission on the specified bucket in a policy.
  • Directory bucket permissions - You must have the s3express:DeleteBucket permission in an IAM identity-based policy instead of a bucket policy. Cross-account access to this API operation isn't supported. This operation can only be performed by the Amazon Web Services account that owns the resource. For more information about directory bucket policies and permissions, see Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
HTTP Host header syntax
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is s3express-control.region.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to DeleteBucket:
Specifies the bucket being deleted. Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, you must use path-style requests in the format https://s3express-control.region_code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name . Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. Directory bucket names must be unique in the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must also follow the format bucket_base_name--az_id--x-s3 (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az2--x-s3). For information about bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming rules in the Amazon S3 User Guide A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the DeleteBucket service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for DeleteBucket Operation
Deletes the S3 bucket. All objects (including all object versions and delete markers) in the bucket must be deleted before the bucket itself can be deleted.
  • Directory buckets - If multipart uploads in a directory bucket are in progress, you can't delete the bucket until all the in-progress multipart uploads are aborted or completed.
  • Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Regional endpoint. These endpoints support path-style requests in the format https://s3express-control.region_code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name . Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Permissions
  • General purpose bucket permissions - You must have the s3:DeleteBucket permission on the specified bucket in a policy.
  • Directory bucket permissions - You must have the s3express:DeleteBucket permission in an IAM identity-based policy instead of a bucket policy. Cross-account access to this API operation isn't supported. This operation can only be performed by the Amazon Web Services account that owns the resource. For more information about directory bucket policies and permissions, see Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
HTTP Host header syntax
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is s3express-control.region.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to DeleteBucket:
Container for the necessary parameters to execute the DeleteBucket service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the DeleteBucket service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for DeleteBucket Operation
This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Deletes an analytics configuration for the bucket (specified by the analytics configuration ID). To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutAnalyticsConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources. For information about the Amazon S3 analytics feature, see Amazon S3 Analytics – Storage Class Analysis. The following operations are related to DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration: Container for the necessary parameters to execute the DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. This implementation of the DELETE action resets the default encryption for the bucket as server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3). For information about the bucket default encryption feature, see Amazon S3 Bucket Default Encryption in the Amazon S3 User Guide. To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutEncryptionConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to your Amazon S3 Resources in the Amazon S3 User Guide. The following operations are related to DeleteBucketEncryption: Container for the necessary parameters to execute the DeleteBucketEncryption service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the DeleteBucketEncryption service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for DeleteBucketEncryption Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Deletes the S3 Intelligent-Tiering configuration from the specified bucket. The S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class is designed to optimize storage costs by automatically moving data to the most cost-effective storage access tier, without performance impact or operational overhead. S3 Intelligent-Tiering delivers automatic cost savings in three low latency and high throughput access tiers. To get the lowest storage cost on data that can be accessed in minutes to hours, you can choose to activate additional archiving capabilities. The S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class is the ideal storage class for data with unknown, changing, or unpredictable access patterns, independent of object size or retention period. If the size of an object is less than 128 KB, it is not monitored and not eligible for auto-tiering. Smaller objects can be stored, but they are always charged at the Frequent Access tier rates in the S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class. For more information, see Storage class for automatically optimizing frequently and infrequently accessed objects. Operations related to DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration include: Container for the necessary parameters to execute the DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Deletes an inventory configuration (identified by the inventory ID) from the bucket. To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutInventoryConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources. For information about the Amazon S3 inventory feature, see Amazon S3 Inventory. Operations related to DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration include: Container for the necessary parameters to execute the DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Deletes a metrics configuration for the Amazon CloudWatch request metrics (specified by the metrics configuration ID) from the bucket. Note that this doesn't include the daily storage metrics. To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutMetricsConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources. For information about CloudWatch request metrics for Amazon S3, see Monitoring Metrics with Amazon CloudWatch. The following operations are related to DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration: Container for the necessary parameters to execute the DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Removes OwnershipControls for an Amazon S3 bucket. To use this operation, you must have the s3:PutBucketOwnershipControls permission. For more information about Amazon S3 permissions, see Specifying Permissions in a Policy. For information about Amazon S3 Object Ownership, see Using Object Ownership. The following operations are related to DeleteBucketOwnershipControls: Container for the necessary parameters to execute the DeleteBucketOwnershipControls service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the DeleteBucketOwnershipControls service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for DeleteBucketOwnershipControls Operation Deletes the policy of a specified bucket. Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Regional endpoint. These endpoints support path-style requests in the format https://s3express-control.region_code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name . Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Permissions
If you are using an identity other than the root user of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the bucket, the calling identity must both have the DeleteBucketPolicy permissions on the specified bucket and belong to the bucket owner's account in order to use this operation. If you don't have DeleteBucketPolicy permissions, Amazon S3 returns a 403 Access Denied error. If you have the correct permissions, but you're not using an identity that belongs to the bucket owner's account, Amazon S3 returns a 405 Method Not Allowed error. To ensure that bucket owners don't inadvertently lock themselves out of their own buckets, the root principal in a bucket owner's Amazon Web Services account can perform the GetBucketPolicy, PutBucketPolicy, and DeleteBucketPolicy API actions, even if their bucket policy explicitly denies the root principal's access. Bucket owner root principals can only be blocked from performing these API actions by VPC endpoint policies and Amazon Web Services Organizations policies.
  • General purpose bucket permissions - The s3:DeleteBucketPolicy permission is required in a policy. For more information about general purpose buckets bucket policies, see Using Bucket Policies and User Policies in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
  • Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation, you must have the s3express:DeleteBucketPolicy permission in an IAM identity-based policy instead of a bucket policy. Cross-account access to this API operation isn't supported. This operation can only be performed by the Amazon Web Services account that owns the resource. For more information about directory bucket policies and permissions, see Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
HTTP Host header syntax
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is s3express-control.region.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to DeleteBucketPolicy
The bucket name. Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, you must use path-style requests in the format https://s3express-control.region_code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name . Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. Directory bucket names must be unique in the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must also follow the format bucket_base_name--az_id--x-s3 (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az2--x-s3). For information about bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming rules in the Amazon S3 User Guide A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the DeleteBucketPolicy service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for DeleteBucketPolicy Operation
Deletes the policy of a specified bucket. Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Regional endpoint. These endpoints support path-style requests in the format https://s3express-control.region_code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name . Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Permissions
If you are using an identity other than the root user of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the bucket, the calling identity must both have the DeleteBucketPolicy permissions on the specified bucket and belong to the bucket owner's account in order to use this operation. If you don't have DeleteBucketPolicy permissions, Amazon S3 returns a 403 Access Denied error. If you have the correct permissions, but you're not using an identity that belongs to the bucket owner's account, Amazon S3 returns a 405 Method Not Allowed error. To ensure that bucket owners don't inadvertently lock themselves out of their own buckets, the root principal in a bucket owner's Amazon Web Services account can perform the GetBucketPolicy, PutBucketPolicy, and DeleteBucketPolicy API actions, even if their bucket policy explicitly denies the root principal's access. Bucket owner root principals can only be blocked from performing these API actions by VPC endpoint policies and Amazon Web Services Organizations policies.
  • General purpose bucket permissions - The s3:DeleteBucketPolicy permission is required in a policy. For more information about general purpose buckets bucket policies, see Using Bucket Policies and User Policies in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
  • Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation, you must have the s3express:DeleteBucketPolicy permission in an IAM identity-based policy instead of a bucket policy. Cross-account access to this API operation isn't supported. This operation can only be performed by the Amazon Web Services account that owns the resource. For more information about directory bucket policies and permissions, see Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
HTTP Host header syntax
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is s3express-control.region.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to DeleteBucketPolicy
Container for the necessary parameters to execute the DeleteBucketPolicy service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the DeleteBucketPolicy service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for DeleteBucketPolicy Operation
This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Deletes the replication configuration from the bucket. To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutReplicationConfiguration action. The bucket owner has these permissions by default and can grant it to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources. It can take a while for the deletion of a replication configuration to fully propagate. For information about replication configuration, see Replication in the Amazon S3 User Guide. The following operations are related to DeleteBucketReplication: Container for the necessary parameters to execute the DeleteBucketReplication service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the DeleteBucketReplication service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for DeleteBucketReplication Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Deletes the tags from the bucket. To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:PutBucketTagging action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant this permission to others. The following operations are related to DeleteBucketTagging: The bucket that has the tag set to be removed. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the DeleteBucketTagging service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for DeleteBucketTagging Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Deletes the tags from the bucket. To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:PutBucketTagging action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant this permission to others. The following operations are related to DeleteBucketTagging: Container for the necessary parameters to execute the DeleteBucketTagging service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the DeleteBucketTagging service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for DeleteBucketTagging Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. This action removes the website configuration for a bucket. Amazon S3 returns a 200 OK response upon successfully deleting a website configuration on the specified bucket. You will get a 200 OK response if the website configuration you are trying to delete does not exist on the bucket. Amazon S3 returns a 404 response if the bucket specified in the request does not exist. This DELETE action requires the S3:DeleteBucketWebsite permission. By default, only the bucket owner can delete the website configuration attached to a bucket. However, bucket owners can grant other users permission to delete the website configuration by writing a bucket policy granting them the S3:DeleteBucketWebsite permission. For more information about hosting websites, see Hosting Websites on Amazon S3. The following operations are related to DeleteBucketWebsite: The bucket name for which you want to remove the website configuration. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the DeleteBucketWebsite service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for DeleteBucketWebsite Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. This action removes the website configuration for a bucket. Amazon S3 returns a 200 OK response upon successfully deleting a website configuration on the specified bucket. You will get a 200 OK response if the website configuration you are trying to delete does not exist on the bucket. Amazon S3 returns a 404 response if the bucket specified in the request does not exist. This DELETE action requires the S3:DeleteBucketWebsite permission. By default, only the bucket owner can delete the website configuration attached to a bucket. However, bucket owners can grant other users permission to delete the website configuration by writing a bucket policy granting them the S3:DeleteBucketWebsite permission. For more information about hosting websites, see Hosting Websites on Amazon S3. The following operations are related to DeleteBucketWebsite: Container for the necessary parameters to execute the DeleteBucketWebsite service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the DeleteBucketWebsite service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for DeleteBucketWebsite Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Deletes the cors configuration information set for the bucket. To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:PutBucketCORS action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others. For information about cors, see Enabling Cross-Origin Resource Sharing in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Related Resources Specifies the bucket whose cors configuration is being deleted. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the DeleteCORSConfiguration service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for DeleteCORSConfiguration Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Deletes the cors configuration information set for the bucket. To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:PutBucketCORS action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others. For information about cors, see Enabling Cross-Origin Resource Sharing in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Related Resources Container for the necessary parameters to execute the DeleteCORSConfiguration service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the DeleteCORSConfiguration service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for DeleteCORSConfiguration Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Deletes the lifecycle configuration from the specified bucket. Amazon S3 removes all the lifecycle configuration rules in the lifecycle subresource associated with the bucket. Your objects never expire, and Amazon S3 no longer automatically deletes any objects on the basis of rules contained in the deleted lifecycle configuration. To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:PutLifecycleConfiguration action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and the bucket owner can grant this permission to others. There is usually some time lag before lifecycle configuration deletion is fully propagated to all the Amazon S3 systems. For more information about the object expiration, see Elements to Describe Lifecycle Actions. Related actions include: The bucket name of the lifecycle to delete. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the DeleteLifecycleConfiguration service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for DeleteLifecycleConfiguration Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Deletes the lifecycle configuration from the specified bucket. Amazon S3 removes all the lifecycle configuration rules in the lifecycle subresource associated with the bucket. Your objects never expire, and Amazon S3 no longer automatically deletes any objects on the basis of rules contained in the deleted lifecycle configuration. To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:PutLifecycleConfiguration action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and the bucket owner can grant this permission to others. There is usually some time lag before lifecycle configuration deletion is fully propagated to all the Amazon S3 systems. For more information about the object expiration, see Elements to Describe Lifecycle Actions. Related actions include: Container for the necessary parameters to execute the DeleteLifecycleConfiguration service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the DeleteLifecycleConfiguration service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for DeleteLifecycleConfiguration Operation Removes an object from a bucket. The behavior depends on the bucket's versioning state:
  • If versioning is enabled, the operation removes the null version (if there is one) of an object and inserts a delete marker, which becomes the latest version of the object. If there isn't a null version, Amazon S3 does not remove any objects but will still respond that the command was successful.
  • If versioning is suspended or not enabled, the operation permanently deletes the object.
  • Directory buckets - S3 Versioning isn't enabled and supported for directory buckets. For this API operation, only the null value of the version ID is supported by directory buckets. You can only specify null to the versionId query parameter in the request.
  • Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name . Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
To remove a specific version, you must use the versionId query parameter. Using this query parameter permanently deletes the version. If the object deleted is a delete marker, Amazon S3 sets the response header x-amz-delete-marker to true. If the object you want to delete is in a bucket where the bucket versioning configuration is MFA Delete enabled, you must include the x-amz-mfa request header in the DELETE versionId request. Requests that include x-amz-mfa must use HTTPS. For more information about MFA Delete, see Using MFA Delete in the Amazon S3 User Guide. To see sample requests that use versioning, see Sample Request. Directory buckets - MFA delete is not supported by directory buckets. You can delete objects by explicitly calling DELETE Object or calling (PutBucketLifecycle) to enable Amazon S3 to remove them for you. If you want to block users or accounts from removing or deleting objects from your bucket, you must deny them the s3:DeleteObject, s3:DeleteObjectVersion, and s3:PutLifeCycleConfiguration actions. Directory buckets - S3 Lifecycle is not supported by directory buckets.
Permissions
  • General purpose bucket permissions - The following permissions are required in your policies when your DeleteObjects request includes specific headers.
    • s3:DeleteObject - To delete an object from a bucket, you must always have the s3:DeleteObject permission.
    • s3:DeleteObjectVersion - To delete a specific version of an object from a versiong-enabled bucket, you must have the s3:DeleteObjectVersion permission.
  • Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession .
HTTP Host header syntax
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com.
The following action is related to DeleteObject:
The bucket name of the bucket containing the object. Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, you must use virtual-hosted-style requests in the format Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com. Path-style requests are not supported. Directory bucket names must be unique in the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must follow the format bucket_base_name--az-id--x-s3 (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az2--x-s3). For information about bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming rules in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points and Object Lambda access points are not supported by directory buckets. S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Key name of the object to delete. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the DeleteObject service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for DeleteObject Operation
Removes an object from a bucket. The behavior depends on the bucket's versioning state:
  • If versioning is enabled, the operation removes the null version (if there is one) of an object and inserts a delete marker, which becomes the latest version of the object. If there isn't a null version, Amazon S3 does not remove any objects but will still respond that the command was successful.
  • If versioning is suspended or not enabled, the operation permanently deletes the object.
  • Directory buckets - S3 Versioning isn't enabled and supported for directory buckets. For this API operation, only the null value of the version ID is supported by directory buckets. You can only specify null to the versionId query parameter in the request.
  • Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name . Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
To remove a specific version, you must use the versionId query parameter. Using this query parameter permanently deletes the version. If the object deleted is a delete marker, Amazon S3 sets the response header x-amz-delete-marker to true. If the object you want to delete is in a bucket where the bucket versioning configuration is MFA Delete enabled, you must include the x-amz-mfa request header in the DELETE versionId request. Requests that include x-amz-mfa must use HTTPS. For more information about MFA Delete, see Using MFA Delete in the Amazon S3 User Guide. To see sample requests that use versioning, see Sample Request. Directory buckets - MFA delete is not supported by directory buckets. You can delete objects by explicitly calling DELETE Object or calling (PutBucketLifecycle) to enable Amazon S3 to remove them for you. If you want to block users or accounts from removing or deleting objects from your bucket, you must deny them the s3:DeleteObject, s3:DeleteObjectVersion, and s3:PutLifeCycleConfiguration actions. Directory buckets - S3 Lifecycle is not supported by directory buckets.
Permissions
  • General purpose bucket permissions - The following permissions are required in your policies when your DeleteObjects request includes specific headers.
    • s3:DeleteObject - To delete an object from a bucket, you must always have the s3:DeleteObject permission.
    • s3:DeleteObjectVersion - To delete a specific version of an object from a versiong-enabled bucket, you must have the s3:DeleteObjectVersion permission.
  • Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession .
HTTP Host header syntax
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com.
The following action is related to DeleteObject:
The bucket name of the bucket containing the object. Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, you must use virtual-hosted-style requests in the format Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com. Path-style requests are not supported. Directory bucket names must be unique in the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must follow the format bucket_base_name--az-id--x-s3 (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az2--x-s3). For information about bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming rules in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points and Object Lambda access points are not supported by directory buckets. S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Key name of the object to delete. Version ID used to reference a specific version of the object. For directory buckets in this API operation, only the null value of the version ID is supported. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the DeleteObject service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for DeleteObject Operation
Removes an object from a bucket. The behavior depends on the bucket's versioning state:
  • If versioning is enabled, the operation removes the null version (if there is one) of an object and inserts a delete marker, which becomes the latest version of the object. If there isn't a null version, Amazon S3 does not remove any objects but will still respond that the command was successful.
  • If versioning is suspended or not enabled, the operation permanently deletes the object.
  • Directory buckets - S3 Versioning isn't enabled and supported for directory buckets. For this API operation, only the null value of the version ID is supported by directory buckets. You can only specify null to the versionId query parameter in the request.
  • Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name . Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
To remove a specific version, you must use the versionId query parameter. Using this query parameter permanently deletes the version. If the object deleted is a delete marker, Amazon S3 sets the response header x-amz-delete-marker to true. If the object you want to delete is in a bucket where the bucket versioning configuration is MFA Delete enabled, you must include the x-amz-mfa request header in the DELETE versionId request. Requests that include x-amz-mfa must use HTTPS. For more information about MFA Delete, see Using MFA Delete in the Amazon S3 User Guide. To see sample requests that use versioning, see Sample Request. Directory buckets - MFA delete is not supported by directory buckets. You can delete objects by explicitly calling DELETE Object or calling (PutBucketLifecycle) to enable Amazon S3 to remove them for you. If you want to block users or accounts from removing or deleting objects from your bucket, you must deny them the s3:DeleteObject, s3:DeleteObjectVersion, and s3:PutLifeCycleConfiguration actions. Directory buckets - S3 Lifecycle is not supported by directory buckets.
Permissions
  • General purpose bucket permissions - The following permissions are required in your policies when your DeleteObjects request includes specific headers.
    • s3:DeleteObject - To delete an object from a bucket, you must always have the s3:DeleteObject permission.
    • s3:DeleteObjectVersion - To delete a specific version of an object from a versiong-enabled bucket, you must have the s3:DeleteObjectVersion permission.
  • Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession .
HTTP Host header syntax
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com.
The following action is related to DeleteObject:
Container for the necessary parameters to execute the DeleteObject service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the DeleteObject service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for DeleteObject Operation
This operation enables you to delete multiple objects from a bucket using a single HTTP request. If you know the object keys that you want to delete, then this operation provides a suitable alternative to sending individual delete requests, reducing per-request overhead. The request can contain a list of up to 1000 keys that you want to delete. In the XML, you provide the object key names, and optionally, version IDs if you want to delete a specific version of the object from a versioning-enabled bucket. For each key, Amazon S3 performs a delete operation and returns the result of that delete, success or failure, in the response. Note that if the object specified in the request is not found, Amazon S3 returns the result as deleted.
  • Directory buckets - S3 Versioning isn't enabled and supported for directory buckets.
  • Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name . Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
The operation supports two modes for the response: verbose and quiet. By default, the operation uses verbose mode in which the response includes the result of deletion of each key in your request. In quiet mode the response includes only keys where the delete operation encountered an error. For a successful deletion in a quiet mode, the operation does not return any information about the delete in the response body. When performing this action on an MFA Delete enabled bucket, that attempts to delete any versioned objects, you must include an MFA token. If you do not provide one, the entire request will fail, even if there are non-versioned objects you are trying to delete. If you provide an invalid token, whether there are versioned keys in the request or not, the entire Multi-Object Delete request will fail. For information about MFA Delete, see MFA Delete in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Directory buckets - MFA delete is not supported by directory buckets.
Permissions
  • General purpose bucket permissions - The following permissions are required in your policies when your DeleteObjects request includes specific headers.
    • s3:DeleteObject - To delete an object from a bucket, you must always specify the s3:DeleteObject permission.
    • s3:DeleteObjectVersion - To delete a specific version of an object from a versiong-enabled bucket, you must specify the s3:DeleteObjectVersion permission.
  • Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession .
Content-MD5 request header
  • General purpose bucket - The Content-MD5 request header is required for all Multi-Object Delete requests. Amazon S3 uses the header value to ensure that your request body has not been altered in transit.
  • Directory bucket - The Content-MD5 request header or a additional checksum request header (including x-amz-checksum-crc32, x-amz-checksum-crc32c, x-amz-checksum-sha1, or x-amz-checksum-sha256) is required for all Multi-Object Delete requests.
HTTP Host header syntax
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to DeleteObjects:
Container for the necessary parameters to execute the DeleteObjects service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the DeleteObjects service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for DeleteObjects Operation
This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Removes the entire tag set from the specified object. For more information about managing object tags, see Object Tagging. To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:DeleteObjectTagging action. To delete tags of a specific object version, add the versionId query parameter in the request. You will need permission for the s3:DeleteObjectVersionTagging action. The following operations are related to DeleteObjectTagging: Container for the necessary parameters to execute the DeleteObjectTagging service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the DeleteObjectTagging service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for DeleteObjectTagging Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Removes the PublicAccessBlock configuration for an Amazon S3 bucket. To use this operation, you must have the s3:PutBucketPublicAccessBlock permission. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources. The following operations are related to DeletePublicAccessBlock: Container for the necessary parameters to execute the DeletePublicAccessBlock service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the DeletePublicAccessBlock service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for DeletePublicAccessBlock Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. This implementation of the GET action uses the acl subresource to return the access control list (ACL) of a bucket. To use GET to return the ACL of the bucket, you must have the READ_ACP access to the bucket. If READ_ACP permission is granted to the anonymous user, you can return the ACL of the bucket without using an authorization header. When you use this API operation with an access point, provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name. When you use this API operation with an Object Lambda access point, provide the alias of the Object Lambda access point in place of the bucket name. If the Object Lambda access point alias in a request is not valid, the error code InvalidAccessPointAliasError is returned. For more information about InvalidAccessPointAliasError, see List of Error Codes. If your bucket uses the bucket owner enforced setting for S3 Object Ownership, requests to read ACLs are still supported and return the bucket-owner-full-control ACL with the owner being the account that created the bucket. For more information, see Controlling object ownership and disabling ACLs in the Amazon S3 User Guide. The following operations are related to GetBucketAcl: Specifies the S3 bucket whose ACL is being requested. When you use this API operation with an access point, provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name. When you use this API operation with an Object Lambda access point, provide the alias of the Object Lambda access point in place of the bucket name. If the Object Lambda access point alias in a request is not valid, the error code InvalidAccessPointAliasError is returned. For more information about InvalidAccessPointAliasError, see List of Error Codes. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the GetACL service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for GetACL Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. This implementation of the GET action uses the acl subresource to return the access control list (ACL) of a bucket. To use GET to return the ACL of the bucket, you must have the READ_ACP access to the bucket. If READ_ACP permission is granted to the anonymous user, you can return the ACL of the bucket without using an authorization header. When you use this API operation with an access point, provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name. When you use this API operation with an Object Lambda access point, provide the alias of the Object Lambda access point in place of the bucket name. If the Object Lambda access point alias in a request is not valid, the error code InvalidAccessPointAliasError is returned. For more information about InvalidAccessPointAliasError, see List of Error Codes. If your bucket uses the bucket owner enforced setting for S3 Object Ownership, requests to read ACLs are still supported and return the bucket-owner-full-control ACL with the owner being the account that created the bucket. For more information, see Controlling object ownership and disabling ACLs in the Amazon S3 User Guide. The following operations are related to GetBucketAcl: Container for the necessary parameters to execute the GetACL service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the GetACL service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for GetACL Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. This implementation of the GET action uses the accelerate subresource to return the Transfer Acceleration state of a bucket, which is either Enabled or Suspended. Amazon S3 Transfer Acceleration is a bucket-level feature that enables you to perform faster data transfers to and from Amazon S3. To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:GetAccelerateConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to your Amazon S3 Resources in the Amazon S3 User Guide. You set the Transfer Acceleration state of an existing bucket to Enabled or Suspended by using the PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration operation. A GET accelerate request does not return a state value for a bucket that has no transfer acceleration state. A bucket has no Transfer Acceleration state if a state has never been set on the bucket. For more information about transfer acceleration, see Transfer Acceleration in the Amazon S3 User Guide. The following operations are related to GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration: The name of the bucket for which the accelerate configuration is retrieved. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. This implementation of the GET action uses the accelerate subresource to return the Transfer Acceleration state of a bucket, which is either Enabled or Suspended. Amazon S3 Transfer Acceleration is a bucket-level feature that enables you to perform faster data transfers to and from Amazon S3. To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:GetAccelerateConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to your Amazon S3 Resources in the Amazon S3 User Guide. You set the Transfer Acceleration state of an existing bucket to Enabled or Suspended by using the PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration operation. A GET accelerate request does not return a state value for a bucket that has no transfer acceleration state. A bucket has no Transfer Acceleration state if a state has never been set on the bucket. For more information about transfer acceleration, see Transfer Acceleration in the Amazon S3 User Guide. The following operations are related to GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration: Container for the necessary parameters to execute the GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. This implementation of the GET action returns an analytics configuration (identified by the analytics configuration ID) from the bucket. To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:GetAnalyticsConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For information about Amazon S3 analytics feature, see Amazon S3 Analytics – Storage Class Analysis in the Amazon S3 User Guide. The following operations are related to GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration: Container for the necessary parameters to execute the GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Returns the default encryption configuration for an Amazon S3 bucket. By default, all buckets have a default encryption configuration that uses server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3). For information about the bucket default encryption feature, see Amazon S3 Bucket Default Encryption in the Amazon S3 User Guide. To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:GetEncryptionConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources. The following operations are related to GetBucketEncryption: Container for the necessary parameters to execute the GetBucketEncryption service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the GetBucketEncryption service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for GetBucketEncryption Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Gets the S3 Intelligent-Tiering configuration from the specified bucket. The S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class is designed to optimize storage costs by automatically moving data to the most cost-effective storage access tier, without performance impact or operational overhead. S3 Intelligent-Tiering delivers automatic cost savings in three low latency and high throughput access tiers. To get the lowest storage cost on data that can be accessed in minutes to hours, you can choose to activate additional archiving capabilities. The S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class is the ideal storage class for data with unknown, changing, or unpredictable access patterns, independent of object size or retention period. If the size of an object is less than 128 KB, it is not monitored and not eligible for auto-tiering. Smaller objects can be stored, but they are always charged at the Frequent Access tier rates in the S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class. For more information, see Storage class for automatically optimizing frequently and infrequently accessed objects. Operations related to GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration include: Container for the necessary parameters to execute the GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Returns an inventory configuration (identified by the inventory configuration ID) from the bucket. To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:GetInventoryConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources. For information about the Amazon S3 inventory feature, see Amazon S3 Inventory. The following operations are related to GetBucketInventoryConfiguration: Container for the necessary parameters to execute the GetBucketInventoryConfiguration service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the GetBucketInventoryConfiguration service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for GetBucketInventoryConfiguration Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Returns the Region the bucket resides in. You set the bucket's Region using the LocationConstraint request parameter in a CreateBucket request. For more information, see CreateBucket. When you use this API operation with an access point, provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name. When you use this API operation with an Object Lambda access point, provide the alias of the Object Lambda access point in place of the bucket name. If the Object Lambda access point alias in a request is not valid, the error code InvalidAccessPointAliasError is returned. For more information about InvalidAccessPointAliasError, see List of Error Codes. We recommend that you use HeadBucket to return the Region that a bucket resides in. For backward compatibility, Amazon S3 continues to support GetBucketLocation. The following operations are related to GetBucketLocation: The name of the bucket for which to get the location. When you use this API operation with an access point, provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name. When you use this API operation with an Object Lambda access point, provide the alias of the Object Lambda access point in place of the bucket name. If the Object Lambda access point alias in a request is not valid, the error code InvalidAccessPointAliasError is returned. For more information about InvalidAccessPointAliasError, see List of Error Codes. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the GetBucketLocation service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for GetBucketLocation Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Returns the Region the bucket resides in. You set the bucket's Region using the LocationConstraint request parameter in a CreateBucket request. For more information, see CreateBucket. When you use this API operation with an access point, provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name. When you use this API operation with an Object Lambda access point, provide the alias of the Object Lambda access point in place of the bucket name. If the Object Lambda access point alias in a request is not valid, the error code InvalidAccessPointAliasError is returned. For more information about InvalidAccessPointAliasError, see List of Error Codes. We recommend that you use HeadBucket to return the Region that a bucket resides in. For backward compatibility, Amazon S3 continues to support GetBucketLocation. The following operations are related to GetBucketLocation: Container for the necessary parameters to execute the GetBucketLocation service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the GetBucketLocation service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for GetBucketLocation Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Returns the logging status of a bucket and the permissions users have to view and modify that status. The following operations are related to GetBucketLogging: The bucket name for which to get the logging information. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the GetBucketLogging service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for GetBucketLogging Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Returns the logging status of a bucket and the permissions users have to view and modify that status. The following operations are related to GetBucketLogging: Container for the necessary parameters to execute the GetBucketLogging service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the GetBucketLogging service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for GetBucketLogging Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Gets a metrics configuration (specified by the metrics configuration ID) from the bucket. Note that this doesn't include the daily storage metrics. To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:GetMetricsConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources. For information about CloudWatch request metrics for Amazon S3, see Monitoring Metrics with Amazon CloudWatch. The following operations are related to GetBucketMetricsConfiguration: Container for the necessary parameters to execute the GetBucketMetricsConfiguration service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the GetBucketMetricsConfiguration service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for GetBucketMetricsConfiguration Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Returns the notification configuration of a bucket. If notifications are not enabled on the bucket, the action returns an empty NotificationConfiguration element. By default, you must be the bucket owner to read the notification configuration of a bucket. However, the bucket owner can use a bucket policy to grant permission to other users to read this configuration with the s3:GetBucketNotification permission. When you use this API operation with an access point, provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name. When you use this API operation with an Object Lambda access point, provide the alias of the Object Lambda access point in place of the bucket name. If the Object Lambda access point alias in a request is not valid, the error code InvalidAccessPointAliasError is returned. For more information about InvalidAccessPointAliasError, see List of Error Codes. For more information about setting and reading the notification configuration on a bucket, see Setting Up Notification of Bucket Events. For more information about bucket policies, see Using Bucket Policies. The following action is related to GetBucketNotification: The name of the bucket for which to get the notification configuration. When you use this API operation with an access point, provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name. When you use this API operation with an Object Lambda access point, provide the alias of the Object Lambda access point in place of the bucket name. If the Object Lambda access point alias in a request is not valid, the error code InvalidAccessPointAliasError is returned. For more information about InvalidAccessPointAliasError, see List of Error Codes. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the GetBucketNotification service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for GetBucketNotification Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Returns the notification configuration of a bucket. If notifications are not enabled on the bucket, the action returns an empty NotificationConfiguration element. By default, you must be the bucket owner to read the notification configuration of a bucket. However, the bucket owner can use a bucket policy to grant permission to other users to read this configuration with the s3:GetBucketNotification permission. When you use this API operation with an access point, provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name. When you use this API operation with an Object Lambda access point, provide the alias of the Object Lambda access point in place of the bucket name. If the Object Lambda access point alias in a request is not valid, the error code InvalidAccessPointAliasError is returned. For more information about InvalidAccessPointAliasError, see List of Error Codes. For more information about setting and reading the notification configuration on a bucket, see Setting Up Notification of Bucket Events. For more information about bucket policies, see Using Bucket Policies. The following action is related to GetBucketNotification: Container for the necessary parameters to execute the GetBucketNotification service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the GetBucketNotification service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for GetBucketNotification Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Retrieves OwnershipControls for an Amazon S3 bucket. To use this operation, you must have the s3:GetBucketOwnershipControls permission. For more information about Amazon S3 permissions, see Specifying permissions in a policy. For information about Amazon S3 Object Ownership, see Using Object Ownership. The following operations are related to GetBucketOwnershipControls: Container for the necessary parameters to execute the GetBucketOwnershipControls service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the GetBucketOwnershipControls service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for GetBucketOwnershipControls Operation Returns the policy of a specified bucket. Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Regional endpoint. These endpoints support path-style requests in the format https://s3express-control.region_code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name . Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Permissions
If you are using an identity other than the root user of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the bucket, the calling identity must both have the GetBucketPolicy permissions on the specified bucket and belong to the bucket owner's account in order to use this operation. If you don't have GetBucketPolicy permissions, Amazon S3 returns a 403 Access Denied error. If you have the correct permissions, but you're not using an identity that belongs to the bucket owner's account, Amazon S3 returns a 405 Method Not Allowed error. To ensure that bucket owners don't inadvertently lock themselves out of their own buckets, the root principal in a bucket owner's Amazon Web Services account can perform the GetBucketPolicy, PutBucketPolicy, and DeleteBucketPolicy API actions, even if their bucket policy explicitly denies the root principal's access. Bucket owner root principals can only be blocked from performing these API actions by VPC endpoint policies and Amazon Web Services Organizations policies.
  • General purpose bucket permissions - The s3:GetBucketPolicy permission is required in a policy. For more information about general purpose buckets bucket policies, see Using Bucket Policies and User Policies in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
  • Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation, you must have the s3express:GetBucketPolicy permission in an IAM identity-based policy instead of a bucket policy. Cross-account access to this API operation isn't supported. This operation can only be performed by the Amazon Web Services account that owns the resource. For more information about directory bucket policies and permissions, see Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Example bucket policies
General purpose buckets example bucket policies - See Bucket policy examples in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Directory bucket example bucket policies - See Example bucket policies for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
HTTP Host header syntax
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is s3express-control.region.amazonaws.com.
The following action is related to GetBucketPolicy:
The bucket name to get the bucket policy for. Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, you must use path-style requests in the format https://s3express-control.region_code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name . Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. Directory bucket names must be unique in the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must also follow the format bucket_base_name--az_id--x-s3 (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az2--x-s3). For information about bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming rules in the Amazon S3 User Guide Access points - When you use this API operation with an access point, provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name. Object Lambda access points - When you use this API operation with an Object Lambda access point, provide the alias of the Object Lambda access point in place of the bucket name. If the Object Lambda access point alias in a request is not valid, the error code InvalidAccessPointAliasError is returned. For more information about InvalidAccessPointAliasError, see List of Error Codes. Access points and Object Lambda access points are not supported by directory buckets. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the GetBucketPolicy service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for GetBucketPolicy Operation
Returns the policy of a specified bucket. Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Regional endpoint. These endpoints support path-style requests in the format https://s3express-control.region_code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name . Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Permissions
If you are using an identity other than the root user of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the bucket, the calling identity must both have the GetBucketPolicy permissions on the specified bucket and belong to the bucket owner's account in order to use this operation. If you don't have GetBucketPolicy permissions, Amazon S3 returns a 403 Access Denied error. If you have the correct permissions, but you're not using an identity that belongs to the bucket owner's account, Amazon S3 returns a 405 Method Not Allowed error. To ensure that bucket owners don't inadvertently lock themselves out of their own buckets, the root principal in a bucket owner's Amazon Web Services account can perform the GetBucketPolicy, PutBucketPolicy, and DeleteBucketPolicy API actions, even if their bucket policy explicitly denies the root principal's access. Bucket owner root principals can only be blocked from performing these API actions by VPC endpoint policies and Amazon Web Services Organizations policies.
  • General purpose bucket permissions - The s3:GetBucketPolicy permission is required in a policy. For more information about general purpose buckets bucket policies, see Using Bucket Policies and User Policies in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
  • Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation, you must have the s3express:GetBucketPolicy permission in an IAM identity-based policy instead of a bucket policy. Cross-account access to this API operation isn't supported. This operation can only be performed by the Amazon Web Services account that owns the resource. For more information about directory bucket policies and permissions, see Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Example bucket policies
General purpose buckets example bucket policies - See Bucket policy examples in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Directory bucket example bucket policies - See Example bucket policies for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
HTTP Host header syntax
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is s3express-control.region.amazonaws.com.
The following action is related to GetBucketPolicy:
Container for the necessary parameters to execute the GetBucketPolicy service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the GetBucketPolicy service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for GetBucketPolicy Operation
This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Retrieves the policy status for an Amazon S3 bucket, indicating whether the bucket is public. In order to use this operation, you must have the s3:GetBucketPolicyStatus permission. For more information about Amazon S3 permissions, see Specifying Permissions in a Policy. For more information about when Amazon S3 considers a bucket public, see The Meaning of "Public". The following operations are related to GetBucketPolicyStatus: Container for the necessary parameters to execute the GetBucketPolicyStatus service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the GetBucketPolicyStatus service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for GetBucketPolicyStatus Operation Retrieves the replication configuration for the given Amazon S3 bucket. Container for the necessary parameters to execute the GetBucketReplication service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the GetBucketReplication service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for GetBucketReplication Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Returns the request payment configuration of a bucket. To use this version of the operation, you must be the bucket owner. For more information, see Requester Pays Buckets. The following operations are related to GetBucketRequestPayment: The name of the bucket for which to get the payment request configuration A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the GetBucketRequestPayment service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for GetBucketRequestPayment Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Returns the request payment configuration of a bucket. To use this version of the operation, you must be the bucket owner. For more information, see Requester Pays Buckets. The following operations are related to GetBucketRequestPayment: Container for the necessary parameters to execute the GetBucketRequestPayment service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the GetBucketRequestPayment service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for GetBucketRequestPayment Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Returns the tag set associated with the bucket. To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:GetBucketTagging action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant this permission to others. GetBucketTagging has the following special error:
  • Error code: NoSuchTagSet
    • Description: There is no tag set associated with the bucket.
The following operations are related to GetBucketTagging:
Container for the necessary parameters to execute the GetBucketTagging service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the GetBucketTagging service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for GetBucketTagging Operation
This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Returns the versioning state of a bucket. To retrieve the versioning state of a bucket, you must be the bucket owner. This implementation also returns the MFA Delete status of the versioning state. If the MFA Delete status is enabled, the bucket owner must use an authentication device to change the versioning state of the bucket. The following operations are related to GetBucketVersioning: The name of the bucket for which to get the versioning information. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the GetBucketVersioning service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for GetBucketVersioning Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Returns the versioning state of a bucket. To retrieve the versioning state of a bucket, you must be the bucket owner. This implementation also returns the MFA Delete status of the versioning state. If the MFA Delete status is enabled, the bucket owner must use an authentication device to change the versioning state of the bucket. The following operations are related to GetBucketVersioning: Container for the necessary parameters to execute the GetBucketVersioning service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the GetBucketVersioning service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for GetBucketVersioning Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Returns the website configuration for a bucket. To host website on Amazon S3, you can configure a bucket as website by adding a website configuration. For more information about hosting websites, see Hosting Websites on Amazon S3. This GET action requires the S3:GetBucketWebsite permission. By default, only the bucket owner can read the bucket website configuration. However, bucket owners can allow other users to read the website configuration by writing a bucket policy granting them the S3:GetBucketWebsite permission. The following operations are related to GetBucketWebsite: The bucket name for which to get the website configuration. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the GetBucketWebsite service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for GetBucketWebsite Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Returns the website configuration for a bucket. To host website on Amazon S3, you can configure a bucket as website by adding a website configuration. For more information about hosting websites, see Hosting Websites on Amazon S3. This GET action requires the S3:GetBucketWebsite permission. By default, only the bucket owner can read the bucket website configuration. However, bucket owners can allow other users to read the website configuration by writing a bucket policy granting them the S3:GetBucketWebsite permission. The following operations are related to GetBucketWebsite: Container for the necessary parameters to execute the GetBucketWebsite service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the GetBucketWebsite service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for GetBucketWebsite Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Returns the Cross-Origin Resource Sharing (CORS) configuration information set for the bucket. To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:GetBucketCORS action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant it to others. When you use this API operation with an access point, provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name. When you use this API operation with an Object Lambda access point, provide the alias of the Object Lambda access point in place of the bucket name. If the Object Lambda access point alias in a request is not valid, the error code InvalidAccessPointAliasError is returned. For more information about InvalidAccessPointAliasError, see List of Error Codes. For more information about CORS, see Enabling Cross-Origin Resource Sharing. The following operations are related to GetBucketCors: The bucket name for which to get the cors configuration. When you use this API operation with an access point, provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name. When you use this API operation with an Object Lambda access point, provide the alias of the Object Lambda access point in place of the bucket name. If the Object Lambda access point alias in a request is not valid, the error code InvalidAccessPointAliasError is returned. For more information about InvalidAccessPointAliasError, see List of Error Codes. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the GetCORSConfiguration service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for GetCORSConfiguration Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Returns the Cross-Origin Resource Sharing (CORS) configuration information set for the bucket. To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:GetBucketCORS action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant it to others. When you use this API operation with an access point, provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name. When you use this API operation with an Object Lambda access point, provide the alias of the Object Lambda access point in place of the bucket name. If the Object Lambda access point alias in a request is not valid, the error code InvalidAccessPointAliasError is returned. For more information about InvalidAccessPointAliasError, see List of Error Codes. For more information about CORS, see Enabling Cross-Origin Resource Sharing. The following operations are related to GetBucketCors: Container for the necessary parameters to execute the GetCORSConfiguration service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the GetCORSConfiguration service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for GetCORSConfiguration Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Bucket lifecycle configuration now supports specifying a lifecycle rule using an object key name prefix, one or more object tags, or a combination of both. Accordingly, this section describes the latest API. The response describes the new filter element that you can use to specify a filter to select a subset of objects to which the rule applies. If you are using a previous version of the lifecycle configuration, it still works. For the earlier action, see GetBucketLifecycle. Returns the lifecycle configuration information set on the bucket. For information about lifecycle configuration, see Object Lifecycle Management. To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:GetLifecycleConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission, by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources. GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration has the following special error:
  • Error code: NoSuchLifecycleConfiguration
    • Description: The lifecycle configuration does not exist.
    • HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found
    • SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
The following operations are related to GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration:
The name of the bucket for which to get the lifecycle information. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the GetLifecycleConfiguration service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for GetLifecycleConfiguration Operation
This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Bucket lifecycle configuration now supports specifying a lifecycle rule using an object key name prefix, one or more object tags, or a combination of both. Accordingly, this section describes the latest API. The response describes the new filter element that you can use to specify a filter to select a subset of objects to which the rule applies. If you are using a previous version of the lifecycle configuration, it still works. For the earlier action, see GetBucketLifecycle. Returns the lifecycle configuration information set on the bucket. For information about lifecycle configuration, see Object Lifecycle Management. To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:GetLifecycleConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission, by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources. GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration has the following special error:
  • Error code: NoSuchLifecycleConfiguration
    • Description: The lifecycle configuration does not exist.
    • HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found
    • SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
The following operations are related to GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration:
Container for the necessary parameters to execute the GetLifecycleConfiguration service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the GetLifecycleConfiguration service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for GetLifecycleConfiguration Operation
Retrieves an object from Amazon S3. In the GetObject request, specify the full key name for the object. General purpose buckets - Both the virtual-hosted-style requests and the path-style requests are supported. For a virtual hosted-style request example, if you have the object photos/2006/February/sample.jpg, specify the object key name as /photos/2006/February/sample.jpg. For a path-style request example, if you have the object photos/2006/February/sample.jpg in the bucket named examplebucket, specify the object key name as /examplebucket/photos/2006/February/sample.jpg. For more information about request types, see HTTP Host Header Bucket Specification in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Directory buckets - Only virtual-hosted-style requests are supported. For a virtual hosted-style request example, if you have the object photos/2006/February/sample.jpg in the bucket named examplebucket--use1-az5--x-s3, specify the object key name as /photos/2006/February/sample.jpg. Also, when you make requests to this API operation, your requests are sent to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name . Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Permissions
  • General purpose bucket permissions - You must have the required permissions in a policy. To use GetObject, you must have the READ access to the object (or version). If you grant READ access to the anonymous user, the GetObject operation returns the object without using an authorization header. For more information, see Specifying permissions in a policy in the Amazon S3 User Guide. If you include a versionId in your request header, you must have the s3:GetObjectVersion permission to access a specific version of an object. The s3:GetObject permission is not required in this scenario. If you request the current version of an object without a specific versionId in the request header, only the s3:GetObject permission is required. The s3:GetObjectVersion permission is not required in this scenario. If the object that you request doesn’t exist, the error that Amazon S3 returns depends on whether you also have the s3:ListBucket permission.
    • If you have the s3:ListBucket permission on the bucket, Amazon S3 returns an HTTP status code 404 Not Found error.
    • If you don’t have the s3:ListBucket permission, Amazon S3 returns an HTTP status code 403 Access Denied error.
  • Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession .
Storage classes
If the object you are retrieving is stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval storage class, the S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class, the S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive Access tier, or the S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive Access tier, before you can retrieve the object you must first restore a copy using RestoreObject. Otherwise, this operation returns an InvalidObjectState error. For information about restoring archived objects, see Restoring Archived Objects in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Directory buckets - For directory buckets, only the S3 Express One Zone storage class is supported to store newly created objects. Unsupported storage class values won't write a destination object and will respond with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request.
Encryption
Encryption request headers, like x-amz-server-side-encryption, should not be sent for the GetObject requests, if your object uses server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed encryption keys (SSE-S3), server-side encryption with Key Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS), or dual-layer server-side encryption with Amazon Web Services KMS keys (DSSE-KMS). If you include the header in your GetObject requests for the object that uses these types of keys, you’ll get an HTTP 400 Bad Request error.
Overriding response header values through the request
There are times when you want to override certain response header values of a GetObject response. For example, you might override the Content-Disposition response header value through your GetObject request. You can override values for a set of response headers. These modified response header values are included only in a successful response, that is, when the HTTP status code 200 OK is returned. The headers you can override using the following query parameters in the request are a subset of the headers that Amazon S3 accepts when you create an object. The response headers that you can override for the GetObject response are Cache-Control, Content-Disposition, Content-Encoding, Content-Language, Content-Type, and Expires. To override values for a set of response headers in the GetObject response, you can use the following query parameters in the request.
  • response-cache-control
  • response-content-disposition
  • response-content-encoding
  • response-content-language
  • response-content-type
  • response-expires
When you use these parameters, you must sign the request by using either an Authorization header or a presigned URL. These parameters cannot be used with an unsigned (anonymous) request.
HTTP Host header syntax
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to GetObject:
The bucket name containing the object. Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, you must use virtual-hosted-style requests in the format Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com. Path-style requests are not supported. Directory bucket names must be unique in the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must follow the format bucket_base_name--az-id--x-s3 (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az2--x-s3). For information about bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming rules in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Object Lambda access points - When you use this action with an Object Lambda access point, you must direct requests to the Object Lambda access point hostname. The Object Lambda access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-object-lambda.Region.amazonaws.com. Access points and Object Lambda access points are not supported by directory buckets. S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Key of the object to get. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the GetObject service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for GetObject Operation
Retrieves an object from Amazon S3. In the GetObject request, specify the full key name for the object. General purpose buckets - Both the virtual-hosted-style requests and the path-style requests are supported. For a virtual hosted-style request example, if you have the object photos/2006/February/sample.jpg, specify the object key name as /photos/2006/February/sample.jpg. For a path-style request example, if you have the object photos/2006/February/sample.jpg in the bucket named examplebucket, specify the object key name as /examplebucket/photos/2006/February/sample.jpg. For more information about request types, see HTTP Host Header Bucket Specification in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Directory buckets - Only virtual-hosted-style requests are supported. For a virtual hosted-style request example, if you have the object photos/2006/February/sample.jpg in the bucket named examplebucket--use1-az5--x-s3, specify the object key name as /photos/2006/February/sample.jpg. Also, when you make requests to this API operation, your requests are sent to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name . Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Permissions
  • General purpose bucket permissions - You must have the required permissions in a policy. To use GetObject, you must have the READ access to the object (or version). If you grant READ access to the anonymous user, the GetObject operation returns the object without using an authorization header. For more information, see Specifying permissions in a policy in the Amazon S3 User Guide. If you include a versionId in your request header, you must have the s3:GetObjectVersion permission to access a specific version of an object. The s3:GetObject permission is not required in this scenario. If you request the current version of an object without a specific versionId in the request header, only the s3:GetObject permission is required. The s3:GetObjectVersion permission is not required in this scenario. If the object that you request doesn’t exist, the error that Amazon S3 returns depends on whether you also have the s3:ListBucket permission.
    • If you have the s3:ListBucket permission on the bucket, Amazon S3 returns an HTTP status code 404 Not Found error.
    • If you don’t have the s3:ListBucket permission, Amazon S3 returns an HTTP status code 403 Access Denied error.
  • Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession .
Storage classes
If the object you are retrieving is stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval storage class, the S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class, the S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive Access tier, or the S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive Access tier, before you can retrieve the object you must first restore a copy using RestoreObject. Otherwise, this operation returns an InvalidObjectState error. For information about restoring archived objects, see Restoring Archived Objects in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Directory buckets - For directory buckets, only the S3 Express One Zone storage class is supported to store newly created objects. Unsupported storage class values won't write a destination object and will respond with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request.
Encryption
Encryption request headers, like x-amz-server-side-encryption, should not be sent for the GetObject requests, if your object uses server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed encryption keys (SSE-S3), server-side encryption with Key Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS), or dual-layer server-side encryption with Amazon Web Services KMS keys (DSSE-KMS). If you include the header in your GetObject requests for the object that uses these types of keys, you’ll get an HTTP 400 Bad Request error.
Overriding response header values through the request
There are times when you want to override certain response header values of a GetObject response. For example, you might override the Content-Disposition response header value through your GetObject request. You can override values for a set of response headers. These modified response header values are included only in a successful response, that is, when the HTTP status code 200 OK is returned. The headers you can override using the following query parameters in the request are a subset of the headers that Amazon S3 accepts when you create an object. The response headers that you can override for the GetObject response are Cache-Control, Content-Disposition, Content-Encoding, Content-Language, Content-Type, and Expires. To override values for a set of response headers in the GetObject response, you can use the following query parameters in the request.
  • response-cache-control
  • response-content-disposition
  • response-content-encoding
  • response-content-language
  • response-content-type
  • response-expires
When you use these parameters, you must sign the request by using either an Authorization header or a presigned URL. These parameters cannot be used with an unsigned (anonymous) request.
HTTP Host header syntax
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to GetObject:
The bucket name containing the object. Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, you must use virtual-hosted-style requests in the format Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com. Path-style requests are not supported. Directory bucket names must be unique in the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must follow the format bucket_base_name--az-id--x-s3 (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az2--x-s3). For information about bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming rules in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Object Lambda access points - When you use this action with an Object Lambda access point, you must direct requests to the Object Lambda access point hostname. The Object Lambda access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-object-lambda.Region.amazonaws.com. Access points and Object Lambda access points are not supported by directory buckets. S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Key of the object to get. Version ID used to reference a specific version of the object. By default, the GetObject operation returns the current version of an object. To return a different version, use the versionId subresource.
  • If you include a versionId in your request header, you must have the s3:GetObjectVersion permission to access a specific version of an object. The s3:GetObject permission is not required in this scenario.
  • If you request the current version of an object without a specific versionId in the request header, only the s3:GetObject permission is required. The s3:GetObjectVersion permission is not required in this scenario.
  • Directory buckets - S3 Versioning isn't enabled and supported for directory buckets. For this API operation, only the null value of the version ID is supported by directory buckets. You can only specify null to the versionId query parameter in the request.
For more information about versioning, see PutBucketVersioning. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the GetObject service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for GetObject Operation
Retrieves an object from Amazon S3. In the GetObject request, specify the full key name for the object. General purpose buckets - Both the virtual-hosted-style requests and the path-style requests are supported. For a virtual hosted-style request example, if you have the object photos/2006/February/sample.jpg, specify the object key name as /photos/2006/February/sample.jpg. For a path-style request example, if you have the object photos/2006/February/sample.jpg in the bucket named examplebucket, specify the object key name as /examplebucket/photos/2006/February/sample.jpg. For more information about request types, see HTTP Host Header Bucket Specification in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Directory buckets - Only virtual-hosted-style requests are supported. For a virtual hosted-style request example, if you have the object photos/2006/February/sample.jpg in the bucket named examplebucket--use1-az5--x-s3, specify the object key name as /photos/2006/February/sample.jpg. Also, when you make requests to this API operation, your requests are sent to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name . Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Permissions
  • General purpose bucket permissions - You must have the required permissions in a policy. To use GetObject, you must have the READ access to the object (or version). If you grant READ access to the anonymous user, the GetObject operation returns the object without using an authorization header. For more information, see Specifying permissions in a policy in the Amazon S3 User Guide. If you include a versionId in your request header, you must have the s3:GetObjectVersion permission to access a specific version of an object. The s3:GetObject permission is not required in this scenario. If you request the current version of an object without a specific versionId in the request header, only the s3:GetObject permission is required. The s3:GetObjectVersion permission is not required in this scenario. If the object that you request doesn’t exist, the error that Amazon S3 returns depends on whether you also have the s3:ListBucket permission.
    • If you have the s3:ListBucket permission on the bucket, Amazon S3 returns an HTTP status code 404 Not Found error.
    • If you don’t have the s3:ListBucket permission, Amazon S3 returns an HTTP status code 403 Access Denied error.
  • Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession .
Storage classes
If the object you are retrieving is stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval storage class, the S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class, the S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive Access tier, or the S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive Access tier, before you can retrieve the object you must first restore a copy using RestoreObject. Otherwise, this operation returns an InvalidObjectState error. For information about restoring archived objects, see Restoring Archived Objects in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Directory buckets - For directory buckets, only the S3 Express One Zone storage class is supported to store newly created objects. Unsupported storage class values won't write a destination object and will respond with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request.
Encryption
Encryption request headers, like x-amz-server-side-encryption, should not be sent for the GetObject requests, if your object uses server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed encryption keys (SSE-S3), server-side encryption with Key Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS), or dual-layer server-side encryption with Amazon Web Services KMS keys (DSSE-KMS). If you include the header in your GetObject requests for the object that uses these types of keys, you’ll get an HTTP 400 Bad Request error.
Overriding response header values through the request
There are times when you want to override certain response header values of a GetObject response. For example, you might override the Content-Disposition response header value through your GetObject request. You can override values for a set of response headers. These modified response header values are included only in a successful response, that is, when the HTTP status code 200 OK is returned. The headers you can override using the following query parameters in the request are a subset of the headers that Amazon S3 accepts when you create an object. The response headers that you can override for the GetObject response are Cache-Control, Content-Disposition, Content-Encoding, Content-Language, Content-Type, and Expires. To override values for a set of response headers in the GetObject response, you can use the following query parameters in the request.
  • response-cache-control
  • response-content-disposition
  • response-content-encoding
  • response-content-language
  • response-content-type
  • response-expires
When you use these parameters, you must sign the request by using either an Authorization header or a presigned URL. These parameters cannot be used with an unsigned (anonymous) request.
HTTP Host header syntax
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to GetObject:
Container for the necessary parameters to execute the GetObject service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the GetObject service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for GetObject Operation
Retrieves all the metadata from an object without returning the object itself. This operation is useful if you're interested only in an object's metadata. GetObjectAttributes combines the functionality of HeadObject and ListParts. All of the data returned with each of those individual calls can be returned with a single call to GetObjectAttributes. Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name . Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Permissions
  • General purpose bucket permissions - To use GetObjectAttributes, you must have READ access to the object. The permissions that you need to use this operation with depend on whether the bucket is versioned. If the bucket is versioned, you need both the s3:GetObjectVersion and s3:GetObjectVersionAttributes permissions for this operation. If the bucket is not versioned, you need the s3:GetObject and s3:GetObjectAttributes permissions. For more information, see Specifying Permissions in a Policy in the Amazon S3 User Guide. If the object that you request does not exist, the error Amazon S3 returns depends on whether you also have the s3:ListBucket permission.
    • If you have the s3:ListBucket permission on the bucket, Amazon S3 returns an HTTP status code 404 Not Found ("no such key") error.
    • If you don't have the s3:ListBucket permission, Amazon S3 returns an HTTP status code 403 Forbidden ("access denied") error.
  • Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession .
Encryption
Encryption request headers, like x-amz-server-side-encryption, should not be sent for HEAD requests if your object uses server-side encryption with Key Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS), dual-layer server-side encryption with Amazon Web Services KMS keys (DSSE-KMS), or server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed encryption keys (SSE-S3). The x-amz-server-side-encryption header is used when you PUT an object to S3 and want to specify the encryption method. If you include this header in a GET request for an object that uses these types of keys, you’ll get an HTTP 400 Bad Request error. It's because the encryption method can't be changed when you retrieve the object. If you encrypt an object by using server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C) when you store the object in Amazon S3, then when you retrieve the metadata from the object, you must use the following headers to provide the encryption key for the server to be able to retrieve the object's metadata. The headers are:
  • x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm
  • x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key
  • x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5
For more information about SSE-C, see Server-Side Encryption (Using Customer-Provided Encryption Keys) in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Directory bucket permissions - For directory buckets, only server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) (AES256) is supported.
Versioning
Directory buckets - S3 Versioning isn't enabled and supported for directory buckets. For this API operation, only the null value of the version ID is supported by directory buckets. You can only specify null to the versionId query parameter in the request.
Conditional request headers
Consider the following when using request headers:
  • If both of the If-Match and If-Unmodified-Since headers are present in the request as follows, then Amazon S3 returns the HTTP status code 200 OK and the data requested:
    • If-Match condition evaluates to true.
    • If-Unmodified-Since condition evaluates to false.
    For more information about conditional requests, see RFC 7232.
  • If both of the If-None-Match and If-Modified-Since headers are present in the request as follows, then Amazon S3 returns the HTTP status code 304 Not Modified:
    • If-None-Match condition evaluates to false.
    • If-Modified-Since condition evaluates to true.
    For more information about conditional requests, see RFC 7232.
HTTP Host header syntax
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com.
The following actions are related to GetObjectAttributes:
Container for the necessary parameters to execute the GetObjectAttributes service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the GetObjectAttributes service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for GetObjectAttributes Operation
This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Gets an object's current legal hold status. For more information, see Locking Objects. This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts. The following action is related to GetObjectLegalHold: Container for the necessary parameters to execute the GetObjectLegalHold service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the GetObjectLegalHold service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for GetObjectLegalHold Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Gets the Object Lock configuration for a bucket. The rule specified in the Object Lock configuration will be applied by default to every new object placed in the specified bucket. For more information, see Locking Objects. The following action is related to GetObjectLockConfiguration: Container for the necessary parameters to execute the GetObjectLockConfiguration service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the GetObjectLockConfiguration service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for GetObjectLockConfiguration Operation The HEAD operation retrieves metadata from an object without returning the object itself. This operation is useful if you're interested only in an object's metadata. A HEAD request has the same options as a GET operation on an object. The response is identical to the GET response except that there is no response body. Because of this, if the HEAD request generates an error, it returns a generic code, such as 400 Bad Request, 403 Forbidden, 404 Not Found, 405 Method Not Allowed, 412 Precondition Failed, or 304 Not Modified. It's not possible to retrieve the exact exception of these error codes. Request headers are limited to 8 KB in size. For more information, see Common Request Headers. Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name . Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Permissions
  • General purpose bucket permissions - To use HEAD, you must have the s3:GetObject permission. You need the relevant read object (or version) permission for this operation. For more information, see Actions, resources, and condition keys for Amazon S3 in the Amazon S3 User Guide. If the object you request doesn't exist, the error that Amazon S3 returns depends on whether you also have the s3:ListBucket permission.
    • If you have the s3:ListBucket permission on the bucket, Amazon S3 returns an HTTP status code 404 Not Found error.
    • If you don’t have the s3:ListBucket permission, Amazon S3 returns an HTTP status code 403 Forbidden error.
  • Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession .
Encryption
Encryption request headers, like x-amz-server-side-encryption, should not be sent for HEAD requests if your object uses server-side encryption with Key Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS), dual-layer server-side encryption with Amazon Web Services KMS keys (DSSE-KMS), or server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed encryption keys (SSE-S3). The x-amz-server-side-encryption header is used when you PUT an object to S3 and want to specify the encryption method. If you include this header in a HEAD request for an object that uses these types of keys, you’ll get an HTTP 400 Bad Request error. It's because the encryption method can't be changed when you retrieve the object. If you encrypt an object by using server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C) when you store the object in Amazon S3, then when you retrieve the metadata from the object, you must use the following headers to provide the encryption key for the server to be able to retrieve the object's metadata. The headers are:
  • x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm
  • x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key
  • x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5
For more information about SSE-C, see Server-Side Encryption (Using Customer-Provided Encryption Keys) in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Directory bucket permissions - For directory buckets, only server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) (AES256) is supported.
Versioning
  • If the current version of the object is a delete marker, Amazon S3 behaves as if the object was deleted and includes x-amz-delete-marker: true in the response.
  • If the specified version is a delete marker, the response returns a 405 Method Not Allowed error and the Last-Modified: timestamp response header.
  • Directory buckets - Delete marker is not supported by directory buckets.
  • Directory buckets - S3 Versioning isn't enabled and supported for directory buckets. For this API operation, only the null value of the version ID is supported by directory buckets. You can only specify null to the versionId query parameter in the request.
HTTP Host header syntax
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com.
The following actions are related to HeadObject:
The name of the bucket that contains the object. Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, you must use virtual-hosted-style requests in the format Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com. Path-style requests are not supported. Directory bucket names must be unique in the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must follow the format bucket_base_name--az-id--x-s3 (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az2--x-s3). For information about bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming rules in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points and Object Lambda access points are not supported by directory buckets. S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? in the Amazon S3 User Guide. The object key. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the GetObjectMetadata service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for GetObjectMetadata Operation
The HEAD operation retrieves metadata from an object without returning the object itself. This operation is useful if you're interested only in an object's metadata. A HEAD request has the same options as a GET operation on an object. The response is identical to the GET response except that there is no response body. Because of this, if the HEAD request generates an error, it returns a generic code, such as 400 Bad Request, 403 Forbidden, 404 Not Found, 405 Method Not Allowed, 412 Precondition Failed, or 304 Not Modified. It's not possible to retrieve the exact exception of these error codes. Request headers are limited to 8 KB in size. For more information, see Common Request Headers. Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name . Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Permissions
  • General purpose bucket permissions - To use HEAD, you must have the s3:GetObject permission. You need the relevant read object (or version) permission for this operation. For more information, see Actions, resources, and condition keys for Amazon S3 in the Amazon S3 User Guide. If the object you request doesn't exist, the error that Amazon S3 returns depends on whether you also have the s3:ListBucket permission.
    • If you have the s3:ListBucket permission on the bucket, Amazon S3 returns an HTTP status code 404 Not Found error.
    • If you don’t have the s3:ListBucket permission, Amazon S3 returns an HTTP status code 403 Forbidden error.
  • Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession .
Encryption
Encryption request headers, like x-amz-server-side-encryption, should not be sent for HEAD requests if your object uses server-side encryption with Key Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS), dual-layer server-side encryption with Amazon Web Services KMS keys (DSSE-KMS), or server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed encryption keys (SSE-S3). The x-amz-server-side-encryption header is used when you PUT an object to S3 and want to specify the encryption method. If you include this header in a HEAD request for an object that uses these types of keys, you’ll get an HTTP 400 Bad Request error. It's because the encryption method can't be changed when you retrieve the object. If you encrypt an object by using server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C) when you store the object in Amazon S3, then when you retrieve the metadata from the object, you must use the following headers to provide the encryption key for the server to be able to retrieve the object's metadata. The headers are:
  • x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm
  • x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key
  • x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5
For more information about SSE-C, see Server-Side Encryption (Using Customer-Provided Encryption Keys) in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Directory bucket permissions - For directory buckets, only server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) (AES256) is supported.
Versioning
  • If the current version of the object is a delete marker, Amazon S3 behaves as if the object was deleted and includes x-amz-delete-marker: true in the response.
  • If the specified version is a delete marker, the response returns a 405 Method Not Allowed error and the Last-Modified: timestamp response header.
  • Directory buckets - Delete marker is not supported by directory buckets.
  • Directory buckets - S3 Versioning isn't enabled and supported for directory buckets. For this API operation, only the null value of the version ID is supported by directory buckets. You can only specify null to the versionId query parameter in the request.
HTTP Host header syntax
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com.
The following actions are related to HeadObject:
The name of the bucket that contains the object. Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, you must use virtual-hosted-style requests in the format Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com. Path-style requests are not supported. Directory bucket names must be unique in the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must follow the format bucket_base_name--az-id--x-s3 (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az2--x-s3). For information about bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming rules in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points and Object Lambda access points are not supported by directory buckets. S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? in the Amazon S3 User Guide. The object key. Version ID used to reference a specific version of the object. For directory buckets in this API operation, only the null value of the version ID is supported. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the GetObjectMetadata service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for GetObjectMetadata Operation
The HEAD operation retrieves metadata from an object without returning the object itself. This operation is useful if you're interested only in an object's metadata. A HEAD request has the same options as a GET operation on an object. The response is identical to the GET response except that there is no response body. Because of this, if the HEAD request generates an error, it returns a generic code, such as 400 Bad Request, 403 Forbidden, 404 Not Found, 405 Method Not Allowed, 412 Precondition Failed, or 304 Not Modified. It's not possible to retrieve the exact exception of these error codes. Request headers are limited to 8 KB in size. For more information, see Common Request Headers. Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name . Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Permissions
  • General purpose bucket permissions - To use HEAD, you must have the s3:GetObject permission. You need the relevant read object (or version) permission for this operation. For more information, see Actions, resources, and condition keys for Amazon S3 in the Amazon S3 User Guide. If the object you request doesn't exist, the error that Amazon S3 returns depends on whether you also have the s3:ListBucket permission.
    • If you have the s3:ListBucket permission on the bucket, Amazon S3 returns an HTTP status code 404 Not Found error.
    • If you don’t have the s3:ListBucket permission, Amazon S3 returns an HTTP status code 403 Forbidden error.
  • Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession .
Encryption
Encryption request headers, like x-amz-server-side-encryption, should not be sent for HEAD requests if your object uses server-side encryption with Key Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS), dual-layer server-side encryption with Amazon Web Services KMS keys (DSSE-KMS), or server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed encryption keys (SSE-S3). The x-amz-server-side-encryption header is used when you PUT an object to S3 and want to specify the encryption method. If you include this header in a HEAD request for an object that uses these types of keys, you’ll get an HTTP 400 Bad Request error. It's because the encryption method can't be changed when you retrieve the object. If you encrypt an object by using server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C) when you store the object in Amazon S3, then when you retrieve the metadata from the object, you must use the following headers to provide the encryption key for the server to be able to retrieve the object's metadata. The headers are:
  • x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm
  • x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key
  • x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5
For more information about SSE-C, see Server-Side Encryption (Using Customer-Provided Encryption Keys) in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Directory bucket permissions - For directory buckets, only server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) (AES256) is supported.
Versioning
  • If the current version of the object is a delete marker, Amazon S3 behaves as if the object was deleted and includes x-amz-delete-marker: true in the response.
  • If the specified version is a delete marker, the response returns a 405 Method Not Allowed error and the Last-Modified: timestamp response header.
  • Directory buckets - Delete marker is not supported by directory buckets.
  • Directory buckets - S3 Versioning isn't enabled and supported for directory buckets. For this API operation, only the null value of the version ID is supported by directory buckets. You can only specify null to the versionId query parameter in the request.
HTTP Host header syntax
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com.
The following actions are related to HeadObject:
Container for the necessary parameters to execute the GetObjectMetadata service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the GetObjectMetadata service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for GetObjectMetadata Operation
This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Retrieves an object's retention settings. For more information, see Locking Objects. This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts. The following action is related to GetObjectRetention: Container for the necessary parameters to execute the GetObjectRetention service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the GetObjectRetention service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for GetObjectRetention Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Returns the tag-set of an object. You send the GET request against the tagging subresource associated with the object. To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:GetObjectTagging action. By default, the GET action returns information about current version of an object. For a versioned bucket, you can have multiple versions of an object in your bucket. To retrieve tags of any other version, use the versionId query parameter. You also need permission for the s3:GetObjectVersionTagging action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant this permission to others. For information about the Amazon S3 object tagging feature, see Object Tagging. The following actions are related to GetObjectTagging: Container for the necessary parameters to execute the GetObjectTagging service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the GetObjectTagging service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for GetObjectTagging Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Returns torrent files from a bucket. BitTorrent can save you bandwidth when you're distributing large files. You can get torrent only for objects that are less than 5 GB in size, and that are not encrypted using server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key. To use GET, you must have READ access to the object. This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts. The following action is related to GetObjectTorrent: The name of the bucket containing the object for which to get the torrent files. The object key for which to get the information. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the GetObjectTorrent service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for GetObjectTorrent Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Returns torrent files from a bucket. BitTorrent can save you bandwidth when you're distributing large files. You can get torrent only for objects that are less than 5 GB in size, and that are not encrypted using server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key. To use GET, you must have READ access to the object. This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts. The following action is related to GetObjectTorrent: Container for the necessary parameters to execute the GetObjectTorrent service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the GetObjectTorrent service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for GetObjectTorrent Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Retrieves the PublicAccessBlock configuration for an Amazon S3 bucket. To use this operation, you must have the s3:GetBucketPublicAccessBlock permission. For more information about Amazon S3 permissions, see Specifying Permissions in a Policy. When Amazon S3 evaluates the PublicAccessBlock configuration for a bucket or an object, it checks the PublicAccessBlock configuration for both the bucket (or the bucket that contains the object) and the bucket owner's account. If the PublicAccessBlock settings are different between the bucket and the account, Amazon S3 uses the most restrictive combination of the bucket-level and account-level settings. For more information about when Amazon S3 considers a bucket or an object public, see The Meaning of "Public". The following operations are related to GetPublicAccessBlock: Container for the necessary parameters to execute the GetPublicAccessBlock service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the GetPublicAccessBlock service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for GetPublicAccessBlock Operation This action initiates a multipart upload and returns an upload ID. This upload ID is used to associate all of the parts in the specific multipart upload. You specify this upload ID in each of your subsequent upload part requests (see UploadPart). You also include this upload ID in the final request to either complete or abort the multipart upload request. For more information about multipart uploads, see Multipart Upload Overview in the Amazon S3 User Guide. After you initiate a multipart upload and upload one or more parts, to stop being charged for storing the uploaded parts, you must either complete or abort the multipart upload. Amazon S3 frees up the space used to store the parts and stops charging you for storing them only after you either complete or abort a multipart upload. If you have configured a lifecycle rule to abort incomplete multipart uploads, the created multipart upload must be completed within the number of days specified in the bucket lifecycle configuration. Otherwise, the incomplete multipart upload becomes eligible for an abort action and Amazon S3 aborts the multipart upload. For more information, see Aborting Incomplete Multipart Uploads Using a Bucket Lifecycle Configuration.
  • Directory buckets - S3 Lifecycle is not supported by directory buckets.
  • Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name . Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Request signing
For request signing, multipart upload is just a series of regular requests. You initiate a multipart upload, send one or more requests to upload parts, and then complete the multipart upload process. You sign each request individually. There is nothing special about signing multipart upload requests. For more information about signing, see Authenticating Requests (Amazon Web Services Signature Version 4) in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Permissions
  • General purpose bucket permissions - For information about the permissions required to use the multipart upload API, see Multipart upload and permissions in the Amazon S3 User Guide. To perform a multipart upload with encryption by using an Amazon Web Services KMS key, the requester must have permission to the kms:Decrypt and kms:GenerateDataKey* actions on the key. These permissions are required because Amazon S3 must decrypt and read data from the encrypted file parts before it completes the multipart upload. For more information, see Multipart upload API and permissions and Protecting data using server-side encryption with Amazon Web Services KMS in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
  • Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession .
Encryption
  • General purpose buckets - Server-side encryption is for data encryption at rest. Amazon S3 encrypts your data as it writes it to disks in its data centers and decrypts it when you access it. Amazon S3 automatically encrypts all new objects that are uploaded to an S3 bucket. When doing a multipart upload, if you don't specify encryption information in your request, the encryption setting of the uploaded parts is set to the default encryption configuration of the destination bucket. By default, all buckets have a base level of encryption configuration that uses server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3). If the destination bucket has a default encryption configuration that uses server-side encryption with an Key Management Service (KMS) key (SSE-KMS), or a customer-provided encryption key (SSE-C), Amazon S3 uses the corresponding KMS key, or a customer-provided key to encrypt the uploaded parts. When you perform a CreateMultipartUpload operation, if you want to use a different type of encryption setting for the uploaded parts, you can request that Amazon S3 encrypts the object with a different encryption key (such as an Amazon S3 managed key, a KMS key, or a customer-provided key). When the encryption setting in your request is different from the default encryption configuration of the destination bucket, the encryption setting in your request takes precedence. If you choose to provide your own encryption key, the request headers you provide in UploadPart and UploadPartCopy requests must match the headers you used in the CreateMultipartUpload request.
    • Use KMS keys (SSE-KMS) that include the Amazon Web Services managed key (aws/s3) and KMS customer managed keys stored in Key Management Service (KMS) – If you want Amazon Web Services to manage the keys used to encrypt data, specify the following headers in the request.
      • x-amz-server-side-encryption
      • x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id
      • x-amz-server-side-encryption-context
      • If you specify x-amz-server-side-encryption:aws:kms, but don't provide x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id, Amazon S3 uses the Amazon Web Services managed key (aws/s3 key) in KMS to protect the data.
      • To perform a multipart upload with encryption by using an Amazon Web Services KMS key, the requester must have permission to the kms:Decrypt and kms:GenerateDataKey* actions on the key. These permissions are required because Amazon S3 must decrypt and read data from the encrypted file parts before it completes the multipart upload. For more information, see Multipart upload API and permissions and Protecting data using server-side encryption with Amazon Web Services KMS in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
      • If your Identity and Access Management (IAM) user or role is in the same Amazon Web Services account as the KMS key, then you must have these permissions on the key policy. If your IAM user or role is in a different account from the key, then you must have the permissions on both the key policy and your IAM user or role.
      • All GET and PUT requests for an object protected by KMS fail if you don't make them by using Secure Sockets Layer (SSL), Transport Layer Security (TLS), or Signature Version 4. For information about configuring any of the officially supported Amazon Web Services SDKs and Amazon Web Services CLI, see Specifying the Signature Version in Request Authentication in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
      For more information about server-side encryption with KMS keys (SSE-KMS), see Protecting Data Using Server-Side Encryption with KMS keys in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
    • Use customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C) – If you want to manage your own encryption keys, provide all the following headers in the request.
      • x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm
      • x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key
      • x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5
      For more information about server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C), see Protecting data using server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C) in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
  • Directory buckets -For directory buckets, only server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) (AES256) is supported.
HTTP Host header syntax
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to CreateMultipartUpload:
The name of the bucket where the multipart upload is initiated and where the object is uploaded. Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, you must use virtual-hosted-style requests in the format Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com. Path-style requests are not supported. Directory bucket names must be unique in the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must follow the format bucket_base_name--az-id--x-s3 (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az2--x-s3). For information about bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming rules in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points and Object Lambda access points are not supported by directory buckets. S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Object key for which the multipart upload is to be initiated. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the InitiateMultipartUpload service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for InitiateMultipartUpload Operation
This action initiates a multipart upload and returns an upload ID. This upload ID is used to associate all of the parts in the specific multipart upload. You specify this upload ID in each of your subsequent upload part requests (see UploadPart). You also include this upload ID in the final request to either complete or abort the multipart upload request. For more information about multipart uploads, see Multipart Upload Overview in the Amazon S3 User Guide. After you initiate a multipart upload and upload one or more parts, to stop being charged for storing the uploaded parts, you must either complete or abort the multipart upload. Amazon S3 frees up the space used to store the parts and stops charging you for storing them only after you either complete or abort a multipart upload. If you have configured a lifecycle rule to abort incomplete multipart uploads, the created multipart upload must be completed within the number of days specified in the bucket lifecycle configuration. Otherwise, the incomplete multipart upload becomes eligible for an abort action and Amazon S3 aborts the multipart upload. For more information, see Aborting Incomplete Multipart Uploads Using a Bucket Lifecycle Configuration.
  • Directory buckets - S3 Lifecycle is not supported by directory buckets.
  • Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name . Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Request signing
For request signing, multipart upload is just a series of regular requests. You initiate a multipart upload, send one or more requests to upload parts, and then complete the multipart upload process. You sign each request individually. There is nothing special about signing multipart upload requests. For more information about signing, see Authenticating Requests (Amazon Web Services Signature Version 4) in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Permissions
  • General purpose bucket permissions - For information about the permissions required to use the multipart upload API, see Multipart upload and permissions in the Amazon S3 User Guide. To perform a multipart upload with encryption by using an Amazon Web Services KMS key, the requester must have permission to the kms:Decrypt and kms:GenerateDataKey* actions on the key. These permissions are required because Amazon S3 must decrypt and read data from the encrypted file parts before it completes the multipart upload. For more information, see Multipart upload API and permissions and Protecting data using server-side encryption with Amazon Web Services KMS in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
  • Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession .
Encryption
  • General purpose buckets - Server-side encryption is for data encryption at rest. Amazon S3 encrypts your data as it writes it to disks in its data centers and decrypts it when you access it. Amazon S3 automatically encrypts all new objects that are uploaded to an S3 bucket. When doing a multipart upload, if you don't specify encryption information in your request, the encryption setting of the uploaded parts is set to the default encryption configuration of the destination bucket. By default, all buckets have a base level of encryption configuration that uses server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3). If the destination bucket has a default encryption configuration that uses server-side encryption with an Key Management Service (KMS) key (SSE-KMS), or a customer-provided encryption key (SSE-C), Amazon S3 uses the corresponding KMS key, or a customer-provided key to encrypt the uploaded parts. When you perform a CreateMultipartUpload operation, if you want to use a different type of encryption setting for the uploaded parts, you can request that Amazon S3 encrypts the object with a different encryption key (such as an Amazon S3 managed key, a KMS key, or a customer-provided key). When the encryption setting in your request is different from the default encryption configuration of the destination bucket, the encryption setting in your request takes precedence. If you choose to provide your own encryption key, the request headers you provide in UploadPart and UploadPartCopy requests must match the headers you used in the CreateMultipartUpload request.
    • Use KMS keys (SSE-KMS) that include the Amazon Web Services managed key (aws/s3) and KMS customer managed keys stored in Key Management Service (KMS) – If you want Amazon Web Services to manage the keys used to encrypt data, specify the following headers in the request.
      • x-amz-server-side-encryption
      • x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id
      • x-amz-server-side-encryption-context
      • If you specify x-amz-server-side-encryption:aws:kms, but don't provide x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id, Amazon S3 uses the Amazon Web Services managed key (aws/s3 key) in KMS to protect the data.
      • To perform a multipart upload with encryption by using an Amazon Web Services KMS key, the requester must have permission to the kms:Decrypt and kms:GenerateDataKey* actions on the key. These permissions are required because Amazon S3 must decrypt and read data from the encrypted file parts before it completes the multipart upload. For more information, see Multipart upload API and permissions and Protecting data using server-side encryption with Amazon Web Services KMS in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
      • If your Identity and Access Management (IAM) user or role is in the same Amazon Web Services account as the KMS key, then you must have these permissions on the key policy. If your IAM user or role is in a different account from the key, then you must have the permissions on both the key policy and your IAM user or role.
      • All GET and PUT requests for an object protected by KMS fail if you don't make them by using Secure Sockets Layer (SSL), Transport Layer Security (TLS), or Signature Version 4. For information about configuring any of the officially supported Amazon Web Services SDKs and Amazon Web Services CLI, see Specifying the Signature Version in Request Authentication in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
      For more information about server-side encryption with KMS keys (SSE-KMS), see Protecting Data Using Server-Side Encryption with KMS keys in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
    • Use customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C) – If you want to manage your own encryption keys, provide all the following headers in the request.
      • x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm
      • x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key
      • x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5
      For more information about server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C), see Protecting data using server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C) in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
  • Directory buckets -For directory buckets, only server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) (AES256) is supported.
HTTP Host header syntax
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to CreateMultipartUpload:
Container for the necessary parameters to execute the InitiateMultipartUpload service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the InitiateMultipartUpload service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for InitiateMultipartUpload Operation
This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Lists the analytics configurations for the bucket. You can have up to 1,000 analytics configurations per bucket. This action supports list pagination and does not return more than 100 configurations at a time. You should always check the IsTruncated element in the response. If there are no more configurations to list, IsTruncated is set to false. If there are more configurations to list, IsTruncated is set to true, and there will be a value in NextContinuationToken. You use the NextContinuationToken value to continue the pagination of the list by passing the value in continuation-token in the request to GET the next page. To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:GetAnalyticsConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources. For information about Amazon S3 analytics feature, see Amazon S3 Analytics – Storage Class Analysis. The following operations are related to ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations: Container for the necessary parameters to execute the ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Lists the S3 Intelligent-Tiering configuration from the specified bucket. The S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class is designed to optimize storage costs by automatically moving data to the most cost-effective storage access tier, without performance impact or operational overhead. S3 Intelligent-Tiering delivers automatic cost savings in three low latency and high throughput access tiers. To get the lowest storage cost on data that can be accessed in minutes to hours, you can choose to activate additional archiving capabilities. The S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class is the ideal storage class for data with unknown, changing, or unpredictable access patterns, independent of object size or retention period. If the size of an object is less than 128 KB, it is not monitored and not eligible for auto-tiering. Smaller objects can be stored, but they are always charged at the Frequent Access tier rates in the S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class. For more information, see Storage class for automatically optimizing frequently and infrequently accessed objects. Operations related to ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurations include: Container for the necessary parameters to execute the ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurations service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurations service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurations Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Returns a list of inventory configurations for the bucket. You can have up to 1,000 analytics configurations per bucket. This action supports list pagination and does not return more than 100 configurations at a time. Always check the IsTruncated element in the response. If there are no more configurations to list, IsTruncated is set to false. If there are more configurations to list, IsTruncated is set to true, and there is a value in NextContinuationToken. You use the NextContinuationToken value to continue the pagination of the list by passing the value in continuation-token in the request to GET the next page. To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:GetInventoryConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources. For information about the Amazon S3 inventory feature, see Amazon S3 Inventory The following operations are related to ListBucketInventoryConfigurations: Container for the necessary parameters to execute the ListBucketInventoryConfigurations service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the ListBucketInventoryConfigurations service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for ListBucketInventoryConfigurations Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Lists the metrics configurations for the bucket. The metrics configurations are only for the request metrics of the bucket and do not provide information on daily storage metrics. You can have up to 1,000 configurations per bucket. This action supports list pagination and does not return more than 100 configurations at a time. Always check the IsTruncated element in the response. If there are no more configurations to list, IsTruncated is set to false. If there are more configurations to list, IsTruncated is set to true, and there is a value in NextContinuationToken. You use the NextContinuationToken value to continue the pagination of the list by passing the value in continuation-token in the request to GET the next page. To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:GetMetricsConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources. For more information about metrics configurations and CloudWatch request metrics, see Monitoring Metrics with Amazon CloudWatch. The following operations are related to ListBucketMetricsConfigurations: Container for the necessary parameters to execute the ListBucketMetricsConfigurations service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the ListBucketMetricsConfigurations service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for ListBucketMetricsConfigurations Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Returns a list of all buckets owned by the authenticated sender of the request. To use this operation, you must have the s3:ListAllMyBuckets permission. For information about Amazon S3 buckets, see Creating, configuring, and working with Amazon S3 buckets. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the ListBuckets service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for ListBuckets Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Returns a list of all buckets owned by the authenticated sender of the request. To use this operation, you must have the s3:ListAllMyBuckets permission. For information about Amazon S3 buckets, see Creating, configuring, and working with Amazon S3 buckets. Container for the necessary parameters to execute the ListBuckets service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the ListBuckets service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for ListBuckets Operation Returns a list of all Amazon S3 directory buckets owned by the authenticated sender of the request. For more information about directory buckets, see Directory buckets in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Regional endpoint. These endpoints support path-style requests in the format https://s3express-control.region_code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name . Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Permissions
You must have the s3express:ListAllMyDirectoryBuckets permission in an IAM identity-based policy instead of a bucket policy. Cross-account access to this API operation isn't supported. This operation can only be performed by the Amazon Web Services account that owns the resource. For more information about directory bucket policies and permissions, see Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
HTTP Host header syntax
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is s3express-control.region.amazonaws.com.
Container for the necessary parameters to execute the ListDirectoryBuckets service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the ListDirectoryBuckets service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for ListDirectoryBuckets Operation
This operation lists in-progress multipart uploads in a bucket. An in-progress multipart upload is a multipart upload that has been initiated by the CreateMultipartUpload request, but has not yet been completed or aborted. Directory buckets - If multipart uploads in a directory bucket are in progress, you can't delete the bucket until all the in-progress multipart uploads are aborted or completed. The ListMultipartUploads operation returns a maximum of 1,000 multipart uploads in the response. The limit of 1,000 multipart uploads is also the default value. You can further limit the number of uploads in a response by specifying the max-uploads request parameter. If there are more than 1,000 multipart uploads that satisfy your ListMultipartUploads request, the response returns an IsTruncated element with the value of true, a NextKeyMarker element, and a NextUploadIdMarker element. To list the remaining multipart uploads, you need to make subsequent ListMultipartUploads requests. In these requests, include two query parameters: key-marker and upload-id-marker. Set the value of key-marker to the NextKeyMarker value from the previous response. Similarly, set the value of upload-id-marker to the NextUploadIdMarker value from the previous response. Directory buckets - The upload-id-marker element and the NextUploadIdMarker element aren't supported by directory buckets. To list the additional multipart uploads, you only need to set the value of key-marker to the NextKeyMarker value from the previous response. For more information about multipart uploads, see Uploading Objects Using Multipart Upload in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name . Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Permissions
  • General purpose bucket permissions - For information about permissions required to use the multipart upload API, see Multipart Upload and Permissions in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
  • Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession .
Sorting of multipart uploads in response
  • General purpose bucket - In the ListMultipartUploads response, the multipart uploads are sorted based on two criteria:
    • Key-based sorting - Multipart uploads are initially sorted in ascending order based on their object keys.
    • Time-based sorting - For uploads that share the same object key, they are further sorted in ascending order based on the upload initiation time. Among uploads with the same key, the one that was initiated first will appear before the ones that were initiated later.
  • Directory bucket - In the ListMultipartUploads response, the multipart uploads aren't sorted lexicographically based on the object keys.
HTTP Host header syntax
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to ListMultipartUploads:
The name of the bucket to which the multipart upload was initiated. Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, you must use virtual-hosted-style requests in the format Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com. Path-style requests are not supported. Directory bucket names must be unique in the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must follow the format bucket_base_name--az-id--x-s3 (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az2--x-s3). For information about bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming rules in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points and Object Lambda access points are not supported by directory buckets. S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? in the Amazon S3 User Guide. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the ListMultipartUploads service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for ListMultipartUploads Operation
This operation lists in-progress multipart uploads in a bucket. An in-progress multipart upload is a multipart upload that has been initiated by the CreateMultipartUpload request, but has not yet been completed or aborted. Directory buckets - If multipart uploads in a directory bucket are in progress, you can't delete the bucket until all the in-progress multipart uploads are aborted or completed. The ListMultipartUploads operation returns a maximum of 1,000 multipart uploads in the response. The limit of 1,000 multipart uploads is also the default value. You can further limit the number of uploads in a response by specifying the max-uploads request parameter. If there are more than 1,000 multipart uploads that satisfy your ListMultipartUploads request, the response returns an IsTruncated element with the value of true, a NextKeyMarker element, and a NextUploadIdMarker element. To list the remaining multipart uploads, you need to make subsequent ListMultipartUploads requests. In these requests, include two query parameters: key-marker and upload-id-marker. Set the value of key-marker to the NextKeyMarker value from the previous response. Similarly, set the value of upload-id-marker to the NextUploadIdMarker value from the previous response. Directory buckets - The upload-id-marker element and the NextUploadIdMarker element aren't supported by directory buckets. To list the additional multipart uploads, you only need to set the value of key-marker to the NextKeyMarker value from the previous response. For more information about multipart uploads, see Uploading Objects Using Multipart Upload in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name . Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Permissions
  • General purpose bucket permissions - For information about permissions required to use the multipart upload API, see Multipart Upload and Permissions in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
  • Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession .
Sorting of multipart uploads in response
  • General purpose bucket - In the ListMultipartUploads response, the multipart uploads are sorted based on two criteria:
    • Key-based sorting - Multipart uploads are initially sorted in ascending order based on their object keys.
    • Time-based sorting - For uploads that share the same object key, they are further sorted in ascending order based on the upload initiation time. Among uploads with the same key, the one that was initiated first will appear before the ones that were initiated later.
  • Directory bucket - In the ListMultipartUploads response, the multipart uploads aren't sorted lexicographically based on the object keys.
HTTP Host header syntax
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to ListMultipartUploads:
The name of the bucket to which the multipart upload was initiated. Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, you must use virtual-hosted-style requests in the format Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com. Path-style requests are not supported. Directory bucket names must be unique in the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must follow the format bucket_base_name--az-id--x-s3 (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az2--x-s3). For information about bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming rules in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points and Object Lambda access points are not supported by directory buckets. S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Lists in-progress uploads only for those keys that begin with the specified prefix. You can use prefixes to separate a bucket into different grouping of keys. (You can think of using prefix to make groups in the same way that you'd use a folder in a file system.) Directory buckets - For directory buckets, only prefixes that end in a delimiter (/) are supported. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the ListMultipartUploads service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for ListMultipartUploads Operation
This operation lists in-progress multipart uploads in a bucket. An in-progress multipart upload is a multipart upload that has been initiated by the CreateMultipartUpload request, but has not yet been completed or aborted. Directory buckets - If multipart uploads in a directory bucket are in progress, you can't delete the bucket until all the in-progress multipart uploads are aborted or completed. The ListMultipartUploads operation returns a maximum of 1,000 multipart uploads in the response. The limit of 1,000 multipart uploads is also the default value. You can further limit the number of uploads in a response by specifying the max-uploads request parameter. If there are more than 1,000 multipart uploads that satisfy your ListMultipartUploads request, the response returns an IsTruncated element with the value of true, a NextKeyMarker element, and a NextUploadIdMarker element. To list the remaining multipart uploads, you need to make subsequent ListMultipartUploads requests. In these requests, include two query parameters: key-marker and upload-id-marker. Set the value of key-marker to the NextKeyMarker value from the previous response. Similarly, set the value of upload-id-marker to the NextUploadIdMarker value from the previous response. Directory buckets - The upload-id-marker element and the NextUploadIdMarker element aren't supported by directory buckets. To list the additional multipart uploads, you only need to set the value of key-marker to the NextKeyMarker value from the previous response. For more information about multipart uploads, see Uploading Objects Using Multipart Upload in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name . Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Permissions
  • General purpose bucket permissions - For information about permissions required to use the multipart upload API, see Multipart Upload and Permissions in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
  • Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession .
Sorting of multipart uploads in response
  • General purpose bucket - In the ListMultipartUploads response, the multipart uploads are sorted based on two criteria:
    • Key-based sorting - Multipart uploads are initially sorted in ascending order based on their object keys.
    • Time-based sorting - For uploads that share the same object key, they are further sorted in ascending order based on the upload initiation time. Among uploads with the same key, the one that was initiated first will appear before the ones that were initiated later.
  • Directory bucket - In the ListMultipartUploads response, the multipart uploads aren't sorted lexicographically based on the object keys.
HTTP Host header syntax
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to ListMultipartUploads:
Container for the necessary parameters to execute the ListMultipartUploads service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the ListMultipartUploads service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for ListMultipartUploads Operation
This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Returns some or all (up to 1,000) of the objects in a bucket. You can use the request parameters as selection criteria to return a subset of the objects in a bucket. A 200 OK response can contain valid or invalid XML. Be sure to design your application to parse the contents of the response and handle it appropriately. This action has been revised. We recommend that you use the newer version, ListObjectsV2, when developing applications. For backward compatibility, Amazon S3 continues to support ListObjects. The following operations are related to ListObjects: The name of the bucket containing the objects. Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, you must use virtual-hosted-style requests in the format Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com. Path-style requests are not supported. Directory bucket names must be unique in the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must follow the format bucket_base_name--az-id--x-s3 (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az2--x-s3). For information about bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming rules in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points and Object Lambda access points are not supported by directory buckets. S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? in the Amazon S3 User Guide. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the ListObjects service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for ListObjects Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Returns some or all (up to 1,000) of the objects in a bucket. You can use the request parameters as selection criteria to return a subset of the objects in a bucket. A 200 OK response can contain valid or invalid XML. Be sure to design your application to parse the contents of the response and handle it appropriately. This action has been revised. We recommend that you use the newer version, ListObjectsV2, when developing applications. For backward compatibility, Amazon S3 continues to support ListObjects. The following operations are related to ListObjects: The name of the bucket containing the objects. Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, you must use virtual-hosted-style requests in the format Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com. Path-style requests are not supported. Directory bucket names must be unique in the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must follow the format bucket_base_name--az-id--x-s3 (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az2--x-s3). For information about bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming rules in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points and Object Lambda access points are not supported by directory buckets. S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Limits the response to keys that begin with the specified prefix. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the ListObjects service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for ListObjects Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Returns some or all (up to 1,000) of the objects in a bucket. You can use the request parameters as selection criteria to return a subset of the objects in a bucket. A 200 OK response can contain valid or invalid XML. Be sure to design your application to parse the contents of the response and handle it appropriately. This action has been revised. We recommend that you use the newer version, ListObjectsV2, when developing applications. For backward compatibility, Amazon S3 continues to support ListObjects. The following operations are related to ListObjects: Container for the necessary parameters to execute the ListObjects service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the ListObjects service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for ListObjects Operation Returns some or all (up to 1,000) of the objects in a bucket with each request. You can use the request parameters as selection criteria to return a subset of the objects in a bucket. A 200 OK response can contain valid or invalid XML. Make sure to design your application to parse the contents of the response and handle it appropriately. For more information about listing objects, see Listing object keys programmatically in the Amazon S3 User Guide. To get a list of your buckets, see ListBuckets. Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name . Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Permissions
  • General purpose bucket permissions - To use this operation, you must have READ access to the bucket. You must have permission to perform the s3:ListBucket action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
  • Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession .
Sorting order of returned objects
  • General purpose bucket - For general purpose buckets, ListObjectsV2 returns objects in lexicographical order based on their key names.
  • Directory bucket - For directory buckets, ListObjectsV2 does not return objects in lexicographical order.
HTTP Host header syntax
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com.
This section describes the latest revision of this action. We recommend that you use this revised API operation for application development. For backward compatibility, Amazon S3 continues to support the prior version of this API operation, ListObjects. The following operations are related to ListObjectsV2:
Container for the necessary parameters to execute the ListObjectsV2 service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the ListObjectsV2 service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for ListObjectsV2 Operation
Lists the parts that have been uploaded for a specific multipart upload. To use this operation, you must provide the upload ID in the request. You obtain this uploadID by sending the initiate multipart upload request through CreateMultipartUpload. The ListParts request returns a maximum of 1,000 uploaded parts. The limit of 1,000 parts is also the default value. You can restrict the number of parts in a response by specifying the max-parts request parameter. If your multipart upload consists of more than 1,000 parts, the response returns an IsTruncated field with the value of true, and a NextPartNumberMarker element. To list remaining uploaded parts, in subsequent ListParts requests, include the part-number-marker query string parameter and set its value to the NextPartNumberMarker field value from the previous response. For more information on multipart uploads, see Uploading Objects Using Multipart Upload in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name . Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Permissions
  • General purpose bucket permissions - For information about permissions required to use the multipart upload API, see Multipart Upload and Permissions in the Amazon S3 User Guide. If the upload was created using server-side encryption with Key Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS) or dual-layer server-side encryption with Amazon Web Services KMS keys (DSSE-KMS), you must have permission to the kms:Decrypt action for the ListParts request to succeed.
  • Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession .
HTTP Host header syntax
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to ListParts:
The name of the bucket to which the parts are being uploaded. Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, you must use virtual-hosted-style requests in the format Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com. Path-style requests are not supported. Directory bucket names must be unique in the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must follow the format bucket_base_name--az-id--x-s3 (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az2--x-s3). For information about bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming rules in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points and Object Lambda access points are not supported by directory buckets. S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Object key for which the multipart upload was initiated. Upload ID identifying the multipart upload whose parts are being listed. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the ListParts service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for ListParts Operation
Lists the parts that have been uploaded for a specific multipart upload. To use this operation, you must provide the upload ID in the request. You obtain this uploadID by sending the initiate multipart upload request through CreateMultipartUpload. The ListParts request returns a maximum of 1,000 uploaded parts. The limit of 1,000 parts is also the default value. You can restrict the number of parts in a response by specifying the max-parts request parameter. If your multipart upload consists of more than 1,000 parts, the response returns an IsTruncated field with the value of true, and a NextPartNumberMarker element. To list remaining uploaded parts, in subsequent ListParts requests, include the part-number-marker query string parameter and set its value to the NextPartNumberMarker field value from the previous response. For more information on multipart uploads, see Uploading Objects Using Multipart Upload in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name . Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Permissions
  • General purpose bucket permissions - For information about permissions required to use the multipart upload API, see Multipart Upload and Permissions in the Amazon S3 User Guide. If the upload was created using server-side encryption with Key Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS) or dual-layer server-side encryption with Amazon Web Services KMS keys (DSSE-KMS), you must have permission to the kms:Decrypt action for the ListParts request to succeed.
  • Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession .
HTTP Host header syntax
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to ListParts:
Container for the necessary parameters to execute the ListParts service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the ListParts service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for ListParts Operation
This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Returns metadata about all versions of the objects in a bucket. You can also use request parameters as selection criteria to return metadata about a subset of all the object versions. To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:ListBucketVersions action. Be aware of the name difference. A 200 OK response can contain valid or invalid XML. Make sure to design your application to parse the contents of the response and handle it appropriately. To use this operation, you must have READ access to the bucket. The following operations are related to ListObjectVersions: The bucket name that contains the objects. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the ListVersions service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for ListVersions Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Returns metadata about all versions of the objects in a bucket. You can also use request parameters as selection criteria to return metadata about a subset of all the object versions. To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:ListBucketVersions action. Be aware of the name difference. A 200 OK response can contain valid or invalid XML. Make sure to design your application to parse the contents of the response and handle it appropriately. To use this operation, you must have READ access to the bucket. The following operations are related to ListObjectVersions: The bucket name that contains the objects. Use this parameter to select only those keys that begin with the specified prefix. You can use prefixes to separate a bucket into different groupings of keys. (You can think of using prefix to make groups in the same way that you'd use a folder in a file system.) You can use prefix with delimiter to roll up numerous objects into a single result under CommonPrefixes. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the ListVersions service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for ListVersions Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Returns metadata about all versions of the objects in a bucket. You can also use request parameters as selection criteria to return metadata about a subset of all the object versions. To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:ListBucketVersions action. Be aware of the name difference. A 200 OK response can contain valid or invalid XML. Make sure to design your application to parse the contents of the response and handle it appropriately. To use this operation, you must have READ access to the bucket. The following operations are related to ListObjectVersions: Container for the necessary parameters to execute the ListVersions service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the ListVersions service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for ListVersions Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Sets the permissions on an existing bucket using access control lists (ACL). For more information, see Using ACLs. To set the ACL of a bucket, you must have the WRITE_ACP permission. You can use one of the following two ways to set a bucket's permissions:
  • Specify the ACL in the request body
  • Specify permissions using request headers
You cannot specify access permission using both the body and the request headers. Depending on your application needs, you may choose to set the ACL on a bucket using either the request body or the headers. For example, if you have an existing application that updates a bucket ACL using the request body, then you can continue to use that approach. If your bucket uses the bucket owner enforced setting for S3 Object Ownership, ACLs are disabled and no longer affect permissions. You must use policies to grant access to your bucket and the objects in it. Requests to set ACLs or update ACLs fail and return the AccessControlListNotSupported error code. Requests to read ACLs are still supported. For more information, see Controlling object ownership in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Permissions
You can set access permissions by using one of the following methods:
  • Specify a canned ACL with the x-amz-acl request header. Amazon S3 supports a set of predefined ACLs, known as canned ACLs. Each canned ACL has a predefined set of grantees and permissions. Specify the canned ACL name as the value of x-amz-acl. If you use this header, you cannot use other access control-specific headers in your request. For more information, see Canned ACL.
  • Specify access permissions explicitly with the x-amz-grant-read, x-amz-grant-read-acp, x-amz-grant-write-acp, and x-amz-grant-full-control headers. When using these headers, you specify explicit access permissions and grantees (Amazon Web Services accounts or Amazon S3 groups) who will receive the permission. If you use these ACL-specific headers, you cannot use the x-amz-acl header to set a canned ACL. These parameters map to the set of permissions that Amazon S3 supports in an ACL. For more information, see Access Control List (ACL) Overview. You specify each grantee as a type=value pair, where the type is one of the following:
    • id – if the value specified is the canonical user ID of an Amazon Web Services account
    • uri – if you are granting permissions to a predefined group
    • emailAddress – if the value specified is the email address of an Amazon Web Services account Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in the following Amazon Web Services Regions:
      • US East (N. Virginia)
      • US West (N. California)
      • US West (Oregon)
      • Asia Pacific (Singapore)
      • Asia Pacific (Sydney)
      • Asia Pacific (Tokyo)
      • Europe (Ireland)
      • South America (São Paulo)
      For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.
    For example, the following x-amz-grant-write header grants create, overwrite, and delete objects permission to LogDelivery group predefined by Amazon S3 and two Amazon Web Services accounts identified by their email addresses. x-amz-grant-write: uri="http://acs.amazonaws.com/groups/s3/LogDelivery", id="111122223333", id="555566667777"
You can use either a canned ACL or specify access permissions explicitly. You cannot do both.
Grantee Values
You can specify the person (grantee) to whom you're assigning access rights (using request elements) in the following ways:
  • By the person's ID: <Grantee xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:type="CanonicalUser"><ID><>ID<></ID><DisplayName><>GranteesEmail<></DisplayName> </Grantee> DisplayName is optional and ignored in the request
  • By URI: <Grantee xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:type="Group"><URI><>http://acs.amazonaws.com/groups/global/AuthenticatedUsers<></URI></Grantee>
  • By Email address: <Grantee xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:type="AmazonCustomerByEmail"><EmailAddress><>Grantees@email.com<></EmailAddress>&</Grantee> The grantee is resolved to the CanonicalUser and, in a response to a GET Object acl request, appears as the CanonicalUser. Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in the following Amazon Web Services Regions:
    • US East (N. Virginia)
    • US West (N. California)
    • US West (Oregon)
    • Asia Pacific (Singapore)
    • Asia Pacific (Sydney)
    • Asia Pacific (Tokyo)
    • Europe (Ireland)
    • South America (São Paulo)
    For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.
The following operations are related to PutBucketAcl:
Container for the necessary parameters to execute the PutACL service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the PutACL service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for PutACL Operation
This action creates an Amazon S3 bucket. To create an Amazon S3 on Outposts bucket, see CreateBucket . Creates a new S3 bucket. To create a bucket, you must set up Amazon S3 and have a valid Amazon Web Services Access Key ID to authenticate requests. Anonymous requests are never allowed to create buckets. By creating the bucket, you become the bucket owner. There are two types of buckets: general purpose buckets and directory buckets. For more information about these bucket types, see Creating, configuring, and working with Amazon S3 buckets in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
  • General purpose buckets - If you send your CreateBucket request to the s3.amazonaws.com global endpoint, the request goes to the us-east-1 Region. So the signature calculations in Signature Version 4 must use us-east-1 as the Region, even if the location constraint in the request specifies another Region where the bucket is to be created. If you create a bucket in a Region other than US East (N. Virginia), your application must be able to handle 307 redirect. For more information, see Virtual hosting of buckets in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
  • Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Regional endpoint. These endpoints support path-style requests in the format https://s3express-control.region_code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name . Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Permissions
  • General purpose bucket permissions - In addition to the s3:CreateBucket permission, the following permissions are required in a policy when your CreateBucket request includes specific headers:
    • Access control lists (ACLs) - In your CreateBucket request, if you specify an access control list (ACL) and set it to public-read, public-read-write, authenticated-read, or if you explicitly specify any other custom ACLs, both s3:CreateBucket and s3:PutBucketAcl permissions are required. In your CreateBucket request, if you set the ACL to private, or if you don't specify any ACLs, only the s3:CreateBucket permission is required.
    • Object Lock - In your CreateBucket request, if you set x-amz-bucket-object-lock-enabled to true, the s3:PutBucketObjectLockConfiguration and s3:PutBucketVersioning permissions are required.
    • S3 Object Ownership - If your CreateBucket request includes the x-amz-object-ownership header, then the s3:PutBucketOwnershipControls permission is required. If your CreateBucket request sets BucketOwnerEnforced for Amazon S3 Object Ownership and specifies a bucket ACL that provides access to an external Amazon Web Services account, your request fails with a 400 error and returns the InvalidBucketAcLWithObjectOwnership error code. For more information, see Setting Object Ownership on an existing bucket in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
    • S3 Block Public Access - If your specific use case requires granting public access to your S3 resources, you can disable Block Public Access. Specifically, you can create a new bucket with Block Public Access enabled, then separately call the DeletePublicAccessBlock API. To use this operation, you must have the s3:PutBucketPublicAccessBlock permission. For more information about S3 Block Public Access, see Blocking public access to your Amazon S3 storage in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
  • Directory bucket permissions - You must have the s3express:CreateBucket permission in an IAM identity-based policy instead of a bucket policy. Cross-account access to this API operation isn't supported. This operation can only be performed by the Amazon Web Services account that owns the resource. For more information about directory bucket policies and permissions, see Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide. The permissions for ACLs, Object Lock, S3 Object Ownership, and S3 Block Public Access are not supported for directory buckets. For directory buckets, all Block Public Access settings are enabled at the bucket level and S3 Object Ownership is set to Bucket owner enforced (ACLs disabled). These settings can't be modified. For more information about permissions for creating and working with directory buckets, see Directory buckets in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about supported S3 features for directory buckets, see Features of S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
HTTP Host header syntax
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is s3express-control.region.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to CreateBucket:
The name of the bucket to create. General purpose buckets - For information about bucket naming restrictions, see Bucket naming rules in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, you must use path-style requests in the format https://s3express-control.region_code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name . Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. Directory bucket names must be unique in the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must also follow the format bucket_base_name--az_id--x-s3 (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az2--x-s3). For information about bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming rules in the Amazon S3 User Guide A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the PutBucket service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for PutBucket Operation
This action creates an Amazon S3 bucket. To create an Amazon S3 on Outposts bucket, see CreateBucket . Creates a new S3 bucket. To create a bucket, you must set up Amazon S3 and have a valid Amazon Web Services Access Key ID to authenticate requests. Anonymous requests are never allowed to create buckets. By creating the bucket, you become the bucket owner. There are two types of buckets: general purpose buckets and directory buckets. For more information about these bucket types, see Creating, configuring, and working with Amazon S3 buckets in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
  • General purpose buckets - If you send your CreateBucket request to the s3.amazonaws.com global endpoint, the request goes to the us-east-1 Region. So the signature calculations in Signature Version 4 must use us-east-1 as the Region, even if the location constraint in the request specifies another Region where the bucket is to be created. If you create a bucket in a Region other than US East (N. Virginia), your application must be able to handle 307 redirect. For more information, see Virtual hosting of buckets in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
  • Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Regional endpoint. These endpoints support path-style requests in the format https://s3express-control.region_code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name . Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Permissions
  • General purpose bucket permissions - In addition to the s3:CreateBucket permission, the following permissions are required in a policy when your CreateBucket request includes specific headers:
    • Access control lists (ACLs) - In your CreateBucket request, if you specify an access control list (ACL) and set it to public-read, public-read-write, authenticated-read, or if you explicitly specify any other custom ACLs, both s3:CreateBucket and s3:PutBucketAcl permissions are required. In your CreateBucket request, if you set the ACL to private, or if you don't specify any ACLs, only the s3:CreateBucket permission is required.
    • Object Lock - In your CreateBucket request, if you set x-amz-bucket-object-lock-enabled to true, the s3:PutBucketObjectLockConfiguration and s3:PutBucketVersioning permissions are required.
    • S3 Object Ownership - If your CreateBucket request includes the x-amz-object-ownership header, then the s3:PutBucketOwnershipControls permission is required. If your CreateBucket request sets BucketOwnerEnforced for Amazon S3 Object Ownership and specifies a bucket ACL that provides access to an external Amazon Web Services account, your request fails with a 400 error and returns the InvalidBucketAcLWithObjectOwnership error code. For more information, see Setting Object Ownership on an existing bucket in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
    • S3 Block Public Access - If your specific use case requires granting public access to your S3 resources, you can disable Block Public Access. Specifically, you can create a new bucket with Block Public Access enabled, then separately call the DeletePublicAccessBlock API. To use this operation, you must have the s3:PutBucketPublicAccessBlock permission. For more information about S3 Block Public Access, see Blocking public access to your Amazon S3 storage in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
  • Directory bucket permissions - You must have the s3express:CreateBucket permission in an IAM identity-based policy instead of a bucket policy. Cross-account access to this API operation isn't supported. This operation can only be performed by the Amazon Web Services account that owns the resource. For more information about directory bucket policies and permissions, see Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide. The permissions for ACLs, Object Lock, S3 Object Ownership, and S3 Block Public Access are not supported for directory buckets. For directory buckets, all Block Public Access settings are enabled at the bucket level and S3 Object Ownership is set to Bucket owner enforced (ACLs disabled). These settings can't be modified. For more information about permissions for creating and working with directory buckets, see Directory buckets in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about supported S3 features for directory buckets, see Features of S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
HTTP Host header syntax
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is s3express-control.region.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to CreateBucket:
Container for the necessary parameters to execute the PutBucket service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the PutBucket service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for PutBucket Operation
This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Sets the accelerate configuration of an existing bucket. Amazon S3 Transfer Acceleration is a bucket-level feature that enables you to perform faster data transfers to Amazon S3. To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:PutAccelerateConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources. The Transfer Acceleration state of a bucket can be set to one of the following two values:
  • Enabled – Enables accelerated data transfers to the bucket.
  • Suspended – Disables accelerated data transfers to the bucket.
The GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration action returns the transfer acceleration state of a bucket. After setting the Transfer Acceleration state of a bucket to Enabled, it might take up to thirty minutes before the data transfer rates to the bucket increase. The name of the bucket used for Transfer Acceleration must be DNS-compliant and must not contain periods ("."). For more information about transfer acceleration, see Transfer Acceleration. The following operations are related to PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration:
Container for the necessary parameters to execute the PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration Operation
This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Sets an analytics configuration for the bucket (specified by the analytics configuration ID). You can have up to 1,000 analytics configurations per bucket. You can choose to have storage class analysis export analysis reports sent to a comma-separated values (CSV) flat file. See the DataExport request element. Reports are updated daily and are based on the object filters that you configure. When selecting data export, you specify a destination bucket and an optional destination prefix where the file is written. You can export the data to a destination bucket in a different account. However, the destination bucket must be in the same Region as the bucket that you are making the PUT analytics configuration to. For more information, see Amazon S3 Analytics – Storage Class Analysis. You must create a bucket policy on the destination bucket where the exported file is written to grant permissions to Amazon S3 to write objects to the bucket. For an example policy, see Granting Permissions for Amazon S3 Inventory and Storage Class Analysis. To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutAnalyticsConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources. PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration has the following special errors:
    • HTTP Error: HTTP 400 Bad Request
    • Code: InvalidArgument
    • Cause: Invalid argument.
    • HTTP Error: HTTP 400 Bad Request
    • Code: TooManyConfigurations
    • Cause: You are attempting to create a new configuration but have already reached the 1,000-configuration limit.
    • HTTP Error: HTTP 403 Forbidden
    • Code: AccessDenied
    • Cause: You are not the owner of the specified bucket, or you do not have the s3:PutAnalyticsConfiguration bucket permission to set the configuration on the bucket.
The following operations are related to PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration:
Container for the necessary parameters to execute the PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration Operation
This operation is not supported by directory buckets. This action uses the encryption subresource to configure default encryption and Amazon S3 Bucket Keys for an existing bucket. By default, all buckets have a default encryption configuration that uses server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3). You can optionally configure default encryption for a bucket by using server-side encryption with Key Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS) or dual-layer server-side encryption with Amazon Web Services KMS keys (DSSE-KMS). If you specify default encryption by using SSE-KMS, you can also configure Amazon S3 Bucket Keys. If you use PutBucketEncryption to set your default bucket encryption to SSE-KMS, you should verify that your KMS key ID is correct. Amazon S3 does not validate the KMS key ID provided in PutBucketEncryption requests. This action requires Amazon Web Services Signature Version 4. For more information, see Authenticating Requests (Amazon Web Services Signature Version 4). To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:PutEncryptionConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources in the Amazon S3 User Guide. The following operations are related to PutBucketEncryption: Container for the necessary parameters to execute the PutBucketEncryption service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the PutBucketEncryption service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for PutBucketEncryption Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Puts a S3 Intelligent-Tiering configuration to the specified bucket. You can have up to 1,000 S3 Intelligent-Tiering configurations per bucket. The S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class is designed to optimize storage costs by automatically moving data to the most cost-effective storage access tier, without performance impact or operational overhead. S3 Intelligent-Tiering delivers automatic cost savings in three low latency and high throughput access tiers. To get the lowest storage cost on data that can be accessed in minutes to hours, you can choose to activate additional archiving capabilities. The S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class is the ideal storage class for data with unknown, changing, or unpredictable access patterns, independent of object size or retention period. If the size of an object is less than 128 KB, it is not monitored and not eligible for auto-tiering. Smaller objects can be stored, but they are always charged at the Frequent Access tier rates in the S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class. For more information, see Storage class for automatically optimizing frequently and infrequently accessed objects. Operations related to PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration include: You only need S3 Intelligent-Tiering enabled on a bucket if you want to automatically move objects stored in the S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class to the Archive Access or Deep Archive Access tier. PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration has the following special errors:
HTTP 400 Bad Request Error
Code: InvalidArgument Cause: Invalid Argument
HTTP 400 Bad Request Error
Code: TooManyConfigurations Cause: You are attempting to create a new configuration but have already reached the 1,000-configuration limit.
HTTP 403 Forbidden Error
Cause: You are not the owner of the specified bucket, or you do not have the s3:PutIntelligentTieringConfiguration bucket permission to set the configuration on the bucket.
Container for the necessary parameters to execute the PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration Operation
This operation is not supported by directory buckets. This implementation of the PUT action adds an inventory configuration (identified by the inventory ID) to the bucket. You can have up to 1,000 inventory configurations per bucket. Amazon S3 inventory generates inventories of the objects in the bucket on a daily or weekly basis, and the results are published to a flat file. The bucket that is inventoried is called the source bucket, and the bucket where the inventory flat file is stored is called the destination bucket. The destination bucket must be in the same Amazon Web Services Region as the source bucket. When you configure an inventory for a source bucket, you specify the destination bucket where you want the inventory to be stored, and whether to generate the inventory daily or weekly. You can also configure what object metadata to include and whether to inventory all object versions or only current versions. For more information, see Amazon S3 Inventory in the Amazon S3 User Guide. You must create a bucket policy on the destination bucket to grant permissions to Amazon S3 to write objects to the bucket in the defined location. For an example policy, see Granting Permissions for Amazon S3 Inventory and Storage Class Analysis.
Permissions
To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:PutInventoryConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others. The s3:PutInventoryConfiguration permission allows a user to create an S3 Inventory report that includes all object metadata fields available and to specify the destination bucket to store the inventory. A user with read access to objects in the destination bucket can also access all object metadata fields that are available in the inventory report. To restrict access to an inventory report, see Restricting access to an Amazon S3 Inventory report in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about the metadata fields available in S3 Inventory, see Amazon S3 Inventory lists in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about permissions, see Permissions related to bucket subresource operations and Identity and access management in Amazon S3 in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
PutBucketInventoryConfiguration has the following special errors:
HTTP 400 Bad Request Error
Code: InvalidArgument Cause: Invalid Argument
HTTP 400 Bad Request Error
Code: TooManyConfigurations Cause: You are attempting to create a new configuration but have already reached the 1,000-configuration limit.
HTTP 403 Forbidden Error
Cause: You are not the owner of the specified bucket, or you do not have the s3:PutInventoryConfiguration bucket permission to set the configuration on the bucket.
The following operations are related to PutBucketInventoryConfiguration:
Container for the necessary parameters to execute the PutBucketInventoryConfiguration service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the PutBucketInventoryConfiguration service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for PutBucketInventoryConfiguration Operation
This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Set the logging parameters for a bucket and to specify permissions for who can view and modify the logging parameters. All logs are saved to buckets in the same Amazon Web Services Region as the source bucket. To set the logging status of a bucket, you must be the bucket owner. The bucket owner is automatically granted FULL_CONTROL to all logs. You use the Grantee request element to grant access to other people. The Permissions request element specifies the kind of access the grantee has to the logs. If the target bucket for log delivery uses the bucket owner enforced setting for S3 Object Ownership, you can't use the Grantee request element to grant access to others. Permissions can only be granted using policies. For more information, see Permissions for server access log delivery in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Grantee Values
You can specify the person (grantee) to whom you're assigning access rights (by using request elements) in the following ways:
  • By the person's ID: <Grantee xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:type="CanonicalUser"><ID><>ID<></ID><DisplayName><>GranteesEmail<></DisplayName> </Grantee> DisplayName is optional and ignored in the request.
  • By Email address: <Grantee xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:type="AmazonCustomerByEmail"><EmailAddress><>Grantees@email.com<></EmailAddress></Grantee> The grantee is resolved to the CanonicalUser and, in a response to a GETObjectAcl request, appears as the CanonicalUser.
  • By URI: <Grantee xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:type="Group"><URI><>http://acs.amazonaws.com/groups/global/AuthenticatedUsers<></URI></Grantee>
To enable logging, you use LoggingEnabled and its children request elements. To disable logging, you use an empty BucketLoggingStatus request element: <BucketLoggingStatus xmlns="http://doc.s3.amazonaws.com/2006-03-01" /> For more information about server access logging, see Server Access Logging in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about creating a bucket, see CreateBucket. For more information about returning the logging status of a bucket, see GetBucketLogging. The following operations are related to PutBucketLogging:
Container for the necessary parameters to execute the PutBucketLogging service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the PutBucketLogging service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for PutBucketLogging Operation
This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Sets a metrics configuration (specified by the metrics configuration ID) for the bucket. You can have up to 1,000 metrics configurations per bucket. If you're updating an existing metrics configuration, note that this is a full replacement of the existing metrics configuration. If you don't include the elements you want to keep, they are erased. To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutMetricsConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources. For information about CloudWatch request metrics for Amazon S3, see Monitoring Metrics with Amazon CloudWatch. The following operations are related to PutBucketMetricsConfiguration: PutBucketMetricsConfiguration has the following special error:
  • Error code: TooManyConfigurations
    • Description: You are attempting to create a new configuration but have already reached the 1,000-configuration limit.
    • HTTP Status Code: HTTP 400 Bad Request
Container for the necessary parameters to execute the PutBucketMetricsConfiguration service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the PutBucketMetricsConfiguration service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for PutBucketMetricsConfiguration Operation
This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Enables notifications of specified events for a bucket. For more information about event notifications, see Configuring Event Notifications. Using this API, you can replace an existing notification configuration. The configuration is an XML file that defines the event types that you want Amazon S3 to publish and the destination where you want Amazon S3 to publish an event notification when it detects an event of the specified type. By default, your bucket has no event notifications configured. That is, the notification configuration will be an empty NotificationConfiguration. <NotificationConfiguration> </NotificationConfiguration> This action replaces the existing notification configuration with the configuration you include in the request body. After Amazon S3 receives this request, it first verifies that any Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) or Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) destination exists, and that the bucket owner has permission to publish to it by sending a test notification. In the case of Lambda destinations, Amazon S3 verifies that the Lambda function permissions grant Amazon S3 permission to invoke the function from the Amazon S3 bucket. For more information, see Configuring Notifications for Amazon S3 Events. You can disable notifications by adding the empty NotificationConfiguration element. For more information about the number of event notification configurations that you can create per bucket, see Amazon S3 service quotas in Amazon Web Services General Reference. By default, only the bucket owner can configure notifications on a bucket. However, bucket owners can use a bucket policy to grant permission to other users to set this configuration with the required s3:PutBucketNotification permission. The PUT notification is an atomic operation. For example, suppose your notification configuration includes SNS topic, SQS queue, and Lambda function configurations. When you send a PUT request with this configuration, Amazon S3 sends test messages to your SNS topic. If the message fails, the entire PUT action will fail, and Amazon S3 will not add the configuration to your bucket. If the configuration in the request body includes only one TopicConfiguration specifying only the s3:ReducedRedundancyLostObject event type, the response will also include the x-amz-sns-test-message-id header containing the message ID of the test notification sent to the topic. The following action is related to PutBucketNotificationConfiguration: Container for the necessary parameters to execute the PutBucketNotification service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the PutBucketNotification service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for PutBucketNotification Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Creates or modifies OwnershipControls for an Amazon S3 bucket. To use this operation, you must have the s3:PutBucketOwnershipControls permission. For more information about Amazon S3 permissions, see Specifying permissions in a policy. For information about Amazon S3 Object Ownership, see Using object ownership. The following operations are related to PutBucketOwnershipControls: Container for the necessary parameters to execute the PutBucketOwnershipControls service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the PutBucketOwnershipControls service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for PutBucketOwnershipControls Operation Applies an Amazon S3 bucket policy to an Amazon S3 bucket. Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Regional endpoint. These endpoints support path-style requests in the format https://s3express-control.region_code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name . Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Permissions
If you are using an identity other than the root user of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the bucket, the calling identity must both have the PutBucketPolicy permissions on the specified bucket and belong to the bucket owner's account in order to use this operation. If you don't have PutBucketPolicy permissions, Amazon S3 returns a 403 Access Denied error. If you have the correct permissions, but you're not using an identity that belongs to the bucket owner's account, Amazon S3 returns a 405 Method Not Allowed error. To ensure that bucket owners don't inadvertently lock themselves out of their own buckets, the root principal in a bucket owner's Amazon Web Services account can perform the GetBucketPolicy, PutBucketPolicy, and DeleteBucketPolicy API actions, even if their bucket policy explicitly denies the root principal's access. Bucket owner root principals can only be blocked from performing these API actions by VPC endpoint policies and Amazon Web Services Organizations policies.
  • General purpose bucket permissions - The s3:PutBucketPolicy permission is required in a policy. For more information about general purpose buckets bucket policies, see Using Bucket Policies and User Policies in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
  • Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation, you must have the s3express:PutBucketPolicy permission in an IAM identity-based policy instead of a bucket policy. Cross-account access to this API operation isn't supported. This operation can only be performed by the Amazon Web Services account that owns the resource. For more information about directory bucket policies and permissions, see Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Example bucket policies
General purpose buckets example bucket policies - See Bucket policy examples in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Directory bucket example bucket policies - See Example bucket policies for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
HTTP Host header syntax
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is s3express-control.region.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to PutBucketPolicy:
The name of the bucket. Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, you must use path-style requests in the format https://s3express-control.region_code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name . Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. Directory bucket names must be unique in the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must also follow the format bucket_base_name--az_id--x-s3 (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az2--x-s3). For information about bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming rules in the Amazon S3 User Guide The bucket policy as a JSON document. For directory buckets, the only IAM action supported in the bucket policy is s3express:CreateSession. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the PutBucketPolicy service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for PutBucketPolicy Operation
Applies an Amazon S3 bucket policy to an Amazon S3 bucket. Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Regional endpoint. These endpoints support path-style requests in the format https://s3express-control.region_code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name . Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Permissions
If you are using an identity other than the root user of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the bucket, the calling identity must both have the PutBucketPolicy permissions on the specified bucket and belong to the bucket owner's account in order to use this operation. If you don't have PutBucketPolicy permissions, Amazon S3 returns a 403 Access Denied error. If you have the correct permissions, but you're not using an identity that belongs to the bucket owner's account, Amazon S3 returns a 405 Method Not Allowed error. To ensure that bucket owners don't inadvertently lock themselves out of their own buckets, the root principal in a bucket owner's Amazon Web Services account can perform the GetBucketPolicy, PutBucketPolicy, and DeleteBucketPolicy API actions, even if their bucket policy explicitly denies the root principal's access. Bucket owner root principals can only be blocked from performing these API actions by VPC endpoint policies and Amazon Web Services Organizations policies.
  • General purpose bucket permissions - The s3:PutBucketPolicy permission is required in a policy. For more information about general purpose buckets bucket policies, see Using Bucket Policies and User Policies in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
  • Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation, you must have the s3express:PutBucketPolicy permission in an IAM identity-based policy instead of a bucket policy. Cross-account access to this API operation isn't supported. This operation can only be performed by the Amazon Web Services account that owns the resource. For more information about directory bucket policies and permissions, see Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Example bucket policies
General purpose buckets example bucket policies - See Bucket policy examples in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Directory bucket example bucket policies - See Example bucket policies for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
HTTP Host header syntax
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is s3express-control.region.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to PutBucketPolicy:
The name of the bucket. Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, you must use path-style requests in the format https://s3express-control.region_code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name . Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. Directory bucket names must be unique in the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must also follow the format bucket_base_name--az_id--x-s3 (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az2--x-s3). For information about bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming rules in the Amazon S3 User Guide The bucket policy as a JSON document. For directory buckets, the only IAM action supported in the bucket policy is s3express:CreateSession. The MD5 hash of the request body. For requests made using the Amazon Web Services Command Line Interface (CLI) or Amazon Web Services SDKs, this field is calculated automatically. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the PutBucketPolicy service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for PutBucketPolicy Operation
Applies an Amazon S3 bucket policy to an Amazon S3 bucket. Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Regional endpoint. These endpoints support path-style requests in the format https://s3express-control.region_code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name . Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Permissions
If you are using an identity other than the root user of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the bucket, the calling identity must both have the PutBucketPolicy permissions on the specified bucket and belong to the bucket owner's account in order to use this operation. If you don't have PutBucketPolicy permissions, Amazon S3 returns a 403 Access Denied error. If you have the correct permissions, but you're not using an identity that belongs to the bucket owner's account, Amazon S3 returns a 405 Method Not Allowed error. To ensure that bucket owners don't inadvertently lock themselves out of their own buckets, the root principal in a bucket owner's Amazon Web Services account can perform the GetBucketPolicy, PutBucketPolicy, and DeleteBucketPolicy API actions, even if their bucket policy explicitly denies the root principal's access. Bucket owner root principals can only be blocked from performing these API actions by VPC endpoint policies and Amazon Web Services Organizations policies.
  • General purpose bucket permissions - The s3:PutBucketPolicy permission is required in a policy. For more information about general purpose buckets bucket policies, see Using Bucket Policies and User Policies in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
  • Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation, you must have the s3express:PutBucketPolicy permission in an IAM identity-based policy instead of a bucket policy. Cross-account access to this API operation isn't supported. This operation can only be performed by the Amazon Web Services account that owns the resource. For more information about directory bucket policies and permissions, see Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Example bucket policies
General purpose buckets example bucket policies - See Bucket policy examples in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Directory bucket example bucket policies - See Example bucket policies for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
HTTP Host header syntax
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is s3express-control.region.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to PutBucketPolicy:
Container for the necessary parameters to execute the PutBucketPolicy service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the PutBucketPolicy service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for PutBucketPolicy Operation
This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Creates a replication configuration or replaces an existing one. For more information, see Replication in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Specify the replication configuration in the request body. In the replication configuration, you provide the name of the destination bucket or buckets where you want Amazon S3 to replicate objects, the IAM role that Amazon S3 can assume to replicate objects on your behalf, and other relevant information. You can invoke this request for a specific Amazon Web Services Region by using the aws:RequestedRegion condition key. A replication configuration must include at least one rule, and can contain a maximum of 1,000. Each rule identifies a subset of objects to replicate by filtering the objects in the source bucket. To choose additional subsets of objects to replicate, add a rule for each subset. To specify a subset of the objects in the source bucket to apply a replication rule to, add the Filter element as a child of the Rule element. You can filter objects based on an object key prefix, one or more object tags, or both. When you add the Filter element in the configuration, you must also add the following elements: DeleteMarkerReplication, Status, and Priority. If you are using an earlier version of the replication configuration, Amazon S3 handles replication of delete markers differently. For more information, see Backward Compatibility. For information about enabling versioning on a bucket, see Using Versioning.
Handling Replication of Encrypted Objects
By default, Amazon S3 doesn't replicate objects that are stored at rest using server-side encryption with KMS keys. To replicate Amazon Web Services KMS-encrypted objects, add the following: SourceSelectionCriteria, SseKmsEncryptedObjects, Status, EncryptionConfiguration, and ReplicaKmsKeyID. For information about replication configuration, see Replicating Objects Created with SSE Using KMS keys. For information on PutBucketReplication errors, see List of replication-related error codes
Permissions
To create a PutBucketReplication request, you must have s3:PutReplicationConfiguration permissions for the bucket. By default, a resource owner, in this case the Amazon Web Services account that created the bucket, can perform this operation. The resource owner can also grant others permissions to perform the operation. For more information about permissions, see Specifying Permissions in a Policy and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources. To perform this operation, the user or role performing the action must have the iam:PassRole permission.
The following operations are related to PutBucketReplication:
Container for the necessary parameters to execute the PutBucketReplication service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the PutBucketReplication service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for PutBucketReplication Operation
This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Sets the request payment configuration for a bucket. By default, the bucket owner pays for downloads from the bucket. This configuration parameter enables the bucket owner (only) to specify that the person requesting the download will be charged for the download. For more information, see Requester Pays Buckets. The following operations are related to PutBucketRequestPayment: The bucket name. Container for Payer. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the PutBucketRequestPayment service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for PutBucketRequestPayment Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Sets the request payment configuration for a bucket. By default, the bucket owner pays for downloads from the bucket. This configuration parameter enables the bucket owner (only) to specify that the person requesting the download will be charged for the download. For more information, see Requester Pays Buckets. The following operations are related to PutBucketRequestPayment: Container for the necessary parameters to execute the PutBucketRequestPayment service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the PutBucketRequestPayment service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for PutBucketRequestPayment Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Sets the tags for a bucket. Use tags to organize your Amazon Web Services bill to reflect your own cost structure. To do this, sign up to get your Amazon Web Services account bill with tag key values included. Then, to see the cost of combined resources, organize your billing information according to resources with the same tag key values. For example, you can tag several resources with a specific application name, and then organize your billing information to see the total cost of that application across several services. For more information, see Cost Allocation and Tagging and Using Cost Allocation in Amazon S3 Bucket Tags. When this operation sets the tags for a bucket, it will overwrite any current tags the bucket already has. You cannot use this operation to add tags to an existing list of tags. To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutBucketTagging action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources. PutBucketTagging has the following special errors. For more Amazon S3 errors see, Error Responses.
  • InvalidTag - The tag provided was not a valid tag. This error can occur if the tag did not pass input validation. For more information, see Using Cost Allocation in Amazon S3 Bucket Tags.
  • MalformedXML - The XML provided does not match the schema.
  • OperationAborted - A conflicting conditional action is currently in progress against this resource. Please try again.
  • InternalError - The service was unable to apply the provided tag to the bucket.
The following operations are related to PutBucketTagging:
The bucket name. A property of PutBucketTaggingRequest used to execute the PutBucketTagging service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the PutBucketTagging service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for PutBucketTagging Operation
This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Sets the tags for a bucket. Use tags to organize your Amazon Web Services bill to reflect your own cost structure. To do this, sign up to get your Amazon Web Services account bill with tag key values included. Then, to see the cost of combined resources, organize your billing information according to resources with the same tag key values. For example, you can tag several resources with a specific application name, and then organize your billing information to see the total cost of that application across several services. For more information, see Cost Allocation and Tagging and Using Cost Allocation in Amazon S3 Bucket Tags. When this operation sets the tags for a bucket, it will overwrite any current tags the bucket already has. You cannot use this operation to add tags to an existing list of tags. To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutBucketTagging action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources. PutBucketTagging has the following special errors. For more Amazon S3 errors see, Error Responses.
  • InvalidTag - The tag provided was not a valid tag. This error can occur if the tag did not pass input validation. For more information, see Using Cost Allocation in Amazon S3 Bucket Tags.
  • MalformedXML - The XML provided does not match the schema.
  • OperationAborted - A conflicting conditional action is currently in progress against this resource. Please try again.
  • InternalError - The service was unable to apply the provided tag to the bucket.
The following operations are related to PutBucketTagging:
Container for the necessary parameters to execute the PutBucketTagging service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the PutBucketTagging service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for PutBucketTagging Operation
This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Sets the versioning state of an existing bucket. You can set the versioning state with one of the following values: Enabled—Enables versioning for the objects in the bucket. All objects added to the bucket receive a unique version ID. Suspended—Disables versioning for the objects in the bucket. All objects added to the bucket receive the version ID null. If the versioning state has never been set on a bucket, it has no versioning state; a GetBucketVersioning request does not return a versioning state value. In order to enable MFA Delete, you must be the bucket owner. If you are the bucket owner and want to enable MFA Delete in the bucket versioning configuration, you must include the x-amz-mfa request header and the Status and the MfaDelete request elements in a request to set the versioning state of the bucket. If you have an object expiration lifecycle configuration in your non-versioned bucket and you want to maintain the same permanent delete behavior when you enable versioning, you must add a noncurrent expiration policy. The noncurrent expiration lifecycle configuration will manage the deletes of the noncurrent object versions in the version-enabled bucket. (A version-enabled bucket maintains one current and zero or more noncurrent object versions.) For more information, see Lifecycle and Versioning. The following operations are related to PutBucketVersioning: Container for the necessary parameters to execute the PutBucketVersioning service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the PutBucketVersioning service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for PutBucketVersioning Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Sets the configuration of the website that is specified in the website subresource. To configure a bucket as a website, you can add this subresource on the bucket with website configuration information such as the file name of the index document and any redirect rules. For more information, see Hosting Websites on Amazon S3. This PUT action requires the S3:PutBucketWebsite permission. By default, only the bucket owner can configure the website attached to a bucket; however, bucket owners can allow other users to set the website configuration by writing a bucket policy that grants them the S3:PutBucketWebsite permission. To redirect all website requests sent to the bucket's website endpoint, you add a website configuration with the following elements. Because all requests are sent to another website, you don't need to provide index document name for the bucket.
  • WebsiteConfiguration
  • RedirectAllRequestsTo
  • HostName
  • Protocol
If you want granular control over redirects, you can use the following elements to add routing rules that describe conditions for redirecting requests and information about the redirect destination. In this case, the website configuration must provide an index document for the bucket, because some requests might not be redirected.
  • WebsiteConfiguration
  • IndexDocument
  • Suffix
  • ErrorDocument
  • Key
  • RoutingRules
  • RoutingRule
  • Condition
  • HttpErrorCodeReturnedEquals
  • KeyPrefixEquals
  • Redirect
  • Protocol
  • HostName
  • ReplaceKeyPrefixWith
  • ReplaceKeyWith
  • HttpRedirectCode
Amazon S3 has a limitation of 50 routing rules per website configuration. If you require more than 50 routing rules, you can use object redirect. For more information, see Configuring an Object Redirect in the Amazon S3 User Guide. The maximum request length is limited to 128 KB.
The bucket name. Container for the request. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the PutBucketWebsite service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for PutBucketWebsite Operation
This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Sets the configuration of the website that is specified in the website subresource. To configure a bucket as a website, you can add this subresource on the bucket with website configuration information such as the file name of the index document and any redirect rules. For more information, see Hosting Websites on Amazon S3. This PUT action requires the S3:PutBucketWebsite permission. By default, only the bucket owner can configure the website attached to a bucket; however, bucket owners can allow other users to set the website configuration by writing a bucket policy that grants them the S3:PutBucketWebsite permission. To redirect all website requests sent to the bucket's website endpoint, you add a website configuration with the following elements. Because all requests are sent to another website, you don't need to provide index document name for the bucket.
  • WebsiteConfiguration
  • RedirectAllRequestsTo
  • HostName
  • Protocol
If you want granular control over redirects, you can use the following elements to add routing rules that describe conditions for redirecting requests and information about the redirect destination. In this case, the website configuration must provide an index document for the bucket, because some requests might not be redirected.
  • WebsiteConfiguration
  • IndexDocument
  • Suffix
  • ErrorDocument
  • Key
  • RoutingRules
  • RoutingRule
  • Condition
  • HttpErrorCodeReturnedEquals
  • KeyPrefixEquals
  • Redirect
  • Protocol
  • HostName
  • ReplaceKeyPrefixWith
  • ReplaceKeyWith
  • HttpRedirectCode
Amazon S3 has a limitation of 50 routing rules per website configuration. If you require more than 50 routing rules, you can use object redirect. For more information, see Configuring an Object Redirect in the Amazon S3 User Guide. The maximum request length is limited to 128 KB.
Container for the necessary parameters to execute the PutBucketWebsite service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the PutBucketWebsite service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for PutBucketWebsite Operation
This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Sets the cors configuration for your bucket. If the configuration exists, Amazon S3 replaces it. To use this operation, you must be allowed to perform the s3:PutBucketCORS action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant it to others. You set this configuration on a bucket so that the bucket can service cross-origin requests. For example, you might want to enable a request whose origin is http://www.example.com to access your Amazon S3 bucket at my.example.bucket.com by using the browser's XMLHttpRequest capability. To enable cross-origin resource sharing (CORS) on a bucket, you add the cors subresource to the bucket. The cors subresource is an XML document in which you configure rules that identify origins and the HTTP methods that can be executed on your bucket. The document is limited to 64 KB in size. When Amazon S3 receives a cross-origin request (or a pre-flight OPTIONS request) against a bucket, it evaluates the cors configuration on the bucket and uses the first CORSRule rule that matches the incoming browser request to enable a cross-origin request. For a rule to match, the following conditions must be met:
  • The request's Origin header must match AllowedOrigin elements.
  • The request method (for example, GET, PUT, HEAD, and so on) or the Access-Control-Request-Method header in case of a pre-flight OPTIONS request must be one of the AllowedMethod elements.
  • Every header specified in the Access-Control-Request-Headers request header of a pre-flight request must match an AllowedHeader element.
For more information about CORS, go to Enabling Cross-Origin Resource Sharing in the Amazon S3 User Guide. The following operations are related to PutBucketCors:
Specifies the bucket impacted by the corsconfiguration. Describes the cross-origin access configuration for objects in an Amazon S3 bucket. For more information, see Enabling Cross-Origin Resource Sharing in the Amazon S3 User Guide. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the PutCORSConfiguration service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for PutCORSConfiguration Operation
This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Sets the cors configuration for your bucket. If the configuration exists, Amazon S3 replaces it. To use this operation, you must be allowed to perform the s3:PutBucketCORS action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant it to others. You set this configuration on a bucket so that the bucket can service cross-origin requests. For example, you might want to enable a request whose origin is http://www.example.com to access your Amazon S3 bucket at my.example.bucket.com by using the browser's XMLHttpRequest capability. To enable cross-origin resource sharing (CORS) on a bucket, you add the cors subresource to the bucket. The cors subresource is an XML document in which you configure rules that identify origins and the HTTP methods that can be executed on your bucket. The document is limited to 64 KB in size. When Amazon S3 receives a cross-origin request (or a pre-flight OPTIONS request) against a bucket, it evaluates the cors configuration on the bucket and uses the first CORSRule rule that matches the incoming browser request to enable a cross-origin request. For a rule to match, the following conditions must be met:
  • The request's Origin header must match AllowedOrigin elements.
  • The request method (for example, GET, PUT, HEAD, and so on) or the Access-Control-Request-Method header in case of a pre-flight OPTIONS request must be one of the AllowedMethod elements.
  • Every header specified in the Access-Control-Request-Headers request header of a pre-flight request must match an AllowedHeader element.
For more information about CORS, go to Enabling Cross-Origin Resource Sharing in the Amazon S3 User Guide. The following operations are related to PutBucketCors:
Container for the necessary parameters to execute the PutCORSConfiguration service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the PutCORSConfiguration service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for PutCORSConfiguration Operation
This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Creates a new lifecycle configuration for the bucket or replaces an existing lifecycle configuration. Keep in mind that this will overwrite an existing lifecycle configuration, so if you want to retain any configuration details, they must be included in the new lifecycle configuration. For information about lifecycle configuration, see Managing your storage lifecycle. Bucket lifecycle configuration now supports specifying a lifecycle rule using an object key name prefix, one or more object tags, or a combination of both. Accordingly, this section describes the latest API. The previous version of the API supported filtering based only on an object key name prefix, which is supported for backward compatibility. For the related API description, see PutBucketLifecycle.
Rules
You specify the lifecycle configuration in your request body. The lifecycle configuration is specified as XML consisting of one or more rules. An Amazon S3 Lifecycle configuration can have up to 1,000 rules. This limit is not adjustable. Each rule consists of the following:
  • A filter identifying a subset of objects to which the rule applies. The filter can be based on a key name prefix, object tags, or a combination of both.
  • A status indicating whether the rule is in effect.
  • One or more lifecycle transition and expiration actions that you want Amazon S3 to perform on the objects identified by the filter. If the state of your bucket is versioning-enabled or versioning-suspended, you can have many versions of the same object (one current version and zero or more noncurrent versions). Amazon S3 provides predefined actions that you can specify for current and noncurrent object versions.
For more information, see Object Lifecycle Management and Lifecycle Configuration Elements.
Permissions
By default, all Amazon S3 resources are private, including buckets, objects, and related subresources (for example, lifecycle configuration and website configuration). Only the resource owner (that is, the Amazon Web Services account that created it) can access the resource. The resource owner can optionally grant access permissions to others by writing an access policy. For this operation, a user must get the s3:PutLifecycleConfiguration permission. You can also explicitly deny permissions. An explicit deny also supersedes any other permissions. If you want to block users or accounts from removing or deleting objects from your bucket, you must deny them permissions for the following actions:
  • s3:DeleteObject
  • s3:DeleteObjectVersion
  • s3:PutLifecycleConfiguration
For more information about permissions, see Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources.
The following operations are related to PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration:
The name of the bucket for which to set the configuration. A property of PutLifecycleConfigurationRequest used to execute the PutLifecycleConfiguration service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the PutLifecycleConfiguration service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for PutLifecycleConfiguration Operation
This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Creates a new lifecycle configuration for the bucket or replaces an existing lifecycle configuration. Keep in mind that this will overwrite an existing lifecycle configuration, so if you want to retain any configuration details, they must be included in the new lifecycle configuration. For information about lifecycle configuration, see Managing your storage lifecycle. Bucket lifecycle configuration now supports specifying a lifecycle rule using an object key name prefix, one or more object tags, or a combination of both. Accordingly, this section describes the latest API. The previous version of the API supported filtering based only on an object key name prefix, which is supported for backward compatibility. For the related API description, see PutBucketLifecycle.
Rules
You specify the lifecycle configuration in your request body. The lifecycle configuration is specified as XML consisting of one or more rules. An Amazon S3 Lifecycle configuration can have up to 1,000 rules. This limit is not adjustable. Each rule consists of the following:
  • A filter identifying a subset of objects to which the rule applies. The filter can be based on a key name prefix, object tags, or a combination of both.
  • A status indicating whether the rule is in effect.
  • One or more lifecycle transition and expiration actions that you want Amazon S3 to perform on the objects identified by the filter. If the state of your bucket is versioning-enabled or versioning-suspended, you can have many versions of the same object (one current version and zero or more noncurrent versions). Amazon S3 provides predefined actions that you can specify for current and noncurrent object versions.
For more information, see Object Lifecycle Management and Lifecycle Configuration Elements.
Permissions
By default, all Amazon S3 resources are private, including buckets, objects, and related subresources (for example, lifecycle configuration and website configuration). Only the resource owner (that is, the Amazon Web Services account that created it) can access the resource. The resource owner can optionally grant access permissions to others by writing an access policy. For this operation, a user must get the s3:PutLifecycleConfiguration permission. You can also explicitly deny permissions. An explicit deny also supersedes any other permissions. If you want to block users or accounts from removing or deleting objects from your bucket, you must deny them permissions for the following actions:
  • s3:DeleteObject
  • s3:DeleteObjectVersion
  • s3:PutLifecycleConfiguration
For more information about permissions, see Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources.
The following operations are related to PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration:
Container for the necessary parameters to execute the PutLifecycleConfiguration service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the PutLifecycleConfiguration service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for PutLifecycleConfiguration Operation
Adds an object to a bucket.
  • Amazon S3 never adds partial objects; if you receive a success response, Amazon S3 added the entire object to the bucket. You cannot use PutObject to only update a single piece of metadata for an existing object. You must put the entire object with updated metadata if you want to update some values.
  • If your bucket uses the bucket owner enforced setting for Object Ownership, ACLs are disabled and no longer affect permissions. All objects written to the bucket by any account will be owned by the bucket owner.
  • Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name . Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Amazon S3 is a distributed system. If it receives multiple write requests for the same object simultaneously, it overwrites all but the last object written. However, Amazon S3 provides features that can modify this behavior:
  • S3 Object Lock - To prevent objects from being deleted or overwritten, you can use Amazon S3 Object Lock in the Amazon S3 User Guide. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.
  • S3 Versioning - When you enable versioning for a bucket, if Amazon S3 receives multiple write requests for the same object simultaneously, it stores all versions of the objects. For each write request that is made to the same object, Amazon S3 automatically generates a unique version ID of that object being stored in Amazon S3. You can retrieve, replace, or delete any version of the object. For more information about versioning, see Adding Objects to Versioning-Enabled Buckets in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For information about returning the versioning state of a bucket, see GetBucketVersioning. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.
Permissions
  • General purpose bucket permissions - The following permissions are required in your policies when your PutObject request includes specific headers.
    • s3:PutObject - To successfully complete the PutObject request, you must always have the s3:PutObject permission on a bucket to add an object to it.
    • s3:PutObjectAcl - To successfully change the objects ACL of your PutObject request, you must have the s3:PutObjectAcl.
    • s3:PutObjectTagging - To successfully set the tag-set with your PutObject request, you must have the s3:PutObjectTagging.
  • Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession .
Data integrity with Content-MD5
  • General purpose bucket - To ensure that data is not corrupted traversing the network, use the Content-MD5 header. When you use this header, Amazon S3 checks the object against the provided MD5 value and, if they do not match, Amazon S3 returns an error. Alternatively, when the object's ETag is its MD5 digest, you can calculate the MD5 while putting the object to Amazon S3 and compare the returned ETag to the calculated MD5 value.
  • Directory bucket - This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.
HTTP Host header syntax
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com.
For more information about related Amazon S3 APIs, see the following:
Container for the necessary parameters to execute the PutObject service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the PutObject service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for PutObject Operation
This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Applies a legal hold configuration to the specified object. For more information, see Locking Objects. This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts. Container for the necessary parameters to execute the PutObjectLegalHold service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the PutObjectLegalHold service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for PutObjectLegalHold Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Places an Object Lock configuration on the specified bucket. The rule specified in the Object Lock configuration will be applied by default to every new object placed in the specified bucket. For more information, see Locking Objects.
  • The DefaultRetention settings require both a mode and a period.
  • The DefaultRetention period can be either Days or Years but you must select one. You cannot specify Days and Years at the same time.
  • You can enable Object Lock for new or existing buckets. For more information, see Configuring Object Lock.
Container for the necessary parameters to execute the PutObjectLockConfiguration service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the PutObjectLockConfiguration service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for PutObjectLockConfiguration Operation
This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Places an Object Retention configuration on an object. For more information, see Locking Objects. Users or accounts require the s3:PutObjectRetention permission in order to place an Object Retention configuration on objects. Bypassing a Governance Retention configuration requires the s3:BypassGovernanceRetention permission. This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts. Container for the necessary parameters to execute the PutObjectRetention service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the PutObjectRetention service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for PutObjectRetention Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Sets the supplied tag-set to an object that already exists in a bucket. A tag is a key-value pair. For more information, see Object Tagging. You can associate tags with an object by sending a PUT request against the tagging subresource that is associated with the object. You can retrieve tags by sending a GET request. For more information, see GetObjectTagging. For tagging-related restrictions related to characters and encodings, see Tag Restrictions. Note that Amazon S3 limits the maximum number of tags to 10 tags per object. To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:PutObjectTagging action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant this permission to others. To put tags of any other version, use the versionId query parameter. You also need permission for the s3:PutObjectVersionTagging action. PutObjectTagging has the following special errors. For more Amazon S3 errors see, Error Responses.
  • InvalidTag - The tag provided was not a valid tag. This error can occur if the tag did not pass input validation. For more information, see Object Tagging.
  • MalformedXML - The XML provided does not match the schema.
  • OperationAborted - A conflicting conditional action is currently in progress against this resource. Please try again.
  • InternalError - The service was unable to apply the provided tag to the object.
The following operations are related to PutObjectTagging:
Container for the necessary parameters to execute the PutObjectTagging service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the PutObjectTagging service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for PutObjectTagging Operation
This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Creates or modifies the PublicAccessBlock configuration for an Amazon S3 bucket. To use this operation, you must have the s3:PutBucketPublicAccessBlock permission. For more information about Amazon S3 permissions, see Specifying Permissions in a Policy. When Amazon S3 evaluates the PublicAccessBlock configuration for a bucket or an object, it checks the PublicAccessBlock configuration for both the bucket (or the bucket that contains the object) and the bucket owner's account. If the PublicAccessBlock configurations are different between the bucket and the account, Amazon S3 uses the most restrictive combination of the bucket-level and account-level settings. For more information about when Amazon S3 considers a bucket or an object public, see The Meaning of "Public". The following operations are related to PutPublicAccessBlock: Container for the necessary parameters to execute the PutPublicAccessBlock service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the PutPublicAccessBlock service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for PutPublicAccessBlock Operation This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Restores an archived copy of an object back into Amazon S3 This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts. This action performs the following types of requests:
  • select - Perform a select query on an archived object
  • restore an archive - Restore an archived object
For more information about the S3 structure in the request body, see the following: Define the SQL expression for the SELECT type of restoration for your query in the request body's SelectParameters structure. You can use expressions like the following examples.
  • The following expression returns all records from the specified object. SELECT * FROM Object
  • Assuming that you are not using any headers for data stored in the object, you can specify columns with positional headers. SELECT s._1, s._2 FROM Object s WHERE s._3 > 100
  • If you have headers and you set the fileHeaderInfo in the CSV structure in the request body to USE, you can specify headers in the query. (If you set the fileHeaderInfo field to IGNORE, the first row is skipped for the query.) You cannot mix ordinal positions with header column names. SELECT s.Id, s.FirstName, s.SSN FROM S3Object s
When making a select request, you can also do the following:
  • To expedite your queries, specify the Expedited tier. For more information about tiers, see "Restoring Archives," later in this topic.
  • Specify details about the data serialization format of both the input object that is being queried and the serialization of the CSV-encoded query results.
The following are additional important facts about the select feature:
  • The output results are new Amazon S3 objects. Unlike archive retrievals, they are stored until explicitly deleted-manually or through a lifecycle configuration.
  • You can issue more than one select request on the same Amazon S3 object. Amazon S3 doesn't duplicate requests, so avoid issuing duplicate requests.
  • Amazon S3 accepts a select request even if the object has already been restored. A select request doesn’t return error response 409.
Permissions
To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:RestoreObject action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Restoring objects
Objects that you archive to the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval Flexible Retrieval or S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class, and S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tiers, are not accessible in real time. For objects in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval Flexible Retrieval or S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage classes, you must first initiate a restore request, and then wait until a temporary copy of the object is available. If you want a permanent copy of the object, create a copy of it in the Amazon S3 Standard storage class in your S3 bucket. To access an archived object, you must restore the object for the duration (number of days) that you specify. For objects in the Archive Access or Deep Archive Access tiers of S3 Intelligent-Tiering, you must first initiate a restore request, and then wait until the object is moved into the Frequent Access tier. To restore a specific object version, you can provide a version ID. If you don't provide a version ID, Amazon S3 restores the current version. When restoring an archived object, you can specify one of the following data access tier options in the Tier element of the request body:
  • Expedited - Expedited retrievals allow you to quickly access your data stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval Flexible Retrieval storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive tier when occasional urgent requests for restoring archives are required. For all but the largest archived objects (250 MB+), data accessed using Expedited retrievals is typically made available within 1–5 minutes. Provisioned capacity ensures that retrieval capacity for Expedited retrievals is available when you need it. Expedited retrievals and provisioned capacity are not available for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tier.
  • Standard - Standard retrievals allow you to access any of your archived objects within several hours. This is the default option for retrieval requests that do not specify the retrieval option. Standard retrievals typically finish within 3–5 hours for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval Flexible Retrieval storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive tier. They typically finish within 12 hours for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tier. Standard retrievals are free for objects stored in S3 Intelligent-Tiering.
  • Bulk - Bulk retrievals free for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval and S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage classes, enabling you to retrieve large amounts, even petabytes, of data at no cost. Bulk retrievals typically finish within 5–12 hours for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval Flexible Retrieval storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive tier. Bulk retrievals are also the lowest-cost retrieval option when restoring objects from S3 Glacier Deep Archive. They typically finish within 48 hours for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tier.
For more information about archive retrieval options and provisioned capacity for Expedited data access, see Restoring Archived Objects in the Amazon S3 User Guide. You can use Amazon S3 restore speed upgrade to change the restore speed to a faster speed while it is in progress. For more information, see Upgrading the speed of an in-progress restore in the Amazon S3 User Guide. To get the status of object restoration, you can send a HEAD request. Operations return the x-amz-restore header, which provides information about the restoration status, in the response. You can use Amazon S3 event notifications to notify you when a restore is initiated or completed. For more information, see Configuring Amazon S3 Event Notifications in the Amazon S3 User Guide. After restoring an archived object, you can update the restoration period by reissuing the request with a new period. Amazon S3 updates the restoration period relative to the current time and charges only for the request-there are no data transfer charges. You cannot update the restoration period when Amazon S3 is actively processing your current restore request for the object. If your bucket has a lifecycle configuration with a rule that includes an expiration action, the object expiration overrides the life span that you specify in a restore request. For example, if you restore an object copy for 10 days, but the object is scheduled to expire in 3 days, Amazon S3 deletes the object in 3 days. For more information about lifecycle configuration, see PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration and Object Lifecycle Management in Amazon S3 User Guide.
Responses
A successful action returns either the 200 OK or 202 Accepted status code.
  • If the object is not previously restored, then Amazon S3 returns 202 Accepted in the response.
  • If the object is previously restored, Amazon S3 returns 200 OK in the response.
  • Special errors:
    • Code: RestoreAlreadyInProgress
    • Cause: Object restore is already in progress. (This error does not apply to SELECT type requests.)
    • HTTP Status Code: 409 Conflict
    • SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
    • Code: GlacierExpeditedRetrievalNotAvailable
    • Cause: expedited retrievals are currently not available. Try again later. (Returned if there is insufficient capacity to process the Expedited request. This error applies only to Expedited retrievals and not to S3 Standard or Bulk retrievals.)
    • HTTP Status Code: 503
    • SOAP Fault Code Prefix: N/A
The following operations are related to RestoreObject:
The bucket name containing the object to restore. Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Object key for which the action was initiated. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the RestoreObject service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for RestoreObject Operation
This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Restores an archived copy of an object back into Amazon S3 This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts. This action performs the following types of requests:
  • select - Perform a select query on an archived object
  • restore an archive - Restore an archived object
For more information about the S3 structure in the request body, see the following: Define the SQL expression for the SELECT type of restoration for your query in the request body's SelectParameters structure. You can use expressions like the following examples.
  • The following expression returns all records from the specified object. SELECT * FROM Object
  • Assuming that you are not using any headers for data stored in the object, you can specify columns with positional headers. SELECT s._1, s._2 FROM Object s WHERE s._3 > 100
  • If you have headers and you set the fileHeaderInfo in the CSV structure in the request body to USE, you can specify headers in the query. (If you set the fileHeaderInfo field to IGNORE, the first row is skipped for the query.) You cannot mix ordinal positions with header column names. SELECT s.Id, s.FirstName, s.SSN FROM S3Object s
When making a select request, you can also do the following:
  • To expedite your queries, specify the Expedited tier. For more information about tiers, see "Restoring Archives," later in this topic.
  • Specify details about the data serialization format of both the input object that is being queried and the serialization of the CSV-encoded query results.
The following are additional important facts about the select feature:
  • The output results are new Amazon S3 objects. Unlike archive retrievals, they are stored until explicitly deleted-manually or through a lifecycle configuration.
  • You can issue more than one select request on the same Amazon S3 object. Amazon S3 doesn't duplicate requests, so avoid issuing duplicate requests.
  • Amazon S3 accepts a select request even if the object has already been restored. A select request doesn’t return error response 409.
Permissions
To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:RestoreObject action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Restoring objects
Objects that you archive to the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval Flexible Retrieval or S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class, and S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tiers, are not accessible in real time. For objects in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval Flexible Retrieval or S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage classes, you must first initiate a restore request, and then wait until a temporary copy of the object is available. If you want a permanent copy of the object, create a copy of it in the Amazon S3 Standard storage class in your S3 bucket. To access an archived object, you must restore the object for the duration (number of days) that you specify. For objects in the Archive Access or Deep Archive Access tiers of S3 Intelligent-Tiering, you must first initiate a restore request, and then wait until the object is moved into the Frequent Access tier. To restore a specific object version, you can provide a version ID. If you don't provide a version ID, Amazon S3 restores the current version. When restoring an archived object, you can specify one of the following data access tier options in the Tier element of the request body:
  • Expedited - Expedited retrievals allow you to quickly access your data stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval Flexible Retrieval storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive tier when occasional urgent requests for restoring archives are required. For all but the largest archived objects (250 MB+), data accessed using Expedited retrievals is typically made available within 1–5 minutes. Provisioned capacity ensures that retrieval capacity for Expedited retrievals is available when you need it. Expedited retrievals and provisioned capacity are not available for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tier.
  • Standard - Standard retrievals allow you to access any of your archived objects within several hours. This is the default option for retrieval requests that do not specify the retrieval option. Standard retrievals typically finish within 3–5 hours for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval Flexible Retrieval storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive tier. They typically finish within 12 hours for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tier. Standard retrievals are free for objects stored in S3 Intelligent-Tiering.
  • Bulk - Bulk retrievals free for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval and S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage classes, enabling you to retrieve large amounts, even petabytes, of data at no cost. Bulk retrievals typically finish within 5–12 hours for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval Flexible Retrieval storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive tier. Bulk retrievals are also the lowest-cost retrieval option when restoring objects from S3 Glacier Deep Archive. They typically finish within 48 hours for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tier.
For more information about archive retrieval options and provisioned capacity for Expedited data access, see Restoring Archived Objects in the Amazon S3 User Guide. You can use Amazon S3 restore speed upgrade to change the restore speed to a faster speed while it is in progress. For more information, see Upgrading the speed of an in-progress restore in the Amazon S3 User Guide. To get the status of object restoration, you can send a HEAD request. Operations return the x-amz-restore header, which provides information about the restoration status, in the response. You can use Amazon S3 event notifications to notify you when a restore is initiated or completed. For more information, see Configuring Amazon S3 Event Notifications in the Amazon S3 User Guide. After restoring an archived object, you can update the restoration period by reissuing the request with a new period. Amazon S3 updates the restoration period relative to the current time and charges only for the request-there are no data transfer charges. You cannot update the restoration period when Amazon S3 is actively processing your current restore request for the object. If your bucket has a lifecycle configuration with a rule that includes an expiration action, the object expiration overrides the life span that you specify in a restore request. For example, if you restore an object copy for 10 days, but the object is scheduled to expire in 3 days, Amazon S3 deletes the object in 3 days. For more information about lifecycle configuration, see PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration and Object Lifecycle Management in Amazon S3 User Guide.
Responses
A successful action returns either the 200 OK or 202 Accepted status code.
  • If the object is not previously restored, then Amazon S3 returns 202 Accepted in the response.
  • If the object is previously restored, Amazon S3 returns 200 OK in the response.
  • Special errors:
    • Code: RestoreAlreadyInProgress
    • Cause: Object restore is already in progress. (This error does not apply to SELECT type requests.)
    • HTTP Status Code: 409 Conflict
    • SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
    • Code: GlacierExpeditedRetrievalNotAvailable
    • Cause: expedited retrievals are currently not available. Try again later. (Returned if there is insufficient capacity to process the Expedited request. This error applies only to Expedited retrievals and not to S3 Standard or Bulk retrievals.)
    • HTTP Status Code: 503
    • SOAP Fault Code Prefix: N/A
The following operations are related to RestoreObject:
The bucket name containing the object to restore. Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Object key for which the action was initiated. A property of RestoreObjectRequest used to execute the RestoreObject service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the RestoreObject service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for RestoreObject Operation
This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Restores an archived copy of an object back into Amazon S3 This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts. This action performs the following types of requests:
  • select - Perform a select query on an archived object
  • restore an archive - Restore an archived object
For more information about the S3 structure in the request body, see the following: Define the SQL expression for the SELECT type of restoration for your query in the request body's SelectParameters structure. You can use expressions like the following examples.
  • The following expression returns all records from the specified object. SELECT * FROM Object
  • Assuming that you are not using any headers for data stored in the object, you can specify columns with positional headers. SELECT s._1, s._2 FROM Object s WHERE s._3 > 100
  • If you have headers and you set the fileHeaderInfo in the CSV structure in the request body to USE, you can specify headers in the query. (If you set the fileHeaderInfo field to IGNORE, the first row is skipped for the query.) You cannot mix ordinal positions with header column names. SELECT s.Id, s.FirstName, s.SSN FROM S3Object s
When making a select request, you can also do the following:
  • To expedite your queries, specify the Expedited tier. For more information about tiers, see "Restoring Archives," later in this topic.
  • Specify details about the data serialization format of both the input object that is being queried and the serialization of the CSV-encoded query results.
The following are additional important facts about the select feature:
  • The output results are new Amazon S3 objects. Unlike archive retrievals, they are stored until explicitly deleted-manually or through a lifecycle configuration.
  • You can issue more than one select request on the same Amazon S3 object. Amazon S3 doesn't duplicate requests, so avoid issuing duplicate requests.
  • Amazon S3 accepts a select request even if the object has already been restored. A select request doesn’t return error response 409.
Permissions
To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:RestoreObject action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Restoring objects
Objects that you archive to the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval Flexible Retrieval or S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class, and S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tiers, are not accessible in real time. For objects in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval Flexible Retrieval or S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage classes, you must first initiate a restore request, and then wait until a temporary copy of the object is available. If you want a permanent copy of the object, create a copy of it in the Amazon S3 Standard storage class in your S3 bucket. To access an archived object, you must restore the object for the duration (number of days) that you specify. For objects in the Archive Access or Deep Archive Access tiers of S3 Intelligent-Tiering, you must first initiate a restore request, and then wait until the object is moved into the Frequent Access tier. To restore a specific object version, you can provide a version ID. If you don't provide a version ID, Amazon S3 restores the current version. When restoring an archived object, you can specify one of the following data access tier options in the Tier element of the request body:
  • Expedited - Expedited retrievals allow you to quickly access your data stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval Flexible Retrieval storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive tier when occasional urgent requests for restoring archives are required. For all but the largest archived objects (250 MB+), data accessed using Expedited retrievals is typically made available within 1–5 minutes. Provisioned capacity ensures that retrieval capacity for Expedited retrievals is available when you need it. Expedited retrievals and provisioned capacity are not available for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tier.
  • Standard - Standard retrievals allow you to access any of your archived objects within several hours. This is the default option for retrieval requests that do not specify the retrieval option. Standard retrievals typically finish within 3–5 hours for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval Flexible Retrieval storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive tier. They typically finish within 12 hours for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tier. Standard retrievals are free for objects stored in S3 Intelligent-Tiering.
  • Bulk - Bulk retrievals free for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval and S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage classes, enabling you to retrieve large amounts, even petabytes, of data at no cost. Bulk retrievals typically finish within 5–12 hours for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval Flexible Retrieval storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive tier. Bulk retrievals are also the lowest-cost retrieval option when restoring objects from S3 Glacier Deep Archive. They typically finish within 48 hours for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tier.
For more information about archive retrieval options and provisioned capacity for Expedited data access, see Restoring Archived Objects in the Amazon S3 User Guide. You can use Amazon S3 restore speed upgrade to change the restore speed to a faster speed while it is in progress. For more information, see Upgrading the speed of an in-progress restore in the Amazon S3 User Guide. To get the status of object restoration, you can send a HEAD request. Operations return the x-amz-restore header, which provides information about the restoration status, in the response. You can use Amazon S3 event notifications to notify you when a restore is initiated or completed. For more information, see Configuring Amazon S3 Event Notifications in the Amazon S3 User Guide. After restoring an archived object, you can update the restoration period by reissuing the request with a new period. Amazon S3 updates the restoration period relative to the current time and charges only for the request-there are no data transfer charges. You cannot update the restoration period when Amazon S3 is actively processing your current restore request for the object. If your bucket has a lifecycle configuration with a rule that includes an expiration action, the object expiration overrides the life span that you specify in a restore request. For example, if you restore an object copy for 10 days, but the object is scheduled to expire in 3 days, Amazon S3 deletes the object in 3 days. For more information about lifecycle configuration, see PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration and Object Lifecycle Management in Amazon S3 User Guide.
Responses
A successful action returns either the 200 OK or 202 Accepted status code.
  • If the object is not previously restored, then Amazon S3 returns 202 Accepted in the response.
  • If the object is previously restored, Amazon S3 returns 200 OK in the response.
  • Special errors:
    • Code: RestoreAlreadyInProgress
    • Cause: Object restore is already in progress. (This error does not apply to SELECT type requests.)
    • HTTP Status Code: 409 Conflict
    • SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
    • Code: GlacierExpeditedRetrievalNotAvailable
    • Cause: expedited retrievals are currently not available. Try again later. (Returned if there is insufficient capacity to process the Expedited request. This error applies only to Expedited retrievals and not to S3 Standard or Bulk retrievals.)
    • HTTP Status Code: 503
    • SOAP Fault Code Prefix: N/A
The following operations are related to RestoreObject:
The bucket name containing the object to restore. Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Object key for which the action was initiated. VersionId used to reference a specific version of the object. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the RestoreObject service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for RestoreObject Operation
This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Restores an archived copy of an object back into Amazon S3 This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts. This action performs the following types of requests:
  • select - Perform a select query on an archived object
  • restore an archive - Restore an archived object
For more information about the S3 structure in the request body, see the following: Define the SQL expression for the SELECT type of restoration for your query in the request body's SelectParameters structure. You can use expressions like the following examples.
  • The following expression returns all records from the specified object. SELECT * FROM Object
  • Assuming that you are not using any headers for data stored in the object, you can specify columns with positional headers. SELECT s._1, s._2 FROM Object s WHERE s._3 > 100
  • If you have headers and you set the fileHeaderInfo in the CSV structure in the request body to USE, you can specify headers in the query. (If you set the fileHeaderInfo field to IGNORE, the first row is skipped for the query.) You cannot mix ordinal positions with header column names. SELECT s.Id, s.FirstName, s.SSN FROM S3Object s
When making a select request, you can also do the following:
  • To expedite your queries, specify the Expedited tier. For more information about tiers, see "Restoring Archives," later in this topic.
  • Specify details about the data serialization format of both the input object that is being queried and the serialization of the CSV-encoded query results.
The following are additional important facts about the select feature:
  • The output results are new Amazon S3 objects. Unlike archive retrievals, they are stored until explicitly deleted-manually or through a lifecycle configuration.
  • You can issue more than one select request on the same Amazon S3 object. Amazon S3 doesn't duplicate requests, so avoid issuing duplicate requests.
  • Amazon S3 accepts a select request even if the object has already been restored. A select request doesn’t return error response 409.
Permissions
To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:RestoreObject action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Restoring objects
Objects that you archive to the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval Flexible Retrieval or S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class, and S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tiers, are not accessible in real time. For objects in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval Flexible Retrieval or S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage classes, you must first initiate a restore request, and then wait until a temporary copy of the object is available. If you want a permanent copy of the object, create a copy of it in the Amazon S3 Standard storage class in your S3 bucket. To access an archived object, you must restore the object for the duration (number of days) that you specify. For objects in the Archive Access or Deep Archive Access tiers of S3 Intelligent-Tiering, you must first initiate a restore request, and then wait until the object is moved into the Frequent Access tier. To restore a specific object version, you can provide a version ID. If you don't provide a version ID, Amazon S3 restores the current version. When restoring an archived object, you can specify one of the following data access tier options in the Tier element of the request body:
  • Expedited - Expedited retrievals allow you to quickly access your data stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval Flexible Retrieval storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive tier when occasional urgent requests for restoring archives are required. For all but the largest archived objects (250 MB+), data accessed using Expedited retrievals is typically made available within 1–5 minutes. Provisioned capacity ensures that retrieval capacity for Expedited retrievals is available when you need it. Expedited retrievals and provisioned capacity are not available for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tier.
  • Standard - Standard retrievals allow you to access any of your archived objects within several hours. This is the default option for retrieval requests that do not specify the retrieval option. Standard retrievals typically finish within 3–5 hours for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval Flexible Retrieval storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive tier. They typically finish within 12 hours for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tier. Standard retrievals are free for objects stored in S3 Intelligent-Tiering.
  • Bulk - Bulk retrievals free for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval and S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage classes, enabling you to retrieve large amounts, even petabytes, of data at no cost. Bulk retrievals typically finish within 5–12 hours for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval Flexible Retrieval storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive tier. Bulk retrievals are also the lowest-cost retrieval option when restoring objects from S3 Glacier Deep Archive. They typically finish within 48 hours for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tier.
For more information about archive retrieval options and provisioned capacity for Expedited data access, see Restoring Archived Objects in the Amazon S3 User Guide. You can use Amazon S3 restore speed upgrade to change the restore speed to a faster speed while it is in progress. For more information, see Upgrading the speed of an in-progress restore in the Amazon S3 User Guide. To get the status of object restoration, you can send a HEAD request. Operations return the x-amz-restore header, which provides information about the restoration status, in the response. You can use Amazon S3 event notifications to notify you when a restore is initiated or completed. For more information, see Configuring Amazon S3 Event Notifications in the Amazon S3 User Guide. After restoring an archived object, you can update the restoration period by reissuing the request with a new period. Amazon S3 updates the restoration period relative to the current time and charges only for the request-there are no data transfer charges. You cannot update the restoration period when Amazon S3 is actively processing your current restore request for the object. If your bucket has a lifecycle configuration with a rule that includes an expiration action, the object expiration overrides the life span that you specify in a restore request. For example, if you restore an object copy for 10 days, but the object is scheduled to expire in 3 days, Amazon S3 deletes the object in 3 days. For more information about lifecycle configuration, see PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration and Object Lifecycle Management in Amazon S3 User Guide.
Responses
A successful action returns either the 200 OK or 202 Accepted status code.
  • If the object is not previously restored, then Amazon S3 returns 202 Accepted in the response.
  • If the object is previously restored, Amazon S3 returns 200 OK in the response.
  • Special errors:
    • Code: RestoreAlreadyInProgress
    • Cause: Object restore is already in progress. (This error does not apply to SELECT type requests.)
    • HTTP Status Code: 409 Conflict
    • SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
    • Code: GlacierExpeditedRetrievalNotAvailable
    • Cause: expedited retrievals are currently not available. Try again later. (Returned if there is insufficient capacity to process the Expedited request. This error applies only to Expedited retrievals and not to S3 Standard or Bulk retrievals.)
    • HTTP Status Code: 503
    • SOAP Fault Code Prefix: N/A
The following operations are related to RestoreObject:
The bucket name containing the object to restore. Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Object key for which the action was initiated. VersionId used to reference a specific version of the object. A property of RestoreObjectRequest used to execute the RestoreObject service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the RestoreObject service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for RestoreObject Operation
This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Restores an archived copy of an object back into Amazon S3 This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts. This action performs the following types of requests:
  • select - Perform a select query on an archived object
  • restore an archive - Restore an archived object
For more information about the S3 structure in the request body, see the following: Define the SQL expression for the SELECT type of restoration for your query in the request body's SelectParameters structure. You can use expressions like the following examples.
  • The following expression returns all records from the specified object. SELECT * FROM Object
  • Assuming that you are not using any headers for data stored in the object, you can specify columns with positional headers. SELECT s._1, s._2 FROM Object s WHERE s._3 > 100
  • If you have headers and you set the fileHeaderInfo in the CSV structure in the request body to USE, you can specify headers in the query. (If you set the fileHeaderInfo field to IGNORE, the first row is skipped for the query.) You cannot mix ordinal positions with header column names. SELECT s.Id, s.FirstName, s.SSN FROM S3Object s
When making a select request, you can also do the following:
  • To expedite your queries, specify the Expedited tier. For more information about tiers, see "Restoring Archives," later in this topic.
  • Specify details about the data serialization format of both the input object that is being queried and the serialization of the CSV-encoded query results.
The following are additional important facts about the select feature:
  • The output results are new Amazon S3 objects. Unlike archive retrievals, they are stored until explicitly deleted-manually or through a lifecycle configuration.
  • You can issue more than one select request on the same Amazon S3 object. Amazon S3 doesn't duplicate requests, so avoid issuing duplicate requests.
  • Amazon S3 accepts a select request even if the object has already been restored. A select request doesn’t return error response 409.
Permissions
To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:RestoreObject action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Restoring objects
Objects that you archive to the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval Flexible Retrieval or S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class, and S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tiers, are not accessible in real time. For objects in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval Flexible Retrieval or S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage classes, you must first initiate a restore request, and then wait until a temporary copy of the object is available. If you want a permanent copy of the object, create a copy of it in the Amazon S3 Standard storage class in your S3 bucket. To access an archived object, you must restore the object for the duration (number of days) that you specify. For objects in the Archive Access or Deep Archive Access tiers of S3 Intelligent-Tiering, you must first initiate a restore request, and then wait until the object is moved into the Frequent Access tier. To restore a specific object version, you can provide a version ID. If you don't provide a version ID, Amazon S3 restores the current version. When restoring an archived object, you can specify one of the following data access tier options in the Tier element of the request body:
  • Expedited - Expedited retrievals allow you to quickly access your data stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval Flexible Retrieval storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive tier when occasional urgent requests for restoring archives are required. For all but the largest archived objects (250 MB+), data accessed using Expedited retrievals is typically made available within 1–5 minutes. Provisioned capacity ensures that retrieval capacity for Expedited retrievals is available when you need it. Expedited retrievals and provisioned capacity are not available for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tier.
  • Standard - Standard retrievals allow you to access any of your archived objects within several hours. This is the default option for retrieval requests that do not specify the retrieval option. Standard retrievals typically finish within 3–5 hours for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval Flexible Retrieval storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive tier. They typically finish within 12 hours for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tier. Standard retrievals are free for objects stored in S3 Intelligent-Tiering.
  • Bulk - Bulk retrievals free for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval and S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage classes, enabling you to retrieve large amounts, even petabytes, of data at no cost. Bulk retrievals typically finish within 5–12 hours for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval Flexible Retrieval storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive tier. Bulk retrievals are also the lowest-cost retrieval option when restoring objects from S3 Glacier Deep Archive. They typically finish within 48 hours for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tier.
For more information about archive retrieval options and provisioned capacity for Expedited data access, see Restoring Archived Objects in the Amazon S3 User Guide. You can use Amazon S3 restore speed upgrade to change the restore speed to a faster speed while it is in progress. For more information, see Upgrading the speed of an in-progress restore in the Amazon S3 User Guide. To get the status of object restoration, you can send a HEAD request. Operations return the x-amz-restore header, which provides information about the restoration status, in the response. You can use Amazon S3 event notifications to notify you when a restore is initiated or completed. For more information, see Configuring Amazon S3 Event Notifications in the Amazon S3 User Guide. After restoring an archived object, you can update the restoration period by reissuing the request with a new period. Amazon S3 updates the restoration period relative to the current time and charges only for the request-there are no data transfer charges. You cannot update the restoration period when Amazon S3 is actively processing your current restore request for the object. If your bucket has a lifecycle configuration with a rule that includes an expiration action, the object expiration overrides the life span that you specify in a restore request. For example, if you restore an object copy for 10 days, but the object is scheduled to expire in 3 days, Amazon S3 deletes the object in 3 days. For more information about lifecycle configuration, see PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration and Object Lifecycle Management in Amazon S3 User Guide.
Responses
A successful action returns either the 200 OK or 202 Accepted status code.
  • If the object is not previously restored, then Amazon S3 returns 202 Accepted in the response.
  • If the object is previously restored, Amazon S3 returns 200 OK in the response.
  • Special errors:
    • Code: RestoreAlreadyInProgress
    • Cause: Object restore is already in progress. (This error does not apply to SELECT type requests.)
    • HTTP Status Code: 409 Conflict
    • SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
    • Code: GlacierExpeditedRetrievalNotAvailable
    • Cause: expedited retrievals are currently not available. Try again later. (Returned if there is insufficient capacity to process the Expedited request. This error applies only to Expedited retrievals and not to S3 Standard or Bulk retrievals.)
    • HTTP Status Code: 503
    • SOAP Fault Code Prefix: N/A
The following operations are related to RestoreObject:
Container for the necessary parameters to execute the RestoreObject service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the RestoreObject service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for RestoreObject Operation
This operation is not supported by directory buckets. This action filters the contents of an Amazon S3 object based on a simple structured query language (SQL) statement. In the request, along with the SQL expression, you must also specify a data serialization format (JSON, CSV, or Apache Parquet) of the object. Amazon S3 uses this format to parse object data into records, and returns only records that match the specified SQL expression. You must also specify the data serialization format for the response. This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts. For more information about Amazon S3 Select, see Selecting Content from Objects and SELECT Command in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Permissions
You must have the s3:GetObject permission for this operation. Amazon S3 Select does not support anonymous access. For more information about permissions, see Specifying Permissions in a Policy in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Object Data Formats
You can use Amazon S3 Select to query objects that have the following format properties:
  • CSV, JSON, and Parquet - Objects must be in CSV, JSON, or Parquet format.
  • UTF-8 - UTF-8 is the only encoding type Amazon S3 Select supports.
  • GZIP or BZIP2 - CSV and JSON files can be compressed using GZIP or BZIP2. GZIP and BZIP2 are the only compression formats that Amazon S3 Select supports for CSV and JSON files. Amazon S3 Select supports columnar compression for Parquet using GZIP or Snappy. Amazon S3 Select does not support whole-object compression for Parquet objects.
  • Server-side encryption - Amazon S3 Select supports querying objects that are protected with server-side encryption. For objects that are encrypted with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C), you must use HTTPS, and you must use the headers that are documented in the GetObject. For more information about SSE-C, see Server-Side Encryption (Using Customer-Provided Encryption Keys) in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For objects that are encrypted with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) and Amazon Web Services KMS keys (SSE-KMS), server-side encryption is handled transparently, so you don't need to specify anything. For more information about server-side encryption, including SSE-S3 and SSE-KMS, see Protecting Data Using Server-Side Encryption in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Working with the Response Body
Given the response size is unknown, Amazon S3 Select streams the response as a series of messages and includes a Transfer-Encoding header with chunked as its value in the response. For more information, see Appendix: SelectObjectContent Response.
GetObject Support
The SelectObjectContent action does not support the following GetObject functionality. For more information, see GetObject.
  • Range: Although you can specify a scan range for an Amazon S3 Select request (see SelectObjectContentRequest - ScanRange in the request parameters), you cannot specify the range of bytes of an object to return.
  • The GLACIER, DEEP_ARCHIVE, and REDUCED_REDUNDANCY storage classes, or the ARCHIVE_ACCESS and DEEP_ARCHIVE_ACCESS access tiers of the INTELLIGENT_TIERING storage class: You cannot query objects in the GLACIER, DEEP_ARCHIVE, or REDUCED_REDUNDANCY storage classes, nor objects in the ARCHIVE_ACCESS or DEEP_ARCHIVE_ACCESS access tiers of the INTELLIGENT_TIERING storage class. For more information about storage classes, see Using Amazon S3 storage classes in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Special Errors
For a list of special errors for this operation, see List of SELECT Object Content Error Codes
The following operations are related to SelectObjectContent:
Container for the necessary parameters to execute the SelectObjectContent service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the SelectObjectContent service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for SelectObjectContent Operation
Uploads a part in a multipart upload. In this operation, you provide new data as a part of an object in your request. However, you have an option to specify your existing Amazon S3 object as a data source for the part you are uploading. To upload a part from an existing object, you use the UploadPartCopy operation. You must initiate a multipart upload (see CreateMultipartUpload) before you can upload any part. In response to your initiate request, Amazon S3 returns an upload ID, a unique identifier that you must include in your upload part request. Part numbers can be any number from 1 to 10,000, inclusive. A part number uniquely identifies a part and also defines its position within the object being created. If you upload a new part using the same part number that was used with a previous part, the previously uploaded part is overwritten. For information about maximum and minimum part sizes and other multipart upload specifications, see Multipart upload limits in the Amazon S3 User Guide. After you initiate multipart upload and upload one or more parts, you must either complete or abort multipart upload in order to stop getting charged for storage of the uploaded parts. Only after you either complete or abort multipart upload, Amazon S3 frees up the parts storage and stops charging you for the parts storage. For more information on multipart uploads, go to Multipart Upload Overview in the Amazon S3 User Guide . Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name . Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Permissions
  • General purpose bucket permissions - For information on the permissions required to use the multipart upload API, see Multipart Upload and Permissions in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
  • Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession .
Data integrity
General purpose bucket - To ensure that data is not corrupted traversing the network, specify the Content-MD5 header in the upload part request. Amazon S3 checks the part data against the provided MD5 value. If they do not match, Amazon S3 returns an error. If the upload request is signed with Signature Version 4, then Amazon Web Services S3 uses the x-amz-content-sha256 header as a checksum instead of Content-MD5. For more information see Authenticating Requests: Using the Authorization Header (Amazon Web Services Signature Version 4). Directory buckets - MD5 is not supported by directory buckets. You can use checksum algorithms to check object integrity.
Encryption
  • General purpose bucket - Server-side encryption is for data encryption at rest. Amazon S3 encrypts your data as it writes it to disks in its data centers and decrypts it when you access it. You have mutually exclusive options to protect data using server-side encryption in Amazon S3, depending on how you choose to manage the encryption keys. Specifically, the encryption key options are Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3), Amazon Web Services KMS keys (SSE-KMS), and Customer-Provided Keys (SSE-C). Amazon S3 encrypts data with server-side encryption using Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) by default. You can optionally tell Amazon S3 to encrypt data at rest using server-side encryption with other key options. The option you use depends on whether you want to use KMS keys (SSE-KMS) or provide your own encryption key (SSE-C). Server-side encryption is supported by the S3 Multipart Upload operations. Unless you are using a customer-provided encryption key (SSE-C), you don't need to specify the encryption parameters in each UploadPart request. Instead, you only need to specify the server-side encryption parameters in the initial Initiate Multipart request. For more information, see CreateMultipartUpload. If you request server-side encryption using a customer-provided encryption key (SSE-C) in your initiate multipart upload request, you must provide identical encryption information in each part upload using the following request headers.
    • x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm
    • x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key
    • x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5
  • Directory bucket - For directory buckets, only server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) (AES256) is supported.
For more information, see Using Server-Side Encryption in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Special errors
  • Error Code: NoSuchUpload
    • Description: The specified multipart upload does not exist. The upload ID might be invalid, or the multipart upload might have been aborted or completed.
    • HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found
    • SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
HTTP Host header syntax
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to UploadPart:
Container for the necessary parameters to execute the UploadPart service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the UploadPart service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for UploadPart Operation
This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Passes transformed objects to a GetObject operation when using Object Lambda access points. For information about Object Lambda access points, see Transforming objects with Object Lambda access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. This operation supports metadata that can be returned by GetObject, in addition to RequestRoute, RequestToken, StatusCode, ErrorCode, and ErrorMessage. The GetObject response metadata is supported so that the WriteGetObjectResponse caller, typically an Lambda function, can provide the same metadata when it internally invokes GetObject. When WriteGetObjectResponse is called by a customer-owned Lambda function, the metadata returned to the end user GetObject call might differ from what Amazon S3 would normally return. You can include any number of metadata headers. When including a metadata header, it should be prefaced with x-amz-meta. For example, x-amz-meta-my-custom-header: MyCustomValue. The primary use case for this is to forward GetObject metadata. Amazon Web Services provides some prebuilt Lambda functions that you can use with S3 Object Lambda to detect and redact personally identifiable information (PII) and decompress S3 objects. These Lambda functions are available in the Amazon Web Services Serverless Application Repository, and can be selected through the Amazon Web Services Management Console when you create your Object Lambda access point. Example 1: PII Access Control - This Lambda function uses Amazon Comprehend, a natural language processing (NLP) service using machine learning to find insights and relationships in text. It automatically detects personally identifiable information (PII) such as names, addresses, dates, credit card numbers, and social security numbers from documents in your Amazon S3 bucket. Example 2: PII Redaction - This Lambda function uses Amazon Comprehend, a natural language processing (NLP) service using machine learning to find insights and relationships in text. It automatically redacts personally identifiable information (PII) such as names, addresses, dates, credit card numbers, and social security numbers from documents in your Amazon S3 bucket. Example 3: Decompression - The Lambda function S3ObjectLambdaDecompression, is equipped to decompress objects stored in S3 in one of six compressed file formats including bzip2, gzip, snappy, zlib, zstandard and ZIP. For information on how to view and use these functions, see Using Amazon Web Services built Lambda functions in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Container for the necessary parameters to execute the WriteGetObjectResponse service method. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The response from the WriteGetObjectResponse service method, as returned by S3. REST API Reference for WriteGetObjectResponse Operation Returns the endpoint that will be used for a particular request. Request for the desired service operation. The resolved endpoint for the given request. Custom pipeline handler to clean up streams in case of an exception. Catch exceptions and clean up any open streams. Catch exceptions and clean up any open streams. Custom pipeline handler to enable sig V4 for Get requests. Calls pre invoke logic before calling the next handler in the pipeline. The execution context which contains both the requests and response context. Calls pre invoke logic before calling the next handler in the pipeline. The response type for the current request. The execution context, it contains the request and response context. A task that represents the asynchronous operation. Custom pipeline handler to enable sig V4 for Get requests. Calls pre invoke logic before calling the next handler in the pipeline. The execution context which contains both the requests and response context. Calls pre invoke logic before calling the next handler in the pipeline. The response type for the current request. The execution context, it contains the request and response context. A task that represents the asynchronous operation. Sets the checksum data for streams, chunked encoding, wrap the input stream, and calculate content length. True if the request has a stream that and it was handled, otherwise false Sets the checksum data for streams, chunked encoding, wrap the input stream, and calculate content length. True if the request has a stream that and it was handled, otherwise false Sets the checksum data for streams, chunked encoding, wrap the input stream, and calculate content length. True if the request has a stream that and it was handled, otherwise false Returns a stream that has a length. If the stream supports seeking, returns stream. Otherwise, uses hintLength to create a read-only, non-seekable stream of given length Calls pre invoke logic before calling the next handler in the pipeline. The execution context which contains both the requests and response context. Calls pre invoke logic before calling the next handler in the pipeline. The response type for the current request. The execution context, it contains the request and response context. A task that represents the asynchronous operation. Calls the post invoke logic after calling the next handler in the pipeline. The execution context which contains both the requests and response context. Calls the and post invoke logic after calling the next handler in the pipeline. The response type for the current request. The execution context, it contains the request and response context. A task that represents the asynchronous operation. Constructor for AmazonS3RetryPolicy. The IClientConfig object Perform the processor-bound portion of the RetryForException logic. This is shared by the sync, async, and APM versions of the RetryForException method. a value if it can be determined, or null if the IO-bound calculations need to be done Return true if the request should be retried. Implements additional checks specific to S3 on top of the checks in DefaultRetryPolicy. Request context containing the state of the request. The exception thrown by the previous request. Return true if the request should be retried. Constructor for AmazonS3StandardRetryPolicy. The IClientConfig object Perform the processor-bound portion of the RetryForException logic. This is shared by the sync, async, and APM versions of the RetryForException method. a value if it can be determined, or null if the IO-bound calculations need to be done Return true if the request should be retried. Implements additional checks specific to S3 on top of the checks in StandardRetryPolicy. Request context containing the state of the request. The exception thrown by the previous request. Return true if the request should be retried. Constructor for AmazonS3AdaptiveRetryPolicy. The IClientConfig object Perform the processor-bound portion of the RetryForException logic. This is shared by the sync, async, and APM versions of the RetryForException method. a value if it can be determined, or null if the IO-bound calculations need to be done Return true if the request should be retried. Implements additional checks specific to S3 on top of the checks in AdaptiveRetryPolicy. Request context containing the state of the request. The exception thrown by the previous request. Return true if the request should be retried. Marker interface to identify AmazonS3EncryptionClient. Shared helper methods for S3 ARNs Resolves S3Express session credentials based on the bucket name. Resolves S3Express session credentials based on the bucket name. Dispose this object and all related resources. This handler pre signs the requests that uses S3Express authentication. Calls pre invoke logic before calling the next handler in the pipeline. The execution context which contains both the requests and response context. Signs the request before invoking the next handler. The execution context, it contains the request and response context. Determines if the request should be signed via S3Express session credentials. The request context. S3 Configuration Object A boolean value that indicates if the request should be signed. Add S3Express session token to the request headers and override the request context credentials. The request context. S3 Configuration Object Calls pre invoke logic before calling the next handler in the pipeline. The response type for the current request. The execution context, it contains the request and response context. A task that represents the asynchronous operation. Signs the request before invoking the next handler. The execution context, it contains the request and response context. Add S3Express session token to the request headers and override the request context credentials. The request context. S3 Configuration Object Amazon S3 endpoint provider. Resolves endpoint for given set of S3EndpointParameters. Can throw AmazonClientException if endpoint resolution is unsuccessful. Resolve endpoint for S3EndpointParameters Amazon S3 endpoint resolver. Custom PipelineHandler responsible for resolving endpoint and setting authentication parameters for S3 service requests. Collects values for S3EndpointParameters and then tries to resolve endpoint by calling ResolveEndpoint method on GlobalEndpoints.Provider if present, otherwise uses S3EndpointProvider. Responsible for setting authentication and http headers provided by resolved endpoint. Service metadata for Amazon S3 service Gets the value of the Service Id. Gets the dictionary that gives mapping of renamed operations Interface for S3Express credential provider. Used to provide credentials for requests that uses S3Express authentication. Resolves S3Express session credentials based on the bucket name. Resolves S3Express session credentials based on the bucket name. Container for the parameters to the AbortMultipartUpload operation. This action aborts a multipart upload. After a multipart upload is aborted, no additional parts can be uploaded using that upload ID. The storage consumed by any previously uploaded parts will be freed. However, if any part uploads are currently in progress, those part uploads might or might not succeed. As a result, it might be necessary to abort a given multipart upload multiple times in order to completely free all storage consumed by all parts. To verify that all parts have been removed, so you don't get charged for the part storage, you should call the ListParts action and ensure that the parts list is empty. For information about permissions required to use the multipart upload, see Multipart Upload and Permissions. The following operations are related to AbortMultipartUpload: Gets and sets the property BucketName. The bucket name to which the upload was taking place. When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Gets and sets the property ExpectedBucketOwner. The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). Checks to see if ExpectedBucketOwner is set. true, if ExpectedBucketOwner property is set. The key of the S3 object that was being uploaded. This property will be used as part of the resource path of the HTTP request. In .NET the System.Uri class is used to construct the uri for the request. The System.Uri class will canonicalize the uri string by compacting characters like "..". For example an object key of "foo/../bar/file.txt" will be transformed into "bar/file.txt" because the ".." is interpreted as use parent directory. Starting with .NET 8, the AWS .NET SDK disables System.Uri's feature of canonicalizing the resource path. This allows S3 keys like "foo/../bar/file.txt" to work correctly with the AWS .NET SDK. For further information view the documentation for the Uri class: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dotnet/api/system.uri Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. Checks to see if RequetsPayer is set. true, if RequestPayer property is set. Gets and sets the property UploadId. Upload ID that identifies the multipart upload. Returns information about the AbortMultipartUpload response metadata. The AbortMultipartUpload operation has a void result type. If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the request. Checks to see if RequestCharged is set. true, if RequestCharged property is set. Bucket accelerate configuration. The accelerate status of the bucket. A container for information about access control for replicas. Gets and sets the property Owner. Specifies the replica ownership. For default and valid values, see PUT bucket replication in the Amazon S3 API Reference. Class for AnalyticsAndOperator A conjunction (logical AND) of predicates, which is used in evaluating a metrics filter. The operator must have at least two predicates, and an object must match all of the predicates in order for the filter to apply. Note: The current implementation restricts the usage to atmost one AnalyticsPrefixPredicate and any number of AnalyticsTagPredicates. Class for AnalyticsConfiguration The filter used to describe a set of objects for analyses. A filter must have exactly one prefix, one tag, or one conjunction (AnalyticsAndOperator). If no filter is provided, all objects will be considered in any analysis. The identifier used to represent an analytics configuration. If present, it indicates that data related to access patterns will be collected and made available to analyze the tradeoffs between different storage classes. Class for AnalyticsExportDestination A destination signifying output to an S3 bucket. Filter class for Metrics. Filter Predicate setup for specific filter types. Filter Predicate abstract class for specific filter types to be derived from. Abstract class that can be used over logical filter predicates,i.e. AND/OR. Internal implementation of Metrics Predicate visitor interface. Interface for implementing visitor pattern in Analytics Predicate Filter. Interface for implementing visitor pattern in Intelligent Tiering Predicate Filter. Interface for implementing visitor pattern in Inventory Predicate Filter. Interface for implementing visitor pattern in Metrics Predicate Filter. Internal implementation of Intelligent-Tiering Predicate visitor interface. Defines the interface that is used to visit all the different implementations of Visit a Visit a Visit a Visit a Visit a Implementation of to marshall . AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload Unmarshaller Abort Multipart Upload Request Marshaller Response Unmarshaller for AbortMultipartUpload operation AnalyticsConfiguration Unmarshaller AnalyticsExportDestinationUnmarshaller AnalyticsFilter Unmarshaller AnalyticsS3BucketDestination Unmarshaller Response Unmarshaller for BucketAlreadyExistsException operation Unmarshaller the response from the service to the response class. Unmarshaller the response from the service to the response class. Gets the singleton. Response Unmarshaller for BucketAlreadyOwnedByYouException operation Unmarshaller the response from the service to the response class. Unmarshaller the response from the service to the response class. Gets the singleton. Bucket Unmarshaller Response Unmarshaller for Checksum Object Unmarshaller the response from the service to the response class. Unmarshaller context Unmarshalled Checksum object Gets the singleton. CommonPrefixesItem Unmarshaller Complete Multipart Upload Request Marshaller Response Unmarshaller for CompleteMultipartUpload operation ContentsItem Unmarshaller Copy Object Request Marshaller Response Unmarshaller for CopyObject operation Upload Part Copy Request Marshaller Response Unmarshaller for CopyPart operation CORSRule Unmarshaller CreateSession Request Marshaller Marshaller the request object to the HTTP request. Marshaller the request object to the HTTP request. Gets the singleton. Response Unmarshaller for CreateSession operation Unmarshaller the response from the service to the response class. Unmarshaller error response to exception. Gets the singleton. Response Unmarshaller for DefaultRetention Object Unmarshaller the response from the service to the response class. Delete InventoryConfiguration Request Marshaller Response Unmarshaller for DeleteAnalyticsConfiguration operation Response Unmarshaller for DeleteCORSConfiguration operation Delete Bucket IntelligentTieringConfiguration Request Marshaller Response Unmarshaller for DeleteBucketIntelligentTiering operation Delete InventoryConfiguration Request Marshaller Response Unmarshaller for DeleteInventoryConfiguration operation Delete Bucket MetricsConfiguration Request Marshaller Response Unmarshaller for DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration operation Delete Bucket OwenershipControls Request Marshaller Response Unmarshaller for DeleteBucketOwnershipControls operation Delete Bucket Policy Request Marshaller Response Unmarshaller for DeleteBucketPolicy operation Delete Bucket Request Marshaller Response Unmarshaller for DeleteBucket operation Delete Bucket Tagging Request Marshaller Response Unmarshaller for DeleteBucketTagging operation Delete Bucket Website Request Marshaller Response Unmarshaller for DeleteBucketWebsite operation Delete Bucket Cors Request Marshaller DeletedObject Unmarshaller Delete Bucket Lifecycle Request Marshaller Response Unmarshaller for DeleteBucketLifecycle operation Delete Object Request Marshaller Response Unmarshaller for DeleteObject operation Delete Objects Request Marshaller Response Unmarshaller for DeleteObjects operation DeleteObjectTaggingRequest Marshaller Marshall DeleteObjectTaggingRequest object into an http request. Marshall DeleteObjectTaggingRequest object into an http request. Response Unmarshaller for DeleteObjectTagging operation DeletePublicAccessBlock Request Marshaller Response Unmarshaller for DeletePublicAccessBlock operation ErrorsItem Unmarshaller Response Unmarshaller for EventBridgeConfiguration Object Unmarshaller the response from the service to the response class. Gets the singleton. Expiration Unmarshaller FilterRule Unmarshaller Filter Unmarshaller Get Object Acl Request Marshaller Response Unmarshaller for GetACL operation Get Object Accelerate Configuration Request Marshaller Response Unmarshaller for GetACL operation Get BucketAnalyticsConfiguration Request Marshaller Response Unmarshaller for GetAnalyticsConfiguration operation Get InventoryConfiguration Request Marshaller Response Unmarshaller for GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration operation Get InventoryConfiguration Request Marshaller Response Unmarshaller for GetInventoryConfiguration operation Get Bucket Location Request Marshaller Response Unmarshaller for GetBucketLocation operation Get Bucket Logging Request Marshaller Response Unmarshaller for GetBucketLogging operation Get Bucket MetricsConfigurationRequest Marshaller Response Unmarshaller for GetBucketMetricsConfiguration operation Get Bucket Notification Request Marshaller Response Unmarshaller for GetBucketNotification operation GetBucketOwnershipControls Request Marshaller Response Unmarshaller for GetBucketOwnershipControls operation Get BucketName Policy Request Marshaller Response Unmarshaller for GetBucketPolicy operation GetBucketPolicyStatusRequestMarshaller Response Unmarshaller for GetBucketPolicyStatus operation Get Bucket Request Payment Request Marshaller Response Unmarshaller for GetBucketRequestPayment operation Get Bucket Tagging Request Marshaller Response Unmarshaller for GetBucketTagging operation Get Bucket Versioning Request Marshaller Response Unmarshaller for GetBucketVersioning operation Get Bucket Website Request Marshaller Response Unmarshaller for GetBucketWebsite operation Get Bucket Cors Request Marshaller Response Unmarshaller for GetCORSConfiguration operation Get Bucket Lifecycle Request Marshaller Response Unmarshaller for GetLifecycleConfiguration operation Response Unmarshaller for GetObjectAttributesParts Object Unmarshaller the response from the service to the response class. Gets the singleton. GetObjectAttributes Request Marshaller Marshaller the request object to the HTTP request. Marshaller the request object to the HTTP request. Gets the singleton. Response Unmarshaller for GetObjectAttributes operation Unmarshaller the response from the service to the response class. Gets the singleton. GetObjectLegalHold Request Marshaller Marshaller the request object to the HTTP request. Marshaller the request object to the HTTP request. Response Unmarshaller for GetObjectLegalHold operation Unmarshaller the response from the service to the response class. Gets the singleton. GetObjectLockConfiguration Request Marshaller Marshaller the request object to the HTTP request. Marshaller the request object to the HTTP request. Response Unmarshaller for GetObjectLockConfiguration operation Unmarshaller the response from the service to the response class. Gets the singleton. GetObjectMetadata Marshaller Response Unmarshaller for GetObjectMetadata operation Get Object Request Marshaller Response Unmarshaller for GetObject operation GetObjectRetention Request Marshaller Marshaller the request object to the HTTP request. Marshaller the request object to the HTTP request. Response Unmarshaller for GetObjectRetention operation Unmarshaller the response from the service to the response class. Gets the singleton. GetObjectTaggingRequest Marshaller Marshall GetObjectTaggingRequest into an http request. Marshall GetObjectTaggingRequest into an http request. Response Unmarshaller for GetObjectTagging operation Get Object Torrent Request Marshaller Response Unmarshaller for GetObjectTorrent operation GetPublicAccessBlockRequestMarshaller Response Unmarshaller for GetPublicAccessBlock operation Grantee Unmarshaller Grant Unmarshaller Head Bucket Request Marshaller Response Unmarshaller for HeadBucket operation Unmarshaller error response to exception. Create Multipart Upload Request Marshaller Response Unmarshaller for InitiateMultipartUpload operation Initiator Unmarshaller Unmarshaller for IntelligentTieringConfiguration IntelligentTieringFilter Unmarshaller InventoryConfiguration Unmarshaller InventoryDestination Unmarshaller InventoryEncryption Unmarshaller InventoryFilter Unmarshaller InventoryS3BucketDestination Unmarshaller InventorySchedule Unmarshaller LifecycleFilterPredicate Unmarshaller LifecycleRuleNoncurrentVersionExpiration Unmarshaller LifecycleRuleNoncurrentVersionTransition Unmarshaller List AnalyticsConfiguration Request Marshaller Response Unmarshaller for ListAnalyticsConfiguration operation Request Marshaller for ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurations Response Unmarshaller for ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration operation List InventoryConfiguration Request Marshaller Response Unmarshaller for ListInventoryConfiguration operation List Bucket MetricsConfigurationRequest Marshaller Response Unmarshaller for ListBucketMetricsConfiguration operation List Buckets Request Marshaller Response Unmarshaller for ListBuckets operation ListDirectoryBuckets Request Marshaller Marshaller the request object to the HTTP request. Marshaller the request object to the HTTP request. Gets the singleton. Response Unmarshaller for ListDirectoryBuckets operation Unmarshaller the response from the service to the response class. Unmarshaller error response to exception. Gets the singleton. List Multipart Uploads Request Marshaller Response Unmarshaller for ListMultipartUploads operation List Objects Request Marshaller Response Unmarshaller for ListObjects operation List Objects Request Marshaller Response Unmarshaller for ListObjects operation List Parts Request Marshaller Response Unmarshaller for ListParts operation List Object Versions Request Marshaller Response Unmarshaller for ListVersions operation LoggingEnabled Unmarshaller MetricsConfiguration Unmarshaller MetricsFilte Unmarshaller UploadsItem Unmarshaller Response Unmarshaller for NoSuchAccesspointException operation Unmarshaller the response from the service to the response class. Unmarshaller the response from the service to the response class. Gets the singleton. Response Unmarshaller for NoSuchBucketException operation Unmarshaller the response from the service to the response class. Unmarshaller the response from the service to the response class. Gets the singleton. Response Unmarshaller for ObjectLockConfiguration Object Unmarshaller the response from the service to the response class. Response Unmarshaller for ObjectLockLegalHold Object Unmarshaller the response from the service to the response class. Response Unmarshaller for ObjectLockRetention Object Unmarshaller the response from the service to the response class. Response Unmarshaller for ObjectLockRule Object Unmarshaller the response from the service to the response class. Response Unmarshaller for ObjectPart Object Unmarshaller the response from the service to the response class. Gets the singleton. Owner Unmarshaller PartsItem Unmarshaller Response Unmarshaller for PartitionedPrefix Object Unmarshaller the response from the service to the response class. Gets the singleton. PolicyStatus Unmarshaller PublicAccessBlockConfiguration Unmarshaller Put Object Acl Request Marshaller Response Unmarshaller for PutObjectAcl operation Put Object Acl Request Marshaller Response Unmarshaller for PutBucketAccelerate operation Request Marshaller for PutAnalyticsConfiguration operation Response Unmarshaller for PutBucketAnalytics operation Put Bucket IntelligentTieringConfigurationRequest Marshaller Response Unmarshaller for PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration operation Request Marshaller for PutInventoryConfiguration operation Response Unmarshaller for PutBucketWebsite operation Enable Bucket Logging Request Marshaller Response Unmarshaller for PutBucketLogging operation Put Bucket MetricsConfigurationRequest Marshaller Response Unmarshaller for PutBucketMetricsConfiguration operation Put Bucket Notification Request Marshaller Response Unmarshaller for PutBucketNotification operation PutBucketOwnershipControls Request Marshaller Response Unmarshaller for PutBucketOwnershipControls operation Put Bucket Policy Request Marshaller Response Unmarshaller for PutBucketPolicy operation Put Buckeyt Replication Request Marshaller Response Unmarshaller for PutBucketReplication operation. Put Bucket Request Marshaller Put Bucket Request Payment Request Marshaller Response Unmarshaller for PutBucketRequestPayment operation Response Unmarshaller for PutBucket operation Unmarshaller the response from the service to the response class. Unmarshaller error response to exception. Put Bucket Tagging Request Marshaller Response Unmarshaller for PutBucketTagging operation Put Bucket Versioning Request Marshaller Response Unmarshaller for PutBucketVersioning operation Put Bucket Website Request Marshaller Response Unmarshaller for PutBucketWebsite operation Put Bucket Cors Request Marshaller Response Unmarshaller for PutCORSConfiguration operation Put Bucket Lifecycle Request Marshaller Response Unmarshaller for PutLifecycleConfiguration operation PutObjectLegalHold Request Marshaller Marshaller the request object to the HTTP request. Marshaller the request object to the HTTP request. Response Unmarshaller for PutObjectLegalHold operation Unmarshaller the response from the service to the response class. Gets the singleton. PutObjectLockConfiguration Request Marshaller Marshaller the request object to the HTTP request. Marshaller the request object to the HTTP request. Response Unmarshaller for PutObjectLockConfiguration operation Unmarshaller the response from the service to the response class. Gets the singleton. Put Object Request Marshaller Response Unmarshaller for PutObject operation PutObjectRetention Request Marshaller Marshaller the request object to the HTTP request. Marshaller the request object to the HTTP request. Response Unmarshaller for PutObjectRetention operation Unmarshaller the response from the service to the response class. Gets the singleton. Delete Object Tagging Request Marshaller Marshall PutObjectTaggingRequest into an http request. Marshall PutObjectTaggingRequest into an http request. Response Unmarshaller for DeleteObjectTagging operation PutPublicAccessBlock Request Marshaller Response Unmarshaller for PutPublicAccessBlock operation Unmarshaller for ReplicaModifications Restore Object Request Marshaller Response Unmarshaller for RestoreObject operation Response Unmarshaller for RestoreStatus Object Unmarshall the response from the service to the response class. Gets the singleton. Condition Unmarshaller Redirect Unmarshaller RoutingRule Unmarshaller RulesItem Unmarshaller Response Unmarshaller for all Errors Build an S3ErrorResponse from XML The XML parsing context. Usually an Amazon.Runtime.Internal.UnmarshallerContext. An S3ErrorResponse object. Grant Unmarshaller Class for unmarshalling S3 service responses Specialized S3 unmarshaller context. Wrap an XmlTextReader with state for event-based parsing of an XML stream. Stream with the XML from a service response. If set to true, maintains a copy of the complete response body as the stream is being read. Response data coming back from the request If set to is true, configure unmarshaller with exception specifics. Wrap an XmlTextReader with state for event-based parsing of an XML stream. Stream with the XML from a service response. If set to true, maintains a copy of the complete response body as the stream is being read. Response data coming back from the request If set to is true, configure unmarshaller with exception specifics. Context for the request that produced this response Reads to the next node in the XML document, and updates the context accordingly. If node is RequestId, reads the contents and stores in RequestId property. True if a node was read, false if there are no more elements to read./ Response Unmarshaller for SessionCredentials Object Unmarshaller the response from the service to the response class. Gets the singleton. Response Unmarshaller for SimplePrefix Object Unmarshaller the response from the service to the response class. Gets the singleton. SSEKMS Unmarshaller SSES3 Unmarshaller StorageClassAnalysisDataExportDataExportUnmarshaller StorageClassAnalysisUnmarshaller Tag Unmarshaller Response Unmarshaller for TargetObjectKeyFormat Object Unmarshaller the response from the service to the response class. Gets the singleton. Tiering Unmarshaller TopicConfiguration Unmarshaller Transition Unmarshaller Upload Part Request Marshaller Response Unmarshaller for UploadPart operation VersionsItem Unmarshaller Internal implementation of Inventory Predicate visitor interface. Internal implementation of Metrics Predicate visitor interface. Class for AnalyticsPrefixPredicate The prefix used when evaluating a metrics filter. Class for AnalyticsS3BucketDestination The account ID that owns the destination bucket. If no account ID is provided, the owner will not be validated prior to exporting data. The Amazon resource name (ARN) of the bucket to which data is exported. The file format used when exporting data to Amazon S3. The prefix to use when exporting data. The exported data begins with this prefix. Class for MetricsTagPredicate The tag used when evaluating a metrics filter. The requested bucket name is not available. The bucket namespace is shared by all users of the system. Select a different name and try again. Constructs a new BucketAlreadyExistsException with the specified error message. Describes the error encountered. Construct instance of BucketAlreadyExistsException Construct instance of BucketAlreadyExistsException Construct instance of BucketAlreadyExistsException Construct instance of BucketAlreadyExistsException The bucket you tried to create already exists, and you own it. Amazon S3 returns this error in all Amazon Web Services Regions except in the North Virginia Region. For legacy compatibility, if you re-create an existing bucket that you already own in the North Virginia Region, Amazon S3 returns 200 OK and resets the bucket access control lists (ACLs). Constructs a new BucketAlreadyOwnedByYouException with the specified error message. Describes the error encountered. Construct instance of BucketAlreadyOwnedByYouException Construct instance of BucketAlreadyOwnedByYouException Construct instance of BucketAlreadyOwnedByYouException Construct instance of BucketAlreadyOwnedByYouException Contains information about the Bucket Gets and sets the property DataRedundancy. Gets and sets the property Type. This class represents the byte range for a range GET from S3. Constructs a ByteRange and sets the start and end. Constructs a ByteRange and sets the header to the value specified. A private string, represending the byte range. The starting byte number of the range The ending byte number of the range The formatted string representing the byte range to be set for the range header. Contains all the possible checksum or digest values for an object. Gets and sets the property ChecksumCRC32. The base64-encoded, 32-bit CRC32 checksum of the object. Gets and sets the property ChecksumCRC32C. The base64-encoded, 32-bit CRC32C checksum of the object. Gets and sets the property ChecksumSHA1. The base64-encoded, 160-bit SHA-1 digest of the object. Gets and sets the property ChecksumSHA256. The base64-encoded, 256-bit SHA-256 digest of the object. Container for the parameters to the CompleteMultipartUpload operation. Completes a multipart upload by assembling previously uploaded parts. You first initiate the multipart upload and then upload all parts using the UploadPart operation. After successfully uploading all relevant parts of an upload, you call this action to complete the upload. Upon receiving this request, Amazon S3 concatenates all the parts in ascending order by part number to create a new object. In the Complete Multipart Upload request, you must provide the parts list. You must ensure that the parts list is complete. This action concatenates the parts that you provide in the list. For each part in the list, you must provide the part number and the ETag value, returned after that part was uploaded. Processing of a Complete Multipart Upload request could take several minutes to complete. After Amazon S3 begins processing the request, it sends an HTTP response header that specifies a 200 OK response. While processing is in progress, Amazon S3 periodically sends white space characters to keep the connection from timing out. Because a request could fail after the initial 200 OK response has been sent, it is important that you check the response body to determine whether the request succeeded. Note that if CompleteMultipartUpload fails, applications should be prepared to retry the failed requests. For more information, see Amazon S3 Error Best Practices. You cannot use Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencode with Complete Multipart Upload requests. It is not allowed by the Amazon S3. Also, if you do not provide a Content-Type header, CompleteMultipartUpload returns a 200 OK response. For more information about multipart uploads, see Uploading Objects Using Multipart Upload. For information about permissions required to use the multipart upload API, see Multipart Upload and Permissions. CompleteMultipartUpload has the following special errors:
  • Error code: EntityTooSmall
    • Description: Your proposed upload is smaller than the minimum allowed object size. Each part must be at least 5 MB in size, except the last part.
    • 400 Bad Request
  • Error code: InvalidPart
    • Description: One or more of the specified parts could not be found. The part might not have been uploaded, or the specified entity tag might not have matched the part's entity tag.
    • 400 Bad Request
  • Error code: InvalidPartOrder
    • Description: The list of parts was not in ascending order. The parts list must be specified in order by part number.
    • 400 Bad Request
  • Error code: NoSuchUpload
    • Description: The specified multipart upload does not exist. The upload ID might be invalid, or the multipart upload might have been aborted or completed.
    • 404 Not Found
The following operations are related to CompleteMultipartUpload:
Gets and sets the property BucketName. Name of the bucket to which the multipart upload was initiated. When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Gets and sets the property ChecksumCRC32. This header can be used as a data integrity check to verify that the data received is the same data that was originally sent. This specifies the base64-encoded, 32-bit CRC32 checksum of the object. For more information, see Checking object integrity in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Gets and sets the property ChecksumCRC32C. This header can be used as a data integrity check to verify that the data received is the same data that was originally sent. This specifies the base64-encoded, 32-bit CRC32C checksum of the object. For more information, see Checking object integrity in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Gets and sets the property ChecksumSHA1. This header can be used as a data integrity check to verify that the data received is the same data that was originally sent. This specifies the base64-encoded, 160-bit SHA-1 digest of the object. For more information, see Checking object integrity in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Gets and sets the property ChecksumSHA256. This header can be used as a data integrity check to verify that the data received is the same data that was originally sent. This specifies the base64-encoded, 256-bit SHA-256 digest of the object. For more information, see Checking object integrity in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Gets and sets the property ExpectedBucketOwner. The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). Checks to see if ExpectedBucketOwner is set. true, if ExpectedBucketOwner property is set. The key of the S3 object that was being uploaded. This property will be used as part of the resource path of the HTTP request. In .NET the System.Uri class is used to construct the uri for the request. The System.Uri class will canonicalize the uri string by compacting characters like "..". For example an object key of "foo/../bar/file.txt" will be transformed into "bar/file.txt" because the ".." is interpreted as use parent directory. Starting with .NET 8, the AWS .NET SDK disables System.Uri's feature of canonicalizing the resource path. This allows S3 keys like "foo/../bar/file.txt" to work correctly with the AWS .NET SDK. For further information view the documentation for the Uri class: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dotnet/api/system.uri A collection of part numbers and corresponding etags. Adds a collection of part numbers and corresponding etags. PartETags that will added to this request. Adds a collection of part numbers and corresponding etags. PartETags that will added to this request. Adds a collection of part numbers and corresponding etags by transforming the UploadPartResponses into PartETags. The list of response objects return from UploadParts. Adds a collection of part numbers and corresponding etags by transforming the UploadPartResponses into PartETags. The list of response objects return from UploadParts. Adds a collection of part numbers and corresponding etags by transforming the CopyPartResponse into PartETags. The list of response objects return from CopyParts. Adds a collection of part numbers and corresponding etags by transforming the CopyPartResponse into PartETags. The list of response objects return from CopyParts. Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. Checks to see if RequetsPayer is set. true, if RequestPayer property is set. Gets and sets the property SSECustomerAlgorithm. The server-side encryption (SSE) algorithm used to encrypt the object. This parameter is required only when the object was created using a checksum algorithm or if your bucket policy requires the use of SSE-C. For more information, see Protecting data using SSE-C keys in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Gets and sets the property SSECustomerKey. The SSE customer key. This is only needed when the object was cureated using a checksum algorithm. For more information, see Protecting data using SSE-C keys in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Gets and sets the property SSECustomerKeyMD5. The MD5 SSE customer key. This is only needed when the object was cureated using a checksum algorithm. For more information, see Protecting data using SSE-C keys in the Amazon S3 User Guide. The upload id for the in-progress multipart upload that should be completed. Returns information about the CompleteMultipartUpload response and response metadata. Gets and sets the property BucketKeyEnabled. Indicates whether the multipart upload uses an S3 Bucket Key for server-side encryption with AWS KMS (SSE-KMS). Gets and sets the property BucketName. The name of the bucket that contains the newly created object. Does not return the access point ARN or access point alias if used. When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Gets and sets the property ChecksumCRC32. The base64-encoded, 32-bit CRC32 checksum of the object. Gets and sets the property ChecksumCRC32C. The base64-encoded, 32-bit CRC32C checksum of the object. Gets and sets the property ChecksumSHA1. The base64-encoded, 160-bit SHA-1 digest of the object. Gets and sets the property ChecksumSHA256. The base64-encoded, 256-bit SHA-256 digest of the object. Gets and sets the property ETag. Entity tag that identifies the newly created object's data. Objects with different object data will have different entity tags. The entity tag is an opaque string. The entity tag may or may not be an MD5 digest of the object data. If the entity tag is not an MD5 digest of the object data, it will contain one or more nonhexadecimal characters and/or will consist of less than 32 or more than 32 hexadecimal digits. Gets and sets the property Expiration. If the object expiration is configured, this will contain the expiration date (expiry-date) and rule ID (rule-id). The value of rule-id is URL encoded. Gets and sets the property Key. The object key of the newly created object. Gets and sets the property Location. The URI that identifies the newly created object. If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the request. Checks to see if RequestCharged is set. true, if RequestCharged property is set. The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in Amazon S3 (for example, AES256, aws:kms). The id of the AWS Key Management Service key that Amazon S3 uses to encrypt and decrypt the object. If present, specifies the ID of the Amazon Web Services Key Management Service (Amazon Web Services KMS) symmetric encryption customer managed key that was used for the object. Checks if ServerSideEncryptionKeyManagementServiceKeyId property is set. true if ServerSideEncryptionKeyManagementServiceKeyId property is set. Gets and sets the property VersionId. Version ID of the newly created object, in case the bucket has versioning turned on. Container for the parameters to the CopyObject operation. Creates a copy of an object that is already stored in Amazon S3. You can store individual objects of up to 5 TB in Amazon S3. You create a copy of your object up to 5 GB in size in a single atomic action using this API. However, to copy an object greater than 5 GB, you must use the multipart upload Upload Part - Copy API. For more information, see Copy Object Using the REST Multipart Upload API. All copy requests must be authenticated. Additionally, you must have read access to the source object and write access to the destination bucket. For more information, see REST Authentication. Both the Region that you want to copy the object from and the Region that you want to copy the object to must be enabled for your account. A copy request might return an error when Amazon S3 receives the copy request or while Amazon S3 is copying the files. If the error occurs before the copy action starts, you receive a standard Amazon S3 error. If the error occurs during the copy operation, the error response is embedded in the 200 OK response. This means that a 200 OK response can contain either a success or an error. Design your application to parse the contents of the response and handle it appropriately. If you call the S3 API directly, make sure to design your application to parse the contents of the response and handle it appropriately. If you use Amazon Web Services SDKs, SDKs handle this condition. The SDKs detect the embedded error and apply error handling per your configuration settings (including automatically retrying the request as appropriate). If the condition persists, the SDKs throws an exception (or, for the SDKs that don't use exceptions, they return the error). If the copy is successful, you receive a response with information about the copied object. If the request is an HTTP 1.1 request, the response is chunk encoded. If it were not, it would not contain the content-length, and you would need to read the entire body. The copy request charge is based on the storage class and Region that you specify for the destination object. For pricing information, see Amazon S3 pricing. Amazon S3 transfer acceleration does not support cross-Region copies. If you request a cross-Region copy using a transfer acceleration endpoint, you get a 400 Bad Request error. For more information, see Transfer Acceleration.
Metadata
When copying an object, you can preserve all metadata (default) or specify new metadata. However, the ACL is not preserved and is set to private for the user making the request. To override the default ACL setting, specify a new ACL when generating a copy request. For more information, see Using ACLs. To specify whether you want the object metadata copied from the source object or replaced with metadata provided in the request, you can optionally add the x-amz-metadata-directive header. When you grant permissions, you can use the s3:x-amz-metadata-directive condition key to enforce certain metadata behavior when objects are uploaded. For more information, see Specifying Conditions in a Policy in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For a complete list of Amazon S3-specific condition keys, see Actions, Resources, and Condition Keys for Amazon S3. x-amz-website-redirect-location is unique to each object and must be specified in the request headers to copy the value.
x-amz-copy-source-if Headers
To only copy an object under certain conditions, such as whether the Etag matches or whether the object was modified before or after a specified date, use the following request parameters:
  • x-amz-copy-source-if-match
  • x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match
  • x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since
  • x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since
If both the x-amz-copy-source-if-match and x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since headers are present in the request and evaluate as follows, Amazon S3 returns 200 OK and copies the data:
  • x-amz-copy-source-if-match condition evaluates to true
  • x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since condition evaluates to false
If both the x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match and x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since headers are present in the request and evaluate as follows, Amazon S3 returns the 412 Precondition Failed response code:
  • x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match condition evaluates to false
  • x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since condition evaluates to true
All headers with the x-amz- prefix, including x-amz-copy-source, must be signed.
Server-side encryption
Amazon S3 automatically encrypts all new objects that are copied to an S3 bucket. When copying an object, if you don't specify encryption information in your copy request, the encryption setting of the target object is set to the default encryption configuration of the destination bucket. By default, all buckets have a base level of encryption configuration that uses server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3). If the destination bucket has a default encryption configuration that uses server-side encryption with an Key Management Service (KMS) key (SSE-KMS), or a customer-provided encryption key (SSE-C), Amazon S3 uses the corresponding KMS key, or a customer-provided key to encrypt the target object copy. When you perform a CopyObject operation, you can optionally use the appropriate encryption-related headers to encrypt the object using server-side encryption with Amazon Web Services managed encryption keys (SSE-S3 or SSE-KMS) or a customer-provided encryption key. With server-side encryption, Amazon S3 encrypts your data as it writes it to disks in its data centers and decrypts the data when you access it. For more information about server-side encryption, see Using Server-Side Encryption. If a target object uses SSE-KMS, you can enable an S3 Bucket Key for the object. For more information, see Amazon S3 Bucket Keys in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Access Control List (ACL)-Specific Request Headers
When copying an object, you can optionally use headers to grant ACL-based permissions. By default, all objects are private. Only the owner has full access control. When adding a new object, you can grant permissions to individual Amazon Web Services accounts or to predefined groups defined by Amazon S3. These permissions are then added to the ACL on the object. For more information, see Access Control List (ACL) Overview and Managing ACLs Using the REST API. If the bucket that you're copying objects to uses the bucket owner enforced setting for S3 Object Ownership, ACLs are disabled and no longer affect permissions. Buckets that use this setting only accept PUT requests that don't specify an ACL or PUT requests that specify bucket owner full control ACLs, such as the bucket-owner-full-control canned ACL or an equivalent form of this ACL expressed in the XML format. For more information, see Controlling ownership of objects and disabling ACLs in the Amazon S3 User Guide. If your bucket uses the bucket owner enforced setting for Object Ownership, all objects written to the bucket by any account will be owned by the bucket owner.
Storage Class Options
You can use the CopyObject action to change the storage class of an object that is already stored in Amazon S3 using the StorageClass parameter. For more information, see Storage Classes in the Amazon S3 User Guide. If the source object's storage class is GLACIER, you must restore a copy of this object before you can use it as a source object for the copy operation. For more information, see RestoreObject. For more information, see Copying Objects.
Versioning
By default, x-amz-copy-source identifies the current version of an object to copy. If the current version is a delete marker, Amazon S3 behaves as if the object was deleted. To copy a different version, use the versionId subresource. If you enable versioning on the target bucket, Amazon S3 generates a unique version ID for the object being copied. This version ID is different from the version ID of the source object. Amazon S3 returns the version ID of the copied object in the x-amz-version-id response header in the response. If you do not enable versioning or suspend it on the target bucket, the version ID that Amazon S3 generates is always null.
The following operations are related to CopyObject:
A canned access control list (CACL) to apply to the object. Please refer to for information on S3 Canned ACLs. This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts. Gets and sets the property BucketKeyEnabled. Specifies whether Amazon S3 should use an S3 Bucket Key for object encryption with server-side encryption using AWS KMS (SSE-KMS). Setting this header to true causes Amazon S3 to use an S3 Bucket Key for object encryption with SSE-KMS. Specifying this header with a COPY action doesn't affect bucket-level settings for S3 Bucket Key. This is a convenience property for Headers.ContentType. This property is deprecated. Setting this property results in non-UTC DateTimes not being marshalled correctly. Use ModifiedSinceDateUtc instead. Setting either ModifiedSinceDate or ModifiedSinceDateUtc results in both ModifiedSinceDate and ModifiedSinceDateUtc being assigned, the latest assignment to either one of the two property is reflected in the value of both. ModifiedSinceDate is provided for backwards compatibility only and assigning a non-Utc DateTime to it results in the wrong timestamp being passed to the service. Copies the object if it has been modified since the specified time, otherwise returns a PreconditionFailed. Copies the object if it has been modified since the specified time; otherwise returns a 412 (failed condition). Constraints: This property can be used with ETagToNotMatch, but cannot be used with other conditional copy properties. Copies the object if it has been modified since the specified time, otherwise returns a PreconditionFailed. Copies the object if it has been modified since the specified time; otherwise returns a 412 (failed condition). Constraints: This property can be used with ETagToNotMatch, but cannot be used with other conditional copy properties. Checks if ModifiedSinceDateUtc property is set. true if ModifiedSinceDateUtc property is set. This property is deprecated. Setting this property results in non-UTC DateTimes not being marshalled correctly. Use UnmodifiedSinceDateUtc instead. Setting either UnmodifiedSinceDate or UnmodifiedSinceDateUtc results in both UnmodifiedSinceDate and UnmodifiedSinceDateUtc being assigned, the latest assignment to either one of the two property is reflected in the value of both. UnmodifiedSinceDate is provided for backwards compatibility only and assigning a non-Utc DateTime to it results in the wrong timestamp being passed to the service. Copies the object if it has not been modified since the specified time, otherwise returns a PreconditionFailed. Copies the object if it hasn't been modified since the specified time; otherwise returns a 412 (precondition failed). Constraints: This property can be used with ETagToMatch, but cannot be used with other conditional copy properties. Copies the object if it has not been modified since the specified time, otherwise returns a PreconditionFailed. Copies the object if it hasn't been modified since the specified time; otherwise returns a 412 (precondition failed). Constraints: This property can be used with ETagToMatch, but cannot be used with other conditional copy properties. Checks if UnmodifiedSinceDateUtc property is set. true if UnmodifiedSinceDateUtc property is set. The Server-side encryption algorithm to be used with the customer provided key. The customer provided encryption key for the source object of the copy. Important: Amazon S3 does not store the encryption key you provide. Checks if CopySourceServerSideEncryptionCustomerProvidedKey property is set. true if CopySourceServerSideEncryptionCustomerProvidedKey property is set. The MD5 of the customer encryption key specified in the CopySourceServerSideEncryptionCustomerProvidedKey property. The MD5 is base 64 encoded. This field is optional, the SDK will calculate the MD5 if this is not set. Checks if CopySourceServerSideEncryptionCustomerProvidedKeyMD5 property is set. true if CopySourceServerSideEncryptionCustomerProvidedKey property is set. Gets and sets the property DestinationBucket. The name of the destination bucket. When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Checks if DestinationBucket property is set. true if DestinationBucket property is set. The key to be given to the copy of the source object. This property will be used as part of the resource path of the HTTP request. In .NET the System.Uri class is used to construct the uri for the request. The System.Uri class will canonicalize the uri string by compacting characters like "..". For example an object key of "foo/../bar/file.txt" will be transformed into "bar/file.txt" because the ".." is interpreted as use parent directory. Starting with .NET 8, the AWS .NET SDK disables System.Uri's feature of canonicalizing the resource path. This allows S3 keys like "foo/../bar/file.txt" to work correctly with the AWS .NET SDK. For further information view the documentation for the Uri class: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dotnet/api/system.uri Checks if DestinationKey property is set. true if DestinationKey property is set. Gets and sets the property ExpectedBucketOwner. The account ID of the expected destination bucket owner. If the destination bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP 403 (Access Denied) error. Gets and sets the property ExpectedSourceBucketOwner. The account ID of the expected source bucket owner. If the source bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP 403 (Access Denied) error. Checks to see if ExpectedSourceBucketOwner is set. true, if ExpectedSourceBucketOwner property is set. The collection of meta data for the request. Specifies whether the metadata is copied from the source object or replaced with metadata provided in the request. Gets and sets the property ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus. Specifies whether you want to apply a Legal Hold to the copied object. Gets and sets the property ObjectLockMode. The Object Lock mode that you want to apply to the copied object. Gets and sets the property ObjectLockRetainUntilDate. The date and time when you want the copied object's Object Lock to expire. Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. Checks to see if RequetsPayer is set. true, if RequestPayer property is set. The name of the bucket containing the object to copy. Checks if SourceBucket property is set. true if SourceBucket property is set. The key of the object to copy. This property will be used as part of the resource path of the HTTP request. In .NET the System.Uri class is used to construct the uri for the request. The System.Uri class will canonicalize the uri string by compacting characters like "..". For example an object key of "foo/../bar/file.txt" will be transformed into "bar/file.txt" because the ".." is interpreted as use parent directory. Starting with .NET 8, the AWS .NET SDK disables System.Uri's feature of canonicalizing the resource path. This allows S3 keys like "foo/../bar/file.txt" to work correctly with the AWS .NET SDK. For further information view the documentation for the Uri class: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dotnet/api/system.uri Checks if SourceKey property is set. true if SourceKey property is set. Specifies a particular version of the source object to copy. By default the latest version is copied. Checks if SourceVersionId property is set. true if SourceVersionId property is set. The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in Amazon S3 (for example, AES256, aws:kms). The Server-side encryption algorithm to be used with the customer provided key. The base64-encoded encryption key for Amazon S3 to use to encrypt the object Using the encryption key you provide as part of your request Amazon S3 manages both the encryption, as it writes to disks, and decryption, when you access your objects. Therefore, you don't need to maintain any data encryption code. The only thing you do is manage the encryption keys you provide. /// When you retrieve an object, you must provide the same encryption key as part of your request. Amazon S3 first verifies the encryption key you provided matches, and then decrypts the object before returning the object data to you. Important: Amazon S3 does not store the encryption key you provide. Checks if ServerSideEncryptionCustomerProvidedKey property is set. true if ServerSideEncryptionCustomerProvidedKey property is set. The MD5 of the customer encryption key specified in the ServerSideEncryptionCustomerProvidedKey property. The MD5 is base 64 encoded. This field is optional, the SDK will calculate the MD5 if this is not set. Checks if ServerSideEncryptionCustomerProvidedKeyMD5 property is set. true if ServerSideEncryptionCustomerProvidedKey property is set. Gets and sets the property ServerSideEncryptionKeyManagementServiceEncryptionContext. Specifies the Amazon Web Services KMS Encryption Context to use for object encryption. The value of this header is a base64-encoded UTF-8 string holding JSON with the encryption context key-value pairs. This value must be explicitly added to specify encryption context for CopyObject requests. Checks if ServerSideEncryptionKeyManagementServiceEncryptionContext property is set. true if ServerSideEncryptionKeyManagementServiceEncryptionContext property is set. Gets and sets the property SSEKMSKeyId. Specifies the Amazon Web Services KMS key ID to use for object encryption. All GET and PUT requests for an object protected by Amazon Web Services KMS will fail if not made via SSL or using SigV4. For information about configuring using any of the officially supported Amazon Web Services SDKs and Amazon Web Services CLI, see Specifying the Signature Version in Request Authentication in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Checks if ServerSideEncryptionKeyManagementServiceKeyId property is set. true if ServerSideEncryptionKeyManagementServiceKeyId property is set. Gets and sets the property StorageClass. By default, Amazon S3 uses the STANDARD Storage Class to store newly created objects. The STANDARD storage class provides high durability and high availability. Depending on performance needs, you can specify a different Storage Class. Amazon S3 on Outposts only uses the OUTPOSTS Storage Class. For more information, see Storage Classes in the Amazon S3 User Guide. The tag-set for the object destination object this value must be used in conjunction with the TaggingDirective. The tag-set must be encoded as URL Query parameters. Checks if Tagging property is set true if Tagging is set. If the bucket is configured as a website, redirects requests for this object to another object in the same bucket or to an external URL. Amazon S3 stores the value of this header in the object metadata. This value is unique to each object and is not copied when using the x-amz-metadata-directive header. Instead, you may opt to provide this header in combination with the directive. ETag to be matched as a pre-condition for copying the source object otherwise returns a PreconditionFailed. Copies the object if its entity tag (ETag) matches the specified tag; otherwise return a 412 (precondition failed). Constraints: This property can be used with IfUnmodifiedSince, but cannot be used with other conditional copy properties. Checks if ETagToMatch property is set. Copies the object if its entity tag (ETag) is different than the specified Etag; otherwise returns a 412 (failed condition). Constraints: This header can be used with IfModifiedSince, but cannot be used with other conditional copy properties. true if ETagToMatch property is set. ETag that must not be matched as a pre-condition for copying the source object, otherwise returns a PreconditionFailed. Checks if ETagToNotMatch property is set. true if ETagToNotMatch property is set. The collection of headers for the request. Gets and sets the property ChecksumAlgorithm. Indicates the algorithm you want Amazon S3 to use to create the checksum for the object. For more information, see Checking object integrity in the Amazon S3 User Guide. If this is set to true then the Amazon S3 client will not remove leading slashes from and . The default value is false. Returns information about the CopyObject response and response metadata. Gets and sets the property BucketKeyEnabled. Indicates whether the copied object uses an S3 Bucket Key for server-side encryption with Amazon Web Services KMS (SSE-KMS). Gets and sets the SourceVersionId property. This is the Version Id of the Source Object Gets and sets the Expiration property. Specifies the expiration date for the object and the rule governing the expiration. Is null if expiration is not applicable. If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the request. Checks to see if RequestCharged is set. true, if RequestCharged property is set. The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in Amazon S3 (for example, AES256, aws:kms). The Server-side encryption algorithm to be used with the customer provided key. The MD5 of the customer encryption key specified in the ServerSideEncryptionCustomerProvidedKey property. The MD5 is base 64 encoded. This field is optional, the SDK will calculate the MD5 if this is not set. Specifies the AWS KMS Encryption Context to use for object encryption. The value of this header is a base64-encoded UTF-8 string holding JSON with the encryption context key-value pairs. If present, specifies the Amazon Web Services KMS Encryption Context to use for object encryption. The value of this header is a base64-encoded UTF-8 string holding JSON with the encryption context key-value pairs. The id of the AWS Key Management Service key that Amazon S3 uses to encrypt and decrypt the object. If present, specifies the ID of the Amazon Web Services Key Management Service (Amazon Web Services KMS) symmetric encryption customer managed key that was used for the object. Version ID of the newly created copy. Gets and sets the ETag property. Gets and sets the LastModified property. Gets and sets the property ChecksumCRC32. The base64-encoded, 32-bit CRC32 checksum of the object. Gets and sets the property ChecksumCRC32C. The base64-encoded, 32-bit CRC32C checksum of the object. Gets and sets the property ChecksumSHA1. The base64-encoded, 160-bit SHA-1 digest of the object. Gets and sets the property ChecksumSHA256. The base64-encoded, 256-bit SHA-256 digest of the object. Container for the parameters to the CopyPart operation. Uploads a part by copying data from an existing object as data source. The name of the bucket containing the object to copy. Checks if SourceBucket property is set. true if SourceBucket property is set. The key of the object to copy. This property will be used as part of the resource path of the HTTP request. In .NET the System.Uri class is used to construct the uri for the request. The System.Uri class will canonicalize the uri string by compacting characters like "..". For example an object key of "foo/../bar/file.txt" will be transformed into "bar/file.txt" because the ".." is interpreted as use parent directory. Starting with .NET 8, the AWS .NET SDK disables System.Uri's feature of canonicalizing the resource path. This allows S3 keys like "foo/../bar/file.txt" to work correctly with the AWS .NET SDK. For further information view the documentation for the Uri class: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dotnet/api/system.uri Checks if SourceKey property is set. true if SourceKey property is set. Specifies a particular version of the source object to copy. By default the latest version is copied. Checks if SourceVersionId property is set. true if SourceVersionId property is set. The name of the bucket to contain the copy of the source object. The bucket name. When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Checks if DestinationBucket property is set. true if DestinationBucket property is set. The key to be given to the copy of the source object. This property will be used as part of the resource path of the HTTP request. In .NET the System.Uri class is used to construct the uri for the request. The System.Uri class will canonicalize the uri string by compacting characters like "..". For example an object key of "foo/../bar/file.txt" will be transformed into "bar/file.txt" because the ".." is interpreted as use parent directory. Starting with .NET 8, the AWS .NET SDK disables System.Uri's feature of canonicalizing the resource path. This allows S3 keys like "foo/../bar/file.txt" to work correctly with the AWS .NET SDK. For further information view the documentation for the Uri class: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dotnet/api/system.uri Checks if DestinationKey property is set. true if DestinationKey property is set. The ID identifying multipart upload for which we are copying a part. Checks if UploadId property is set. true if UploadId property is set. Collection of ETags to be matched as a pre-condition for copying the source object otherwise returns a PreconditionFailed. Copies the object if its entity tag (ETag) matches one of the specified tags; otherwise return a 412 (precondition failed). Constraints: This property can be used with IfUnmodifiedSince, but cannot be used with other conditional copy properties. Checks if ETagsToMatch property is set. true if ETagToMatch property is set. Collection of ETags that must not be matched as a pre-condition for copying the source object otherwise returns a PreconditionFailed. Copies the object if its entity tag (ETag) does not match any of the specified tags; otherwise returns a 412 (failed condition). Constraints: This header can be used with IfModifiedSince, but cannot be used with other conditional copy properties. Checks if ETagToNotMatch property is set. true if ETagToNotMatch property is set. Copies the object if it has been modified since the specified time, otherwise returns a PreconditionFailed. Copies the object if it has been modified since the specified time; otherwise returns a 412 (failed condition). Constraints: This property can be used with ETagToNotMatch, but cannot be used with other conditional copy properties. Checks if ModifiedSinceDate property is set. true if ModifiedSinceDate property is set. Copies the object if it has not been modified since the specified time, otherwise returns a PreconditionFailed. Copies the object if it hasn't been modified since the specified time; otherwise returns a 412 (precondition failed). Constraints: This property can be used with ETagToMatch, but cannot be used with other conditional copy properties. Checks if UnmodifiedSinceDate property is set. true if UnmodifiedSinceDate property is set. The number of the part to be copied. Valid part numbers are from 1 to 10,000 inclusive and will uniquely identify the part and determine the relative ordering within the destination object. If a part already exists with the PartNumber it will be overwritten. Checks if PartNumber property is set. true if PartNumber property is set. The location of the first byte in the range if only a portion of the source object is to be copied as the part. The LastByte property must also be set or this value will be ignored. Checks if FirstByte property is set. true if FirstByte property is set. The location of the last byte in the range if only a portion of the source object is to be copied as the part. The FirstByte property must also be set or this value will be ignored. Checks if LastByte property is set. true if LastByte property is set. This property is obsolete. Use ServerSideEncryptionMethod in InitiateMultipartUploadRequest instead. Default: None Checks if ServerSideEncryptionMethod property is set. true if ServerSideEncryptionMethod property is set. The Server-side encryption algorithm to be used with the customer provided key. The base64-encoded encryption key for Amazon S3 to use to encrypt the object Using the encryption key you provide as part of your request Amazon S3 manages both the encryption, as it writes to disks, and decryption, when you access your objects. Therefore, you don't need to maintain any data encryption code. The only thing you do is manage the encryption keys you provide. When you retrieve an object, you must provide the same encryption key as part of your request. Amazon S3 first verifies the encryption key you provided matches, and then decrypts the object before returning the object data to you. Important: Amazon S3 does not store the encryption key you provide. Checks if ServerSideEncryptionCustomerProvidedKey property is set. true if ServerSideEncryptionCustomerProvidedKey property is set. The MD5 of the customer encryption key specified in the ServerSideEncryptionCustomerProvidedKey property. The MD5 is base 64 encoded. This field is optional, the SDK will calculate the MD5 if this is not set. Checks if ServerSideEncryptionCustomerProvidedKeyMD5 property is set. true if ServerSideEncryptionCustomerProvidedKey property is set. This property is obsolete. Use ServerSideEncryptionKeyManagementServiceKeyId in InitiateMultipartUploadRequest instead. Checks if ServerSideEncryptionKeyManagementServiceKeyId property is set. true if ServerSideEncryptionKeyManagementServiceKeyId property is set. The Server-side encryption algorithm to be used with the customer provided key. The customer provided encryption key for the source object of the copy. Important: Amazon S3 does not store the encryption key you provide. Checks if CopySourceServerSideEncryptionCustomerProvidedKey property is set. true if CopySourceServerSideEncryptionCustomerProvidedKey property is set. The MD5 of the customer encryption key specified in the CopySourceServerSideEncryptionCustomerProvidedKey property. The MD5 is base 64 encoded. This field is optional, the SDK will calculate the MD5 if this is not set. Checks if CopySourceServerSideEncryptionCustomerProvidedKeyMD5 property is set. true if CopySourceServerSideEncryptionCustomerProvidedKey property is set. The account ID of the expected destination bucket owner. If the destination bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP 403 (Access Denied) error. Checks to see if ExpectedBucketOwner is set. true, if ExpectedBucketOwner property is set. The account ID of the expected source bucket owner. If the source bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP 403 (Access Denied) error. Checks to see if ExpectedSourceBucketOwner is set. true, if ExpectedSourceBucketOwner property is set. Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. If this is set to true then the Amazon S3 client will not remove leading slashes from and . The default value is false. Returns information about the CopyPart response and response metadata. The version of the source object that was copied, if you have enabled versioning on the source bucketName. Gets and sets the property ChecksumCRC32. The base64-encoded, 32-bit CRC32 checksum of the object. Gets and sets the property ChecksumCRC32C. The base64-encoded, 32-bit CRC32C checksum of the object. Gets and sets the property ChecksumSHA1. The base64-encoded, 160-bit SHA-1 digest of the object. Gets and sets the property ChecksumSHA256. The base64-encoded, 256-bit SHA-256 digest of the object. Entity tag of the object. Date and time at which the object was uploaded. The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in Amazon S3 (for example, AES256, aws:kms). Gets and sets the PartNumber property. This is the part number in it's multi-part upload that will uniquely identify the part and determine the relative ordering within the destination object. The id of the AWS Key Management Service key that Amazon S3 uses to encrypt and decrypt the object. If present, specifies the ID of the Amazon Web Services Key Management Service (Amazon Web Services KMS) symmetric encryption customer managed key that was used for the object. Checks if ServerSideEncryptionKeyManagementServiceKeyId property is set. true if ServerSideEncryptionKeyManagementServiceKeyId property is set. Indicates whether the multipart upload uses bucket key for server-side encryption with AWS KMS (SSE-KMS). A collection of up to 100 cross-origin resource sharing (CORS) rules. The collection of rules in this configuration. C O R S Rule Identifies HTTP methods that the domain/origin specified in the rule is allowed to execute. One or more origins you want customers to be able to access the bucket from.

Unique identifier for the rule. The value cannot be longer than 255 characters.

The IDs help you find a rule in the configuration.
Checks if Id property is set. true if Id property is set. One or more headers in the response that you want customers to be able to access from their applications (for example, from a JavaScript XMLHttpRequest object). The time in seconds that your browser is to cache the preflight response for the specified resource. Specifies which headers are allowed in a pre-flight OPTIONS request through the Access-Control-Request-Headers header. Each header name specified in the Access-Control-Request-Headers must have a corresponding entry in the rule. Only the headers that were requested will be sent back. This element can contain at most one * wildcard character. Checks if AllowedHeaders property is set. true if AllowedHeaders property is set. Container for the parameters to the CreateSession operation. Gets and sets the property BucketName. Gets and sets the property SessionMode. This is the response object from the CreateSession operation. Gets and sets the property Credentials. Describes how a CSV-formatted input object is formatted. Describes the first line of input. Valid values: None, Ignore, Use. A single character used to indicate that a row should be ignored when the character is present at the start of that row. You can specify any character to indicate a comment line. The default character is #. Default: # Single character used for escaping the quote character inside an already escaped value. Value used to separate individual records. Value used to separate individual fields in a record. Value used for escaping where the field delimiter is part of the value. Specifies that CSV field values may contain quoted record delimiters and such records should be allowed. Default value is FALSE. Setting this value to TRUE may lower performance. Describes how CSV-formatted results are formatted. Indicates whether or not all output fields should be quoted. Single character used for escaping the quote character inside an already escaped value. Value used to separate individual records. Value used to separate individual fields in a record. Value used for escaping where the field delimiter is part of the value. The container element for specifying the default Object Lock retention settings for new objects placed in the specified bucket. Gets and sets the property Days. The number of days that you want to specify for the default retention period. Gets and sets the property Mode. The default Object Lock retention mode you want to apply to new objects placed in the specified bucket. Gets and sets the property Years. The number of years that you want to specify for the default retention period. Container for the parameters to the DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration operation. Deletes an analytics configuration for the bucket (specified by the analytics configuration ID). The name of the bucket from which an analytics configuration is deleted. The identifier used to represent an analytics configuration. Gets and sets the property ExpectedBucketOwner. The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). Checks to see if ExpectedBucketOwner is set. true, if ExpectedBucketOwner property is set. Returns information about the DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration response metadata. The DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration operation has a void result type. Request object for the DeleteBucketEncryption operation. Request Deletes the server-side encryption configuration from the bucket. The name of the bucket containing the server-side encryption configuration to delete. Gets and sets the property ExpectedBucketOwner. The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). Checks to see if ExpectedBucketOwner is set. true, if ExpectedBucketOwner property is set. Returns information about the DeleteBucketEncryption response metadata. The DeleteBucketEncryption operation has a void result type. Container for the parameters to the DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration operation. Deletes the S3 Intelligent-Tiering configuration from the specified bucket. The S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class is designed to optimize storage costs by automatically moving data to the most cost-effective storage access tier, without performance impact or operational overhead. S3 Intelligent-Tiering delivers automatic cost savings in three low latency and high throughput access tiers. To get the lowest storage cost on data that can be accessed in minutes to hours, you can choose to activate additional archiving capabilities. The S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class is the ideal storage class for data with unknown, changing, or unpredictable access patterns, independent of object size or retention period. If the size of an object is less than 128 KB, it is not monitored and not eligible for auto-tiering. Smaller objects can be stored, but they are always charged at the Frequent Access tier rates in the S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class. For more information, see Storage class for automatically optimizing frequently and infrequently accessed objects. Operations related to DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration include: The name of the Amazon S3 bucket whose configuration you want to modify or retrieve. The ID used to identify the S3 Intelligent-Tiering configuration. Returns information about the DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration response metadata. The DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration operation has a void result type. Container for the parameters to the DeleteInventoryConfiguration operation. Deletes an inventory configuration (identified by the inventory ID) from the bucket. The name of the bucket containing the inventory configuration to delete. The ID used to identify the inventory configuration. Gets and sets the property ExpectedBucketOwner. The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). Checks to see if ExpectedBucketOwner is set. true, if ExpectedBucketOwner property is set. Returns information about the DeleteInventoryConfiguration response metadata. The DeleteInventoryConfiguration operation has a void result type. Container for the parameters to the DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration operation. Deletes a metrics configuration (specified by the metrics configuration ID) from the bucket. The name of the bucket on which Inventory configuration is to be removed. The ID used to identify the metrics configuration. The ID has a 64 character limit and can only contain letters, numbers, periods, dashes, and underscores. Gets and sets the property ExpectedBucketOwner. The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). Checks to see if ExpectedBucketOwner is set. true, if ExpectedBucketOwner property is set. Returns information about the DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration response metadata. The DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration operation has a void result type. Container for the parameters to the DeleteBucketOwnershipControlsRequest operation. The Amazon S3 bucket whose OwnershipControls you want to delete. The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP 403 (Access Denied) error. Checks to see if ExpectedBucketOwner is set. true, if ExpectedBucketOwner property is set. Returns information about the DeleteBucketOwnershipControls response metadata. The DeleteBucketOwnershipControls operation has a void result type. Container for the parameters to the DeleteBucketPolicy operation. This implementation of the DELETE action uses the policy subresource to delete the policy of a specified bucket. If you are using an identity other than the root user of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the bucket, the calling identity must have the DeleteBucketPolicy permissions on the specified bucket and belong to the bucket owner's account to use this operation. If you don't have DeleteBucketPolicy permissions, Amazon S3 returns a 403 Access Denied error. If you have the correct permissions, but you're not using an identity that belongs to the bucket owner's account, Amazon S3 returns a 405 Method Not Allowed error. As a security precaution, the root user of the Amazon Web Services account that owns a bucket can always use this operation, even if the policy explicitly denies the root user the ability to perform this action. For more information about bucket policies, see Using Bucket Policies and UserPolicies. The following operations are related to DeleteBucketPolicy The bucket on which the policy is to be deleted. Gets and sets the property ExpectedBucketOwner. The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). Checks to see if ExpectedBucketOwner is set. true, if ExpectedBucketOwner property is set. Returns information about the DeleteBucketPolicy response metadata. The DeleteBucketPolicy operation has a void result type. Container for the parameters to the DeleteBucketReplication operation. Deletes the replication configuration from the bucket. To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutReplicationConfiguration action. The bucket owner has these permissions by default and can grant it to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources. It can take a while for the deletion of a replication configuration to fully propagate. For information about replication configuration, see Replication in the Amazon S3 User Guide. The following operations are related to DeleteBucketReplication: Gets and sets the property BucketName. Deletes the replication subresource associated with the specified bucket. There is usually some time lag before replication configuration deletion is fully propagated to all the Amazon S3 systems. For more information, see Cross-Region Replication (CRR) in the Amazon S3 Developer Guide. Gets and sets the property ExpectedBucketOwner. The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). Checks to see if ExpectedBucketOwner is set. true, if ExpectedBucketOwner property is set. Returns information about the DeleteBucketReplication response metadata. The DeleteBucketReplication operation has a void result type. Container for the parameters to the DeleteBucket operation. Deletes the bucket. All objects (including all object versions and Delete Markers) in the bucket must be deleted before the bucket itself can be deleted. The name of the bucket to be created. The region locality for the bucket. When set, this will determine the region the bucket exists in. Refer for a list of possible values. If set to true the bucket will be deleted in the same region as the configuration of the AmazonS3 client. DeleteBucketRequest.BucketRegion takes precedence over this property if both are set. Default: true. Gets and sets the property ExpectedBucketOwner. The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). Checks to see if ExpectedBucketOwner is set. true, if ExpectedBucketOwner property is set. Returns information about the DeleteBucket response metadata. The DeleteBucket operation has a void result type. The parameters to request deletion of a tag set from a bucket. To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:PutBucketTagging action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant this permission to others. The name of the bucket on which the tag set is to be removed. Gets and sets the property ExpectedBucketOwner. The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). Checks to see if ExpectedBucketOwner is set. true, if ExpectedBucketOwner property is set. Returns information about the DeleteBucketTagging response metadata. The DeleteBucketTagging operation has a void result type. Container for the parameters to the DeleteBucketWebsite operation. This operation removes the website configuration from the bucket. The name of the bucket on which website configuration is to be removed. Gets and sets the property ExpectedBucketOwner. The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). Checks to see if ExpectedBucketOwner is set. true, if ExpectedBucketOwner property is set. Returns information about the DeleteBucketWebsite response metadata. The DeleteBucketWebsite operation has a void result type. Container for the parameters to the DeleteCORSConfiguration operation. Deletes the cors configuration information set for the bucket. Gets and sets the BucketName property. Gets and sets the property ExpectedBucketOwner. The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). Checks to see if ExpectedBucketOwner is set. true, if ExpectedBucketOwner property is set. Returns information about the DeleteCORSConfiguration response metadata. The DeleteCORSConfiguration operation has a void result type. Contains information about a successful delete operation against a specific S3 object. Gets and sets the property DeleteMarker. Indicates whether the specified object version that was permanently deleted was (true) or was not (false) a delete marker before deletion. In a simple DELETE, this header indicates whether (true) or not (false) the current version of the object is a delete marker. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. Gets and sets the property DeleteMarkerVersionId. The version ID of the delete marker created as a result of the DELETE operation. If you delete a specific object version, the value returned by this header is the version ID of the object version deleted. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. Gets and sets the property Key. The name of the deleted object. Gets and sets the property VersionId. The version ID of the deleted object. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. Container for all error elements. Gets and sets the property Key. The error key. Gets and sets the property VersionId. The version ID of the error. Gets and sets the property Code. The error code is a string that uniquely identifies an error condition. It is meant to be read and understood by programs that detect and handle errors by type. The following is a list of Amazon S3 error codes. For more information, see Error responses.
    • Code: AccessDenied
    • Description: Access Denied
    • HTTP Status Code: 403 Forbidden
    • SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
    • Code: AccountProblem
    • Description: There is a problem with your Amazon Web Services account that prevents the action from completing successfully. Contact Amazon Web Services Support for further assistance.
    • HTTP Status Code: 403 Forbidden
    • SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
    • Code: AllAccessDisabled
    • Description: All access to this Amazon S3 resource has been disabled. Contact Amazon Web Services Support for further assistance.
    • HTTP Status Code: 403 Forbidden
    • SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
    • Code: AmbiguousGrantByEmailAddress
    • Description: The email address you provided is associated with more than one account.
    • HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request
    • SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
    • Code: AuthorizationHeaderMalformed
    • Description: The authorization header you provided is invalid.
    • HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request
    • HTTP Status Code: N/A
    • Code: BadDigest
    • Description: The Content-MD5 you specified did not match what we received.
    • HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request
    • SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
    • Code: BucketAlreadyExists
    • Description: The requested bucket name is not available. The bucket namespace is shared by all users of the system. Please select a different name and try again.
    • HTTP Status Code: 409 Conflict
    • SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
    • Code: BucketAlreadyOwnedByYou
    • Description: The bucket you tried to create already exists, and you own it. Amazon S3 returns this error in all Amazon Web Services Regions except in the North Virginia Region. For legacy compatibility, if you re-create an existing bucket that you already own in the North Virginia Region, Amazon S3 returns 200 OK and resets the bucket access control lists (ACLs).
    • Code: 409 Conflict (in all Regions except the North Virginia Region)
    • SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
    • Code: BucketNotEmpty
    • Description: The bucket you tried to delete is not empty.
    • HTTP Status Code: 409 Conflict
    • SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
    • Code: CredentialsNotSupported
    • Description: This request does not support credentials.
    • HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request
    • SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
    • Code: CrossLocationLoggingProhibited
    • Description: Cross-location logging not allowed. Buckets in one geographic location cannot log information to a bucket in another location.
    • HTTP Status Code: 403 Forbidden
    • SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
    • Code: EntityTooSmall
    • Description: Your proposed upload is smaller than the minimum allowed object size.
    • HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request
    • SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
    • Code: EntityTooLarge
    • Description: Your proposed upload exceeds the maximum allowed object size.
    • HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request
    • SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
    • Code: ExpiredToken
    • Description: The provided token has expired.
    • HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request
    • SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
    • Code: IllegalVersioningConfigurationException
    • Description: Indicates that the versioning configuration specified in the request is invalid.
    • HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request
    • SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
    • Code: IncompleteBody
    • Description: You did not provide the number of bytes specified by the Content-Length HTTP header
    • HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request
    • SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
    • Code: IncorrectNumberOfFilesInPostRequest
    • Description: POST requires exactly one file upload per request.
    • HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request
    • SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
    • Code: InlineDataTooLarge
    • Description: Inline data exceeds the maximum allowed size.
    • HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request
    • SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
    • Code: InternalError
    • Description: We encountered an internal error. Please try again.
    • HTTP Status Code: 500 Internal Server Error
    • SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Server
    • Code: InvalidAccessKeyId
    • Description: The Amazon Web Services access key ID you provided does not exist in our records.
    • HTTP Status Code: 403 Forbidden
    • SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
    • Code: InvalidAddressingHeader
    • Description: You must specify the Anonymous role.
    • HTTP Status Code: N/A
    • SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
    • Code: InvalidArgument
    • Description: Invalid Argument
    • HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request
    • SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
    • Code: InvalidBucketName
    • Description: The specified bucket is not valid.
    • HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request
    • SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
    • Code: InvalidBucketState
    • Description: The request is not valid with the current state of the bucket.
    • HTTP Status Code: 409 Conflict
    • SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
    • Code: InvalidDigest
    • Description: The Content-MD5 you specified is not valid.
    • HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request
    • SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
    • Code: InvalidEncryptionAlgorithmError
    • Description: The encryption request you specified is not valid. The valid value is AES256.
    • HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request
    • SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
    • Code: InvalidLocationConstraint
    • Description: The specified location constraint is not valid. For more information about Regions, see How to Select a Region for Your Buckets.
    • HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request
    • SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
    • Code: InvalidObjectState
    • Description: The action is not valid for the current state of the object.
    • HTTP Status Code: 403 Forbidden
    • SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
    • Code: InvalidPart
    • Description: One or more of the specified parts could not be found. The part might not have been uploaded, or the specified entity tag might not have matched the part's entity tag.
    • HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request
    • SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
    • Code: InvalidPartOrder
    • Description: The list of parts was not in ascending order. Parts list must be specified in order by part number.
    • HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request
    • SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
    • Code: InvalidPayer
    • Description: All access to this object has been disabled. Please contact Amazon Web Services Support for further assistance.
    • HTTP Status Code: 403 Forbidden
    • SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
    • Code: InvalidPolicyDocument
    • Description: The content of the form does not meet the conditions specified in the policy document.
    • HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request
    • SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
    • Code: InvalidRange
    • Description: The requested range cannot be satisfied.
    • HTTP Status Code: 416 Requested Range Not Satisfiable
    • SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
    • Code: InvalidRequest
    • Description: Please use AWS4-HMAC-SHA256.
    • HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request
    • Code: N/A
    • Code: InvalidRequest
    • Description: SOAP requests must be made over an HTTPS connection.
    • HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request
    • SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
    • Code: InvalidRequest
    • Description: Amazon S3 Transfer Acceleration is not supported for buckets with non-DNS compliant names.
    • HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request
    • Code: N/A
    • Code: InvalidRequest
    • Description: Amazon S3 Transfer Acceleration is not supported for buckets with periods (.) in their names.
    • HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request
    • Code: N/A
    • Code: InvalidRequest
    • Description: Amazon S3 Transfer Accelerate endpoint only supports virtual style requests.
    • HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request
    • Code: N/A
    • Code: InvalidRequest
    • Description: Amazon S3 Transfer Accelerate is not configured on this bucket.
    • HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request
    • Code: N/A
    • Code: InvalidRequest
    • Description: Amazon S3 Transfer Accelerate is disabled on this bucket.
    • HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request
    • Code: N/A
    • Code: InvalidRequest
    • Description: Amazon S3 Transfer Acceleration is not supported on this bucket. Contact Amazon Web Services Support for more information.
    • HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request
    • Code: N/A
    • Code: InvalidRequest
    • Description: Amazon S3 Transfer Acceleration cannot be enabled on this bucket. Contact Amazon Web Services Support for more information.
    • HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request
    • Code: N/A
    • Code: InvalidSecurity
    • Description: The provided security credentials are not valid.
    • HTTP Status Code: 403 Forbidden
    • SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
    • Code: InvalidSOAPRequest
    • Description: The SOAP request body is invalid.
    • HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request
    • SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
    • Code: InvalidStorageClass
    • Description: The storage class you specified is not valid.
    • HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request
    • SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
    • Code: InvalidTargetBucketForLogging
    • Description: The target bucket for logging does not exist, is not owned by you, or does not have the appropriate grants for the log-delivery group.
    • HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request
    • SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
    • Code: InvalidToken
    • Description: The provided token is malformed or otherwise invalid.
    • HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request
    • SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
    • Code: InvalidURI
    • Description: Couldn't parse the specified URI.
    • HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request
    • SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
    • Code: KeyTooLongError
    • Description: Your key is too long.
    • HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request
    • SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
    • Code: MalformedACLError
    • Description: The XML you provided was not well-formed or did not validate against our published schema.
    • HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request
    • SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
    • Code: MalformedPOSTRequest
    • Description: The body of your POST request is not well-formed multipart/form-data.
    • HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request
    • SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
    • Code: MalformedXML
    • Description: This happens when the user sends malformed XML (XML that doesn't conform to the published XSD) for the configuration. The error message is, "The XML you provided was not well-formed or did not validate against our published schema."
    • HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request
    • SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
    • Code: MaxMessageLengthExceeded
    • Description: Your request was too big.
    • HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request
    • SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
    • Code: MaxPostPreDataLengthExceededError
    • Description: Your POST request fields preceding the upload file were too large.
    • HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request
    • SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
    • Code: MetadataTooLarge
    • Description: Your metadata headers exceed the maximum allowed metadata size.
    • HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request
    • SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
    • Code: MethodNotAllowed
    • Description: The specified method is not allowed against this resource.
    • HTTP Status Code: 405 Method Not Allowed
    • SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
    • Code: MissingAttachment
    • Description: A SOAP attachment was expected, but none were found.
    • HTTP Status Code: N/A
    • SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
    • Code: MissingContentLength
    • Description: You must provide the Content-Length HTTP header.
    • HTTP Status Code: 411 Length Required
    • SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
    • Code: MissingRequestBodyError
    • Description: This happens when the user sends an empty XML document as a request. The error message is, "Request body is empty."
    • HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request
    • SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
    • Code: MissingSecurityElement
    • Description: The SOAP 1.1 request is missing a security element.
    • HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request
    • SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
    • Code: MissingSecurityHeader
    • Description: Your request is missing a required header.
    • HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request
    • SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
    • Code: NoLoggingStatusForKey
    • Description: There is no such thing as a logging status subresource for a key.
    • HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request
    • SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
    • Code: NoSuchBucket
    • Description: The specified bucket does not exist.
    • HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found
    • SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
    • Code: NoSuchBucketPolicy
    • Description: The specified bucket does not have a bucket policy.
    • HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found
    • SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
    • Code: NoSuchKey
    • Description: The specified key does not exist.
    • HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found
    • SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
    • Code: NoSuchLifecycleConfiguration
    • Description: The lifecycle configuration does not exist.
    • HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found
    • SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
    • Code: NoSuchUpload
    • Description: The specified multipart upload does not exist. The upload ID might be invalid, or the multipart upload might have been aborted or completed.
    • HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found
    • SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
    • Code: NoSuchVersion
    • Description: Indicates that the version ID specified in the request does not match an existing version.
    • HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found
    • SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
    • Code: NotImplemented
    • Description: A header you provided implies functionality that is not implemented.
    • HTTP Status Code: 501 Not Implemented
    • SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Server
    • Code: NotSignedUp
    • Description: Your account is not signed up for the Amazon S3 service. You must sign up before you can use Amazon S3. You can sign up at the following URL: Amazon S3
    • HTTP Status Code: 403 Forbidden
    • SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
    • Code: OperationAborted
    • Description: A conflicting conditional action is currently in progress against this resource. Try again.
    • HTTP Status Code: 409 Conflict
    • SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
    • Code: PermanentRedirect
    • Description: The bucket you are attempting to access must be addressed using the specified endpoint. Send all future requests to this endpoint.
    • HTTP Status Code: 301 Moved Permanently
    • SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
    • Code: PreconditionFailed
    • Description: At least one of the preconditions you specified did not hold.
    • HTTP Status Code: 412 Precondition Failed
    • SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
    • Code: Redirect
    • Description: Temporary redirect.
    • HTTP Status Code: 307 Moved Temporarily
    • SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
    • Code: RestoreAlreadyInProgress
    • Description: Object restore is already in progress.
    • HTTP Status Code: 409 Conflict
    • SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
    • Code: RequestIsNotMultiPartContent
    • Description: Bucket POST must be of the enclosure-type multipart/form-data.
    • HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request
    • SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
    • Code: RequestTimeout
    • Description: Your socket connection to the server was not read from or written to within the timeout period.
    • HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request
    • SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
    • Code: RequestTimeTooSkewed
    • Description: The difference between the request time and the server's time is too large.
    • HTTP Status Code: 403 Forbidden
    • SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
    • Code: RequestTorrentOfBucketError
    • Description: Requesting the torrent file of a bucket is not permitted.
    • HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request
    • SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
    • Code: SignatureDoesNotMatch
    • Description: The request signature we calculated does not match the signature you provided. Check your Amazon Web Services secret access key and signing method. For more information, see REST Authentication and SOAP Authentication for details.
    • HTTP Status Code: 403 Forbidden
    • SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
    • Code: ServiceUnavailable
    • Description: Reduce your request rate.
    • HTTP Status Code: 503 Service Unavailable
    • SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Server
    • Code: SlowDown
    • Description: Reduce your request rate.
    • HTTP Status Code: 503 Slow Down
    • SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Server
    • Code: TemporaryRedirect
    • Description: You are being redirected to the bucket while DNS updates.
    • HTTP Status Code: 307 Moved Temporarily
    • SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
    • Code: TokenRefreshRequired
    • Description: The provided token must be refreshed.
    • HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request
    • SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
    • Code: TooManyBuckets
    • Description: You have attempted to create more buckets than allowed.
    • HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request
    • SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
    • Code: UnexpectedContent
    • Description: This request does not support content.
    • HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request
    • SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
    • Code: UnresolvableGrantByEmailAddress
    • Description: The email address you provided does not match any account on record.
    • HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request
    • SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
    • Code: UserKeyMustBeSpecified
    • Description: The bucket POST must contain the specified field name. If it is specified, check the order of the fields.
    • HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request
    • SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
Gets and sets the property Message. The error message contains a generic description of the error condition in English. It is intended for a human audience. Simple programs display the message directly to the end user if they encounter an error condition they don't know how or don't care to handle. Sophisticated programs with more exhaustive error handling and proper internationalization are more likely to ignore the error message. Container for the parameters to the DeleteLifecycleConfiguration operation. This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Deletes the lifecycle configuration from the specified bucket. Amazon S3 removes all the lifecycle configuration rules in the lifecycle subresource associated with the bucket. Your objects never expire, and Amazon S3 no longer automatically deletes any objects on the basis of rules contained in the deleted lifecycle configuration. To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:PutLifecycleConfiguration action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and the bucket owner can grant this permission to others. There is usually some time lag before lifecycle configuration deletion is fully propagated to all the Amazon S3 systems. For more information about the object expiration, see Elements to Describe Lifecycle Actions. Related actions include: Gets and sets the property BucketName. The bucket name of the lifecycle to delete. Gets and sets the property ExpectedBucketOwner. The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). Checks to see if ExpectedBucketOwner is set. true, if ExpectedBucketOwner property is set. Returns information about the DeleteLifecycleConfiguration response metadata. The DeleteLifecycleConfiguration operation has a void result type. Specifies whether Amazon S3 replicates delete markers. If you specify a Filter in your replication configuration, you must also include a DeleteMarkerReplication element. If your Filter includes a Tag element, the DeleteMarkerReplication Status must be set to Disabled, because Amazon S3 does not support replicating delete markers for tag-based rules. For an example configuration, see Basic Rule Configuration. For more information about delete marker replication, see Basic Rule Configuration. If you are using an earlier version of the replication configuration, Amazon S3 handles replication of delete markers differently. For more information, see Backward Compatibility. Indicates whether to replicate delete markers. Container for the parameters to the DeleteObject operation. Removes an object from a bucket. The behavior depends on the bucket's versioning state:
  • If versioning is enabled, the operation removes the null version (if there is one) of an object and inserts a delete marker, which becomes the latest version of the object. If there isn't a null version, Amazon S3 does not remove any objects but will still respond that the command was successful.
  • If versioning is suspended or not enabled, the operation permanently deletes the object.
  • Directory buckets - S3 Versioning isn't enabled and supported for directory buckets. For this API operation, only the null value of the version ID is supported by directory buckets. You can only specify null to the versionId query parameter in the request.
  • Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name . Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
To remove a specific version, you must use the versionId query parameter. Using this query parameter permanently deletes the version. If the object deleted is a delete marker, Amazon S3 sets the response header x-amz-delete-marker to true. If the object you want to delete is in a bucket where the bucket versioning configuration is MFA Delete enabled, you must include the x-amz-mfa request header in the DELETE versionId request. Requests that include x-amz-mfa must use HTTPS. For more information about MFA Delete, see Using MFA Delete in the Amazon S3 User Guide. To see sample requests that use versioning, see Sample Request. Directory buckets - MFA delete is not supported by directory buckets. You can delete objects by explicitly calling DELETE Object or calling (PutBucketLifecycle) to enable Amazon S3 to remove them for you. If you want to block users or accounts from removing or deleting objects from your bucket, you must deny them the s3:DeleteObject, s3:DeleteObjectVersion, and s3:PutLifeCycleConfiguration actions. Directory buckets - S3 Lifecycle is not supported by directory buckets.
Permissions
  • General purpose bucket permissions - The following permissions are required in your policies when your DeleteObjects request includes specific headers.
    • s3:DeleteObject - To delete an object from a bucket, you must always have the s3:DeleteObject permission.
    • s3:DeleteObjectVersion - To delete a specific version of an object from a versiong-enabled bucket, you must have the s3:DeleteObjectVersion permission.
  • Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession .
HTTP Host header syntax
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com.
The following action is related to DeleteObject:
Gets and sets the property BucketName. The bucket name of the bucket containing the object. Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, you must use virtual-hosted-style requests in the format Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com. Path-style requests are not supported. Directory bucket names must be unique in the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must follow the format bucket_base_name--az-id--x-s3 (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az2--x-s3). For information about bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming rules in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points and Object Lambda access points are not supported by directory buckets. S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Gets and sets the property BypassGovernanceRetention. Indicates whether S3 Object Lock should bypass Governance-mode restrictions to process this operation. To use this header, you must have the s3:BypassGovernanceRetention permission. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. Gets and sets the property ExpectedBucketOwner. The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). Gets and sets the property Key. Key name of the object to delete. Gets and sets the property MFA. The concatenation of the authentication device's serial number, a space, and the value that is displayed on your authentication device. Required to permanently delete a versioned object if versioning is configured with MFA delete enabled. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. This is a required property for this request if:
1. EnableMfaDelete was configured on the bucket containing this object's version.
2. You are deleting an object's version
Checks if the MfaCodes property is set. true if the MfaCodes property is set. Gets and sets the property RequestPayer. Gets and sets the property VersionId. Version ID used to reference a specific version of the object. For directory buckets in this API operation, only the null value of the version ID is supported. Returns information about the DeleteObject response and response metadata. Gets and sets the property DeleteMarker. Indicates whether the specified object version that was permanently deleted was (true) or was not (false) a delete marker before deletion. In a simple DELETE, this header indicates whether (true) or not (false) the current version of the object is a delete marker. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. Gets and sets the property VersionId. Returns the version ID of the delete marker created as a result of the DELETE operation. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the request. Checks to see if RequestCharged is set. true, if RequestCharged property is set. Container for the parameters to the DeleteObjects operation. This operation enables you to delete multiple objects from a bucket using a single HTTP request. If you know the object keys that you want to delete, then this operation provides a suitable alternative to sending individual delete requests, reducing per-request overhead. The request can contain a list of up to 1000 keys that you want to delete. In the XML, you provide the object key names, and optionally, version IDs if you want to delete a specific version of the object from a versioning-enabled bucket. For each key, Amazon S3 performs a delete operation and returns the result of that delete, success or failure, in the response. Note that if the object specified in the request is not found, Amazon S3 returns the result as deleted.
  • Directory buckets - S3 Versioning isn't enabled and supported for directory buckets.
  • Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name . Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
The operation supports two modes for the response: verbose and quiet. By default, the operation uses verbose mode in which the response includes the result of deletion of each key in your request. In quiet mode the response includes only keys where the delete operation encountered an error. For a successful deletion in a quiet mode, the operation does not return any information about the delete in the response body. When performing this action on an MFA Delete enabled bucket, that attempts to delete any versioned objects, you must include an MFA token. If you do not provide one, the entire request will fail, even if there are non-versioned objects you are trying to delete. If you provide an invalid token, whether there are versioned keys in the request or not, the entire Multi-Object Delete request will fail. For information about MFA Delete, see MFA Delete in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Directory buckets - MFA delete is not supported by directory buckets.
Permissions
  • General purpose bucket permissions - The following permissions are required in your policies when your DeleteObjects request includes specific headers.
    • s3:DeleteObject - To delete an object from a bucket, you must always specify the s3:DeleteObject permission.
    • s3:DeleteObjectVersion - To delete a specific version of an object from a versiong-enabled bucket, you must specify the s3:DeleteObjectVersion permission.
  • Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession .
Content-MD5 request header
  • General purpose bucket - The Content-MD5 request header is required for all Multi-Object Delete requests. Amazon S3 uses the header value to ensure that your request body has not been altered in transit.
  • Directory bucket - The Content-MD5 request header or a additional checksum request header (including x-amz-checksum-crc32, x-amz-checksum-crc32c, x-amz-checksum-sha1, or x-amz-checksum-sha256) is required for all Multi-Object Delete requests.
HTTP Host header syntax
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to DeleteObjects:
Container for the parameters to the DeleteObjects operation. This operation enables you to delete multiple objects from a bucket using a single HTTP request. You may specify up to 1000 keys.
Gets and sets the property BucketName. The bucket name containing the objects to delete. Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, you must use virtual-hosted-style requests in the format Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com. Path-style requests are not supported. Directory bucket names must be unique in the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must follow the format bucket_base_name--az-id--x-s3 (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az2--x-s3). For information about bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming rules in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points and Object Lambda access points are not supported by directory buckets. S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Gets and sets the property BypassGovernanceRetention. Specifies whether you want to delete this object even if it has a Governance-type Object Lock in place. To use this header, you must have the s3:BypassGovernanceRetention permission. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. Gets and sets the property ChecksumAlgorithm. Indicates the algorithm used to create the checksum for the object when you use the SDK. This header will not provide any additional functionality if you don't use the SDK. When you send this header, there must be a corresponding x-amz-checksum-algorithm or x-amz-trailer header sent. Otherwise, Amazon S3 fails the request with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request. For the x-amz-checksum-algorithm header, replace algorithm with the supported algorithm from the following list:
  • CRC32
  • CRC32C
  • SHA1
  • SHA256
For more information, see Checking object integrity in the Amazon S3 User Guide. If the individual checksum value you provide through x-amz-checksum-algorithm doesn't match the checksum algorithm you set through x-amz-sdk-checksum-algorithm, Amazon S3 ignores any provided ChecksumAlgorithm parameter and uses the checksum algorithm that matches the provided value in x-amz-checksum-algorithm . If you provide an individual checksum, Amazon S3 ignores any provided ChecksumAlgorithm parameter.
Gets and sets the property ExpectedBucketOwner. The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). Gets and sets the property Objects. Gets and sets the property MFA. The concatenation of the authentication device's serial number, a space, and the value that is displayed on your authentication device. Required to permanently delete a versioned object if versioning is configured with MFA delete enabled. When performing the DeleteObjects operation on an MFA delete enabled bucket, which attempts to delete the specified versioned objects, you must include an MFA token. If you don't provide an MFA token, the entire request will fail, even if there are non-versioned objects that you are trying to delete. If you provide an invalid token, whether there are versioned object keys in the request or not, the entire Multi-Object Delete request will fail. For information about MFA Delete, see MFA Delete in the Amazon S3 User Guide. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. This is a required property for this request if:
1. EnableMfaDelete was configured on the bucket containing this object's version.
2. You are deleting an object's version
Checks if the MfaCodes property is set. true if the MfaCodes property is set. Gets and sets the property RequestPayer. Gets and sets the property Quiet. Add a key to the set of keys of objects to be deleted. Object key Add a key and a version to be deleted. Key of the object to be deleted. Version of the object to be deleted. Add a KeyVersion object representing the S3 object to be deleted. KeyVersion representation of object to be deleted. Returns information about the DeleteObjects response and response metadata. A default constructor for DeleteObjectsResponse Gets and sets the DeletedObjects property. A list of successful deletes. Set only when Quiet=false on DeleteObjectsRequest. Gets and sets the DeleteErrors property. A list of errors encountered while deleting objects. If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the request. Checks to see if RequestCharged is set. true, if RequestCharged property is set. Container for the parameters to the DeleteObjectTagging operation. This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Removes the entire tag set from the specified object. For more information about managing object tags, see Object Tagging. To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:DeleteObjectTagging action. To delete tags of a specific object version, add the versionId query parameter in the request. You will need permission for the s3:DeleteObjectVersionTagging action. The following operations are related to DeleteObjectTagging: Gets and sets the property BucketName. The bucket name containing the objects from which to remove the tags. Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Gets and sets the property ExpectedBucketOwner. The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). The key identifying the object tagging to delete. This property will be used as part of the resource path of the HTTP request. In .NET the System.Uri class is used to construct the uri for the request. The System.Uri class will canonicalize the uri string by compacting characters like "..". For example an object key of "foo/../bar/file.txt" will be transformed into "bar/file.txt" because the ".." is interpreted as use parent directory. Starting with .NET 8, the AWS .NET SDK disables System.Uri's feature of canonicalizing the resource path. This allows S3 keys like "foo/../bar/file.txt" to work correctly with the AWS .NET SDK. For further information view the documentation for the Uri class: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dotnet/api/system.uri Check to see if Key property is set Gets and sets the property VersionId. The versionId of the object that the tag-set will be removed from. Returns information about the DeleteObjectTagging response and response metadata. Returns the version ID of the delete marker created as a result of the DELETE operation. Check to see if VersionId property is set Container for the parameters to the DeletePublicAccessBlock operation. This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Removes the PublicAccessBlock configuration for an Amazon S3 bucket. To use this operation, you must have the s3:PutBucketPublicAccessBlock permission. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources. The following operations are related to DeletePublicAccessBlock: Gets and sets the property BucketName. The Amazon S3 bucket whose Public Access Block configuration you want to delete. Gets and sets the property ExpectedBucketOwner. The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). Checks to see if ExpectedBucketOwner is set. true, if ExpectedBucketOwner property is set. This is the response object from the DeletePublicAccessBlock operation. Specifies encryption-related information for an Amazon S3 bucket that is a destination for replicated objects. Gets and sets the property ReplicaKmsKeyID. Specifies the ID (Key ARN or Alias ARN) of the customer managed Amazon Web Services KMS key stored in Amazon Web Services Key Management Service (KMS) for the destination bucket. Amazon S3 uses this key to encrypt replica objects. Amazon S3 only supports symmetric encryption KMS keys. For more information, see Asymmetric keys in Amazon Web Services KMS in the Amazon Web Services Key Management Service Developer Guide. A container for specifying the configuration for Amazon EventBridge. The Continuation Event. Constructs a Continuation Event. Constructs a Continuation Event. The End Event. Constructs an End Event. Constructs an End Event. Common Contract for S3 Events. The Progress event details. Current number of object bytes scanned. Current number of uncompressed object bytes processed. Total number of bytes of records payload data returned. Constructs a instance of Progress. The Progress Event. The Progress event details. Constructs a ProgressEvent. Constructs a ProgressEvent. The Records Event The byte array of partial, one or more result records. Payload is a , which is not thread-safe. Constructs a RecordsEvent Creates a new End Event. Modeled Exception that either comes over the stream from the service model, or wraps other exceptions for the purpose of raising events. If it is modelled, it will be a subclass. Creates a new S3EventStreamException Creates a new S3EventStreamException Creates a new S3EventStreamException The contract for the SelectObjectContentEventStream. Event that encompasses all IS3Events. Event that encompasses S3EventStreamExceptions. Reaised when a Records event is received. Reaised when a Stats event is received. Reaised when a Progress event is received. Reaised when a Continuation event is received. Reaised when an End event is received. A Stream of Events returned by the SelectObjectContent operation. Events can be retrieved from this stream by either attaching handlers to listen events, and then call StartProcessing or enumerating over the events. These options should be treaded as mutually exclusive. The mapping of event message to a generator function to construct the matching Event Stream event. The mapping of event message to a generator function to construct the matching Event Stream exception. Whether the backround processing loop is running. Event that encompasses all IS3Events. Event that encompasses S3EventStreamExceptions. Reaised when a Records event is received. Reaised when a Stats event is received. Reaised when a Progress event is received. Reaised when a Continuation event is received. Reaised when an End event is received. Event Stream returned by SelectObjectContentStream. Events can be retrieved from this stream by either attaching handlers to listen events, and then call StartProcessing or enumerating over the events. These options should be treated as mutually exclusive. The network stream which events will be parsed from. Event Stream returned by SelectObjectContentStream. Events can be retrieved from this stream by either attaching handlers to listen events, and then call StartProcessing or enumerating over the events. These options should be treaded as mutually exclusive. The network stream which events will be parsed from. The decoder responsible for parsing events. The Stats event details. Total number of object bytes scanned. Total number of uncompressed object bytes processed. Total number of bytes of records payload data returned. Constructs an instance of Stats. The Stats Event. The Stats event details. Constructs a StatsEvent Constructs a ProgressEvent. This Event is returned if an event is retrieved from the event stream, but a generator function for the event is not defined. Constructs an UnknownEventStreamEvent. Constructs an UnknownEventStreamEvent. The Message recieved from the event stream before conversion. Constructs an UnknownEventStreamEvent. The Message recieved from the event stream before conversion. The event type. Optional configuration to replicate existing source bucket objects. For more information, see Replicating Existing Objects in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Specifies whether Amazon S3 replicates existing source bucket objects. Defines the expiration policy for a given object. This property is deprecated. This property exposes a DateTime of kind Unspecified. Use ExpiryDateUtc instead. The date and time for expiry. The date and time for expiry. Id of the configuration rule for this expiry. Constructs an empty instance of an Expiration object Bucket Represents a set of filter criteria that limits the objects that can trigger event notifications Filter criteria that limits the objects that can trigger event notifications based on their S3 Key name. Bucket Represents a Filter Rule for a NotificationConfiguration. Constructs an empty FilterRule. Constructs a FilterRule with a specific name and value. The name of the filter rule. The value of the filter rule. Container for the parameters to the GetACL operation. This operation is not supported by directory buckets. This implementation of the GET action uses the acl subresource to return the access control list (ACL) of a bucket. To use GET to return the ACL of the bucket, you must have the READ_ACP access to the bucket. If READ_ACP permission is granted to the anonymous user, you can return the ACL of the bucket without using an authorization header. When you use this API operation with an access point, provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name. When you use this API operation with an Object Lambda access point, provide the alias of the Object Lambda access point in place of the bucket name. If the Object Lambda access point alias in a request is not valid, the error code InvalidAccessPointAliasError is returned. For more information about InvalidAccessPointAliasError, see List of Error Codes. If your bucket uses the bucket owner enforced setting for S3 Object Ownership, requests to read ACLs are still supported and return the bucket-owner-full-control ACL with the owner being the account that created the bucket. For more information, see Controlling object ownership and disabling ACLs in the Amazon S3 User Guide. The following operations are related to GetBucketAcl: Gets and sets the property BucketName. Specifies the S3 bucket whose ACL is being requested. When you use this API operation with an access point, provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name. When you use this API operation with an Object Lambda access point, provide the alias of the Object Lambda access point in place of the bucket name. If the Object Lambda access point alias in a request is not valid, the error code InvalidAccessPointAliasError is returned. For more information about InvalidAccessPointAliasError, see List of Error Codes. Gets and sets the property ExpectedBucketOwner. The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). Checks to see if ExpectedBucketOwner is set. true, if ExpectedBucketOwner property is set. The key of the S3 object to be queried. This property will be used as part of the resource path of the HTTP request. In .NET the System.Uri class is used to construct the uri for the request. The System.Uri class will canonicalize the uri string by compacting characters like "..". For example an object key of "foo/../bar/file.txt" will be transformed into "bar/file.txt" because the ".." is interpreted as use parent directory. Starting with .NET 8, the AWS .NET SDK disables System.Uri's feature of canonicalizing the resource path. This allows S3 keys like "foo/../bar/file.txt" to work correctly with the AWS .NET SDK. For further information view the documentation for the Uri class: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dotnet/api/system.uri VersionId used to reference a specific version of the object. Returns information about the GetACL response and response metadata. Gets and sets the AccessControlList property. Container for the parameters to the GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration operation. This operation is not supported by directory buckets. This implementation of the GET action uses the accelerate subresource to return the Transfer Acceleration state of a bucket, which is either Enabled or Suspended. Amazon S3 Transfer Acceleration is a bucket-level feature that enables you to perform faster data transfers to and from Amazon S3. To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:GetAccelerateConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to your Amazon S3 Resources in the Amazon S3 User Guide. You set the Transfer Acceleration state of an existing bucket to Enabled or Suspended by using the PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration operation. A GET accelerate request does not return a state value for a bucket that has no transfer acceleration state. A bucket has no Transfer Acceleration state if a state has never been set on the bucket. For more information about transfer acceleration, see Transfer Acceleration in the Amazon S3 User Guide. The following operations are related to GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration: Gets and sets the property BucketName. The name of the bucket for which the accelerate configuration is retrieved. Gets and sets the property ExpectedBucketOwner. The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). Checks to see if ExpectedBucketOwner is set. true, if ExpectedBucketOwner property is set. Gets and sets the property RequestPayer. The response class for GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration operation. Gets and sets the property RequestCharged. Gets and sets the property Status. The accelerate configuration of the bucket. Container for the parameters to the GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration operation. This operation is not supported by directory buckets. This implementation of the GET action returns an analytics configuration (identified by the analytics configuration ID) from the bucket. To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:GetAnalyticsConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For information about Amazon S3 analytics feature, see Amazon S3 Analytics – Storage Class Analysis in the Amazon S3 User Guide. The following operations are related to GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration: The name of the bucket from which an analytics configuration is retrieved. The identifier used to represent an analytics configuration. Gets and sets the property ExpectedBucketOwner. The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). Checks to see if ExpectedBucketOwner is set. true, if ExpectedBucketOwner property is set. GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationResponse Response The configuration and any analyses for the analytics filter. Container for the parameters to the GetBucketEncryption operation. This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Returns the default encryption configuration for an Amazon S3 bucket. By default, all buckets have a default encryption configuration that uses server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3). For information about the bucket default encryption feature, see Amazon S3 Bucket Default Encryption in the Amazon S3 User Guide. To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:GetEncryptionConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources. The following operations are related to GetBucketEncryption: The name of the bucket. Gets and sets the property ExpectedBucketOwner. The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). Checks to see if ExpectedBucketOwner is set. true, if ExpectedBucketOwner property is set. GetBucketEncryptionResponse Response Container for server-side encryption configuration rules. Currently S3 supports one rule only. Container for the parameters to the GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration operation. This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Gets the S3 Intelligent-Tiering configuration from the specified bucket. The S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class is designed to optimize storage costs by automatically moving data to the most cost-effective storage access tier, without performance impact or operational overhead. S3 Intelligent-Tiering delivers automatic cost savings in three low latency and high throughput access tiers. To get the lowest storage cost on data that can be accessed in minutes to hours, you can choose to activate additional archiving capabilities. The S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class is the ideal storage class for data with unknown, changing, or unpredictable access patterns, independent of object size or retention period. If the size of an object is less than 128 KB, it is not monitored and not eligible for auto-tiering. Smaller objects can be stored, but they are always charged at the Frequent Access tier rates in the S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class. For more information, see Storage class for automatically optimizing frequently and infrequently accessed objects. Operations related to GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration include: The name of the Amazon S3 bucket whose configuration you want to modify or retrieve. The ID used to identify the S3 Intelligent-Tiering configuration. Container for S3 Intelligent-Tiering configuration. Container for the parameters to the GetBucketInventoryConfiguration operation. This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Returns an inventory configuration (identified by the inventory configuration ID) from the bucket. To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:GetInventoryConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources. For information about the Amazon S3 inventory feature, see Amazon S3 Inventory. The following operations are related to GetBucketInventoryConfiguration: The name of the bucket containing the inventory configuration to retrieve. The ID used to identify the inventory configuration. Gets and sets the property ExpectedBucketOwner. The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). Checks to see if ExpectedBucketOwner is set. true, if ExpectedBucketOwner property is set. GetInventoryConfigurationResponse Response Specifies the inventory configuration. Container for the parameters to the GetBucketLocation operation. This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Returns the Region the bucket resides in. You set the bucket's Region using the LocationConstraint request parameter in a CreateBucket request. For more information, see CreateBucket. When you use this API operation with an access point, provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name. When you use this API operation with an Object Lambda access point, provide the alias of the Object Lambda access point in place of the bucket name. If the Object Lambda access point alias in a request is not valid, the error code InvalidAccessPointAliasError is returned. For more information about InvalidAccessPointAliasError, see List of Error Codes. We recommend that you use HeadBucket to return the Region that a bucket resides in. For backward compatibility, Amazon S3 continues to support GetBucketLocation. The following operations are related to GetBucketLocation: Gets and sets the property BucketName. The name of the bucket for which to get the location. When you use this API operation with an access point, provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name. When you use this API operation with an Object Lambda access point, provide the alias of the Object Lambda access point in place of the bucket name. If the Object Lambda access point alias in a request is not valid, the error code InvalidAccessPointAliasError is returned. For more information about InvalidAccessPointAliasError, see List of Error Codes. Gets and sets the property ExpectedBucketOwner. The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). Checks to see if ExpectedBucketOwner is set. true, if ExpectedBucketOwner property is set. Returns information about the GetBucketLocation response and response metadata. Gets and sets the Location property. If the the bucket is located in us-east-1 S3Region.US will be return which has a value of empty string. Container for the parameters to the GetBucketLogging operation. This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Returns the logging status of a bucket and the permissions users have to view and modify that status. The following operations are related to GetBucketLogging: The name of the bucket to query. Gets and sets the property ExpectedBucketOwner. The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). Checks to see if ExpectedBucketOwner is set. true, if ExpectedBucketOwner property is set. Returns information about the GetBucketLogging response and response metadata. Gets and sets the LoggingConfig property. Container for the parameters to the GetBucketMetricsConfiguration operation. This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Gets a metrics configuration (specified by the metrics configuration ID) from the bucket. Note that this doesn't include the daily storage metrics. To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:GetMetricsConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources. For information about CloudWatch request metrics for Amazon S3, see Monitoring Metrics with Amazon CloudWatch. The following operations are related to GetBucketMetricsConfiguration: The name of the bucket containing the metrics configuration to retrieve. The ID used to identify the metrics configuration. The ID has a 64 character limit and can only contain letters, numbers, periods, dashes, and underscores. Gets and sets the property ExpectedBucketOwner. The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). Checks to see if ExpectedBucketOwner is set. true, if ExpectedBucketOwner property is set. GetBucketMetricsConfiguration Response Specifies the metrics configuration. Container for the parameters to the GetBucketNotification operation. This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Returns the notification configuration of a bucket. If notifications are not enabled on the bucket, the action returns an empty NotificationConfiguration element. By default, you must be the bucket owner to read the notification configuration of a bucket. However, the bucket owner can use a bucket policy to grant permission to other users to read this configuration with the s3:GetBucketNotification permission. When you use this API operation with an access point, provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name. When you use this API operation with an Object Lambda access point, provide the alias of the Object Lambda access point in place of the bucket name. If the Object Lambda access point alias in a request is not valid, the error code InvalidAccessPointAliasError is returned. For more information about InvalidAccessPointAliasError, see List of Error Codes. For more information about setting and reading the notification configuration on a bucket, see Setting Up Notification of Bucket Events. For more information about bucket policies, see Using Bucket Policies. The following action is related to GetBucketNotification: Gets and sets the property BucketName. The name of the bucket for which to get the notification configuration. When you use this API operation with an access point, provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name. When you use this API operation with an Object Lambda access point, provide the alias of the Object Lambda access point in place of the bucket name. If the Object Lambda access point alias in a request is not valid, the error code InvalidAccessPointAliasError is returned. For more information about InvalidAccessPointAliasError, see List of Error Codes. Gets and sets the property ExpectedBucketOwner. The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). Checks to see if ExpectedBucketOwner is set. true, if ExpectedBucketOwner property is set. Returns information about the GetBucketNotification response and response metadata. Gets and sets the TopicConfigurations property. TopicConfigurations are configuration for Amazon S3 events to be sent to Amazon SNS topics. Gets and sets the QueueConfigurations property. QueueConfigurations are configuration for Amazon S3 events to be sent to Amazon SQS queues. Gets and sets the property LambdaFunctionConfigurations. Describes the Lambda functions to invoke and the events for which to invoke them. Gets and sets the property EventBridgeConfiguration. Enables delivery of all bucket events to Amazon EventBridge. Container for the parameters to the GetBucketOwnershipControls operation. This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Retrieves OwnershipControls for an Amazon S3 bucket. To use this operation, you must have the s3:GetBucketOwnershipControls permission. For more information about Amazon S3 permissions, see Specifying permissions in a policy. For information about Amazon S3 Object Ownership, see Using Object Ownership. The following operations are related to GetBucketOwnershipControls: The name of the Amazon S3 bucket whose OwnershipControls you want to retrieve Gets and sets the property ExpectedBucketOwner. The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). Checks to see if ExpectedBucketOwner is set. true, if ExpectedBucketOwner property is set. Returns information about the GetBucketOwnershipControls response and response metadata. Gets and sets the property OwnershipControls. The OwnershipControls (BucketOwnerEnforced, BucketOwnerPreferred, or ObjectWriter) currently in effect for this Amazon S3 bucket. Container for the parameters to the GetBucketPolicy operation. Returns the policy of a specified bucket. Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Regional endpoint. These endpoints support path-style requests in the format https://s3express-control.region_code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name . Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Permissions
If you are using an identity other than the root user of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the bucket, the calling identity must both have the GetBucketPolicy permissions on the specified bucket and belong to the bucket owner's account in order to use this operation. If you don't have GetBucketPolicy permissions, Amazon S3 returns a 403 Access Denied error. If you have the correct permissions, but you're not using an identity that belongs to the bucket owner's account, Amazon S3 returns a 405 Method Not Allowed error. To ensure that bucket owners don't inadvertently lock themselves out of their own buckets, the root principal in a bucket owner's Amazon Web Services account can perform the GetBucketPolicy, PutBucketPolicy, and DeleteBucketPolicy API actions, even if their bucket policy explicitly denies the root principal's access. Bucket owner root principals can only be blocked from performing these API actions by VPC endpoint policies and Amazon Web Services Organizations policies.
  • General purpose bucket permissions - The s3:GetBucketPolicy permission is required in a policy. For more information about general purpose buckets bucket policies, see Using Bucket Policies and User Policies in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
  • Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation, you must have the s3express:GetBucketPolicy permission in an IAM identity-based policy instead of a bucket policy. Cross-account access to this API operation isn't supported. This operation can only be performed by the Amazon Web Services account that owns the resource. For more information about directory bucket policies and permissions, see Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Example bucket policies
General purpose buckets example bucket policies - See Bucket policy examples in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Directory bucket example bucket policies - See Example bucket policies for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
HTTP Host header syntax
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is s3express-control.region.amazonaws.com.
The following action is related to GetBucketPolicy:
Gets and sets the property BucketName. The bucket name to get the bucket policy for. Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, you must use path-style requests in the format https://s3express-control.region_code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name . Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. Directory bucket names must be unique in the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must also follow the format bucket_base_name--az_id--x-s3 (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az2--x-s3). For information about bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming rules in the Amazon S3 User Guide Access points - When you use this API operation with an access point, provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name. Object Lambda access points - When you use this API operation with an Object Lambda access point, provide the alias of the Object Lambda access point in place of the bucket name. If the Object Lambda access point alias in a request is not valid, the error code InvalidAccessPointAliasError is returned. For more information about InvalidAccessPointAliasError, see List of Error Codes. Access points and Object Lambda access points are not supported by directory buckets. Gets and sets the property ExpectedBucketOwner. The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). For directory buckets, this header is not supported in this API operation. If you specify this header, the request fails with the HTTP status code 501 Not Implemented. Checks to see if ExpectedBucketOwner is set. true, if ExpectedBucketOwner property is set. Get BucketName Policy Response The bucket policy as a JSON document. Container for the parameters to the GetBucketPolicyStatus operation. This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Retrieves the policy status for an Amazon S3 bucket, indicating whether the bucket is public. In order to use this operation, you must have the s3:GetBucketPolicyStatus permission. For more information about Amazon S3 permissions, see Specifying Permissions in a Policy. For more information about when Amazon S3 considers a bucket public, see The Meaning of "Public". The following operations are related to GetBucketPolicyStatus: Gets and sets the property BucketName. The name of the Amazon S3 bucket whose public-policy status you want to retrieve. Gets and sets the property ExpectedBucketOwner. The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). Checks to see if ExpectedBucketOwner is set. true, if ExpectedBucketOwner property is set. This is the response object from the GetBucketPolicyStatus operation. The public-policy status for this bucket. Container for the parameters to the GetBucketReplicationConfiguration operation. Returns the replication configuration information set on the bucket. Gets and sets the BucketName. Gets and sets the property ExpectedBucketOwner. The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). Checks to see if ExpectedBucketOwner is set. true, if ExpectedBucketOwner property is set. Returns information about the GetReplicationConfiguration response and response metadata. The replication configuration for the buccket specified in the request. Container for the parameters to the GetBucketRequestPayment operation. This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Returns the request payment configuration of a bucket. To use this version of the operation, you must be the bucket owner. For more information, see Requester Pays Buckets. The following operations are related to GetBucketRequestPayment: The name of the bucket. Gets and sets the property ExpectedBucketOwner. The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). Checks to see if ExpectedBucketOwner is set. true, if ExpectedBucketOwner property is set. Returns information about the GetBucketRequestPayment response and response metadata. Specifies who pays for the download and request fees. Container for the parameters to the GetBucketTagging operation. This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Returns the tag set associated with the bucket. To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:GetBucketTagging action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant this permission to others. GetBucketTagging has the following special error:
  • Error code: NoSuchTagSet
    • Description: There is no tag set associated with the bucket.
The following operations are related to GetBucketTagging:
The name of the bucket to be queried. Gets and sets the property ExpectedBucketOwner. The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). Checks to see if ExpectedBucketOwner is set. true, if ExpectedBucketOwner property is set. Returns information about the GetBucketTagging response and response metadata. The collection of tags. Container for the parameters to the GetBucketVersioning operation. This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Returns the versioning state of a bucket. To retrieve the versioning state of a bucket, you must be the bucket owner. This implementation also returns the MFA Delete status of the versioning state. If the MFA Delete status is enabled, the bucket owner must use an authentication device to change the versioning state of the bucket. The following operations are related to GetBucketVersioning: The name of the bucket to be queried. Gets and sets the property ExpectedBucketOwner. The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). Checks to see if ExpectedBucketOwner is set. true, if ExpectedBucketOwner property is set. Returns information about the GetBucketVersioning response and response metadata. Gets and sets the Versioning property. Unless Versioning has been explicitly "Enabled" on a bucket, Versioning Status is "Off". Once Versioning has been "Enabled", it can be "Suspended" but cannot be switched "Off". Container for the parameters to the GetBucketWebsite operation. This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Returns the website configuration for a bucket. To host website on Amazon S3, you can configure a bucket as website by adding a website configuration. For more information about hosting websites, see Hosting Websites on Amazon S3. This GET action requires the S3:GetBucketWebsite permission. By default, only the bucket owner can read the bucket website configuration. However, bucket owners can allow other users to read the website configuration by writing a bucket policy granting them the S3:GetBucketWebsite permission. The following operations are related to GetBucketWebsite: Gets and sets the property BucketName. The bucket name for which to get the website configuration. Gets and sets the property ExpectedBucketOwner. The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). Checks to see if ExpectedBucketOwner is set. true, if ExpectedBucketOwner property is set. Returns information about the GetBucketWebsite response and response metadata. Gets and sets the WebsiteConfiguration property. This is where the index document suffix and custom error page are defined. Container for the parameters to the GetCORSConfiguration operation. This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Returns the Cross-Origin Resource Sharing (CORS) configuration information set for the bucket. To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:GetBucketCORS action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant it to others. When you use this API operation with an access point, provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name. When you use this API operation with an Object Lambda access point, provide the alias of the Object Lambda access point in place of the bucket name. If the Object Lambda access point alias in a request is not valid, the error code InvalidAccessPointAliasError is returned. For more information about InvalidAccessPointAliasError, see List of Error Codes. For more information about CORS, see Enabling Cross-Origin Resource Sharing. The following operations are related to GetBucketCors: Gets and sets the BucketName. Gets and sets the property ExpectedBucketOwner. The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). Checks to see if ExpectedBucketOwner is set. true, if ExpectedBucketOwner property is set. Returns information about the GetBucketCors response and response metadata. The current CORSConfiguration for the bucket. Container for the parameters to the GetLifecycleConfiguration operation. This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Bucket lifecycle configuration now supports specifying a lifecycle rule using an object key name prefix, one or more object tags, or a combination of both. Accordingly, this section describes the latest API. The response describes the new filter element that you can use to specify a filter to select a subset of objects to which the rule applies. If you are using a previous version of the lifecycle configuration, it still works. For the earlier action, see GetBucketLifecycle. Returns the lifecycle configuration information set on the bucket. For information about lifecycle configuration, see Object Lifecycle Management. To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:GetLifecycleConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission, by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources. GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration has the following special error:
  • Error code: NoSuchLifecycleConfiguration
    • Description: The lifecycle configuration does not exist.
    • HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found
    • SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
The following operations are related to GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration:
Gets and sets the BucketName. Gets and sets the property ExpectedBucketOwner. The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). Checks to see if ExpectedBucketOwner is set. true, if ExpectedBucketOwner property is set. Returns information about the GetLifecycleConfiguration response and response metadata. Gets and Sets the property that governs whether the response includes successful deletes as well as errors following the DeleteObjects call against S3. By default this property is false and successful deletes are returned in the response. A collection of parts associated with a multipart upload. Gets and sets the property IsTruncated. Indicates whether the returned list of parts is truncated. A value of true indicates that the list was truncated. A list can be truncated if the number of parts exceeds the limit returned in the MaxParts element. Gets and sets the property MaxParts. The maximum number of parts allowed in the response. Gets and sets the property NextPartNumberMarker. When a list is truncated, this element specifies the last part in the list, as well as the value to use for the part-number-marker request parameter in a subsequent request. Gets and sets the property PartNumberMarker. The marker for the current part. Gets and sets the property Parts. A container for elements related to a particular part. A response can contain zero or more Parts elements.
  • General purpose buckets - For GetObjectAttributes, if a additional checksum (including x-amz-checksum-crc32, x-amz-checksum-crc32c, x-amz-checksum-sha1, or x-amz-checksum-sha256) isn't applied to the object specified in the request, the response doesn't return Part.
  • Directory buckets - For GetObjectAttributes, no matter whether a additional checksum is applied to the object specified in the request, the response returns Part.
Gets and sets the property TotalPartsCount. The total number of parts. Container for the parameters to the GetObjectAttributes operation. Retrieves all the metadata from an object without returning the object itself. This operation is useful if you're interested only in an object's metadata. GetObjectAttributes combines the functionality of HeadObject and ListParts. All of the data returned with each of those individual calls can be returned with a single call to GetObjectAttributes. Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name . Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Permissions
  • General purpose bucket permissions - To use GetObjectAttributes, you must have READ access to the object. The permissions that you need to use this operation with depend on whether the bucket is versioned. If the bucket is versioned, you need both the s3:GetObjectVersion and s3:GetObjectVersionAttributes permissions for this operation. If the bucket is not versioned, you need the s3:GetObject and s3:GetObjectAttributes permissions. For more information, see Specifying Permissions in a Policy in the Amazon S3 User Guide. If the object that you request does not exist, the error Amazon S3 returns depends on whether you also have the s3:ListBucket permission.
    • If you have the s3:ListBucket permission on the bucket, Amazon S3 returns an HTTP status code 404 Not Found ("no such key") error.
    • If you don't have the s3:ListBucket permission, Amazon S3 returns an HTTP status code 403 Forbidden ("access denied") error.
  • Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession .
Encryption
Encryption request headers, like x-amz-server-side-encryption, should not be sent for HEAD requests if your object uses server-side encryption with Key Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS), dual-layer server-side encryption with Amazon Web Services KMS keys (DSSE-KMS), or server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed encryption keys (SSE-S3). The x-amz-server-side-encryption header is used when you PUT an object to S3 and want to specify the encryption method. If you include this header in a GET request for an object that uses these types of keys, you’ll get an HTTP 400 Bad Request error. It's because the encryption method can't be changed when you retrieve the object. If you encrypt an object by using server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C) when you store the object in Amazon S3, then when you retrieve the metadata from the object, you must use the following headers to provide the encryption key for the server to be able to retrieve the object's metadata. The headers are:
  • x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm
  • x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key
  • x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5
For more information about SSE-C, see Server-Side Encryption (Using Customer-Provided Encryption Keys) in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Directory bucket permissions - For directory buckets, only server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) (AES256) is supported.
Versioning
Directory buckets - S3 Versioning isn't enabled and supported for directory buckets. For this API operation, only the null value of the version ID is supported by directory buckets. You can only specify null to the versionId query parameter in the request.
Conditional request headers
Consider the following when using request headers:
  • If both of the If-Match and If-Unmodified-Since headers are present in the request as follows, then Amazon S3 returns the HTTP status code 200 OK and the data requested:
    • If-Match condition evaluates to true.
    • If-Unmodified-Since condition evaluates to false.
    For more information about conditional requests, see RFC 7232.
  • If both of the If-None-Match and If-Modified-Since headers are present in the request as follows, then Amazon S3 returns the HTTP status code 304 Not Modified:
    • If-None-Match condition evaluates to false.
    • If-Modified-Since condition evaluates to true.
    For more information about conditional requests, see RFC 7232.
HTTP Host header syntax
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com.
The following actions are related to GetObjectAttributes:
Gets and sets the property BucketName. The name of the bucket that contains the object. Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, you must use virtual-hosted-style requests in the format Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com. Path-style requests are not supported. Directory bucket names must be unique in the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must follow the format bucket_base_name--az-id--x-s3 (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az2--x-s3). For information about bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming rules in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points and Object Lambda access points are not supported by directory buckets. S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Gets and sets the property ExpectedBucketOwner. The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). Gets and sets the property Key. The object key. Gets and sets the property MaxParts. Sets the maximum number of parts to return. Gets and sets the property ObjectAttributes. Specifies the fields at the root level that you want returned in the response. Fields that you do not specify are not returned. Gets and sets the property PartNumberMarker. Specifies the part after which listing should begin. Only parts with higher part numbers will be listed. Gets and sets the property RequestPayer. Gets and sets the property SSECustomerAlgorithm. Specifies the algorithm to use to when encrypting the object (for example, AES256). This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. Gets and sets the property SSECustomerKey. Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 to use in encrypting data. This value is used to store the object and then it is discarded; Amazon S3 does not store the encryption key. The key must be appropriate for use with the algorithm specified in the x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm header. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. Gets and sets the property SSECustomerKeyMD5. Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321. Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure that the encryption key was transmitted without error. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. Gets and sets the property VersionId. The version ID used to reference a specific version of the object. S3 Versioning isn't enabled and supported for directory buckets. For this API operation, only the null value of the version ID is supported by directory buckets. You can only specify null to the versionId query parameter in the request. This is the response object from the GetObjectAttributes operation. Gets and sets the property Checksum. The checksum or digest of the object. Gets and sets the property DeleteMarker. Specifies whether the object retrieved was (true) or was not (false) a Delete Marker. If false, this response header does not appear in the response. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. Gets and sets the property ETag. An ETag is an opaque identifier assigned by a web server to a specific version of a resource found at a URL. Gets and sets the property LastModified. Creation date of the object. Gets and sets the property ObjectParts. A collection of parts associated with a multipart upload. Gets and sets the property ObjectSize. The size of the object in bytes. Gets and sets the property RequestCharged. Gets and sets the property StorageClass. Provides storage class information of the object. Amazon S3 returns this header for all objects except for S3 Standard storage class objects. For more information, see Storage Classes. Directory buckets - Only the S3 Express One Zone storage class is supported by directory buckets to store objects. Gets and sets the property VersionId. Version of the object. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. Container for the parameters to the GetObjectLegalHold operation. This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Gets an object's current legal hold status. For more information, see Locking Objects. This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts. The following action is related to GetObjectLegalHold: Gets and sets the property BucketName. The bucket name containing the object whose legal hold status you want to retrieve. Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Gets and sets the property ExpectedBucketOwner. The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). Checks to see if ExpectedBucketOwner is set. true, if ExpectedBucketOwner property is set. Gets and sets the property Key. The key name for the object whose Legal Hold status you want to retrieve. This property will be used as part of the resource path of the HTTP request. In .NET the System.Uri class is used to construct the uri for the request. The System.Uri class will canonicalize the uri string by compacting characters like "..". For example an object key of "foo/../bar/file.txt" will be transformed into "bar/file.txt" because the ".." is interpreted as use parent directory. Starting with .NET 8, the AWS .NET SDK disables System.Uri's feature of canonicalizing the resource path. This allows S3 keys like "foo/../bar/file.txt" to work correctly with the AWS .NET SDK. For further information view the documentation for the Uri class: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dotnet/api/system.uri Gets and sets the property RequestPayer. Gets and sets the property VersionId. The version ID of the object whose Legal Hold status you want to retrieve. This is the response object from the GetObjectLegalHold operation. Gets and sets the property LegalHold. The current Legal Hold status for the specified object. Container for the parameters to the GetObjectLockConfiguration operation. This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Gets the Object Lock configuration for a bucket. The rule specified in the Object Lock configuration will be applied by default to every new object placed in the specified bucket. For more information, see Locking Objects. The following action is related to GetObjectLockConfiguration: Gets and sets the property BucketName. The bucket whose Object Lock configuration you want to retrieve. Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Gets and sets the property ExpectedBucketOwner. The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). This is the response object from the GetObjectLockConfiguration operation. Gets and sets the property ObjectLockConfiguration. The specified bucket's Object Lock configuration. Container for the parameters to the GetObjectMetadata operation. The HEAD operation retrieves metadata from an object without returning the object itself. This operation is useful if you're interested only in an object's metadata. A HEAD request has the same options as a GET operation on an object. The response is identical to the GET response except that there is no response body. Because of this, if the HEAD request generates an error, it returns a generic code, such as 400 Bad Request, 403 Forbidden, 404 Not Found, 405 Method Not Allowed, 412 Precondition Failed, or 304 Not Modified. It's not possible to retrieve the exact exception of these error codes. Request headers are limited to 8 KB in size. For more information, see Common Request Headers. Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name . Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Permissions
  • General purpose bucket permissions - To use HEAD, you must have the s3:GetObject permission. You need the relevant read object (or version) permission for this operation. For more information, see Actions, resources, and condition keys for Amazon S3 in the Amazon S3 User Guide. If the object you request doesn't exist, the error that Amazon S3 returns depends on whether you also have the s3:ListBucket permission.
    • If you have the s3:ListBucket permission on the bucket, Amazon S3 returns an HTTP status code 404 Not Found error.
    • If you don’t have the s3:ListBucket permission, Amazon S3 returns an HTTP status code 403 Forbidden error.
  • Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession .
Encryption
Encryption request headers, like x-amz-server-side-encryption, should not be sent for HEAD requests if your object uses server-side encryption with Key Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS), dual-layer server-side encryption with Amazon Web Services KMS keys (DSSE-KMS), or server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed encryption keys (SSE-S3). The x-amz-server-side-encryption header is used when you PUT an object to S3 and want to specify the encryption method. If you include this header in a HEAD request for an object that uses these types of keys, you’ll get an HTTP 400 Bad Request error. It's because the encryption method can't be changed when you retrieve the object. If you encrypt an object by using server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C) when you store the object in Amazon S3, then when you retrieve the metadata from the object, you must use the following headers to provide the encryption key for the server to be able to retrieve the object's metadata. The headers are:
  • x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm
  • x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key
  • x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5
For more information about SSE-C, see Server-Side Encryption (Using Customer-Provided Encryption Keys) in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Directory bucket permissions - For directory buckets, only server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) (AES256) is supported.
Versioning
  • If the current version of the object is a delete marker, Amazon S3 behaves as if the object was deleted and includes x-amz-delete-marker: true in the response.
  • If the specified version is a delete marker, the response returns a 405 Method Not Allowed error and the Last-Modified: timestamp response header.
  • Directory buckets - Delete marker is not supported by directory buckets.
  • Directory buckets - S3 Versioning isn't enabled and supported for directory buckets. For this API operation, only the null value of the version ID is supported by directory buckets. You can only specify null to the versionId query parameter in the request.
HTTP Host header syntax
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com.
The following actions are related to HeadObject:
Gets and sets the property BucketName. The name of the bucket that contains the object. Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, you must use virtual-hosted-style requests in the format Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com. Path-style requests are not supported. Directory bucket names must be unique in the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must follow the format bucket_base_name--az-id--x-s3 (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az2--x-s3). For information about bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming rules in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points and Object Lambda access points are not supported by directory buckets. S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Gets and sets the property ChecksumMode. This must be enabled to retrieve the checksum. In addition, if you enable ChecksumMode and the object is KMS encrypted, you must have permission to the kms:Decrypt action for the request to succeed. ETag to be matched as a pre-condition for returning the object, otherwise a PreconditionFailed signal is returned. This property is deprecated. Setting this property results in non-UTC DateTimes not being marshalled correctly. Use ModifiedSinceDateUtc instead. Setting either ModifiedSinceDate or ModifiedSinceDateUtc results in both ModifiedSinceDate and ModifiedSinceDateUtc being assigned, the latest assignment to either one of the two property is reflected in the value of both. ModifiedSinceDate is provided for backwards compatibility only and assigning a non-Utc DateTime to it results in the wrong timestamp being passed to the service. Returns the object only if it has been modified since the specified time, otherwise returns a PreconditionFailed. Returns the object only if it has been modified since the specified time, otherwise returns a PreconditionFailed. ETag that should not be matched as a pre-condition for returning the object, otherwise a NotModified (304) signal is returned. This property is deprecated. Setting this property results in non-UTC DateTimes not being marshalled correctly. Use UnmodifiedSinceDateUtc instead. Setting either UnmodifiedSinceDate or UnmodifiedSinceDateUtc results in both UnmodifiedSinceDate and UnmodifiedSinceDateUtc being assigned, the latest assignment to either one of the two property is reflected in the value of both. UnmodifiedSinceDate is provided for backwards compatibility only and assigning a non-Utc DateTime to it results in the wrong timestamp being passed to the service. Returns the object only if it has not been modified since the specified time, otherwise returns a PreconditionFailed. Returns the object only if it has not been modified since the specified time, otherwise returns a PreconditionFailed. The key of the object. This property will be used as part of the resource path of the HTTP request. In .NET the System.Uri class is used to construct the uri for the request. The System.Uri class will canonicalize the uri string by compacting characters like "..". For example an object key of "foo/../bar/file.txt" will be transformed into "bar/file.txt" because the ".." is interpreted as use parent directory. Starting with .NET 8, the AWS .NET SDK disables System.Uri's feature of canonicalizing the resource path. This allows S3 keys like "foo/../bar/file.txt" to work correctly with the AWS .NET SDK. For further information view the documentation for the Uri class: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dotnet/api/system.uri Gets and sets the property VersionId. Version ID used to reference a specific version of the object. For directory buckets in this API operation, only the null value of the version ID is supported. The Server-side encryption algorithm to be used with the customer provided key. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. The base64-encoded encryption key for Amazon S3 to use to decrypt the object Using the encryption key you provide as part of your request Amazon S3 manages both the encryption, as it writes to disks, and decryption, when you access your objects. Therefore, you don't need to maintain any data encryption code. The only thing you do is manage the encryption keys you provide. When you retrieve an object, you must provide the same encryption key as part of your request. Amazon S3 first verifies the encryption key you provided matches, and then decrypts the object before returning the object data to you. Important: Amazon S3 does not store the encryption key you provide. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. Checks if ServerSideEncryptionCustomerProvidedKey property is set. true if ServerSideEncryptionCustomerProvidedKey property is set. The MD5 of the customer encryption key specified in the ServerSideEncryptionCustomerProvidedKey property. The MD5 is base 64 encoded. This field is optional, the SDK will calculate the MD5 if this is not set. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. Checks if ServerSideEncryptionCustomerProvidedKeyMD5 property is set. true if ServerSideEncryptionCustomerProvidedKey property is set. Part number of the object being read. This is a positive integer between 1 and 10,000. Effectively performs a 'ranged' HEAD request for the part specified. Useful querying about the size of the part and the number of parts in this object. Check if PartNumber property is set. true if PartNumber property is set. Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. Checks to see if RequetsPayer is set. true, if RequestPayer property is set. Gets and sets the property ExpectedBucketOwner. The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). Checks to see if ExpectedBucketOwner is set. true, if ExpectedBucketOwner property is set. Returns information about the HeadObject response and response metadata. Flag which returns true if the Expires property has been unmarshalled from the raw value or set by user code. The collection of headers for the request. The collection of meta data for the request. Gets and sets the property DeleteMarker. Specifies whether the object retrieved was (true) or was not (false) a Delete Marker. If false, this response header does not appear in the response. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. Gets and sets the AcceptRanges. Gets and sets the ContentRange. Gets and sets the Expiration property. Specifies the expiration date for the object and the rule governing the expiration. Is null if expiration is not applicable. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. Gets and sets the RestoreExpiration property. RestoreExpiration will be set for objects that have been restored from Amazon Glacier. It indiciates for those objects how long the restored object will exist. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. Only the S3 Express One Zone storage class is supported by directory buckets to store objects. Gets and sets the RestoreInProgress Will be true when the object is in the process of being restored from Amazon Glacier. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. Only the S3 Express One Zone storage class is supported by directory buckets to store objects. Gets and sets the property LastModified. Date and time when the object was last modified. An ETag is an opaque identifier assigned by a web server to a specific version of a resource found at a URL Gets and sets the property MissingMeta. This is set to the number of metadata entries not returned in x-amz-meta headers. This can happen if you create metadata using an API like SOAP that supports more flexible metadata than the REST API. For example, using SOAP, you can create metadata whose values are not legal HTTP headers. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. Gets and sets the property VersionId. Version ID of the object. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. The date and time at which the object is no longer cacheable. Gets and sets the property WebsiteRedirectLocation. If the bucket is configured as a website, redirects requests for this object to another object in the same bucket or to an external URL. Amazon S3 stores the value of this header in the object metadata. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. The Server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3. The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in Amazon S3 (for example, AES256, aws:kms). For directory buckets, only server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) (AES256) is supported. The Server-side encryption algorithm to be used with the customer provided key. For directory buckets, only server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) (AES256) is supported. The id of the AWS Key Management Service key that Amazon S3 uses to encrypt and decrypt the object. If present, specifies the ID of the Amazon Web Services Key Management Service (Amazon Web Services KMS) symmetric encryption customer managed key that was used for the object. For directory buckets, only server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) (AES256) is supported. Checks if ServerSideEncryptionKeyManagementServiceKeyId property is set. true if ServerSideEncryptionKeyManagementServiceKeyId property is set.

Amazon S3 can return this header if your request involves a bucket that is either a source or a destination in a replication rule.

In replication, you have a source bucket on which you configure replication and destination bucket or buckets where Amazon S3 stores object replicas. When you request an object (GetObject) or object metadata (HeadObject) from these buckets, Amazon S3 will return the x-amz-replication-status header in the response as follows:

  • If requesting an object from the source bucket, Amazon S3 will return the x-amz-replication-status header if the object in your request is eligible for replication.

    For example, suppose that in your replication configuration, you specify object prefix TaxDocs requesting Amazon S3 to replicate objects with key prefix TaxDocs. Any objects you upload with this key name prefix, for example TaxDocs/document1.pdf, are eligible for replication. For any object request with this key name prefix, Amazon S3 will return the x-amz-replication-status header with value PENDING, COMPLETED or FAILED indicating object replication status.

  • If requesting an object from a destination bucket, Amazon S3 will return the x-amz-replication-status header with value REPLICA if the object in your request is a replica that Amazon S3 created.

  • When replicating objects to multiple destination buckets the x-amz-replication-status header acts differently. The header of the source object will only return a value of COMPLETED when replication is successful to all destinations. The header will remain at value PENDING until replication has completed for all destinations. If one or more destinations fails replication the header will return FAILED.

For more information, see Replication.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.
Gets and sets the property ArchiveStatus. The archive state of the head object. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. Checks if ReplicationStatus property is set. true if ReplicationStatus property is set. The count of parts this object has. Gets and sets the property ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus. Specifies whether a legal hold is in effect for this object. This header is only returned if the requester has the s3:GetObjectLegalHold permission. This header is not returned if the specified version of this object has never had a legal hold applied. For more information about S3 Object Lock, see Object Lock. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. Gets and sets the property ObjectLockMode. The Object Lock mode, if any, that's in effect for this object. This header is only returned if the requester has the s3:GetObjectRetention permission. For more information about S3 Object Lock, see Object Lock. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. Gets and sets the property ObjectLockRetainUntilDate. The date and time when the Object Lock retention period expires. This header is only returned if the requester has the s3:GetObjectRetention permission. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. Gets and sets the property StorageClass. Provides storage class information of the object. Amazon S3 returns this header for all objects except for S3 Standard storage class objects. For more information, see Storage Classes. Directory buckets - Only the S3 Express One Zone storage class is supported by directory buckets to store objects. If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the request. Checks to see if RequestCharged is set. true, if RequestCharged property is set. Gets and sets the property BucketKeyEnabled. Indicates whether the object uses an S3 Bucket Key for server-side encryption with Key Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS). This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. Gets and sets the property ChecksumCRC32. The base64-encoded, 32-bit CRC32 checksum of the object. Gets and sets the property ChecksumCRC32C. The base64-encoded, 32-bit CRC32C checksum of the object. Gets and sets the property ChecksumSHA1. The base64-encoded, 160-bit SHA-1 digest of the object. Gets and sets the property ChecksumSHA256. The base64-encoded, 256-bit SHA-256 digest of the object. Container for the parameters to the GetObject operation. Retrieves an object from Amazon S3. In the GetObject request, specify the full key name for the object. General purpose buckets - Both the virtual-hosted-style requests and the path-style requests are supported. For a virtual hosted-style request example, if you have the object photos/2006/February/sample.jpg, specify the object key name as /photos/2006/February/sample.jpg. For a path-style request example, if you have the object photos/2006/February/sample.jpg in the bucket named examplebucket, specify the object key name as /examplebucket/photos/2006/February/sample.jpg. For more information about request types, see HTTP Host Header Bucket Specification in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Directory buckets - Only virtual-hosted-style requests are supported. For a virtual hosted-style request example, if you have the object photos/2006/February/sample.jpg in the bucket named examplebucket--use1-az5--x-s3, specify the object key name as /photos/2006/February/sample.jpg. Also, when you make requests to this API operation, your requests are sent to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name . Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Permissions
  • General purpose bucket permissions - You must have the required permissions in a policy. To use GetObject, you must have the READ access to the object (or version). If you grant READ access to the anonymous user, the GetObject operation returns the object without using an authorization header. For more information, see Specifying permissions in a policy in the Amazon S3 User Guide. If you include a versionId in your request header, you must have the s3:GetObjectVersion permission to access a specific version of an object. The s3:GetObject permission is not required in this scenario. If you request the current version of an object without a specific versionId in the request header, only the s3:GetObject permission is required. The s3:GetObjectVersion permission is not required in this scenario. If the object that you request doesn’t exist, the error that Amazon S3 returns depends on whether you also have the s3:ListBucket permission.
    • If you have the s3:ListBucket permission on the bucket, Amazon S3 returns an HTTP status code 404 Not Found error.
    • If you don’t have the s3:ListBucket permission, Amazon S3 returns an HTTP status code 403 Access Denied error.
  • Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession .
Storage classes
If the object you are retrieving is stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval storage class, the S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class, the S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive Access tier, or the S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive Access tier, before you can retrieve the object you must first restore a copy using RestoreObject. Otherwise, this operation returns an InvalidObjectState error. For information about restoring archived objects, see Restoring Archived Objects in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Directory buckets - For directory buckets, only the S3 Express One Zone storage class is supported to store newly created objects. Unsupported storage class values won't write a destination object and will respond with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request.
Encryption
Encryption request headers, like x-amz-server-side-encryption, should not be sent for the GetObject requests, if your object uses server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed encryption keys (SSE-S3), server-side encryption with Key Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS), or dual-layer server-side encryption with Amazon Web Services KMS keys (DSSE-KMS). If you include the header in your GetObject requests for the object that uses these types of keys, you’ll get an HTTP 400 Bad Request error.
Overriding response header values through the request
There are times when you want to override certain response header values of a GetObject response. For example, you might override the Content-Disposition response header value through your GetObject request. You can override values for a set of response headers. These modified response header values are included only in a successful response, that is, when the HTTP status code 200 OK is returned. The headers you can override using the following query parameters in the request are a subset of the headers that Amazon S3 accepts when you create an object. The response headers that you can override for the GetObject response are Cache-Control, Content-Disposition, Content-Encoding, Content-Language, Content-Type, and Expires. To override values for a set of response headers in the GetObject response, you can use the following query parameters in the request.
  • response-cache-control
  • response-content-disposition
  • response-content-encoding
  • response-content-language
  • response-content-type
  • response-expires
When you use these parameters, you must sign the request by using either an Authorization header or a presigned URL. These parameters cannot be used with an unsigned (anonymous) request.
HTTP Host header syntax
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to GetObject:
Gets and sets the property BucketName. The bucket name containing the object. Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, you must use virtual-hosted-style requests in the format Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com. Path-style requests are not supported. Directory bucket names must be unique in the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must follow the format bucket_base_name--az-id--x-s3 (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az2--x-s3). For information about bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming rules in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Object Lambda access points - When you use this action with an Object Lambda access point, you must direct requests to the Object Lambda access point hostname. The Object Lambda access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-object-lambda.Region.amazonaws.com. Access points and Object Lambda access points are not supported by directory buckets. S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Gets and sets the property ExpectedBucketOwner. The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). Checks to see if ExpectedBucketOwner is set. true, if ExpectedBucketOwner property is set. This property is deprecated. Setting this property results in non-UTC DateTimes not being marshalled correctly. Use ModifiedSinceDateUtc instead. Setting either ModifiedSinceDate or ModifiedSinceDateUtc results in both ModifiedSinceDate and ModifiedSinceDateUtc being assigned, the latest assignment to either one of the two property is reflected in the value of both. ModifiedSinceDate is provided for backwards compatibility only and assigning a non-Utc DateTime to it results in the wrong timestamp being passed to the service. Returns the object only if it has been modified since the specified time, otherwise returns a PreconditionFailed. Returns the object only if it has been modified since the specified time, otherwise returns a PreconditionFailed. This property is deprecated. Setting this property results in non-UTC DateTimes not being marshalled correctly. Use UnmodifiedSinceDateUtc instead. Setting either UnmodifiedSinceDate or UnmodifiedSinceDateUtc results in both UnmodifiedSinceDate and UnmodifiedSinceDateUtc being assigned, the latest assignment to either one of the two property is reflected in the value of both. UnmodifiedSinceDate is provided for backwards compatibility only and assigning a non-Utc DateTime to it results in the wrong timestamp being passed to the service. Returns the object only if it has not been modified since the specified time, otherwise returns a PreconditionFailed. Returns the object only if it has not been modified since the specified time, otherwise returns a PreconditionFailed. Gets and sets the Key property. This is the user defined key that identifies the object in the bucket. This property will be used as part of the resource path of the HTTP request. In .NET the System.Uri class is used to construct the uri for the request. The System.Uri class will canonicalize the uri string by compacting characters like "..". For example an object key of "foo/../bar/file.txt" will be transformed into "bar/file.txt" because the ".." is interpreted as use parent directory. Starting with .NET 8, the AWS .NET SDK disables System.Uri's feature of canonicalizing the resource path. This allows S3 keys like "foo/../bar/file.txt" to work correctly with the AWS .NET SDK. For further information view the documentation for the Uri class: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dotnet/api/system.uri Part number of the object being read. This is a positive integer between 1 and 10,000. Effectively performs a 'ranged' GET request for the part specified. Useful for downloading just a part of an object. Checks if PartNumber property is set. true if PartNumber property is set. Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. Checks to see if RequetsPayer is set. true, if RequestPayer property is set. This property is deprecated. Setting this property results in non-UTC DateTimes not being marshalled correctly. Use ResponseExpiresUtc instead. Setting either ResponseExpires or ResponseExpiresUtc results in both ResponseExpires and ResponseExpiresUtc being assigned, the latest assignment to either one of the two property is reflected in the value of both. ResponseExpires is provided for backwards compatibility only and assigning a non-Utc DateTime to it results in the wrong timestamp being passed to the service. Sets the Expires header of the response. Sets the Expires header of the response. The Server-side encryption algorithm to be used with the customer provided key. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. The base64-encoded encryption key for Amazon S3 to use to decrypt the object Using the encryption key you provide as part of your request Amazon S3 manages both the encryption, as it writes to disks, and decryption, when you access your objects. Therefore, you don't need to maintain any data encryption code. The only thing you do is manage the encryption keys you provide. When you retrieve an object, you must provide the same encryption key as part of your request. Amazon S3 first verifies the encryption key you provided matches, and then decrypts the object before returning the object data to you. Important: Amazon S3 does not store the encryption key you provide. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. Checks if ServerSideEncryptionCustomerProvidedKey property is set. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. true if ServerSideEncryptionCustomerProvidedKey property is set. The MD5 of the customer encryption key specified in the ServerSideEncryptionCustomerProvidedKey property. The MD5 is base 64 encoded. This field is optional, the SDK will calculate the MD5 if this is not set. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. Checks if ServerSideEncryptionCustomerProvidedKeyMD5 property is set. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. true if ServerSideEncryptionCustomerProvidedKey property is set. VersionId used to reference a specific version of the object. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. ETag to be matched as a pre-condition for returning the object, otherwise a PreconditionFailed signal is returned. ETag that should not be matched as a pre-condition for returning the object, otherwise a NotModified (304) signal is returned. Downloads the specified range bytes of an object. For more information about the HTTP Range header, see https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc9110.html#name-range. Amazon S3 doesn't support retrieving multiple ranges of data per GET request. A set of response headers that should be returned with the object. Gets and sets the property ChecksumMode. This must be enabled to retrieve the checksum. This must be enabled to retrieve the checksum Checksum algorithms supported by this operation for response validation Returns information about the GetObject response and response metadata. Flag which returns true if the Expires property has been unmarshalled from the raw value or set by user code. Gets and sets the BucketName property. Gets and sets the Key property. Specifies whether the object retrieved was (true) or was not (false) a Delete Marker. If false, this response header does not appear in the response. The collection of headers for the request. The collection of meta data for the request. Gets and sets the AcceptRanges. Gets and sets the ContentRange. Gets and sets the Expiration property. Specifies the expiration date for the object and the rule governing the expiration. Is null if expiration is not applicable. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. Gets and sets the RestoreExpiration property. RestoreExpiration will be set for objects that have been restored from Amazon Glacier. It indiciates for those objects how long the restored object will exist. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. Gets and sets the RestoreInProgress Will be true when the object is in the process of being restored from Amazon Glacier. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. Only the S3 Express One Zone storage class is supported by directory buckets to store objects. Gets and sets the property LastModified. Date and time when the object was last modified. An ETag is an opaque identifier assigned by a web server to a specific version of a resource found at a URL Gets and sets the property MissingMeta. This is set to the number of metadata entries not returned in the headers that are prefixed with x-amz-meta-. This can happen if you create metadata using an API like SOAP that supports more flexible metadata than the REST API. For example, using SOAP, you can create metadata whose values are not legal HTTP headers. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. Gets and sets the property VersionId. Version ID of the object. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. The date and time at which the object is no longer cacheable. Gets and sets the property ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus. Indicates whether this object has an active legal hold. This field is only returned if you have permission to view an object's legal hold status. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. Gets and sets the property ObjectLockMode. The Object Lock mode that's currently in place for this object. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. Gets and sets the property ObjectLockRetainUntilDate. The date and time when this object's Object Lock will expire. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. Gets and sets the property WebsiteRedirectLocation. If the bucket is configured as a website, redirects requests for this object to another object in the same bucket or to an external URL. Amazon S3 stores the value of this header in the object metadata. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. Gets and sets the property ServerSideEncryptionMethod. The server-side encryption algorithm used when you store this object in Amazon S3 (for example, AES256, aws:kms, aws:kms:dsse). For directory buckets, only server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) (AES256) is supported. Gets and sets the property StorageClass. Provides storage class information of the object. Amazon S3 returns this header for all objects except for S3 Standard storage class objects. Directory buckets - Only the S3 Express One Zone storage class is supported by directory buckets to store objects. The id of the AWS Key Management Service key that Amazon S3 uses to encrypt and decrypt the object. If present, specifies the ID of the Amazon Web Services Key Management Service (Amazon Web Services KMS) symmetric encryption customer managed key that was used for the object. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. Checks if ServerSideEncryptionKeyManagementServiceKeyId property is set. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. true if ServerSideEncryptionKeyManagementServiceKeyId property is set. Gets and sets the property ReplicationStatus. Amazon S3 can return this if your request involves a bucket that is either a source or destination in a replication rule. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. Checks if ReplicationStatus property is set. true if ReplicationStatus property is set. The number of parts this oject has. Checks if PartsCount is set. true if PartsCount property is set. The Server-side encryption algorithm to be used with the customer provided key. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the request. Checks to see if RequestCharged is set. true, if RequestCharged property is set. Gets and sets the property TagCount. The number of tags, if any, on the object, when you have the relevant permission to read object tags. You can use GetObjectTagging to retrieve the tag set associated with an object. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. Gets and sets the property BucketKeyEnabled. Indicates whether the object uses an S3 Bucket Key for server-side encryption with Amazon Web Services KMS (SSE-KMS). This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. Gets and sets the property ChecksumCRC32. The base64-encoded, 32-bit CRC32 checksum of the object. Gets and sets the property ChecksumCRC32C. The base64-encoded, 32-bit CRC32C checksum of the object. Gets and sets the property ChecksumSHA1. The base64-encoded, 160-bit SHA-1 digest of the object. Gets and sets the property ChecksumSHA256. The base64-encoded, 256-bit SHA-256 digest of the object. The event for Write Object progress notifications. All subscribers will be notified when a new progress event is raised. Subscribe to this event if you want to receive put object progress notifications. Here is how:
1. Define a method with a signature similar to this one: private void displayProgress(object sender, WriteObjectProgressArgs args) { Console.WriteLine(args); } 2. Add this method to the Put Object Progress Event delegate's invocation list GetObjectResponse response = s3Client.GetObject(request); response.WriteObjectProgressEvent += displayProgress;
This method is called by a producer of write object progress notifications. When called, all the subscribers in the invocation list will be called sequentially. The file being written. The number of bytes transferred since last event The number of bytes transferred The total number of bytes to be transferred True if transfer is complete Writes the content of the ResponseStream a file indicated by the filePath argument. The location where to write the ResponseStream Whether or not to append to the file if it exists Cancellation token which can be used to cancel this operation. Encapsulates the information needed to provide download progress for the Write Object Event. The constructor takes the number of currently transferred bytes and the total number of bytes to be transferred The bucket name for the S3 object being written. The object key for the S3 object being written. The version-id of the S3 object. The number of bytes transferred since last event The number of bytes transferred The total number of bytes to be transferred True if finished writing The constructor takes the number of currently transferred bytes and the total number of bytes to be transferred The bucket name for the S3 object being written. The object key for the S3 object being written. The file for the S3 object being written. The version-id of the S3 object. The number of bytes transferred since last event The number of bytes transferred The total number of bytes to be transferred True if finished writing Gets the bucket name for the S3 object being written. Gets the object key for the S3 object being written. Gets the version-id of the S3 object. The file for the S3 object being written. True if writing is complete Container for the parameters to the GetObjectRetention operation. This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Retrieves an object's retention settings. For more information, see Locking Objects. This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts. The following action is related to GetObjectRetention: Gets and sets the property BucketName. The bucket name containing the object whose retention settings you want to retrieve. Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Gets and sets the property ExpectedBucketOwner. The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). Checks to see if ExpectedBucketOwner is set. true, if ExpectedBucketOwner property is set. Gets and sets the property Key. The key name for the object whose retention settings you want to retrieve. This property will be used as part of the resource path of the HTTP request. In .NET the System.Uri class is used to construct the uri for the request. The System.Uri class will canonicalize the uri string by compacting characters like "..". For example an object key of "foo/../bar/file.txt" will be transformed into "bar/file.txt" because the ".." is interpreted as use parent directory. Starting with .NET 8, the AWS .NET SDK disables System.Uri's feature of canonicalizing the resource path. This allows S3 keys like "foo/../bar/file.txt" to work correctly with the AWS .NET SDK. For further information view the documentation for the Uri class: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dotnet/api/system.uri Gets and sets the property RequestPayer. Gets and sets the property VersionId. The version ID for the object whose retention settings you want to retrieve. This is the response object from the GetObjectRetention operation. Gets and sets the property Retention. The container element for an object's retention settings. Container for the parameters to the GetObjectTagging operation. This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Returns the tag-set of an object. You send the GET request against the tagging subresource associated with the object. To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:GetObjectTagging action. By default, the GET action returns information about current version of an object. For a versioned bucket, you can have multiple versions of an object in your bucket. To retrieve tags of any other version, use the versionId query parameter. You also need permission for the s3:GetObjectVersionTagging action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant this permission to others. For information about the Amazon S3 object tagging feature, see Object Tagging. The following actions are related to GetObjectTagging: Gets and sets the property BucketName. The bucket name containing the object for which to get the tagging information. Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Gets and sets the property ExpectedBucketOwner. The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). Gets and sets the property Key. Object key for which to get the tagging information. This property will be used as part of the resource path of the HTTP request. In .NET the System.Uri class is used to construct the uri for the request. The System.Uri class will canonicalize the uri string by compacting characters like "..". For example an object key of "foo/../bar/file.txt" will be transformed into "bar/file.txt" because the ".." is interpreted as use parent directory. Starting with .NET 8, the AWS .NET SDK disables System.Uri's feature of canonicalizing the resource path. This allows S3 keys like "foo/../bar/file.txt" to work correctly with the AWS .NET SDK. For further information view the documentation for the Uri class: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dotnet/api/system.uri Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. Gets and sets the property VersionId. The versionId of the object for which to get the tagging information. Returns information about the GetObjectTagging response and response metadata. Gets or sets tag-set for a given object Container for the parameters to the GetObjectTorrent operation. This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Returns torrent files from a bucket. BitTorrent can save you bandwidth when you're distributing large files. You can get torrent only for objects that are less than 5 GB in size, and that are not encrypted using server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key. To use GET, you must have READ access to the object. This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts. The following action is related to GetObjectTorrent: The name of the bucket containing the object. The key identifying the object. This property will be used as part of the resource path of the HTTP request. In .NET the System.Uri class is used to construct the uri for the request. The System.Uri class will canonicalize the uri string by compacting characters like "..". For example an object key of "foo/../bar/file.txt" will be transformed into "bar/file.txt" because the ".." is interpreted as use parent directory. Starting with .NET 8, the AWS .NET SDK disables System.Uri's feature of canonicalizing the resource path. This allows S3 keys like "foo/../bar/file.txt" to work correctly with the AWS .NET SDK. For further information view the documentation for the Uri class: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dotnet/api/system.uri Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. Checks to see if RequetsPayer is set. true, if RequestPayer property is set. Gets and sets the property ExpectedBucketOwner. The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). Checks to see if ExpectedBucketOwner is set. true, if ExpectedBucketOwner property is set. Returns information about the GetObjectTorrent response and response metadata. If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the request. Checks to see if RequestCharged is set. true, if RequestCharged property is set. The parameters to create a pre-signed URL to a bucket or object. For more information, refer to: .
Required Parameters: BucketName, Expires
Optional Parameters: Key, VersionId, Verb: default is GET
The name of the bucket to create a pre-signed url to, or containing the object. Checks if BucketName property is set. true if BucketName property is set. The key to the object for which a pre-signed url should be created. This property will be used as part of the resource path of the HTTP request. In .NET the System.Uri class is used to construct the uri for the request. The System.Uri class will canonicalize the uri string by compacting characters like "..". For example an object key of "foo/../bar/file.txt" will be transformed into "bar/file.txt" because the ".." is interpreted as use parent directory. Starting with .NET 8, the AWS .NET SDK disables System.Uri's feature of canonicalizing the resource path. This allows S3 keys like "foo/../bar/file.txt" to work correctly with the AWS .NET SDK. For further information view the documentation for the Uri class: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dotnet/api/system.uri Checks if Key property is set. true if Key property is set. A standard MIME type describing the format of the object data. The content type for the content being uploaded. This property defaults to "binary/octet-stream". For more information, refer to: . Note that if content type is specified, it should also be included in the HttpRequest headers of the eventual upload request, otherwise a signature error may result. The expiry date and time for the pre-signed url. Checks if Expires property is set. true if Expires property is set. The requested protocol (http/https) for the pre-signed url. Defaults to https. The verb for the pre-signed url. Accepted verbs are GET, PUT, DELETE and HEAD. Default is GET. Version id for the object that the pre-signed url will reference. If not set, the url will reference the latest version of the object. This is the VersionId for the S3 Object you want to get a PreSigned URL for. The VersionId property will be ignored for PreSigned "PUT" requests and for requests that don't specify the Key property. Checks if VersionId property is set. true if VersionId property is set. The upload id for the multipart upload for which a pre-signed url should be created. Checks if UploadId property is set. true if UploadId property is set. The part number for the multipart upload for which a pre-signed url should be created. Checks if PartNumber property is set. true if PartNumber property is set. Specifies the encryption used on the server to store the content. Default is None. If specifying encryption (not None), the corresponding request must include header "x-amz-server-side-encryption" with the value of the encryption. The id of the AWS Key Management Service key that Amazon S3 should use to encrypt and decrypt the object. If a key id is not specified, the default key will be used for encryption and decryption. Checks if ServerSideEncryptionKeyManagementServiceKeyId property is set. true if ServerSideEncryptionKeyManagementServiceKeyId property is set. The Server-side encryption algorithm to be used with the customer provided key. Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. A set of response headers that should be returned with the pre-signed url creation response. The collection of headers for the request. The collection of meta data for the request. Custom parameters to include in the signed request, so that they are tamper-proof. The parameters for a pre-signed URL to a bucket or object as a string. For more information, refer to: . The PreSignedURL as a string Constructor A url returned from GetPreSignedUrlRequest Container for the parameters to the GetPublicAccessBlock operation. This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Retrieves the PublicAccessBlock configuration for an Amazon S3 bucket. To use this operation, you must have the s3:GetBucketPublicAccessBlock permission. For more information about Amazon S3 permissions, see Specifying Permissions in a Policy. When Amazon S3 evaluates the PublicAccessBlock configuration for a bucket or an object, it checks the PublicAccessBlock configuration for both the bucket (or the bucket that contains the object) and the bucket owner's account. If the PublicAccessBlock settings are different between the bucket and the account, Amazon S3 uses the most restrictive combination of the bucket-level and account-level settings. For more information about when Amazon S3 considers a bucket or an object public, see The Meaning of "Public". The following operations are related to GetPublicAccessBlock: Gets and sets the property BucketName. The name of the Amazon S3 bucket whose Public Access Block configuration you want to retrieve. Gets and sets the property ExpectedBucketOwner. The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). Checks to see if ExpectedBucketOwner is set. true, if ExpectedBucketOwner property is set. This is the response object from the GetPublicAccessBlock operation. The Public Access Block configuration currently in effect for this Amazon S3 bucket. Container for the parameters to the HeadBucket operation. You can use this operation to determine if a bucket exists and if you have permission to access it. The action returns a 200 OK if the bucket exists and you have permission to access it. If the bucket does not exist or you do not have permission to access it, the HEAD request returns a generic 400 Bad Request, 403 Forbidden or 404 Not Found code. A message body is not included, so you cannot determine the exception beyond these error codes. Directory buckets - You must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com. Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Authentication and authorization
All HeadBucket requests must be authenticated and signed by using IAM credentials (access key ID and secret access key for the IAM identities). All headers with the x-amz- prefix, including x-amz-copy-source, must be signed. For more information, see REST Authentication. Directory bucket - You must use IAM credentials to authenticate and authorize your access to the HeadBucket API operation, instead of using the temporary security credentials through the CreateSession API operation. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs handles authentication and authorization on your behalf.
Permissions
HTTP Host header syntax
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com.
Gets and sets the property BucketName. The bucket name. Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, you must use virtual-hosted-style requests in the format Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com. Path-style requests are not supported. Directory bucket names must be unique in the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must follow the format bucket_base_name--az-id--x-s3 (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az2--x-s3). For information about bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming rules in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Object Lambda access points - When you use this API operation with an Object Lambda access point, provide the alias of the Object Lambda access point in place of the bucket name. If the Object Lambda access point alias in a request is not valid, the error code InvalidAccessPointAliasError is returned. For more information about InvalidAccessPointAliasError, see List of Error Codes. Access points and Object Lambda access points are not supported by directory buckets. S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Gets and sets the property ExpectedBucketOwner. The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). Returns information about the HeadBucket response metadata. The HeadBucket operation has a void result type. Gets and sets the property AccessPointAlias. Indicates whether the bucket name used in the request is an access point alias. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. Gets and sets the property BucketLocationName. The name of the location where the bucket will be created. For directory buckets, the AZ ID of the Availability Zone where the bucket is created. An example AZ ID value is usw2-az2. This functionality is only supported by directory buckets. Gets and sets the property BucketLocationType. The type of location where the bucket is created. This functionality is only supported by directory buckets. Gets and sets the property BucketRegion. The Region that the bucket is located. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. This class contains the headers for an S3 object. Gets and sets headers to set for the object. The name of the header The value for the header Gets the count of headers. Gets the names of the headers set. Specifies caching behavior along the request/reply chain. Specifies presentational information for the object. For more information, see https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc6266#section-4. Specifies what content encodings have been applied to the object and thus what decoding mechanisms must be applied to obtain the media-type referenced by the Content-Type header field. For more information, see https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc9110.html#field.content-encoding. Size of the body in bytes. This parameter is useful when the size of the body cannot be determined automatically. For more information, see https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc9110.html#name-content-length. The base64-encoded 128-bit MD5 digest of the message (without the headers) according to RFC 1864. This header can be used as a message integrity check to verify that the data is the same data that was originally sent. A standard MIME type describing the format of the contents. For more information, see https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc9110.html#name-content-type. The date and time at which the object is no longer cacheable. For more information, see https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7234#section-5.3. Container for the parameters to the InitiateMultipartUpload operation. This action initiates a multipart upload and returns an upload ID. This upload ID is used to associate all of the parts in the specific multipart upload. You specify this upload ID in each of your subsequent upload part requests (see UploadPart). You also include this upload ID in the final request to either complete or abort the multipart upload request. For more information about multipart uploads, see Multipart Upload Overview in the Amazon S3 User Guide. After you initiate a multipart upload and upload one or more parts, to stop being charged for storing the uploaded parts, you must either complete or abort the multipart upload. Amazon S3 frees up the space used to store the parts and stops charging you for storing them only after you either complete or abort a multipart upload. If you have configured a lifecycle rule to abort incomplete multipart uploads, the created multipart upload must be completed within the number of days specified in the bucket lifecycle configuration. Otherwise, the incomplete multipart upload becomes eligible for an abort action and Amazon S3 aborts the multipart upload. For more information, see Aborting Incomplete Multipart Uploads Using a Bucket Lifecycle Configuration.
  • Directory buckets - S3 Lifecycle is not supported by directory buckets.
  • Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name . Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Request signing
For request signing, multipart upload is just a series of regular requests. You initiate a multipart upload, send one or more requests to upload parts, and then complete the multipart upload process. You sign each request individually. There is nothing special about signing multipart upload requests. For more information about signing, see Authenticating Requests (Amazon Web Services Signature Version 4) in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Permissions
  • General purpose bucket permissions - For information about the permissions required to use the multipart upload API, see Multipart upload and permissions in the Amazon S3 User Guide. To perform a multipart upload with encryption by using an Amazon Web Services KMS key, the requester must have permission to the kms:Decrypt and kms:GenerateDataKey* actions on the key. These permissions are required because Amazon S3 must decrypt and read data from the encrypted file parts before it completes the multipart upload. For more information, see Multipart upload API and permissions and Protecting data using server-side encryption with Amazon Web Services KMS in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
  • Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession .
Encryption
  • General purpose buckets - Server-side encryption is for data encryption at rest. Amazon S3 encrypts your data as it writes it to disks in its data centers and decrypts it when you access it. Amazon S3 automatically encrypts all new objects that are uploaded to an S3 bucket. When doing a multipart upload, if you don't specify encryption information in your request, the encryption setting of the uploaded parts is set to the default encryption configuration of the destination bucket. By default, all buckets have a base level of encryption configuration that uses server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3). If the destination bucket has a default encryption configuration that uses server-side encryption with an Key Management Service (KMS) key (SSE-KMS), or a customer-provided encryption key (SSE-C), Amazon S3 uses the corresponding KMS key, or a customer-provided key to encrypt the uploaded parts. When you perform a CreateMultipartUpload operation, if you want to use a different type of encryption setting for the uploaded parts, you can request that Amazon S3 encrypts the object with a different encryption key (such as an Amazon S3 managed key, a KMS key, or a customer-provided key). When the encryption setting in your request is different from the default encryption configuration of the destination bucket, the encryption setting in your request takes precedence. If you choose to provide your own encryption key, the request headers you provide in UploadPart and UploadPartCopy requests must match the headers you used in the CreateMultipartUpload request.
    • Use KMS keys (SSE-KMS) that include the Amazon Web Services managed key (aws/s3) and KMS customer managed keys stored in Key Management Service (KMS) – If you want Amazon Web Services to manage the keys used to encrypt data, specify the following headers in the request.
      • x-amz-server-side-encryption
      • x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id
      • x-amz-server-side-encryption-context
      • If you specify x-amz-server-side-encryption:aws:kms, but don't provide x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id, Amazon S3 uses the Amazon Web Services managed key (aws/s3 key) in KMS to protect the data.
      • To perform a multipart upload with encryption by using an Amazon Web Services KMS key, the requester must have permission to the kms:Decrypt and kms:GenerateDataKey* actions on the key. These permissions are required because Amazon S3 must decrypt and read data from the encrypted file parts before it completes the multipart upload. For more information, see Multipart upload API and permissions and Protecting data using server-side encryption with Amazon Web Services KMS in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
      • If your Identity and Access Management (IAM) user or role is in the same Amazon Web Services account as the KMS key, then you must have these permissions on the key policy. If your IAM user or role is in a different account from the key, then you must have the permissions on both the key policy and your IAM user or role.
      • All GET and PUT requests for an object protected by KMS fail if you don't make them by using Secure Sockets Layer (SSL), Transport Layer Security (TLS), or Signature Version 4. For information about configuring any of the officially supported Amazon Web Services SDKs and Amazon Web Services CLI, see Specifying the Signature Version in Request Authentication in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
      For more information about server-side encryption with KMS keys (SSE-KMS), see Protecting Data Using Server-Side Encryption with KMS keys in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
    • Use customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C) – If you want to manage your own encryption keys, provide all the following headers in the request.
      • x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm
      • x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key
      • x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5
      For more information about server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C), see Protecting data using server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C) in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
  • Directory buckets -For directory buckets, only server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) (AES256) is supported.
HTTP Host header syntax
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to CreateMultipartUpload:
A canned access control list (ACL) to apply to the object. Please refer to for information on S3 Canned ACLs.
  • This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.
  • This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts.
Gets and sets the property BucketKeyEnabled. Specifies whether Amazon S3 should use an S3 Bucket Key for object encryption with server-side encryption using AWS KMS (SSE-KMS). Setting this header to true causes Amazon S3 to use an S3 Bucket Key for object encryption with SSE-KMS. Specifying this header with an object action doesn't affect bucket-level settings for S3 Bucket Key. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. Gets and sets the property BucketName. The name of the bucket where the multipart upload is initiated and where the object is uploaded. Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, you must use virtual-hosted-style requests in the format Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com. Path-style requests are not supported. Directory bucket names must be unique in the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must follow the format bucket_base_name--az-id--x-s3 (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az2--x-s3). For information about bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming rules in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points and Object Lambda access points are not supported by directory buckets. S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? in the Amazon S3 User Guide. This is a convenience property for Headers.ContentType. Gets and sets the property ExpectedBucketOwner. The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). The key of the object to create or update. This property will be used as part of the resource path of the HTTP request. In .NET the System.Uri class is used to construct the uri for the request. The System.Uri class will canonicalize the uri string by compacting characters like "..". For example an object key of "foo/../bar/file.txt" will be transformed into "bar/file.txt" because the ".." is interpreted as use parent directory. Starting with .NET 8, the AWS .NET SDK disables System.Uri's feature of canonicalizing the resource path. This allows S3 keys like "foo/../bar/file.txt" to work correctly with the AWS .NET SDK. For further information view the documentation for the Uri class: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dotnet/api/system.uri The collection of meta data for the request. Gets and sets the property ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus. Specifies whether you want to apply a legal hold to the uploaded object. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. Gets and sets the property ObjectLockMode. Specifies the Object Lock mode that you want to apply to the uploaded object. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. Gets and sets the property ObjectLockRetainUntilDate. Specifies the date and time when you want the Object Lock to expire. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. Checks to see if RequetsPayer is set. true, if RequestPayer property is set. Gets and sets the property ServerSideEncryptionMethod. The server-side encryption algorithm used when you store this object in Amazon S3 (for example, AES256, aws:kms). For directory buckets, only server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) (AES256) is supported. Specifies the ID of the symmetric encryption customer managed key to use for object encryption. All GET and PUT requests for an object protected by Amazon Web Services KMS will fail if not made via SSL or using SigV4. For information about configuring using any of the officially supported Amazon Web Services SDKs and Amazon Web Services CLI, see Specifying the Signature Version in Request Authentication in the Amazon S3 User Guide. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. Checks if ServerSideEncryptionKeyManagementServiceKeyId property is set. true if ServerSideEncryptionKeyManagementServiceKeyId property is set. The Server-side encryption algorithm to be used with the customer provided key. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. The base64-encoded encryption key for Amazon S3 to use to encrypt the object Using the encryption key you provide as part of your request Amazon S3 manages both the encryption, as it writes to disks, and decryption, when you access your objects. Therefore, you don't need to maintain any data encryption code. The only thing you do is manage the encryption keys you provide. When you retrieve an object, you must provide the same encryption key as part of your request. Amazon S3 first verifies the encryption key you provided matches, and then decrypts the object before returning the object data to you. Important: Amazon S3 does not store the encryption key you provide. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. Checks if ServerSideEncryptionCustomerProvidedKey property is set. true if ServerSideEncryptionCustomerProvidedKey property is set. The MD5 of the customer encryption key specified in the ServerSideEncryptionCustomerProvidedKey property. The MD5 is base 64 encoded. This field is optional, the SDK will calculate the MD5 if this is not set. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. Checks if ServerSideEncryptionCustomerProvidedKeyMD5 property is set. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. true if ServerSideEncryptionCustomerProvidedKey property is set. Specifies the AWS KMS Encryption Context to use for object encryption. The value of this header is a base64-encoded UTF-8 string holding JSON with the encryption context key-value pairs. Specifies the Amazon Web Services KMS Encryption Context to use for object encryption. The value of this header is a base64-encoded UTF-8 string holding JSON with the encryption context key-value pairs. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. Checks if ServerSideEncryptionKeyManagementServiceEncryptionContext property is set. true if ServerSideEncryptionKeyManagementServiceEncryptionContext property is set. Gets and sets the property StorageClass. By default, Amazon S3 uses the STANDARD Storage Class to store newly created objects. The STANDARD storage class provides high durability and high availability. Depending on performance needs, you can specify a different Storage Class. For more information, see Storage Classes in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
  • For directory buckets, only the S3 Express One Zone storage class is supported to store newly created objects.
  • Amazon S3 on Outposts only uses the OUTPOSTS Storage Class.
The tag-set for the object. The tag-set must be encoded as URL Query parameters. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. Checks if Tagging property is set true if Tagging is set. Gets and sets the property WebsiteRedirectLocation. If the bucket is configured as a website, redirects requests for this object to another object in the same bucket or to an external URL. Amazon S3 stores the value of this header in the object metadata. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. The collection of headers for the request. Gets and sets the property ChecksumAlgorithm. Indicates the algorithm you want Amazon S3 to use to create the checksum for the object. For more information, see Checking object integrity in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Envelope Key to Encrypt data Encrypted Envelope Key to Encrypt data Initialization Vector for encryption Storage mode for encryption information. Returns information about the InitiateMultipartUpload response and response metadata. Gets and sets the property AbortDate. If the bucket has a lifecycle rule configured with an action to abort incomplete multipart uploads and the prefix in the lifecycle rule matches the object name in the request, the response includes this header. The header indicates when the initiated multipart upload becomes eligible for an abort operation. For more information, see Aborting Incomplete Multipart Uploads Using a Bucket Lifecycle Configuration in the Amazon S3 User Guide. The response also includes the x-amz-abort-rule-id header that provides the ID of the lifecycle configuration rule that defines the abort action. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. Gets and sets the property AbortRuleId. This header is returned along with the x-amz-abort-date header. It identifies the applicable lifecycle configuration rule that defines the action to abort incomplete multipart uploads. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. Gets and sets the property BucketKeyEnabled. Indicates whether the multipart upload uses an S3 Bucket Key for server-side encryption with Key Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS). This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. Gets and sets the property BucketName. The name of the bucket to which the multipart upload was initiated. Does not return the access point ARN or access point alias if used. Access points are not supported by directory buckets. Gets and sets the property ChecksumAlgorithm. The algorithm that was used to create a checksum of the object. Gets and sets the property Key. Object key for which the multipart upload was initiated. If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the request. Checks to see if RequestCharged is set. true, if RequestCharged property is set. Gets and sets the property ServerSideEncryptionMethod. The server-side encryption algorithm used when you store this object in Amazon S3 (for example, AES256, aws:kms). For directory buckets, only server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) (AES256) is supported. The Server-side encryption algorithm to be used with the customer provided key. If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, the response will include this header to confirm the encryption algorithm that's used. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. The MD5 of the customer encryption key specified in the ServerSideEncryptionCustomerProvidedKey property. The MD5 is base 64 encoded. This field is optional, the SDK will calculate the MD5 if this is not set. If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, the response will include this header to provide the round-trip message integrity verification of the customer-provided encryption key. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. The id of the AWS Key Management Service key that Amazon S3 uses to encrypt and decrypt the object. If present, specifies the ID of the Amazon Web Services Key Management Service (Amazon Web Services KMS) symmetric encryption customer managed key that was used for the object. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. Checks if ServerSideEncryptionKeyManagementServiceKeyId property is set. true if ServerSideEncryptionKeyManagementServiceKeyId property is set. Specifies the AWS KMS Encryption Context to use for object encryption. The value of this header is a base64-encoded UTF-8 string holding JSON with the encryption context key-value pairs. If present, specifies the Amazon Web Services KMS Encryption Context to use for object encryption. The value of this header is a base64-encoded UTF-8 string holding JSON with the encryption context key-value pairs. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. Gets and sets the property UploadId. ID for the initiated multipart upload. Identifies who initiated the multipart upload. Gets and sets the property DisplayName. Name of the Principal. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. Gets and sets the property ID. If the principal is an Amazon Web Services account, it provides the Canonical User ID. If the principal is an IAM User, it provides a user ARN value. Directory buckets - If the principal is an Amazon Web Services account, it provides the Amazon Web Services account ID. If the principal is an IAM User, it provides a user ARN value. Describes the serialization format of the object. Describes the serialization of a CSV-encoded object. Specifies object's compression format. Valid values: NONE, GZIP. Default Value: NONE. Specifies JSON as object's input serialization format. Specifies Parquet as object's input serialization format. A container for specifying S3 Intelligent-Tiering filters. The filters determine the subset of objects to which the rule applies. Specifies the S3 Intelligent-Tiering configuration for an Amazon S3 bucket. For information about the S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class, see Storage class for automatically optimizing frequently and infrequently accessed objects. The ID used to identify the S3 Intelligent-Tiering configuration. Specifies a bucket filter. The configuration only includes objects that meet the filter's criteria. Specifies the status of the configuration. Specifies the S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class tier of the configuration. The Filter is used to identify objects that the S3 Intelligent-Tiering configuration applies to. Filter Predicate setup for specific filter types. Filter Predicate abstract class for specific filter types to be derived from. Abstract class that can be used over logical filter predicates,i.e. AND/OR. An object key name prefix that identifies the subset of objects to which the configuration applies. All of these tags must exist in the object's tag set in order for the configuration to apply. Specifies the inventory configuration for an Amazon S3 bucket. For more information, see GET Bucket inventory in the Amazon S3 API Reference. Gets and sets the property Destination. Contains information about where to publish the inventory results. Specifies an inventory filter. The inventory only includes objects that meet the filter's criteria. The ID used to identify the inventory configuration. Gets and sets the property IncludedObjectVersions. Object versions to include in the inventory list. If set to All, the list includes all the object versions, which adds the version-related fields VersionId, IsLatest, and DeleteMarker to the list. If set to Current, the list does not contain these version-related fields. Gets and sets the property IsEnabled. Specifies whether the inventory is enabled or disabled. If set to True, an inventory list is generated. If set to False, no inventory list is generated. Contains the optional fields that are included in the inventory results. Gets and sets the property Schedule. Specifies the schedule for generating inventory results. Class for InventoryDestination Contains the bucket name, file format, bucket owner (optional), and prefix (optional) where inventory results are published. InventoryEncryption class Specifies the use of SSE-S3 to encrypt delievered Inventory reports. Specifies the use of SSE-KMS to encrypt delievered Inventory reports. Class for InventoryFilter Filter Predicate setup for specific filter types. Filter Predicate abstract class for specific filter types to be derived from. Class for InventoryPrefixPredicate The prefix that an object must have to be included in the inventory results. The ID of the account that owns the destination bucket. The Amazon resource name (ARN) of the bucket where inventory results will be published. The prefix that is prepended to all inventory results. Specifies the output format of the inventory results. Contains the type of server-side encryption used to encrypt the inventory results. Class for InventorySchedule Specifies how frequently inventory results are produced. Specifies JSON as object's input serialization format. The type of JSON. Valid values: Document, Lines. Specifies JSON as request's output serialization format The value used to separate individual records in the output. Specifies an object key and optional object version. Key name of the object to delete. VersionId for the specific version of the object to delete. This class contains the configuration Amazon S3 uses to figure out what events you want to listen and send the event to an Amazon Lambda cloud function. Gets and set the Id property. The Id will be provided in the event content and can be used to identify which configuration caused an event to fire. If the Id is not provided for the configuration, one will be generated. Gets and sets the FunctionArn property. This is the Amazon Lambda cloud function to which Amazon S3 will invoke with the events. The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Lambda function that Amazon S3 invokes when the specified event type occurs. Container for lifecycle rules. You can add as many as 1000 rules. For more information see, Managing your storage lifecycle in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Gets and sets the Rules property. These rules defined the lifecycle configuration. Base class for all the different predicates that can be used in a filter. This method is called by the visitor when it wants to visit the predicate. Filter identifying one or more objects to which a applies. The predicate used by the filter. Base class for lifecycle operators. The list of objects that this operator operates on. The logical and operator for filtering objects for a Accept a visit from an This method is used internally by the SDK. A predicate that filters objects for a by matching a particular prefix. The prefix to be matched by filtered objects. Accept a visit from an This method is used internally by the SDK. A predicate that filters objects for a by matching a particular key and value. The Tag to be matched by filtered objects. Accept a visit from an This method is used internally by the SDK. Gets and sets the property ObjectSizeGreaterThan. Accept a visit from an This method is used internally by the SDK. Gets and sets the property ObjectSizeLessThan. Accept a visit from an This method is used internally by the SDK. A lifecycle rule for individual objects in an Amazon S3 bucket. For more information see, Managing your storage lifecycle in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Specifies the days since the initiation of an Incomplete Multipart Upload that Lifecycle will wait before permanently removing all parts of the upload. Defines the length of time, in days, before objects expire. Unique identifier for the rule. The value cannot be longer than 255 characters. Defines the length of time, in days, before noncurrent versions expire. Filter identifying one or more objects to which the rule applies. If 'Enabled', the rule is currently being applied. If 'Disabled', the rule is not currently being applied. The transition rule that describes when objects transition to a different storage class. Lifecycle rules can now contain multiple transitions. This property is obsolete in favor of the Transitions property. This property will always get or set the the zeroth element in the Transitions collection. The transition rule that describes when noncurrent versions transition to a different storage class. Lifecycle rules can now contain multiple noncurrent version transitions. This property is obsolete in favor of the NoncurrentVersionTransitions property. This property will always get or set the the zeroth element in the NoncurrentVersionTransitions collection. The transition rules that describe when noncurrent versions transition to a different storage class. Prefix identifying one or more objects to which the rule applies. The transition rules that describe when objects transition to a different storage class. Specifies the days since the initiation of an Incomplete Multipart Upload that Lifecycle will wait before permanently removing all parts of the upload. Indicates the number of days that must pass since initiation for Lifecycle to abort an Incomplete Multipart Upload. Container for the expiration for the lifecycle of the object. For more information see, Managing your storage lifecycle in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Indicates at what date the object is to be moved or deleted. The date value must conform to the ISO 8601 format. The time is always midnight UTC. Indicates the lifetime, in days, of the objects that are subject to the rule. The value must be a non-zero positive integer. Indicates whether Amazon S3 will remove a delete marker with no noncurrent versions. If set to true, the delete marker will be expired; if set to false the policy takes no action. This cannot be specified with Days or Date in a Lifecycle Expiration Policy. Specifies when noncurrent object versions expire. Upon expiration, Amazon S3 permanently deletes the noncurrent object versions. You set this lifecycle configuration action on a bucket that has versioning enabled (or suspended) to request that Amazon S3 delete noncurrent object versions at a specific period in the object's lifetime. Gets and sets the property NewerNoncurrentVersions. Gets and sets the property NoncurrentDays. Specifies the number of days an object is noncurrent before Amazon S3 can perform the associated action. The value must be a non-zero positive integer. For information about the noncurrent days calculations, see How Amazon S3 Calculates When an Object Became Noncurrent in the Amazon S3 User Guide. LifecycleTransition defines when and how objects transition. Gets and sets the property NewerNoncurrentVersions. Specifies the number of days an object is noncurrent before Amazon S3 can perform the associated action. For information about the noncurrent days calculations, see How Amazon S3 Calculates When an Object Became Noncurrent in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. The class of storage used to store the object. LifecycleTransition defines when and how objects transition. Indicates at what date the object is to be moved or deleted. Should be in GMT ISO 8601 Format. Indicates the lifetime, in days, of the objects that are subject to the rule. The value must be a non-zero positive integer. The class of storage used to store the object. Container for the parameters to the ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations operation. This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Lists the analytics configurations for the bucket. You can have up to 1,000 analytics configurations per bucket. This action supports list pagination and does not return more than 100 configurations at a time. You should always check the IsTruncated element in the response. If there are no more configurations to list, IsTruncated is set to false. If there are more configurations to list, IsTruncated is set to true, and there will be a value in NextContinuationToken. You use the NextContinuationToken value to continue the pagination of the list by passing the value in continuation-token in the request to GET the next page. To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:GetAnalyticsConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources. For information about Amazon S3 analytics feature, see Amazon S3 Analytics – Storage Class Analysis. The following operations are related to ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations: The name of the bucket containing the analytics configurations to retrieve. The ContinuationToken that represents a placeholder from where this request should begin. Gets and sets the property ExpectedBucketOwner. The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). Checks to see if ExpectedBucketOwner is set. true, if ExpectedBucketOwner property is set. Returns information about the ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsResponse response and response metadata. The ContinuationToken that represents where this request began. The list of analytics configurations for a bucket. Indicates whether the returned list of analytics configurations is complete. A value of true indicates that the list is not complete and the NextContinuationToken will be provided for a subsequent request. NextContinuationToken is sent when isTruncated is true, which indicates that there are more analytics configurations to list. The next request must include this NextContinuationToken. The token is obfuscated and is not a usable value. Container for the parameters to the ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurations operation. This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Lists the S3 Intelligent-Tiering configuration from the specified bucket. The S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class is designed to optimize storage costs by automatically moving data to the most cost-effective storage access tier, without performance impact or operational overhead. S3 Intelligent-Tiering delivers automatic cost savings in three low latency and high throughput access tiers. To get the lowest storage cost on data that can be accessed in minutes to hours, you can choose to activate additional archiving capabilities. The S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class is the ideal storage class for data with unknown, changing, or unpredictable access patterns, independent of object size or retention period. If the size of an object is less than 128 KB, it is not monitored and not eligible for auto-tiering. Smaller objects can be stored, but they are always charged at the Frequent Access tier rates in the S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class. For more information, see Storage class for automatically optimizing frequently and infrequently accessed objects. Operations related to ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurations include: The name of the Amazon S3 bucket whose configuration you want to modify or retrieve. The ContinuationToken that represents a placeholder from where this request should begin. The ContinuationToken that represents a placeholder from where this request should begin. The list of S3 Intelligent-Tiering configurations for a bucket. Check to see if IntelligentTieringConfiguration property is set Indicates whether the returned list of analytics configurations is complete. A value of true indicates that the list is not complete and the NextContinuationToken will be provided for a subsequent request. The marker used to continue this inventory configuration listing. Use the NextContinuationToken from this response to continue the listing in a subsequent request. The continuation token is an opaque value that Amazon S3 understands. Container for the parameters to the ListBucketInventoryConfigurations operation. This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Returns a list of inventory configurations for the bucket. You can have up to 1,000 analytics configurations per bucket. This action supports list pagination and does not return more than 100 configurations at a time. Always check the IsTruncated element in the response. If there are no more configurations to list, IsTruncated is set to false. If there are more configurations to list, IsTruncated is set to true, and there is a value in NextContinuationToken. You use the NextContinuationToken value to continue the pagination of the list by passing the value in continuation-token in the request to GET the next page. To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:GetInventoryConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources. For information about the Amazon S3 inventory feature, see Amazon S3 Inventory The following operations are related to ListBucketInventoryConfigurations: The name of the bucket containing the inventory configurations to retrieve. The marker used to continue an inventory configuration listing that has been truncated. Use the NextContinuationToken from a previously truncated list response to continue the listing. The continuation token is an opaque value that Amazon S3 understands. Gets and sets the property ExpectedBucketOwner. The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). Checks to see if ExpectedBucketOwner is set. true, if ExpectedBucketOwner property is set. Returns information about the ListInventoryConfigurationsResponse response and response metadata. If sent in the request, the marker that is used as a starting point for this inventory configuration list response. The list of inventory configurations for a bucket. Indicates whether the returned list of inventory configurations is truncated in this response. A value of true indicates that the list is truncated. The marker used to continue this inventory configuration listing. Use the NextContinuationToken from this response to continue the listing in a subsequent request. The continuation token is an opaque value that Amazon S3 understands. Container for the parameters to the ListBucketMetricsConfigurations operation. This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Lists the metrics configurations for the bucket. The metrics configurations are only for the request metrics of the bucket and do not provide information on daily storage metrics. You can have up to 1,000 configurations per bucket. This action supports list pagination and does not return more than 100 configurations at a time. Always check the IsTruncated element in the response. If there are no more configurations to list, IsTruncated is set to false. If there are more configurations to list, IsTruncated is set to true, and there is a value in NextContinuationToken. You use the NextContinuationToken value to continue the pagination of the list by passing the value in continuation-token in the request to GET the next page. To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:GetMetricsConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources. For more information about metrics configurations and CloudWatch request metrics, see Monitoring Metrics with Amazon CloudWatch. The following operations are related to ListBucketMetricsConfigurations: The name of the bucket containing the metrics configurations to retrieve. The marker that is used to continue a metrics configuration listing that has been truncated. Use theNextContinuationToken from a previously truncated list response to continue the listing. The continuation token is an opaque value that Amazon S3 understands. Gets and sets the property ExpectedBucketOwner. The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). Checks to see if ExpectedBucketOwner is set. true, if ExpectedBucketOwner property is set. Returns information about the ListBucketMetricsConfiguration response and response metadata. The marker that is used to continue a metrics configuration listing that has been truncated. Use the NextContinuationToken from a previously truncated list response to continue the listing. The continuation token is an opaque value that Amazon S3 understands. The list of metrics configurations for a bucket. Indicates whether the returned list of metrics configurations is complete. A value of true indicates that the list is not complete and the NextContinuationToken will be provided for a subsequent request. The marker used to continue a metrics configuration listing that has been truncated. Use the NextContinuationToken from a previously truncated list response to continue the listing. The continuation token is an opaque value that Amazon S3 understands. Container for the parameters to the ListBuckets operation. This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Returns a list of all buckets owned by the authenticated sender of the request. To use this operation, you must have the s3:ListAllMyBuckets permission. For information about Amazon S3 buckets, see Creating, configuring, and working with Amazon S3 buckets. Returns information about the ListBuckets response and response metadata. List of buckets. Owner of the buckets. Container for the parameters to the ListDirectoryBuckets operation. Returns a list of all Amazon S3 directory buckets owned by the authenticated sender of the request. For more information about directory buckets, see Directory buckets in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Regional endpoint. These endpoints support path-style requests in the format https://s3express-control.region_code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name . Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Permissions
You must have the s3express:ListAllMyDirectoryBuckets permission in an IAM identity-based policy instead of a bucket policy. Cross-account access to this API operation isn't supported. This operation can only be performed by the Amazon Web Services account that owns the resource. For more information about directory bucket policies and permissions, see Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
HTTP Host header syntax
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is s3express-control.region.amazonaws.com.
Gets and sets the property ContinuationToken. ContinuationToken indicates to Amazon S3 that the list is being continued on this bucket with a token. ContinuationToken is obfuscated and is not a real key. You can use this ContinuationToken for pagination of the list results. Gets and sets the property MaxDirectoryBuckets. Maximum number of buckets to be returned in response. When the number is more than the count of buckets that are owned by an Amazon Web Services account, return all the buckets in response. This is the response object from the ListDirectoryBuckets operation. Gets and sets the property Buckets. The list of buckets owned by the requester. Gets and sets the property ContinuationToken. If ContinuationToken was sent with the request, it is included in the response. You can use the returned ContinuationToken for pagination of the list response. Container for the parameters to the ListMultipartUploads operation. This operation lists in-progress multipart uploads in a bucket. An in-progress multipart upload is a multipart upload that has been initiated by the CreateMultipartUpload request, but has not yet been completed or aborted. Directory buckets - If multipart uploads in a directory bucket are in progress, you can't delete the bucket until all the in-progress multipart uploads are aborted or completed. The ListMultipartUploads operation returns a maximum of 1,000 multipart uploads in the response. The limit of 1,000 multipart uploads is also the default value. You can further limit the number of uploads in a response by specifying the max-uploads request parameter. If there are more than 1,000 multipart uploads that satisfy your ListMultipartUploads request, the response returns an IsTruncated element with the value of true, a NextKeyMarker element, and a NextUploadIdMarker element. To list the remaining multipart uploads, you need to make subsequent ListMultipartUploads requests. In these requests, include two query parameters: key-marker and upload-id-marker. Set the value of key-marker to the NextKeyMarker value from the previous response. Similarly, set the value of upload-id-marker to the NextUploadIdMarker value from the previous response. Directory buckets - The upload-id-marker element and the NextUploadIdMarker element aren't supported by directory buckets. To list the additional multipart uploads, you only need to set the value of key-marker to the NextKeyMarker value from the previous response. For more information about multipart uploads, see Uploading Objects Using Multipart Upload in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name . Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Permissions
  • General purpose bucket permissions - For information about permissions required to use the multipart upload API, see Multipart Upload and Permissions in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
  • Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession .
Sorting of multipart uploads in response
  • General purpose bucket - In the ListMultipartUploads response, the multipart uploads are sorted based on two criteria:
    • Key-based sorting - Multipart uploads are initially sorted in ascending order based on their object keys.
    • Time-based sorting - For uploads that share the same object key, they are further sorted in ascending order based on the upload initiation time. Among uploads with the same key, the one that was initiated first will appear before the ones that were initiated later.
  • Directory bucket - In the ListMultipartUploads response, the multipart uploads aren't sorted lexicographically based on the object keys.
HTTP Host header syntax
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to ListMultipartUploads:
Gets and sets the property BucketName. The name of the bucket to which the multipart upload was initiated. Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, you must use virtual-hosted-style requests in the format Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com. Path-style requests are not supported. Directory bucket names must be unique in the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must follow the format bucket_base_name--az-id--x-s3 (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az2--x-s3). For information about bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming rules in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points and Object Lambda access points are not supported by directory buckets. S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Gets and sets the property Delimiter. Character you use to group keys. All keys that contain the same string between the prefix, if specified, and the first occurrence of the delimiter after the prefix are grouped under a single result element, CommonPrefixes. If you don't specify the prefix parameter, then the substring starts at the beginning of the key. The keys that are grouped under CommonPrefixes result element are not returned elsewhere in the response. Directory buckets - For directory buckets, / is the only supported delimiter. Requests Amazon S3 to encode the object keys in the response and specifies the encoding method to use. An object key may contain any Unicode character; however, XML 1.0 parser cannot parse some characters, such as characters with an ASCII value from 0 to 10. For characters that are not supported in XML 1.0, you can add this parameter to request that Amazon S3 encode the keys in the response. Gets and sets the property ExpectedBucketOwner. The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). Checks to see if ExpectedBucketOwner is set. true, if ExpectedBucketOwner property is set. Gets and sets the property KeyMarker. Specifies the multipart upload after which listing should begin.
  • General purpose buckets - For general purpose buckets, key-marker is an object key. Together with upload-id-marker, this parameter specifies the multipart upload after which listing should begin. If upload-id-marker is not specified, only the keys lexicographically greater than the specified key-marker will be included in the list. If upload-id-marker is specified, any multipart uploads for a key equal to the key-marker might also be included, provided those multipart uploads have upload IDs lexicographically greater than the specified upload-id-marker.
  • Directory buckets - For directory buckets, key-marker is obfuscated and isn't a real object key. The upload-id-marker parameter isn't supported by directory buckets. To list the additional multipart uploads, you only need to set the value of key-marker to the NextKeyMarker value from the previous response. In the ListMultipartUploads response, the multipart uploads aren't sorted lexicographically based on the object keys.
Gets and sets the property MaxUploads. Sets the maximum number of multipart uploads, from 1 to 1,000, to return in the response body. 1,000 is the maximum number of uploads that can be returned in a response. Gets and sets the property Prefix. Lists in-progress uploads only for those keys that begin with the specified prefix. You can use prefixes to separate a bucket into different grouping of keys. (You can think of using prefix to make groups in the same way that you'd use a folder in a file system.) Directory buckets - For directory buckets, only prefixes that end in a delimiter (/) are supported. Gets and sets the property RequestPayer. Gets and sets the property UploadIdMarker. Together with key-marker, specifies the multipart upload after which listing should begin. If key-marker is not specified, the upload-id-marker parameter is ignored. Otherwise, any multipart uploads for a key equal to the key-marker might be included in the list only if they have an upload ID lexicographically greater than the specified upload-id-marker. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. Returns information about the ListMultipartUploads response and response metadata. Gets and sets the property BucketName. The name of the bucket to which the multipart upload was initiated. Does not return the access point ARN or access point alias if used. The key at or after which the listing began. Gets and sets the property UploadIdMarker. Upload ID after which listing began. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. When a list is truncated, this element specifies the value that should be used for the key-marker request parameter in a subsequent request. Gets and sets the property NextUploadIdMarker. When a list is truncated, this element specifies the value that should be used for the upload-id-marker request parameter in a subsequent request. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. Maximum number of multipart uploads that could have been included in the response. Indicates whether the returned list of multipart uploads is truncated. A value of true indicates that the list was truncated. The list can be truncated if the number of multipart uploads exceeds the limit allowed or specified by max uploads. Gets and sets the MultipartUploads property. Container for elements related to a particular multipart upload. A response can contain zero or more Upload elements. Gets and sets the property Prefix. When a prefix is provided in the request, this field contains the specified prefix. The result contains only keys starting with the specified prefix. Directory buckets - For directory buckets, only prefixes that end in a delimiter (/) are supported. Gets and sets the property RequestCharged. Gets and sets the property Delimiter. Contains the delimiter you specified in the request. If you don't specify a delimiter in your request, this element is absent from the response. Directory buckets - For directory buckets, / is the only supported delimiter. Gets and sets the property CommonPrefixes. If you specify a delimiter in the request, then the result returns each distinct key prefix containing the delimiter in a CommonPrefixes element. The distinct key prefixes are returned in the Prefix child element. Directory buckets - For directory buckets, only prefixes that end in a delimiter (/) are supported. Container for the parameters to the ListObjects operation. This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Returns some or all (up to 1,000) of the objects in a bucket. You can use the request parameters as selection criteria to return a subset of the objects in a bucket. A 200 OK response can contain valid or invalid XML. Be sure to design your application to parse the contents of the response and handle it appropriately. This action has been revised. We recommend that you use the newer version, ListObjectsV2, when developing applications. For backward compatibility, Amazon S3 continues to support ListObjects. The following operations are related to ListObjects: Gets and sets the property BucketName. The name of the bucket containing the objects. Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, you must use virtual-hosted-style requests in the format Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com. Path-style requests are not supported. Directory bucket names must be unique in the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must follow the format bucket_base_name--az-id--x-s3 (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az2--x-s3). For information about bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming rules in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points and Object Lambda access points are not supported by directory buckets. S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? in the Amazon S3 User Guide. A delimiter is a character that you use to group keys. Requests Amazon S3 to encode the object keys in the response and specifies the encoding method to use. An object key may contain any Unicode character; however, XML 1.0 parser cannot parse some characters, such as characters with an ASCII value from 0 to 10. For characters that are not supported in XML 1.0, you can add this parameter to request that Amazon S3 encode the keys in the response. Gets and sets the property ExpectedBucketOwner. The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). Checks to see if ExpectedBucketOwner is set. true, if ExpectedBucketOwner property is set. Gets and sets the property Marker. Marker is where you want Amazon S3 to start listing from. Amazon S3 starts listing after this specified key. Marker can be any key in the bucket. Gets and sets the property MaxKeys. Sets the maximum number of keys returned in the response. By default the action returns up to 1,000 key names. The response might contain fewer keys but will never contain more. Gets and sets the property OptionalObjectAttributes. Specifies the optional fields that you want returned in the response. Fields that you do not specify are not returned. Limits the response to keys that begin with the specified prefix. Gets and sets the property RequestPayer. Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the list objects request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. Checks to see if RequetsPayer is set. true, if RequestPayer property is set. Returns information about the ListObjects response and response metadata. A flag that indicates whether or not Amazon S3 returned all of the results that satisfied the search criteria. Gets and sets the NextMarker property. NextMarker is set by S3 only if a Delimiter was specified in the original ListObjects request. If a delimiter was not specified, the AWS SDK for .NET returns the last Key of the List of Objects retrieved from S3 as the NextMarker. Gets the S3Objects property. This is a list of objects in the bucket that match your search criteria. The bucket name. Gets and sets the Prefix property. Gets and sets the property RequestCharged. Gets and sets the MaxKeys property. This is max number of object keys returned by the list operation. Gets the CommonPrefixes property. A response can contain CommonPrefixes only if you specify a delimiter. When you do, CommonPrefixes contains all (if there are any) keys between Prefix and the next occurrence of the string specified by delimiter. In effect, CommonPrefixes lists keys that act like subdirectories in the directory specified by Prefix. For example, if prefix is notes/ and delimiter is a slash (/), in notes/summer/july, the common prefix is notes/summer/. Gets and sets the Delimiter property. Causes keys that contain the same string between the prefix and the first occurrence of the delimiter to be rolled up into a single result element in the CommonPrefixes collection. These rolled-up keys are not returned elsewhere in the response. Container for the parameters to the ListObjectsV2 operation. Returns some or all (up to 1,000) of the objects in a bucket with each request. You can use the request parameters as selection criteria to return a subset of the objects in a bucket. A 200 OK response can contain valid or invalid XML. Make sure to design your application to parse the contents of the response and handle it appropriately. For more information about listing objects, see Listing object keys programmatically in the Amazon S3 User Guide. To get a list of your buckets, see ListBuckets. Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name . Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Permissions
  • General purpose bucket permissions - To use this operation, you must have READ access to the bucket. You must have permission to perform the s3:ListBucket action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
  • Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession .
Sorting order of returned objects
  • General purpose bucket - For general purpose buckets, ListObjectsV2 returns objects in lexicographical order based on their key names.
  • Directory bucket - For directory buckets, ListObjectsV2 does not return objects in lexicographical order.
HTTP Host header syntax
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com.
This section describes the latest revision of this action. We recommend that you use this revised API operation for application development. For backward compatibility, Amazon S3 continues to support the prior version of this API operation, ListObjects. The following operations are related to ListObjectsV2:
Gets and sets the property BucketName. Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, you must use virtual-hosted-style requests in the format Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com. Path-style requests are not supported. Directory bucket names must be unique in the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must follow the format bucket_base_name--az-id--x-s3 (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az2--x-s3). For information about bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming rules in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points and Object Lambda access points are not supported by directory buckets. S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Gets and sets the property ContinuationToken. ContinuationToken indicates to Amazon S3 that the list is being continued on this bucket with a token. ContinuationToken is obfuscated and is not a real key. You can use this ContinuationToken for pagination of the list results. Gets and sets the property Delimiter. A delimiter is a character that you use to group keys.
  • Directory buckets - For directory buckets, / is the only supported delimiter.
  • Directory buckets - When you query ListObjectsV2 with a delimiter during in-progress multipart uploads, the CommonPrefixes response parameter contains the prefixes that are associated with the in-progress multipart uploads. For more information about multipart uploads, see Multipart Upload Overview in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Requests Amazon S3 to encode the object keys in the response and specifies the encoding method to use. An object key may contain any Unicode character; however, XML 1.0 parser cannot parse some characters, such as characters with an ASCII value from 0 to 10. For characters that are not supported in XML 1.0, you can add this parameter to request that Amazon S3 encode the keys in the response. Gets and sets the property ExpectedBucketOwner. The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). Checks to see if ExpectedBucketOwner is set. true, if ExpectedBucketOwner property is set. Gets and sets the property FetchOwner. The owner field is not present in ListObjectsV2 by default. If you want to return the owner field with each key in the result, then set the FetchOwner field to true. Directory buckets - For directory buckets, the bucket owner is returned as the object owner for all objects. Gets and sets the property MaxKeys. Sets the maximum number of keys returned in the response. By default the action returns up to 1,000 key names. The response might contain fewer keys but will never contain more. Gets and sets the property OptionalObjectAttributes. Specifies the optional fields that you want returned in the response. Fields that you do not specify are not returned. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. Gets and sets the property Prefix. Limits the response to keys that begin with the specified prefix. Directory buckets - For directory buckets, only prefixes that end in a delimiter (/) are supported. Gets and sets the property RequestPayer. Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the list objects request in V2 style. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. Checks to see if RequetsPayer is set. true, if RequestPayer property is set. Gets and sets the property StartAfter. StartAfter is where you want Amazon S3 to start listing from. Amazon S3 starts listing after this specified key. StartAfter can be any key in the bucket. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. Returns information about the ListObjects response and response metadata. Gets and sets the property CommonPrefixes. All of the keys (up to 1,000) that share the same prefix are grouped together. When counting the total numbers of returns by this API operation, this group of keys is considered as one item. A response can contain CommonPrefixes only if you specify a delimiter. CommonPrefixes contains all (if there are any) keys between Prefix and the next occurrence of the string specified by a delimiter. CommonPrefixes lists keys that act like subdirectories in the directory specified by Prefix. For example, if the prefix is notes/ and the delimiter is a slash (/) as in notes/summer/july, the common prefix is notes/summer/. All of the keys that roll up into a common prefix count as a single return when calculating the number of returns.
  • Directory buckets - For directory buckets, only prefixes that end in a delimiter (/) are supported.
  • Directory buckets - When you query ListObjectsV2 with a delimiter during in-progress multipart uploads, the CommonPrefixes response parameter contains the prefixes that are associated with the in-progress multipart uploads. For more information about multipart uploads, see Multipart Upload Overview in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Gets and sets the S3Objects property. Metadata about each object returned. Gets and sets the property ContinuationToken. If ContinuationToken was sent with the request, it is included in the response. You can use the returned ContinuationToken for pagination of the list response. You can use this ContinuationToken for pagination of the list results. Gets and sets the property Delimiter. Causes keys that contain the same string between the prefix and the first occurrence of the delimiter to be rolled up into a single result element in the CommonPrefixes collection. These rolled-up keys are not returned elsewhere in the response. Each rolled-up result counts as only one return against the MaxKeys value. Directory buckets - For directory buckets, / is the only supported delimiter. Encoding type used by Amazon S3 to encode object keys in the response. Encoding type used by Amazon S3 to encode object key names in the XML response. If you specify the encoding-type request parameter, Amazon S3 includes this element in the response, and returns encoded key name values in the following response elements: Delimiter, Prefix, Key, and StartAfter. Gets and sets the property IsTruncated. Set to false if all of the results were returned. Set to true if more keys are available to return. If the number of results exceeds that specified by MaxKeys, all of the results might not be returned. Gets and sets the property KeyCount. KeyCount is the number of keys returned with this request. KeyCount will always be less than or equal to the MaxKeys field. Say you ask for 50 keys, your result will include 50 keys or fewer. Gets and sets the property MaxKeys. Sets the maximum number of keys returned in the response. By default the action returns up to 1,000 key names. The response might contain fewer keys but will never contain more. Gets and sets the property Name. The bucket name. When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Gets and sets the property NextContinuationToken. NextContinuationToken is sent when isTruncated is true, which means there are more keys in the bucket that can be listed. The next list requests to Amazon S3 can be continued with this NextContinuationToken. NextContinuationToken is obfuscated and is not a real key Gets and sets the property Prefix. Keys that begin with the indicated prefix. Directory buckets - For directory buckets, only prefixes that end in a delimiter (/) are supported. Gets and sets the property RequestCharged. Gets and sets the property StartAfter. If StartAfter was sent with the request, it is included in the response. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. Container for the parameters to the ListParts operation. Lists the parts that have been uploaded for a specific multipart upload. To use this operation, you must provide the upload ID in the request. You obtain this uploadID by sending the initiate multipart upload request through CreateMultipartUpload. The ListParts request returns a maximum of 1,000 uploaded parts. The limit of 1,000 parts is also the default value. You can restrict the number of parts in a response by specifying the max-parts request parameter. If your multipart upload consists of more than 1,000 parts, the response returns an IsTruncated field with the value of true, and a NextPartNumberMarker element. To list remaining uploaded parts, in subsequent ListParts requests, include the part-number-marker query string parameter and set its value to the NextPartNumberMarker field value from the previous response. For more information on multipart uploads, see Uploading Objects Using Multipart Upload in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name . Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Permissions
  • General purpose bucket permissions - For information about permissions required to use the multipart upload API, see Multipart Upload and Permissions in the Amazon S3 User Guide. If the upload was created using server-side encryption with Key Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS) or dual-layer server-side encryption with Amazon Web Services KMS keys (DSSE-KMS), you must have permission to the kms:Decrypt action for the ListParts request to succeed.
  • Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession .
HTTP Host header syntax
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to ListParts:
Gets and sets the property BucketName. The name of the bucket to which the parts are being uploaded. Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, you must use virtual-hosted-style requests in the format Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com. Path-style requests are not supported. Directory bucket names must be unique in the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must follow the format bucket_base_name--az-id--x-s3 (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az2--x-s3). For information about bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming rules in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points and Object Lambda access points are not supported by directory buckets. S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Requests Amazon S3 to encode the object keys in the response and specifies the encoding method to use. An object key may contain any Unicode character; however, XML 1.0 parser cannot parse some characters, such as characters with an ASCII value from 0 to 10. For characters that are not supported in XML 1.0, you can add this parameter to request that Amazon S3 encode the keys in the response. Gets and sets the property ExpectedBucketOwner. The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). Checks to see if ExpectedBucketOwner is set. true, if ExpectedBucketOwner property is set. The object key for which the multipart upload was initiated. This property will be used as part of the resource path of the HTTP request. In .NET the System.Uri class is used to construct the uri for the request. The System.Uri class will canonicalize the uri string by compacting characters like "..". For example an object key of "foo/../bar/file.txt" will be transformed into "bar/file.txt" because the ".." is interpreted as use parent directory. Starting with .NET 8, the AWS .NET SDK disables System.Uri's feature of canonicalizing the resource path. This allows S3 keys like "foo/../bar/file.txt" to work correctly with the AWS .NET SDK. For further information view the documentation for the Uri class: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dotnet/api/system.uri Gets and sets the property MaxParts. Sets the maximum number of parts to return. Gets and sets the property PartNumberMarker. Specifies the part after which listing should begin. Only parts with higher part numbers will be listed. Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. Checks to see if RequetsPayer is set. true, if RequestPayer property is set. Gets and sets the property SSECustomerAlgorithm. The SSE algorithm used to encrypt the object. This is only needed when the object was created using a checksum algorithm. For more information, see Protecting data using SSE-C keys in the Amazon S3 User Guide. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. Gets and sets the property SSECustomerKey. The SSE customer key. This is only needed when the object was cureated using a checksum algorithm. For more information, see Protecting data using SSE-C keys in the Amazon S3 User Guide. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. Gets and sets the property SSECustomerKeyMD5. The MD5 SSE customer key. This is only needed when the object was cureated using a checksum algorithm. For more information, see Protecting data using SSE-C keys in the Amazon S3 User Guide. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. Gets and sets the property UploadId. Upload ID identifying the multipart upload whose parts are being listed. Returns information about the ListParts response and response metadata. Gets and sets the property BucketName. The name of the bucket to which the multipart upload was initiated. Does not return the access point ARN or access point alias if used. Gets and sets the property ChecksumAlgorithm. The algorithm that was used to create a checksum of the object. Object key for which the multipart upload was initiated. Upload ID identifying the multipart upload whose parts are being listed. Part number after which listing begins. Gets and sets the property NextPartNumberMarker. When a list is truncated, this element specifies the last part in the list, as well as the value to use for the part-number-marker request parameter in a subsequent request. Maximum number of parts that were allowed in the response. Indicates whether the returned list of parts is truncated. Gets and sets the Parts property. PartDetails is a container for elements related to a particular part. A response can contain zero or more Part elements. Gets and sets the property Initiator. Container element that identifies who initiated the multipart upload. If the initiator is an Amazon Web Services account, this element provides the same information as the Owner element. If the initiator is an IAM User, this element provides the user ARN and display name. Gets and sets the property Owner. Container element that identifies the object owner, after the object is created. If multipart upload is initiated by an IAM user, this element provides the parent account ID and display name. Directory buckets - The bucket owner is returned as the object owner for all the parts. Gets and sets the property StorageClass. The class of storage used to store the uploaded object. Directory buckets - Only the S3 Express One Zone storage class is supported by directory buckets to store objects. Gets and sets the property AbortDate. If the bucket has a lifecycle rule configured with an action to abort incomplete multipart uploads and the prefix in the lifecycle rule matches the object name in the request, then the response includes this header indicating when the initiated multipart upload will become eligible for abort operation. For more information, see Aborting Incomplete Multipart Uploads Using a Bucket Lifecycle Configuration. The response will also include the x-amz-abort-rule-id header that will provide the ID of the lifecycle configuration rule that defines this action. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. Gets and sets the property AbortRuleId. This header is returned along with the x-amz-abort-date header. It identifies applicable lifecycle configuration rule that defines the action to abort incomplete multipart uploads. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the request. Checks to see if RequestCharged is set. true, if RequestCharged property is set. Container for the parameters to the ListVersions operation. This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Returns metadata about all versions of the objects in a bucket. You can also use request parameters as selection criteria to return metadata about a subset of all the object versions. To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:ListBucketVersions action. Be aware of the name difference. A 200 OK response can contain valid or invalid XML. Make sure to design your application to parse the contents of the response and handle it appropriately. To use this operation, you must have READ access to the bucket. The following operations are related to ListObjectVersions: Gets and sets the property BucketName. The bucket name that contains the objects. Gets and sets the property Delimiter. A delimiter is a character that you specify to group keys. All keys that contain the same string between the prefix and the first occurrence of the delimiter are grouped under a single result element in CommonPrefixes. These groups are counted as one result against the max-keys limitation. These keys are not returned elsewhere in the response. Specifies the key to start with when listing objects in a bucket. Gets and sets the property MaxKeys. Sets the maximum number of keys returned in the response. By default, the action returns up to 1,000 key names. The response might contain fewer keys but will never contain more. If additional keys satisfy the search criteria, but were not returned because max-keys was exceeded, the response contains <isTruncated>true</isTruncated>. To return the additional keys, see key-marker and version-id-marker. Gets and sets the property OptionalObjectAttributes. Specifies the optional fields that you want returned in the response. Fields that you do not specify are not returned. Gets and sets the property Prefix. Use this parameter to select only those keys that begin with the specified prefix. You can use prefixes to separate a bucket into different groupings of keys. (You can think of using prefix to make groups in the same way that you'd use a folder in a file system.) You can use prefix with delimiter to roll up numerous objects into a single result under CommonPrefixes. Gets and sets the property RequestPayer. Specifies the object version you want to start listing from. Requests Amazon S3 to encode the object keys in the response and specifies the encoding method to use. An object key may contain any Unicode character; however, XML 1.0 parser cannot parse some characters, such as characters with an ASCII value from 0 to 10. For characters that are not supported in XML 1.0, you can add this parameter to request that Amazon S3 encode the keys in the response. Gets and sets the property ExpectedBucketOwner. The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). Checks to see if ExpectedBucketOwner is set. true, if ExpectedBucketOwner property is set. Returns information about the ListVersions response and response metadata. Gets and sets the property IsTruncated. A flag that indicates whether Amazon S3 returned all of the results that satisfied the search criteria. If your results were truncated, you can make a follow-up paginated request by using the NextKeyMarker and NextVersionIdMarker response parameters as a starting place in another request to return the rest of the results. Marks the last Key returned in a truncated response. Gets and sets the VersionIdMarker property. Marks the last Version-Id returned in a truncated response. Use this value for the key marker request parameter in a subsequent request. Gets and sets the property NextVersionIdMarker. When the number of responses exceeds the value of MaxKeys, NextVersionIdMarker specifies the first object version not returned that satisfies the search criteria. Use this value for the version-id-marker request parameter in a subsequent request. Gets and sets the Versions property. This is a list of object versions in the bucket that match your search criteria. The bucket name. Gets and sets the Prefix property. Keys that begin with the indicated prefix are listed. Gets and sets the property RequestCharged. Gets and sets the MaxKeys property. This is the maximum number of keys in the S3ObjectVersions collection. The value is derived from the MaxKeys parameter to ListVersionsRequest. Gets the CommonPrefixes property. A response can contain CommonPrefixes only if you specify a delimiter. When you do, CommonPrefixes contains all (if there are any) keys between Prefix and the next occurrence of the string specified by delimiter. Gets and sets the Delimiter property. The delimiter grouping the included keys. A delimiter is a character that you specify to group keys. All keys that contain the same string between the prefix and the first occurrence of the delimiter are grouped under a single result element in CommonPrefixes. These groups are counted as one result against the max-keys limitation. These keys are not returned elsewhere in the response. These rolled-up keys are not returned elsewhere in the response. Specifies the location where the bucket will be created. For directory buckets, the location type is Availability Zone. For more information about directory buckets, see Directory buckets in the Amazon S3 User Guide. This functionality is only supported by directory buckets. Gets and sets the property Name. The name of the location where the bucket will be created. For directory buckets, the AZ ID of the Availability Zone where the bucket will be created. An example AZ ID value is usw2-az2. Gets and sets the property Type. The type of location where the bucket will be created. This class contains the meta data for an S3 object. Gets and sets meta data for the object. Meta data names must start with "x-amz-meta-". If the name passeed in as the indexer doesn't start with "x-amz-meta-" then it will be prepended. The name of the meta data. The value for the meta data Adds the metadata to the collection, if the name already exists it will be overwritten. The name of the metadata element The value for the metadata Clears user defined metadata from the collection. Gets the count of headers. Gets the names of the meta data elements. A metadata key-value pair to store with an object. Key of metadata key-value pair Value of metadata key-value pair A container specifying settings for configuring replication metrics and events. Specifies whether the replication metrics are enabled. A container specifying the time threshold for emitting the s3:Replication:OperationMissedThreshold event. Class for MetricsAccessPointArnPredicate The access point arn used when evaluating a metrics filter. Initializes a MetricsAccessPointArnPredicate The access point arn used when evaluating a metrics filter. Gets and sets the property AccessPointArn. The access point arn used when evaluating a metrics filter. Class for MetricsAndOperatorPredicate A conjunction (logical AND) of predicates, which is used in evaluating a metrics filter. The operator must have at least two predicates, and an object must match all of the predicates in order for the filter to apply. Note: The current implementation restricts the usage to atmost one MetricsPrefixPredicate and any number of MetricsTagPredicates. Specifies a metrics configuration for the CloudWatch request metrics (specified by the metrics configuration ID) from an Amazon S3 bucket. If you're updating an existing metrics configuration, note that this is a full replacement of the existing metrics configuration. If you don't include the elements you want to keep, they are erased. For more information, see PutBucketMetricsConfiguration. Gets and sets the property MetricsFilter. Specifies a metrics configuration filter. The metrics configuration will only include objects that meet the filter's criteria. A filter must be a prefix, a tag, an access point arn, or a conjunction (MetricsAndOperator). The ID used to identify the metrics configuration. The ID has a 64 character limit and can only contain letters, numbers, periods, dashes, and underscores. Specifies a metrics configuration filter. The metrics configuration only includes objects that meet the filter's criteria. A filter must be a prefix, an object tag, an access point ARN, or a conjunction (MetricsAndOperator). For more information, see PutBucketMetricsConfiguration. Filter Predicate setup for specific filter types. Filter Predicate abstract class for specific filter types to be derived from. Abstract class that can be used over logical filter predicates,i.e. AND/OR. Class for MetricsPrefixPredicate The prefix used when evaluating a metrics filter. Class for MetricsTagPredicate The tag used when evaluating a metrics filter. This class contains the mfa codes used authentication Gets and sets the serial number of the authentication device Gets and sets the displated value on the authentication device The formatted string of the mfa codes to be passed to S3. Container for elements related to a particular multipart upload. Gets and sets the property ChecksumAlgorithm. The algorithm that was used to create a checksum of the object. Date and time at which the multipart upload was initiated. Identifies who initiated the multipart upload. Key of the object for which the multipart upload was initiated. Gets and sets the property Owner. Specifies the owner of the object that is part of the multipart upload. Directory buckets - The bucket owner is returned as the object owner for all the objects. Gets and sets the property StorageClass. The class of storage used to store the object. Directory buckets - Only the S3 Express One Zone storage class is supported by directory buckets to store objects. Upload ID that identifies the multipart upload. Constructs a new NoSuchAccesspointException with the specified error message. Describes the error encountered. Construct instance of NoSuchAccesspointException Construct instance of NoSuchAccesspointException Construct instance of NoSuchAccesspointException Construct instance of NoSuchAccesspointException The specified bucket does not exist. Constructs a new NoSuchBucketException with the specified error message. Describes the error encountered. Construct instance of NoSuchBucketException Construct instance of NoSuchBucketException Construct instance of NoSuchBucketException Construct instance of NoSuchBucketException An abstract class for all the notification configurations associated with an Amazon S3 bucket. Gets and sets the Events property. These are the events the configuration will listen to. Filter criteria for determining which S3 objects trigger event notifications. The container element for Object Lock configuration parameters. Gets and sets the property ObjectLockEnabled. Indicates whether this object has an Object Lock configuration enabled. Gets and sets the property Rule. The Object Lock rule in place for the specified object. A Legal Hold configuration for an object. Gets and sets the property Status. Indicates whether the specified object has a Legal Hold in place. A Retention configuration for an object. Gets and sets the property Mode. Indicates the Retention mode for the specified object. Gets and sets the property RetainUntilDate. The container element for an Object Lock rule. Gets and sets the property DefaultRetention. The default retention period that you want to apply to new objects placed in the specified bucket. Container for elements related to an individual part. Gets and sets the property ChecksumCRC32. This header can be used as a data integrity check to verify that the data received is the same data that was originally sent. This specifies the base64-encoded, 32-bit CRC32 checksum of the object. For more information, see Checking object integrity in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Gets and sets the property ChecksumCRC32C. The base64-encoded, 32-bit CRC32C checksum of the object. Gets and sets the property ChecksumSHA1. The base64-encoded, 160-bit SHA-1 digest of the object. Gets and sets the property ChecksumSHA256. The base64-encoded, 256-bit SHA-256 digest of the object. Gets and sets the property PartNumber. Part number identifying the part. This is a positive integer between 1 and 10,000. Gets and sets the property Size. The size of the uploaded part in bytes. Describes the location where the restore job's output is stored. Describes an S3 location that will receive the results of the restore request. Describes how results of the Select job are serialized. Describes the serialization of CSV-encoded Select results. Specifies JSON as request's output serialization format. The owner of an S3 bucket. Container for the display name of the owner. This value is only supported in the following Amazon Web Services Regions:
  • US East (N. Virginia)
  • US West (N. California)
  • US West (Oregon)
  • Asia Pacific (Singapore)
  • Asia Pacific (Sydney)
  • Asia Pacific (Tokyo)
  • Europe (Ireland)
  • South America (São Paulo)
This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.
The unique identifier of the owner. The container element for a bucket's ownership controls A bucket's ownership control rules The container element for an ownership control rule The object ownership for a bucket's ownership controls Checks whether the ObjectOwnership property is set True if the ObjectOwnership property is set This class contains custom querystring parameters for an S3 object, which can then be signed as part of a Pre-signed URL request Gets and sets parameters for the object. Parameter names must start with "x-". If the name passeed in as the indexer doesn't start with "x-" then it will be prepended. The name of the parameter. The value for the meta data Adds the parameter to the collection, if the name already exists it will be overwritten. The name of the parameter The value for the parameter Gets the count of parameters. Gets the names of the parameter elements. Specifies Parquet as object's input serialization format. A container for elements related to a particular part in a multipart operation. A response can contain zero or more Part elements. The date and time at which the part was uploaded. The size of the uploaded part data. A container holding the part number, etag, and optional checksum used when completing a multipart upload. Default constructor. Constructs an instance of PartETag and sets the part number and etag. The part number. the associated ETag for the part number. Constructs an instance of PartETag from an UploadPart response UploadPart response Constructs an instance of PartETag from an CopyPart response CopyPart response Compares the current object with another object of the same type. An object to compare with this object. A 32-bit signed integer that indicates the relative order of the objects being compared. The return value has the following meanings: Value Meaning Less than zero This object is less than the parameter. Zero This object is equal to . Greater than zero This object is greater than . The part number identifying the part. The entity tag associated with the part. Gets and sets the property ChecksumCRC32. The base64-encoded, 32-bit CRC32 checksum of the object. Gets and sets the property ChecksumCRC32C. The base64-encoded, 32-bit CRC32C checksum of the object. Gets and sets the property ChecksumSHA1. The base64-encoded, 160-bit SHA-1 digest of the object. Gets and sets the property ChecksumSHA256. The base64-encoded, 256-bit SHA-256 digest of the object. Amazon S3 keys for log objects are partitioned in the following format: [DestinationPrefix][SourceAccountId]/[SourceRegion]/[SourceBucket]/[YYYY]/[MM]/[DD]/[YYYY]-[MM]-[DD]-[hh]-[mm]-[ss]-[UniqueString] PartitionedPrefix defaults to EventTime delivery when server access logs are delivered. Gets and sets the property PartitionDateSource. Specifies the partition date source for the partitioned prefix. PartitionDateSource can be EventTime or DeliveryTime. The container element for this bucket's public-policy status. Gets and sets the property IsPublic. The public-policy status for this bucket. TRUE indicates that this bucket is public. FALSE indicates that the bucket is not public. The container element for all Public Access Block configuration options. You can enable the configuration options in any combination. Amazon S3 considers a bucket policy public unless at least one of the following conditions is true:
  1. The policy limits access to a set of CIDRs using aws:SourceIp. For more information on CIDR, see http://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc4632.txt
  2. The policy grants permissions, not including any "bad actions," to one of the following:
    • A fixed AWS principal, user, role, or service principal
    • A fixed aws:SourceArn
    • A fixed aws:SourceVpc
    • A fixed aws:SourceVpce
    • A fixed aws:SourceOwner
    • A fixed aws:SourceAccount
    • A fixed value of s3:x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id
    • A fixed value of aws:userid outside the pattern "AROLEID:*"
"Bad actions" are those that could expose the data inside a bucket to reads or writes by the public. These actions are s3:Get*, s3:List*, s3:AbortMultipartUpload, s3:Delete*, s3:Put*, and s3:RestoreObject. The star notation for bad actions indicates that all matching operations are considered bad actions. For example, because s3:Get* is a bad action, s3:GetObject, s3:GetObjectVersion, and s3:GetObjectAcl are all bad actions.
Gets and sets the property BlockPublicAcls. Specifies whether Amazon S3 should block public ACLs for this bucket. Setting this element to TRUE causes the following behavior:
  • PUT Bucket acl and PUT Object acl calls will fail if the specified ACL allows public access.
  • PUT Object calls will fail if the request includes an object ACL.
Note that enabling this setting doesn't affect existing policies or ACLs.
Gets and sets the property IgnorePublicAcls. Specifies whether Amazon S3 should ignore public ACLs for this bucket. Setting this element to TRUE causes Amazon S3 to ignore all public ACLs on this bucket and any objects that it contains. Note that enabling this setting doesn't affect the persistence of any existing ACLs and doesn't prevent new public ACLs from being set. Gets and sets the property BlockPublicPolicy. Specifies whether Amazon S3 should block public bucket policies for this bucket. Setting this element to TRUE causes Amazon S3 to reject calls to PUT Bucket policy if the specified bucket policy allows public access. Note that enabling this setting doesn't affect existing bucket policies. Gets and sets the property RestrictPublicBuckets. Specifies whether Amazon S3 should restrict public bucket policies for this bucket. Setting this element to TRUE restricts access to this bucket to only Amazon Web Service principals and authorized users within this account if the bucket has a public policy. Enabling this setting doesn't affect previously stored bucket policies, except that public and cross-account access within any public bucket policy, including non-public delegation to specific accounts, is blocked. Container for the parameters to the PutACL operation. This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Sets the permissions on an existing bucket using access control lists (ACL). For more information, see Using ACLs. To set the ACL of a bucket, you must have the WRITE_ACP permission. You can use one of the following two ways to set a bucket's permissions:
  • Specify the ACL in the request body
  • Specify permissions using request headers
You cannot specify access permission using both the body and the request headers. Depending on your application needs, you may choose to set the ACL on a bucket using either the request body or the headers. For example, if you have an existing application that updates a bucket ACL using the request body, then you can continue to use that approach. If your bucket uses the bucket owner enforced setting for S3 Object Ownership, ACLs are disabled and no longer affect permissions. You must use policies to grant access to your bucket and the objects in it. Requests to set ACLs or update ACLs fail and return the AccessControlListNotSupported error code. Requests to read ACLs are still supported. For more information, see Controlling object ownership in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Permissions
You can set access permissions by using one of the following methods:
  • Specify a canned ACL with the x-amz-acl request header. Amazon S3 supports a set of predefined ACLs, known as canned ACLs. Each canned ACL has a predefined set of grantees and permissions. Specify the canned ACL name as the value of x-amz-acl. If you use this header, you cannot use other access control-specific headers in your request. For more information, see Canned ACL.
  • Specify access permissions explicitly with the x-amz-grant-read, x-amz-grant-read-acp, x-amz-grant-write-acp, and x-amz-grant-full-control headers. When using these headers, you specify explicit access permissions and grantees (Amazon Web Services accounts or Amazon S3 groups) who will receive the permission. If you use these ACL-specific headers, you cannot use the x-amz-acl header to set a canned ACL. These parameters map to the set of permissions that Amazon S3 supports in an ACL. For more information, see Access Control List (ACL) Overview. You specify each grantee as a type=value pair, where the type is one of the following:
    • id – if the value specified is the canonical user ID of an Amazon Web Services account
    • uri – if you are granting permissions to a predefined group
    • emailAddress – if the value specified is the email address of an Amazon Web Services account Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in the following Amazon Web Services Regions:
      • US East (N. Virginia)
      • US West (N. California)
      • US West (Oregon)
      • Asia Pacific (Singapore)
      • Asia Pacific (Sydney)
      • Asia Pacific (Tokyo)
      • Europe (Ireland)
      • South America (São Paulo)
      For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.
    For example, the following x-amz-grant-write header grants create, overwrite, and delete objects permission to LogDelivery group predefined by Amazon S3 and two Amazon Web Services accounts identified by their email addresses. x-amz-grant-write: uri="http://acs.amazonaws.com/groups/s3/LogDelivery", id="111122223333", id="555566667777"
You can use either a canned ACL or specify access permissions explicitly. You cannot do both.
Grantee Values
You can specify the person (grantee) to whom you're assigning access rights (using request elements) in the following ways:
  • By the person's ID: <Grantee xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:type="CanonicalUser"><ID><>ID<></ID><DisplayName><>GranteesEmail<></DisplayName> </Grantee> DisplayName is optional and ignored in the request
  • By URI: <Grantee xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:type="Group"><URI><>http://acs.amazonaws.com/groups/global/AuthenticatedUsers<></URI></Grantee>
  • By Email address: <Grantee xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:type="AmazonCustomerByEmail"><EmailAddress><>Grantees@email.com<></EmailAddress>&</Grantee> The grantee is resolved to the CanonicalUser and, in a response to a GET Object acl request, appears as the CanonicalUser. Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in the following Amazon Web Services Regions:
    • US East (N. Virginia)
    • US West (N. California)
    • US West (Oregon)
    • Asia Pacific (Singapore)
    • Asia Pacific (Sydney)
    • Asia Pacific (Tokyo)
    • Europe (Ireland)
    • South America (São Paulo)
    For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.
The following operations are related to PutBucketAcl:
Custom ACLs to be applied to the bucket or object. The canned ACL to apply to the bucket. The bucket name that contains the object to which you want to attach the ACL. When using this API with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this operation with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using Access Points in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. Gets and sets the property ChecksumAlgorithm. Indicates the algorithm used to create the checksum for the object when you use the SDK. This header will not provide any additional functionality if you don't use the SDK. When you send this header, there must be a corresponding x-amz-checksum or x-amz-trailer header sent. Otherwise, Amazon S3 fails the request with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request. For more information, see Checking object integrity in the Amazon S3 User Guide. If you provide an individual checksum, Amazon S3 ignores any provided ChecksumAlgorithm parameter. Gets and sets the property ExpectedBucketOwner. The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). Checks to see if ExpectedBucketOwner is set. true, if ExpectedBucketOwner property is set. The key of an S3 object. If not specified, the ACLs are applied to the bucket. Key for which the PUT action was initiated. When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using Access Points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts in the Amazon S3 User Guide. This property will be used as part of the resource path of the HTTP request. In .NET the System.Uri class is used to construct the uri for the request. The System.Uri class will canonicalize the uri string by compacting characters like "..". For example an object key of "foo/../bar/file.txt" will be transformed into "bar/file.txt" because the ".." is interpreted as use parent directory. Starting with .NET 8, the AWS .NET SDK disables System.Uri's feature of canonicalizing the resource path. This allows S3 keys like "foo/../bar/file.txt" to work correctly with the AWS .NET SDK. For further information view the documentation for the Uri class: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dotnet/api/system.uri If set and an object key has been specified, the ACLs are applied to the specific version of the object. This property is ignored if the ACL is to be set on a Bucket. Checks if VersionId property is set. true if VersionId property is set. Returns information about the PutObjectAcl response metadata. The PutAcl operation has a void result type. The response for the PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration operation. Adds an object to a bucket. Container for the parameters to the PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration operation. This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Sets the accelerate configuration of an existing bucket. Amazon S3 Transfer Acceleration is a bucket-level feature that enables you to perform faster data transfers to Amazon S3. To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:PutAccelerateConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources. The Transfer Acceleration state of a bucket can be set to one of the following two values:
  • Enabled � Enables accelerated data transfers to the bucket.
  • Suspended � Disables accelerated data transfers to the bucket.
The GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration action returns the transfer acceleration state of a bucket. After setting the Transfer Acceleration state of a bucket to Enabled, it might take up to thirty minutes before the data transfer rates to the bucket increase. The name of the bucket used for Transfer Acceleration must be DNS-compliant and must not contain periods ("."). For more information about transfer acceleration, see Transfer Acceleration. The following operations are related to PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration:
The name of the bucket for which the accelerate configuration is set. Gets and sets the property ChecksumAlgorithm. Indicates the algorithm used to create the checksum for the object when you use the SDK. This header will not provide any additional functionality if you don't use the SDK. When you send this header, there must be a corresponding x-amz-checksum or x-amz-trailer header sent. Otherwise, Amazon S3 fails the request with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request. For more information, see Checking object integrity in the Amazon S3 User Guide. If you provide an individual checksum, Amazon S3 ignores any provided ChecksumAlgorithm parameter. Accelerate configuration for the bucket. Gets and sets the property ExpectedBucketOwner. The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). Checks to see if ExpectedBucketOwner is set. true, if ExpectedBucketOwner property is set. Container for the parameters to the PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration operation. This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Sets an analytics configuration for the bucket (specified by the analytics configuration ID). You can have up to 1,000 analytics configurations per bucket. You can choose to have storage class analysis export analysis reports sent to a comma-separated values (CSV) flat file. See the DataExport request element. Reports are updated daily and are based on the object filters that you configure. When selecting data export, you specify a destination bucket and an optional destination prefix where the file is written. You can export the data to a destination bucket in a different account. However, the destination bucket must be in the same Region as the bucket that you are making the PUT analytics configuration to. For more information, see Amazon S3 Analytics – Storage Class Analysis. You must create a bucket policy on the destination bucket where the exported file is written to grant permissions to Amazon S3 to write objects to the bucket. For an example policy, see Granting Permissions for Amazon S3 Inventory and Storage Class Analysis. To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutAnalyticsConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources. PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration has the following special errors:
    • HTTP Error: HTTP 400 Bad Request
    • Code: InvalidArgument
    • Cause: Invalid argument.
    • HTTP Error: HTTP 400 Bad Request
    • Code: TooManyConfigurations
    • Cause: You are attempting to create a new configuration but have already reached the 1,000-configuration limit.
    • HTTP Error: HTTP 403 Forbidden
    • Code: AccessDenied
    • Cause: You are not the owner of the specified bucket, or you do not have the s3:PutAnalyticsConfiguration bucket permission to set the configuration on the bucket.
The following operations are related to PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration:
The name of the bucket to which an analytics configuration is stored. The identifier used to represent an analytics configuration. The configuration and any analyses for the analytics filter. Gets and sets the property ExpectedBucketOwner. The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). Checks to see if ExpectedBucketOwner is set. true, if ExpectedBucketOwner property is set. Returns information about the PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationResponse response metadata. The PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationResponse operation has a void result type. The configuration information for a bucket Gets and sets the property BucketInfo. Gets and sets the property Location. Container for the parameters to the PutBucketEncryption operation. This operation is not supported by directory buckets. This action uses the encryption subresource to configure default encryption and Amazon S3 Bucket Keys for an existing bucket. By default, all buckets have a default encryption configuration that uses server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3). You can optionally configure default encryption for a bucket by using server-side encryption with Key Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS) or dual-layer server-side encryption with Amazon Web Services KMS keys (DSSE-KMS). If you specify default encryption by using SSE-KMS, you can also configure Amazon S3 Bucket Keys. If you use PutBucketEncryption to set your default bucket encryption to SSE-KMS, you should verify that your KMS key ID is correct. Amazon S3 does not validate the KMS key ID provided in PutBucketEncryption requests. This action requires Amazon Web Services Signature Version 4. For more information, see Authenticating Requests (Amazon Web Services Signature Version 4). To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:PutEncryptionConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources in the Amazon S3 User Guide. The following operations are related to PutBucketEncryption: Gets and sets the property BucketName. Specifies default encryption for a bucket using server-side encryption with different key options. By default, all buckets have a default encryption configuration that uses server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3). You can optionally configure default encryption for a bucket by using server-side encryption with an Amazon Web Services KMS key (SSE-KMS) or a customer-provided key (SSE-C). For information about the bucket default encryption feature, see Amazon S3 Bucket Default Encryption in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Gets and sets the property ChecksumAlgorithm. Indicates the algorithm used to create the checksum for the object when you use the SDK. This header will not provide any additional functionality if you don't use the SDK. When you send this header, there must be a corresponding x-amz-checksum or x-amz-trailer header sent. Otherwise, Amazon S3 fails the request with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request. For more information, see Checking object integrity in the Amazon S3 User Guide. If you provide an individual checksum, Amazon S3 ignores any provided ChecksumAlgorithm parameter. Gets and sets the property ContentMD5. The base64-encoded 128-bit MD5 digest of the server-side encryption configuration. For requests made using the Amazon Web Services Command Line Interface (CLI) or Amazon Web Services SDKs, this field is calculated automatically. Container for server-side encryption configuration rules. Currently S3 supports one rule only. Gets and sets the property ExpectedBucketOwner. The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). Checks to see if ExpectedBucketOwner is set. true, if ExpectedBucketOwner property is set. Container for the parameters to the PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration operation. This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Puts a S3 Intelligent-Tiering configuration to the specified bucket. You can have up to 1,000 S3 Intelligent-Tiering configurations per bucket. The S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class is designed to optimize storage costs by automatically moving data to the most cost-effective storage access tier, without performance impact or operational overhead. S3 Intelligent-Tiering delivers automatic cost savings in three low latency and high throughput access tiers. To get the lowest storage cost on data that can be accessed in minutes to hours, you can choose to activate additional archiving capabilities. The S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class is the ideal storage class for data with unknown, changing, or unpredictable access patterns, independent of object size or retention period. If the size of an object is less than 128 KB, it is not monitored and not eligible for auto-tiering. Smaller objects can be stored, but they are always charged at the Frequent Access tier rates in the S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class. For more information, see Storage class for automatically optimizing frequently and infrequently accessed objects. Operations related to PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration include: You only need S3 Intelligent-Tiering enabled on a bucket if you want to automatically move objects stored in the S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class to the Archive Access or Deep Archive Access tier. PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration has the following special errors:
HTTP 400 Bad Request Error
Code: InvalidArgument Cause: Invalid Argument
HTTP 400 Bad Request Error
Code: TooManyConfigurations Cause: You are attempting to create a new configuration but have already reached the 1,000-configuration limit.
HTTP 403 Forbidden Error
Cause: You are not the owner of the specified bucket, or you do not have the s3:PutIntelligentTieringConfiguration bucket permission to set the configuration on the bucket.
The name of the Amazon S3 bucket whose configuration you want to modify or retrieve. The ID used to identify the S3 Intelligent-Tiering configuration. Container for S3 Intelligent-Tiering configuration. Returns information about the PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration response metadata. The PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration operation has a void result type. Container for the parameters to the PutBucketInventoryConfiguration operation. This operation is not supported by directory buckets. This implementation of the PUT action adds an inventory configuration (identified by the inventory ID) to the bucket. You can have up to 1,000 inventory configurations per bucket. Amazon S3 inventory generates inventories of the objects in the bucket on a daily or weekly basis, and the results are published to a flat file. The bucket that is inventoried is called the source bucket, and the bucket where the inventory flat file is stored is called the destination bucket. The destination bucket must be in the same Amazon Web Services Region as the source bucket. When you configure an inventory for a source bucket, you specify the destination bucket where you want the inventory to be stored, and whether to generate the inventory daily or weekly. You can also configure what object metadata to include and whether to inventory all object versions or only current versions. For more information, see Amazon S3 Inventory in the Amazon S3 User Guide. You must create a bucket policy on the destination bucket to grant permissions to Amazon S3 to write objects to the bucket in the defined location. For an example policy, see Granting Permissions for Amazon S3 Inventory and Storage Class Analysis.
Permissions
To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:PutInventoryConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others. The s3:PutInventoryConfiguration permission allows a user to create an S3 Inventory report that includes all object metadata fields available and to specify the destination bucket to store the inventory. A user with read access to objects in the destination bucket can also access all object metadata fields that are available in the inventory report. To restrict access to an inventory report, see Restricting access to an Amazon S3 Inventory report in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about the metadata fields available in S3 Inventory, see Amazon S3 Inventory lists in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about permissions, see Permissions related to bucket subresource operations and Identity and access management in Amazon S3 in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
PutBucketInventoryConfiguration has the following special errors:
HTTP 400 Bad Request Error
Code: InvalidArgument Cause: Invalid Argument
HTTP 400 Bad Request Error
Code: TooManyConfigurations Cause: You are attempting to create a new configuration but have already reached the 1,000-configuration limit.
HTTP 403 Forbidden Error
Cause: You are not the owner of the specified bucket, or you do not have the s3:PutInventoryConfiguration bucket permission to set the configuration on the bucket.
The following operations are related to PutBucketInventoryConfiguration:
The name of the bucket where the inventory configuration will be stored. Specifies the inventory Id. Specifies the inventory configuration. Gets and sets the property ExpectedBucketOwner. The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). Checks to see if ExpectedBucketOwner is set. true, if ExpectedBucketOwner property is set. Returns information about the PutInventoryConfigurationResponse response metadata. The PutInventoryConfigurationResponse operation has a void result type. Container for the parameters to the PutBucketLogging operation. This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Set the logging parameters for a bucket and to specify permissions for who can view and modify the logging parameters. All logs are saved to buckets in the same Amazon Web Services Region as the source bucket. To set the logging status of a bucket, you must be the bucket owner. The bucket owner is automatically granted FULL_CONTROL to all logs. You use the Grantee request element to grant access to other people. The Permissions request element specifies the kind of access the grantee has to the logs. If the target bucket for log delivery uses the bucket owner enforced setting for S3 Object Ownership, you can't use the Grantee request element to grant access to others. Permissions can only be granted using policies. For more information, see Permissions for server access log delivery in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Grantee Values
You can specify the person (grantee) to whom you're assigning access rights (by using request elements) in the following ways:
  • By the person's ID: <Grantee xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:type="CanonicalUser"><ID><>ID<></ID><DisplayName><>GranteesEmail<></DisplayName> </Grantee> DisplayName is optional and ignored in the request.
  • By Email address: <Grantee xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:type="AmazonCustomerByEmail"><EmailAddress><>Grantees@email.com<></EmailAddress></Grantee> The grantee is resolved to the CanonicalUser and, in a response to a GETObjectAcl request, appears as the CanonicalUser.
  • By URI: <Grantee xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:type="Group"><URI><>http://acs.amazonaws.com/groups/global/AuthenticatedUsers<></URI></Grantee>
To enable logging, you use LoggingEnabled and its children request elements. To disable logging, you use an empty BucketLoggingStatus request element: <BucketLoggingStatus xmlns="http://doc.s3.amazonaws.com/2006-03-01" /> For more information about server access logging, see Server Access Logging in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about creating a bucket, see CreateBucket. For more information about returning the logging status of a bucket, see GetBucketLogging. The following operations are related to PutBucketLogging:
Gets and sets the BucketName property. Gets and sets the property ChecksumAlgorithm. Indicates the algorithm used to create the checksum for the object when you use the SDK. This header will not provide any additional functionality if you don't use the SDK. When you send this header, there must be a corresponding x-amz-checksum or x-amz-trailer header sent. Otherwise, Amazon S3 fails the request with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request. For more information, see Checking object integrity in the Amazon S3 User Guide. If you provide an individual checksum, Amazon S3 ignores any provided ChecksumAlgorithm parameter. Gets and sets the LoggingConfig property. Gets and sets the property ExpectedBucketOwner. The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). Checks to see if ExpectedBucketOwner is set. true, if ExpectedBucketOwner property is set. Returns information about the PutBucketLogging response metadata. The EnableBucketLogging operation has a void result type. Container for the parameters to the PutBucketMetricsConfiguration operation. This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Sets a metrics configuration (specified by the metrics configuration ID) for the bucket. You can have up to 1,000 metrics configurations per bucket. If you're updating an existing metrics configuration, note that this is a full replacement of the existing metrics configuration. If you don't include the elements you want to keep, they are erased. To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutMetricsConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources. For information about CloudWatch request metrics for Amazon S3, see Monitoring Metrics with Amazon CloudWatch. The following operations are related to PutBucketMetricsConfiguration: PutBucketMetricsConfiguration has the following special error:
  • Error code: TooManyConfigurations
    • Description: You are attempting to create a new configuration but have already reached the 1,000-configuration limit.
    • HTTP Status Code: HTTP 400 Bad Request
The name of the bucket for which the metrics configuration is set. The ID used to identify the metrics configuration. The ID has a 64 character limit and can only contain letters, numbers, periods, dashes, and underscores. Specifies the metrics configuration. Gets and sets the property ExpectedBucketOwner. The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). Checks to see if ExpectedBucketOwner is set. true, if ExpectedBucketOwner property is set. Returns information about the PutBucketMetricsConfiguration response metadata. The PutBucketMetricsConfiguration operation has a void result type. Container for the parameters to the PutBucketNotification operation. This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Enables notifications of specified events for a bucket. For more information about event notifications, see Configuring Event Notifications. Using this API, you can replace an existing notification configuration. The configuration is an XML file that defines the event types that you want Amazon S3 to publish and the destination where you want Amazon S3 to publish an event notification when it detects an event of the specified type. By default, your bucket has no event notifications configured. That is, the notification configuration will be an empty NotificationConfiguration. <NotificationConfiguration> </NotificationConfiguration> This action replaces the existing notification configuration with the configuration you include in the request body. After Amazon S3 receives this request, it first verifies that any Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) or Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) destination exists, and that the bucket owner has permission to publish to it by sending a test notification. In the case of Lambda destinations, Amazon S3 verifies that the Lambda function permissions grant Amazon S3 permission to invoke the function from the Amazon S3 bucket. For more information, see Configuring Notifications for Amazon S3 Events. You can disable notifications by adding the empty NotificationConfiguration element. For more information about the number of event notification configurations that you can create per bucket, see Amazon S3 service quotas in Amazon Web Services General Reference. By default, only the bucket owner can configure notifications on a bucket. However, bucket owners can use a bucket policy to grant permission to other users to set this configuration with the required s3:PutBucketNotification permission. The PUT notification is an atomic operation. For example, suppose your notification configuration includes SNS topic, SQS queue, and Lambda function configurations. When you send a PUT request with this configuration, Amazon S3 sends test messages to your SNS topic. If the message fails, the entire PUT action will fail, and Amazon S3 will not add the configuration to your bucket. If the configuration in the request body includes only one TopicConfiguration specifying only the s3:ReducedRedundancyLostObject event type, the response will also include the x-amz-sns-test-message-id header containing the message ID of the test notification sent to the topic. The following action is related to PutBucketNotificationConfiguration: Gets and sets the BucketName property. Gets and sets the property ChecksumAlgorithm. Gets and sets the TopicConfigurations property. TopicConfigurations are configuration for Amazon S3 events to be sent to Amazon SNS topics. Gets and sets the QueueConfigurations property. QueueConfigurations are configuration for Amazon S3 events to be sent to Amazon SQS queues. Gets and sets the LambdaFunctionConfigurations property. LambdaFunctionConfigurations are configuration for Amazon S3 events to be sent to an Amazon Lambda cloud function. Gets and sets the property ExpectedBucketOwner. The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). Checks to see if ExpectedBucketOwner is set. true, if ExpectedBucketOwner property is set. Gets and sets the property SkipDestinationValidation. Skips validation of Amazon SQS, Amazon SNS, and Lambda destinations Gets and sets the property EventBridgeConfiguration. Enables delivery of all bucket events to Amazon EventBridge. Returns information about the PutBucketNotification response metadata. The PutBucketNotification operation has a void result type. Container for the parameters to the PutBucketOwnershipControls operation. This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Creates or modifies OwnershipControls for an Amazon S3 bucket. To use this operation, you must have the s3:PutBucketOwnershipControls permission. For more information about Amazon S3 permissions, see Specifying permissions in a policy. For information about Amazon S3 Object Ownership, see Using object ownership. The following operations are related to PutBucketOwnershipControls: The name of the Amazon S3 bucket whose OwnershipControls you want to set

The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP 403 (Access Denied) error.

Checks to see if ExpectedBucketOwner is set. true, if ExpectedBucketOwner property is set. Gets and sets the property OwnershipControls. The OwnershipControls (BucketOwnerEnforced, BucketOwnerPreferred, or ObjectWriter) that you want to apply to this Amazon S3 bucket. Returns information about the PutBucketOwnershipControls response metadata. The PutBucketOwnershipControls operation has a void result type. Container for the parameters to the PutBucketPolicy operation. Applies an Amazon S3 bucket policy to an Amazon S3 bucket. Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Regional endpoint. These endpoints support path-style requests in the format https://s3express-control.region_code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name . Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Permissions
If you are using an identity other than the root user of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the bucket, the calling identity must both have the PutBucketPolicy permissions on the specified bucket and belong to the bucket owner's account in order to use this operation. If you don't have PutBucketPolicy permissions, Amazon S3 returns a 403 Access Denied error. If you have the correct permissions, but you're not using an identity that belongs to the bucket owner's account, Amazon S3 returns a 405 Method Not Allowed error. To ensure that bucket owners don't inadvertently lock themselves out of their own buckets, the root principal in a bucket owner's Amazon Web Services account can perform the GetBucketPolicy, PutBucketPolicy, and DeleteBucketPolicy API actions, even if their bucket policy explicitly denies the root principal's access. Bucket owner root principals can only be blocked from performing these API actions by VPC endpoint policies and Amazon Web Services Organizations policies.
  • General purpose bucket permissions - The s3:PutBucketPolicy permission is required in a policy. For more information about general purpose buckets bucket policies, see Using Bucket Policies and User Policies in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
  • Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation, you must have the s3express:PutBucketPolicy permission in an IAM identity-based policy instead of a bucket policy. Cross-account access to this API operation isn't supported. This operation can only be performed by the Amazon Web Services account that owns the resource. For more information about directory bucket policies and permissions, see Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Example bucket policies
General purpose buckets example bucket policies - See Bucket policy examples in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Directory bucket example bucket policies - See Example bucket policies for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
HTTP Host header syntax
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is s3express-control.region.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to PutBucketPolicy:
Gets and sets the property BucketName. The name of the bucket. Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, you must use path-style requests in the format https://s3express-control.region_code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name . Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. Directory bucket names must be unique in the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must also follow the format bucket_base_name--az_id--x-s3 (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az2--x-s3). For information about bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming rules in the Amazon S3 User Guide Gets and sets the property ChecksumAlgorithm. Indicates the algorithm used to create the checksum for the object when you use the SDK. This header will not provide any additional functionality if you don't use the SDK. When you send this header, there must be a corresponding x-amz-checksum-algorithm or x-amz-trailer header sent. Otherwise, Amazon S3 fails the request with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request. For the x-amz-checksum-algorithm header, replace algorithm with the supported algorithm from the following list:
  • CRC32
  • CRC32C
  • SHA1
  • SHA256
For more information, see Checking object integrity in the Amazon S3 User Guide. If the individual checksum value you provide through x-amz-checksum-algorithm doesn't match the checksum algorithm you set through x-amz-sdk-checksum-algorithm, Amazon S3 ignores any provided ChecksumAlgorithm parameter and uses the checksum algorithm that matches the provided value in x-amz-checksum-algorithm . For directory buckets, when you use Amazon Web Services SDKs, CRC32 is the default checksum algorithm that's used for performance.
Gets and sets the property ContentMD5. The MD5 hash of the request body. For requests made using the Amazon Web Services Command Line Interface (CLI) or Amazon Web Services SDKs, this field is calculated automatically. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. Gets and sets the property Policy. The bucket policy as a JSON document. For directory buckets, the only IAM action supported in the bucket policy is s3express:CreateSession. Gets and sets the property ConfirmRemoveSelfBucketAccess. Set this parameter to true to confirm that you want to remove your permissions to change this bucket policy in the future. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. Overriden to turn off sending SHA256 header. Gets and sets the property ExpectedBucketOwner. The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). For directory buckets, this header is not supported in this API operation. If you specify this header, the request fails with the HTTP status code 501 Not Implemented. Checks to see if ExpectedBucketOwner is set. true, if ExpectedBucketOwner property is set. Returns information about the PutBucketPolicy response metadata. The PutBucketPolicy operation has a void result type. Container for the parameters to the PutBucketReplication operation. This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Creates a replication configuration or replaces an existing one. For more information, see Replication in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Specify the replication configuration in the request body. In the replication configuration, you provide the name of the destination bucket or buckets where you want Amazon S3 to replicate objects, the IAM role that Amazon S3 can assume to replicate objects on your behalf, and other relevant information. You can invoke this request for a specific Amazon Web Services Region by using the aws:RequestedRegion condition key. A replication configuration must include at least one rule, and can contain a maximum of 1,000. Each rule identifies a subset of objects to replicate by filtering the objects in the source bucket. To choose additional subsets of objects to replicate, add a rule for each subset. To specify a subset of the objects in the source bucket to apply a replication rule to, add the Filter element as a child of the Rule element. You can filter objects based on an object key prefix, one or more object tags, or both. When you add the Filter element in the configuration, you must also add the following elements: DeleteMarkerReplication, Status, and Priority. If you are using an earlier version of the replication configuration, Amazon S3 handles replication of delete markers differently. For more information, see Backward Compatibility. For information about enabling versioning on a bucket, see Using Versioning.
Handling Replication of Encrypted Objects
By default, Amazon S3 doesn't replicate objects that are stored at rest using server-side encryption with KMS keys. To replicate Amazon Web Services KMS-encrypted objects, add the following: SourceSelectionCriteria, SseKmsEncryptedObjects, Status, EncryptionConfiguration, and ReplicaKmsKeyID. For information about replication configuration, see Replicating Objects Created with SSE Using KMS keys. For information on PutBucketReplication errors, see List of replication-related error codes
Permissions
To create a PutBucketReplication request, you must have s3:PutReplicationConfiguration permissions for the bucket. By default, a resource owner, in this case the Amazon Web Services account that created the bucket, can perform this operation. The resource owner can also grant others permissions to perform the operation. For more information about permissions, see Specifying Permissions in a Policy and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources. To perform this operation, the user or role performing the action must have the iam:PassRole permission.
The following operations are related to PutBucketReplication:
Gets and sets the property BucketName. The name of the bucket Gets and sets the property ChecksumAlgorithm. Indicates the algorithm used to create the checksum for the object when you use the SDK. This header will not provide any additional functionality if you don't use the SDK. When you send this header, there must be a corresponding x-amz-checksum or x-amz-trailer header sent. Otherwise, Amazon S3 fails the request with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request. For more information, see Checking object integrity in the Amazon S3 User Guide. If you provide an individual checksum, Amazon S3 ignores any provided ChecksumAlgorithm parameter. Gets and sets the property ExpectedBucketOwner. The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). Checks to see if ExpectedBucketOwner is set. true, if ExpectedBucketOwner property is set. The replication configuration to be applied. Gets and sets the property Token. A token to allow Object Lock to be enabled for an existing bucket. Returns information about the PutBucketReplicationConfiguration response metadata. The PutBucketReplicationConfiguration operation has a void result type. Container for the parameters to the PutBucket operation. This action creates an Amazon S3 bucket. To create an Amazon S3 on Outposts bucket, see CreateBucket . Creates a new S3 bucket. To create a bucket, you must set up Amazon S3 and have a valid Amazon Web Services Access Key ID to authenticate requests. Anonymous requests are never allowed to create buckets. By creating the bucket, you become the bucket owner. There are two types of buckets: general purpose buckets and directory buckets. For more information about these bucket types, see Creating, configuring, and working with Amazon S3 buckets in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
  • General purpose buckets - If you send your CreateBucket request to the s3.amazonaws.com global endpoint, the request goes to the us-east-1 Region. So the signature calculations in Signature Version 4 must use us-east-1 as the Region, even if the location constraint in the request specifies another Region where the bucket is to be created. If you create a bucket in a Region other than US East (N. Virginia), your application must be able to handle 307 redirect. For more information, see Virtual hosting of buckets in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
  • Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Regional endpoint. These endpoints support path-style requests in the format https://s3express-control.region_code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name . Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Permissions
  • General purpose bucket permissions - In addition to the s3:CreateBucket permission, the following permissions are required in a policy when your CreateBucket request includes specific headers:
    • Access control lists (ACLs) - In your CreateBucket request, if you specify an access control list (ACL) and set it to public-read, public-read-write, authenticated-read, or if you explicitly specify any other custom ACLs, both s3:CreateBucket and s3:PutBucketAcl permissions are required. In your CreateBucket request, if you set the ACL to private, or if you don't specify any ACLs, only the s3:CreateBucket permission is required.
    • Object Lock - In your CreateBucket request, if you set x-amz-bucket-object-lock-enabled to true, the s3:PutBucketObjectLockConfiguration and s3:PutBucketVersioning permissions are required.
    • S3 Object Ownership - If your CreateBucket request includes the x-amz-object-ownership header, then the s3:PutBucketOwnershipControls permission is required. If your CreateBucket request sets BucketOwnerEnforced for Amazon S3 Object Ownership and specifies a bucket ACL that provides access to an external Amazon Web Services account, your request fails with a 400 error and returns the InvalidBucketAcLWithObjectOwnership error code. For more information, see Setting Object Ownership on an existing bucket in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
    • S3 Block Public Access - If your specific use case requires granting public access to your S3 resources, you can disable Block Public Access. Specifically, you can create a new bucket with Block Public Access enabled, then separately call the DeletePublicAccessBlock API. To use this operation, you must have the s3:PutBucketPublicAccessBlock permission. For more information about S3 Block Public Access, see Blocking public access to your Amazon S3 storage in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
  • Directory bucket permissions - You must have the s3express:CreateBucket permission in an IAM identity-based policy instead of a bucket policy. Cross-account access to this API operation isn't supported. This operation can only be performed by the Amazon Web Services account that owns the resource. For more information about directory bucket policies and permissions, see Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide. The permissions for ACLs, Object Lock, S3 Object Ownership, and S3 Block Public Access are not supported for directory buckets. For directory buckets, all Block Public Access settings are enabled at the bucket level and S3 Object Ownership is set to Bucket owner enforced (ACLs disabled). These settings can't be modified. For more information about permissions for creating and working with directory buckets, see Directory buckets in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about supported S3 features for directory buckets, see Features of S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
HTTP Host header syntax
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is s3express-control.region.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to CreateBucket:
The canned ACL to apply to the bucket. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. If set to true the bucket will be created in the same region as the configuration of the AmazonS3 client. If PutBucketRequest.BucketRegion or PutBucketRequest.BucketRegionName are set they take precedence over this property. Default: true. Gets and sets the property BucketName. The name of the bucket to create. General purpose buckets - For information about bucket naming restrictions, see Bucket naming rules in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, you must use path-style requests in the format https://s3express-control.region_code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name . Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. Directory bucket names must be unique in the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must also follow the format bucket_base_name--az_id--x-s3 (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az2--x-s3). For information about bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming rules in the Amazon S3 User Guide The region locality for the bucket. When set, this will determine where your data will reside in S3. Refer for a list of possible values. The bucket region locality expressed using the name of the region. When set, this will determine where your data will reside in S3. Valid values: us-east-1, us-west-1, us-west-2, eu-west-1, ap-southeast-1, ap-southeast-2, ap-northeast-1, sa-east-1 The additional configuration properties for a PutBucket operations Gets and sets the property ObjectLockEnabledForBucket. Specifies whether you want S3 Object Lock to be enabled for the new bucket. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. Gets and sets the property ObjectOwnership. Container for the parameters to the PutBucketRequestPayment operation. This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Sets the request payment configuration for a bucket. By default, the bucket owner pays for downloads from the bucket. This configuration parameter enables the bucket owner (only) to specify that the person requesting the download will be charged for the download. For more information, see Requester Pays Buckets. The following operations are related to PutBucketRequestPayment: The name of the bucket to set payment config. Gets and sets the property ChecksumAlgorithm. Indicates the algorithm used to create the checksum for the object when you use the SDK. This header will not provide any additional functionality if you don't use the SDK. When you send this header, there must be a corresponding x-amz-checksum or x-amz-trailer header sent. Otherwise, Amazon S3 fails the request with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request. For more information, see Checking object integrity in the Amazon S3 User Guide. If you provide an individual checksum, Amazon S3 ignores any provided ChecksumAlgorithm parameter. Gets and sets request payment configuration Gets and sets the property ExpectedBucketOwner. The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). Checks to see if ExpectedBucketOwner is set. true, if ExpectedBucketOwner property is set. Returns information about the PutBucketRequestPayment response metadata. The PutBucketRequestPayment operation has a void result type. Returns information about the PutBucket response and response metadata. Container for the parameters to the PutBucketTagging operation. This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Sets the tags for a bucket. Use tags to organize your Amazon Web Services bill to reflect your own cost structure. To do this, sign up to get your Amazon Web Services account bill with tag key values included. Then, to see the cost of combined resources, organize your billing information according to resources with the same tag key values. For example, you can tag several resources with a specific application name, and then organize your billing information to see the total cost of that application across several services. For more information, see Cost Allocation and Tagging and Using Cost Allocation in Amazon S3 Bucket Tags. When this operation sets the tags for a bucket, it will overwrite any current tags the bucket already has. You cannot use this operation to add tags to an existing list of tags. To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutBucketTagging action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources. PutBucketTagging has the following special errors. For more Amazon S3 errors see, Error Responses.
  • InvalidTag - The tag provided was not a valid tag. This error can occur if the tag did not pass input validation. For more information, see Using Cost Allocation in Amazon S3 Bucket Tags.
  • MalformedXML - The XML provided does not match the schema.
  • OperationAborted - A conflicting conditional action is currently in progress against this resource. Please try again.
  • InternalError - The service was unable to apply the provided tag to the bucket.
The following operations are related to PutBucketTagging:
The name of the bucket to apply the tags to. Gets and sets the property ChecksumAlgorithm. Indicates the algorithm used to create the checksum for the object when you use the SDK. This header will not provide any additional functionality if you don't use the SDK. When you send this header, there must be a corresponding x-amz-checksum or x-amz-trailer header sent. Otherwise, Amazon S3 fails the request with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request. For more information, see Checking object integrity in the Amazon S3 User Guide. If you provide an individual checksum, Amazon S3 ignores any provided ChecksumAlgorithm parameter. The collection of tags. Gets and sets the property ExpectedBucketOwner. The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). Checks to see if ExpectedBucketOwner is set. true, if ExpectedBucketOwner property is set. Returns information about the PutBucketTagging response metadata. The PutBucketTagging operation has a void result type. Container for the parameters to the PutBucketVersioning operation. This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Sets the versioning state of an existing bucket. You can set the versioning state with one of the following values: Enabled�Enables versioning for the objects in the bucket. All objects added to the bucket receive a unique version ID. Suspended�Disables versioning for the objects in the bucket. All objects added to the bucket receive the version ID null. If the versioning state has never been set on a bucket, it has no versioning state; a GetBucketVersioning request does not return a versioning state value. In order to enable MFA Delete, you must be the bucket owner. If you are the bucket owner and want to enable MFA Delete in the bucket versioning configuration, you must include the x-amz-mfa request header and the Status and the MfaDelete request elements in a request to set the versioning state of the bucket. If you have an object expiration lifecycle configuration in your non-versioned bucket and you want to maintain the same permanent delete behavior when you enable versioning, you must add a noncurrent expiration policy. The noncurrent expiration lifecycle configuration will manage the deletes of the noncurrent object versions in the version-enabled bucket. (A version-enabled bucket maintains one current and zero or more noncurrent object versions.) For more information, see Lifecycle and Versioning. The following operations are related to PutBucketVersioning: The name of the bucket to be updated. Gets and sets the property ChecksumAlgorithm. Indicates the algorithm used to create the checksum for the object when you use the SDK. This header will not provide any additional functionality if you don't use the SDK. When you send this header, there must be a corresponding x-amz-checksum or x-amz-trailer header sent. Otherwise, Amazon S3 fails the request with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request. For more information, see Checking object integrity in the Amazon S3 User Guide. If you provide an individual checksum, Amazon S3 ignores any provided ChecksumAlgorithm parameter. The MfaCodes Tuple associates the Serial Number and the current Token/Code displayed on the Multi-Factor Authentication device associated with your AWS Account. This is a required property for this request if:
1. EnableMfaDelete was configured on the bucket containing this object's version.
2. You are deleting an object's version
Checks if the MfaCodes property is set. true if the MfaCodes property is set. The versioning configuration to apply to the bucket. Once Versioning has been "Enabled" on a bucket, it can be "Suspended" but cannot be switched "Off". If EnableMfaDelete is set, the MfaCodes property needs to contain the Serial of and current Token displayed on the MFA device. Gets and sets the property ExpectedBucketOwner. The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). Checks to see if ExpectedBucketOwner is set. true, if ExpectedBucketOwner property is set. Returns information about the PutBucketVersioning response metadata. The PutBucketVersioning operation has a void result type. Container for the parameters to the PutBucketWebsite operation. This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Sets the configuration of the website that is specified in the website subresource. To configure a bucket as a website, you can add this subresource on the bucket with website configuration information such as the file name of the index document and any redirect rules. For more information, see Hosting Websites on Amazon S3. This PUT action requires the S3:PutBucketWebsite permission. By default, only the bucket owner can configure the website attached to a bucket; however, bucket owners can allow other users to set the website configuration by writing a bucket policy that grants them the S3:PutBucketWebsite permission. To redirect all website requests sent to the bucket's website endpoint, you add a website configuration with the following elements. Because all requests are sent to another website, you don't need to provide index document name for the bucket.
  • WebsiteConfiguration
  • RedirectAllRequestsTo
  • HostName
  • Protocol
If you want granular control over redirects, you can use the following elements to add routing rules that describe conditions for redirecting requests and information about the redirect destination. In this case, the website configuration must provide an index document for the bucket, because some requests might not be redirected.
  • WebsiteConfiguration
  • IndexDocument
  • Suffix
  • ErrorDocument
  • Key
  • RoutingRules
  • RoutingRule
  • Condition
  • HttpErrorCodeReturnedEquals
  • KeyPrefixEquals
  • Redirect
  • Protocol
  • HostName
  • ReplaceKeyPrefixWith
  • ReplaceKeyWith
  • HttpRedirectCode
Amazon S3 has a limitation of 50 routing rules per website configuration. If you require more than 50 routing rules, you can use object redirect. For more information, see Configuring an Object Redirect in the Amazon S3 User Guide. The maximum request length is limited to 128 KB.
The name of the bucket to apply the configuration to. Gets and sets the property ChecksumAlgorithm. Indicates the algorithm used to create the checksum for the object when you use the SDK. This header will not provide any additional functionality if you don't use the SDK. When you send this header, there must be a corresponding x-amz-checksum or x-amz-trailer header sent. Otherwise, Amazon S3 fails the request with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request. For more information, see Checking object integrity in the Amazon S3 User Guide. If you provide an individual checksum, Amazon S3 ignores any provided ChecksumAlgorithm parameter. The website configuration to apply. The configuration defines the index document suffix and custom error page. Gets and sets the property ExpectedBucketOwner. The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). Checks to see if ExpectedBucketOwner is set. true, if ExpectedBucketOwner property is set. Returns information about the PutBucketWebsite response metadata. The PutBucketWebsite operation has a void result type. Container for the parameters to the PutCORSConfiguration operation. This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Sets the cors configuration for your bucket. If the configuration exists, Amazon S3 replaces it. To use this operation, you must be allowed to perform the s3:PutBucketCORS action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant it to others. You set this configuration on a bucket so that the bucket can service cross-origin requests. For example, you might want to enable a request whose origin is http://www.example.com to access your Amazon S3 bucket at my.example.bucket.com by using the browser's XMLHttpRequest capability. To enable cross-origin resource sharing (CORS) on a bucket, you add the cors subresource to the bucket. The cors subresource is an XML document in which you configure rules that identify origins and the HTTP methods that can be executed on your bucket. The document is limited to 64 KB in size. When Amazon S3 receives a cross-origin request (or a pre-flight OPTIONS request) against a bucket, it evaluates the cors configuration on the bucket and uses the first CORSRule rule that matches the incoming browser request to enable a cross-origin request. For a rule to match, the following conditions must be met:
  • The request's Origin header must match AllowedOrigin elements.
  • The request method (for example, GET, PUT, HEAD, and so on) or the Access-Control-Request-Method header in case of a pre-flight OPTIONS request must be one of the AllowedMethod elements.
  • Every header specified in the Access-Control-Request-Headers request header of a pre-flight request must match an AllowedHeader element.
For more information about CORS, go to Enabling Cross-Origin Resource Sharing in the Amazon S3 User Guide. The following operations are related to PutBucketCors:
The name of the bucket to have the CORS configuration applied. Gets and sets the property ChecksumAlgorithm. Indicates the algorithm used to create the checksum for the object when you use the SDK. This header will not provide any additional functionality if you don't use the SDK. When you send this header, there must be a corresponding x-amz-checksum or x-amz-trailer header sent. Otherwise, Amazon S3 fails the request with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request. For more information, see Checking object integrity in the Amazon S3 User Guide. If you provide an individual checksum, Amazon S3 ignores any provided ChecksumAlgorithm parameter. The CORS configuration to apply. Gets and sets the property ExpectedBucketOwner. The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). Checks to see if ExpectedBucketOwner is set. true, if ExpectedBucketOwner property is set. Returns information about the PutCORSConfiguration response metadata. The PutCORSConfiguration operation has a void result type. Container for the parameters to the PutLifecycleConfiguration operation. This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Creates a new lifecycle configuration for the bucket or replaces an existing lifecycle configuration. Keep in mind that this will overwrite an existing lifecycle configuration, so if you want to retain any configuration details, they must be included in the new lifecycle configuration. For information about lifecycle configuration, see Managing your storage lifecycle. Bucket lifecycle configuration now supports specifying a lifecycle rule using an object key name prefix, one or more object tags, or a combination of both. Accordingly, this section describes the latest API. The previous version of the API supported filtering based only on an object key name prefix, which is supported for backward compatibility. For the related API description, see PutBucketLifecycle.
Rules
You specify the lifecycle configuration in your request body. The lifecycle configuration is specified as XML consisting of one or more rules. An Amazon S3 Lifecycle configuration can have up to 1,000 rules. This limit is not adjustable. Each rule consists of the following:
  • A filter identifying a subset of objects to which the rule applies. The filter can be based on a key name prefix, object tags, or a combination of both.
  • A status indicating whether the rule is in effect.
  • One or more lifecycle transition and expiration actions that you want Amazon S3 to perform on the objects identified by the filter. If the state of your bucket is versioning-enabled or versioning-suspended, you can have many versions of the same object (one current version and zero or more noncurrent versions). Amazon S3 provides predefined actions that you can specify for current and noncurrent object versions.
For more information, see Object Lifecycle Management and Lifecycle Configuration Elements.
Permissions
By default, all Amazon S3 resources are private, including buckets, objects, and related subresources (for example, lifecycle configuration and website configuration). Only the resource owner (that is, the Amazon Web Services account that created it) can access the resource. The resource owner can optionally grant access permissions to others by writing an access policy. For this operation, a user must get the s3:PutLifecycleConfiguration permission. You can also explicitly deny permissions. An explicit deny also supersedes any other permissions. If you want to block users or accounts from removing or deleting objects from your bucket, you must deny them permissions for the following actions:
  • s3:DeleteObject
  • s3:DeleteObjectVersion
  • s3:PutLifecycleConfiguration
For more information about permissions, see Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources.
The following operations are related to PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration:
Gets and sets the property BucketName. The name of the bucket for which to set the configuration. Gets and sets the property ChecksumAlgorithm. The lifecycle configuration to be applied. Gets and sets the property ExpectedBucketOwner. The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). Returns information about the PutLifecycleConfiguration response metadata. The PutLifecycleConfiguration operation has a void result type. Container for the parameters to the PutObjectLegalHold operation. This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Applies a legal hold configuration to the specified object. For more information, see Locking Objects. This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts. Gets and sets the property BucketName. The bucket name containing the object that you want to place a Legal Hold on. When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Gets and sets the property ChecksumAlgorithm. Indicates the algorithm used to create the checksum for the object when you use the SDK. This header will not provide any additional functionality if you don't use the SDK. When you send this header, there must be a corresponding x-amz-checksum or x-amz-trailer header sent. Otherwise, Amazon S3 fails the request with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request. For more information, see Checking object integrity in the Amazon S3 User Guide. If you provide an individual checksum, Amazon S3 ignores any provided ChecksumAlgorithm parameter. Gets and sets the property ContentMD5. The MD5 hash for the request body. For requests made using the Amazon Web Services Command Line Interface (CLI) or Amazon Web Services SDKs, this field is calculated automatically. Gets and sets the property ExpectedBucketOwner. The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). Gets and sets the property Key. The key name for the object that you want to place a Legal Hold on. This property will be used as part of the resource path of the HTTP request. In .NET the System.Uri class is used to construct the uri for the request. The System.Uri class will canonicalize the uri string by compacting characters like "..". For example an object key of "foo/../bar/file.txt" will be transformed into "bar/file.txt" because the ".." is interpreted as use parent directory. Starting with .NET 8, the AWS .NET SDK disables System.Uri's feature of canonicalizing the resource path. This allows S3 keys like "foo/../bar/file.txt" to work correctly with the AWS .NET SDK. For further information view the documentation for the Uri class: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dotnet/api/system.uri Gets and sets the property LegalHold. Container element for the Legal Hold configuration you want to apply to the specified object. Gets and sets the property RequestPayer. Gets and sets the property VersionId. The version ID of the object that you want to place a Legal Hold on. This is the response object from the PutObjectLegalHold operation. Gets and sets the property RequestCharged. Container for the parameters to the PutObjectLockConfiguration operation. This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Places an Object Lock configuration on the specified bucket. The rule specified in the Object Lock configuration will be applied by default to every new object placed in the specified bucket. For more information, see Locking Objects.
  • The DefaultRetention settings require both a mode and a period.
  • The DefaultRetention period can be either Days or Years but you must select one. You cannot specify Days and Years at the same time.
  • You can enable Object Lock for new or existing buckets. For more information, see Configuring Object Lock.
Gets and sets the property BucketName. The bucket whose Object Lock configuration you want to create or replace. Gets and sets the property ChecksumAlgorithm. Indicates the algorithm used to create the checksum for the object when you use the SDK. This header will not provide any additional functionality if you don't use the SDK. When you send this header, there must be a corresponding x-amz-checksum or x-amz-trailer header sent. Otherwise, Amazon S3 fails the request with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request. For more information, see Checking object integrity in the Amazon S3 User Guide. If you provide an individual checksum, Amazon S3 ignores any provided ChecksumAlgorithm parameter. Gets and sets the property ContentMD5. The MD5 hash for the request body. For requests made using the Amazon Web Services Command Line Interface (CLI) or Amazon Web Services SDKs, this field is calculated automatically. Gets and sets the property ObjectLockConfiguration. The Object Lock configuration that you want to apply to the specified bucket. Gets and sets the property RequestPayer. Gets and sets the property Token. Gets and sets the property ExpectedBucketOwner. The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). Checks to see if ExpectedBucketOwner is set. true, if ExpectedBucketOwner property is set. This is the response object from the PutObjectLockConfiguration operation. Gets and sets the property RequestCharged. Container for the parameters to the PutObject operation. Adds an object to a bucket.
  • Amazon S3 never adds partial objects; if you receive a success response, Amazon S3 added the entire object to the bucket. You cannot use PutObject to only update a single piece of metadata for an existing object. You must put the entire object with updated metadata if you want to update some values.
  • If your bucket uses the bucket owner enforced setting for Object Ownership, ACLs are disabled and no longer affect permissions. All objects written to the bucket by any account will be owned by the bucket owner.
  • Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name . Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Amazon S3 is a distributed system. If it receives multiple write requests for the same object simultaneously, it overwrites all but the last object written. However, Amazon S3 provides features that can modify this behavior:
  • S3 Object Lock - To prevent objects from being deleted or overwritten, you can use Amazon S3 Object Lock in the Amazon S3 User Guide. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.
  • S3 Versioning - When you enable versioning for a bucket, if Amazon S3 receives multiple write requests for the same object simultaneously, it stores all versions of the objects. For each write request that is made to the same object, Amazon S3 automatically generates a unique version ID of that object being stored in Amazon S3. You can retrieve, replace, or delete any version of the object. For more information about versioning, see Adding Objects to Versioning-Enabled Buckets in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For information about returning the versioning state of a bucket, see GetBucketVersioning. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.
Permissions
  • General purpose bucket permissions - The following permissions are required in your policies when your PutObject request includes specific headers.
    • s3:PutObject - To successfully complete the PutObject request, you must always have the s3:PutObject permission on a bucket to add an object to it.
    • s3:PutObjectAcl - To successfully change the objects ACL of your PutObject request, you must have the s3:PutObjectAcl.
    • s3:PutObjectTagging - To successfully set the tag-set with your PutObject request, you must have the s3:PutObjectTagging.
  • Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession .
Data integrity with Content-MD5
  • General purpose bucket - To ensure that data is not corrupted traversing the network, use the Content-MD5 header. When you use this header, Amazon S3 checks the object against the provided MD5 value and, if they do not match, Amazon S3 returns an error. Alternatively, when the object's ETag is its MD5 digest, you can calculate the MD5 while putting the object to Amazon S3 and compare the returned ETag to the calculated MD5 value.
  • Directory bucket - This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.
HTTP Host header syntax
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com.
For more information about related Amazon S3 APIs, see the following:
Container for the parameters to the PutObject operation. Adds an object to a bucket.
Overriden to turn off sending SHA256 header. Overriden to turn on expect 100 continue. Gets and sets the property CannedACL. The canned ACL to apply to the object. For more information, see Canned ACL in the Amazon S3 User Guide. When adding a new object, you can use headers to grant ACL-based permissions to individual Amazon Web Services accounts or to predefined groups defined by Amazon S3. These permissions are then added to the ACL on the object. By default, all objects are private. Only the owner has full access control. For more information, see Access Control List (ACL) Overview and Managing ACLs Using the REST API in the Amazon S3 User Guide. If the bucket that you're uploading objects to uses the bucket owner enforced setting for S3 Object Ownership, ACLs are disabled and no longer affect permissions. Buckets that use this setting only accept PUT requests that don't specify an ACL or PUT requests that specify bucket owner full control ACLs, such as the bucket-owner-full-control canned ACL or an equivalent form of this ACL expressed in the XML format. PUT requests that contain other ACLs (for example, custom grants to certain Amazon Web Services accounts) fail and return a 400 error with the error code AccessControlListNotSupported. For more information, see Controlling ownership of objects and disabling ACLs in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
  • This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.
  • This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts.
Gets and sets the property BucketKeyEnabled. Specifies whether Amazon S3 should use an S3 Bucket Key for object encryption with server-side encryption using Key Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS). Setting this header to true causes Amazon S3 to use an S3 Bucket Key for object encryption with SSE-KMS. Specifying this header with a PUT action doesn’t affect bucket-level settings for S3 Bucket Key. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. Gets and sets the property BucketName. The bucket name to which the PUT action was initiated. Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, you must use virtual-hosted-style requests in the format Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com. Path-style requests are not supported. Directory bucket names must be unique in the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must follow the format bucket_base_name--az-id--x-s3 (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az2--x-s3). For information about bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming rules in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points and Object Lambda access points are not supported by directory buckets. S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? in the Amazon S3 User Guide. An MD5 digest for the content. The base64 encoded 128-bit MD5 digest of the message (without the headers) according to RFC 1864. This header can be used as a message integrity check to verify that the data is the same data that was originally sent. If supplied, after the file has been uploaded to S3, S3 checks to ensure that the MD5 hash of the uploaded file matches the hash supplied. Although it is optional, we recommend using the Content-MD5 mechanism as an end-to-end integrity check. Checks if MD5Digest property is set. true if MD5Digest property is set. This is a convenience property for Headers.ContentType. Gets and sets the property ExpectedBucketOwner. The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). Checks to see if ExpectedBucketOwner is set. true, if ExpectedBucketOwner property is set. Gets and sets Key property. This key is used to identify the object in S3. The collection of meta data for the request. Gets and sets the property ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus. Specifies whether a legal hold will be applied to this object. For more information about S3 Object Lock, see Object Lock in the Amazon S3 User Guide. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. Gets and sets the property ObjectLockMode. The Object Lock mode that you want to apply to this object. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. Gets and sets the property ObjectLockRetainUntilDate. The date and time when you want this object's Object Lock to expire. Must be formatted as a timestamp parameter. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. Checks to see if RequetsPayer is set. true, if RequestPayer property is set. Gets and sets the property ServerSideEncryptionMethod. The server-side encryption algorithm that was used when you store this object in Amazon S3 (for example, AES256, aws:kms, aws:kms:dsse). General purpose buckets - You have four mutually exclusive options to protect data using server-side encryption in Amazon S3, depending on how you choose to manage the encryption keys. Specifically, the encryption key options are Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3), Amazon Web Services KMS keys (SSE-KMS or DSSE-KMS), and customer-provided keys (SSE-C). Amazon S3 encrypts data with server-side encryption by using Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) by default. You can optionally tell Amazon S3 to encrypt data at rest by using server-side encryption with other key options. For more information, see Using Server-Side Encryption in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Directory buckets - For directory buckets, only the server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) (AES256) value is supported. The Server-side encryption algorithm to be used with the customer provided key. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. The base64-encoded encryption key for Amazon S3 to use to encrypt the object Using the encryption key you provide as part of your request Amazon S3 manages both the encryption, as it writes to disks, and decryption, when you access your objects. Therefore, you don't need to maintain any data encryption code. The only thing you do is manage the encryption keys you provide. When you retrieve an object, you must provide the same encryption key as part of your request. Amazon S3 first verifies the encryption key you provided matches, and then decrypts the object before returning the object data to you. Important: Amazon S3 does not store the encryption key you provide. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. Checks if ServerSideEncryptionCustomerProvidedKey property is set. true if ServerSideEncryptionCustomerProvidedKey property is set. The MD5 of the customer encryption key specified in the ServerSideEncryptionCustomerProvidedKey property. The MD5 is base 64 encoded. This field is optional, the SDK will calculate the MD5 if this is not set. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. Checks if ServerSideEncryptionCustomerProvidedKeyMD5 property is set. true if ServerSideEncryptionCustomerProvidedKey property is set. Gets and sets the property ServerSideEncryptionKeyManagementServiceEncryptionContext. Specifies the Amazon Web Services KMS Encryption Context to use for object encryption. The value of this header is a base64-encoded UTF-8 string holding JSON with the encryption context key-value pairs. This value is stored as object metadata and automatically gets passed on to Amazon Web Services KMS for future GetObject or CopyObject operations on this object. This value must be explicitly added during CopyObject operations. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. Checks if ServerSideEncryptionKeyManagementServiceEncryptionContext property is set. true if ServerSideEncryptionKeyManagementServiceEncryptionContext property is set. The id of the AWS Key Management Service key that Amazon S3 should use to encrypt and decrypt the object. If a key id is not specified, the default key will be used for encryption and decryption. If x-amz-server-side-encryption has a valid value of aws:kms, this header specifies the ID of the Amazon Web Services Key Management Service (Amazon Web Services KMS) symmetric encryption customer managed key that was used for the object. If you specify x-amz-server-side-encryption:aws:kms, but do not provide x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id, Amazon S3 uses the Amazon Web Services managed key to protect the data. If the KMS key does not exist in the same account issuing the command, you must use the full ARN and not just the ID. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. Checks if ServerSideEncryptionKeyManagementServiceKeyId property is set. true if ServerSideEncryptionKeyManagementServiceKeyId property is set. Gets and sets the property StorageClass. By default, Amazon S3 uses the STANDARD Storage Class to store newly created objects. The STANDARD storage class provides high durability and high availability. Depending on performance needs, you can specify a different Storage Class. For more information, see Storage Classes in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
  • For directory buckets, only the S3 Express One Zone storage class is supported to store newly created objects.
  • Amazon S3 on Outposts only uses the OUTPOSTS Storage Class.
The tag-set for the object. The tag-set must be encoded as URL Query parameters. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. Checks if Tagging property is set true if Tagging is set. Gets and sets the property WebsiteRedirectLocation. If the bucket is configured as a website, redirects requests for this object to another object in the same bucket or to an external URL. Amazon S3 stores the value of this header in the object metadata. For information about object metadata, see Object Key and Metadata in the Amazon S3 User Guide. In the following example, the request header sets the redirect to an object (anotherPage.html) in the same bucket: x-amz-website-redirect-location: /anotherPage.html In the following example, the request header sets the object redirect to another website: x-amz-website-redirect-location: http://www.example.com/ For more information about website hosting in Amazon S3, see Hosting Websites on Amazon S3 and How to Configure Website Page Redirects in the Amazon S3 User Guide. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. Input stream for the request; content for the request will be read from the stream. The full path and name to a file to be uploaded. If this is set the request will upload the specified file to S3. For WinRT and Windows Phone this property must be in the form of "ms-appdata:///local/file.txt". Text content to be uploaded. Use this property if you want to upload plaintext to S3. The content type will be set to 'text/plain'. If this value is set to true then the stream used with this request will be closed when all the content is read from the stream. Default: true. If this value is set to true then the stream will be seeked back to the start before being read for upload. Default: true. WARNING: Setting DisableMD5Stream to true disables the MD5 data integrity check on upload requests.This property has been deprecated in favor of Setting the value of DisableMD5Stream will set DisableDefaultChecksumValidation to the same value and vice versa. This property was left here for backwards compatibility. When true, MD5Stream will not be used in upload requests. This may increase upload performance under high CPU loads. The default value is false. Set this value to true to disable MD5Stream use in all S3 upload requests or override this value per request by setting the DisableMD5Stream property on PutObjectRequest, UploadPartRequest, or TransferUtilityUploadRequest. MD5Stream, SigV4 payload signing, and HTTPS each provide some data integrity verification. If DisableMD5Stream is true and DisablePayloadSigning is true, then the possibility of data corruption is completely dependant on HTTPS being the only remaining source of data integrity verification. WARNING: Setting DisableDefaultChecksumValidation to true disables the default data integrity check on upload requests. When true, checksum verification will not be used in upload requests. This may increase upload performance under high CPU loads. Setting DisableDefaultChecksumValidation sets the deprecated property DisableMD5Stream to the same value. The default value is false. Set this value to true to disable the default checksum validation used in all S3 upload requests or override this value per request by setting the DisableDefaultChecksumValidation property on , , or . Checksums, SigV4 payload signing, and HTTPS each provide some data integrity verification. If DisableDefaultChecksumValidation is true and DisablePayloadSigning is true, then the possibility of data corruption is completely dependent on HTTPS being the only remaining source of data integrity verification. This flag is a rename of the property If this value is set to true then a chunked encoding upload will be used for the request. Default: true. WARNING: Setting DisablePayloadSigning to true disables the SigV4 payload signing data integrity check on this request. If using SigV4, the DisablePayloadSigning flag controls if the payload should be signed on a request by request basis. By default this flag is null which will use the default client behavior. The default client behavior is to sign the payload. When DisablePayloadSigning is true, the request will be signed with an UNSIGNED-PAYLOAD value. Setting DisablePayloadSigning to true requires that the request is sent over a HTTPS connection. Under certain circumstances, such as uploading to S3 while using MD5 hashing, it may be desireable to use UNSIGNED-PAYLOAD to decrease signing CPU usage. This flag only applies to Amazon S3 PutObject and UploadPart requests. MD5Stream, SigV4 payload signing, and HTTPS each provide some data integrity verification. If DisableMD5Stream is true and DisablePayloadSigning is true, then the possibility of data corruption is completely dependant on HTTPS being the only remaining source of data integrity verification. The collection of headers for the request. Attach a callback that will be called as data is being sent to the AWS Service. Gets or sets whether the Content-MD5 header should be calculated for upload. The base64-encoded 128-bit MD5 digest of the message (without the headers) according to RFC 1864. This header can be used as a message integrity check to verify that the data is the same data that was originally sent. Although it is optional, we recommend using the Content-MD5 mechanism as an end-to-end integrity check. For more information about REST request authentication, see REST Authentication. The Content-MD5 header is required for any request to upload an object with a retention period configured using Amazon S3 Object Lock. For more information about Amazon S3 Object Lock, see Amazon S3 Object Lock Overview in the Amazon S3 User Guide. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. Gets and sets the property ChecksumAlgorithm. Indicates the algorithm used to create the checksum for the object when you use the SDK. This header will not provide any additional functionality if you don't use the SDK. When you send this header, there must be a corresponding x-amz-checksum-algorithm or x-amz-trailer header sent. Otherwise, Amazon S3 fails the request with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request. For the x-amz-checksum-algorithm header, replace algorithm with the supported algorithm from the following list:
  • CRC32
  • CRC32C
  • SHA1
  • SHA256
For more information, see Checking object integrity in the Amazon S3 User Guide. If the individual checksum value you provide through x-amz-checksum-algorithm doesn't match the checksum algorithm you set through x-amz-sdk-checksum-algorithm, Amazon S3 ignores any provided ChecksumAlgorithm parameter and uses the checksum algorithm that matches the provided value in x-amz-checksum-algorithm . For directory buckets, when you use Amazon Web Services SDKs, CRC32 is the default checksum algorithm that's used for performance.
Gets and sets the property ChecksumCRC32. This header can be used as a data integrity check to verify that the data received is the same data that was originally sent. This specifies the base64-encoded, 32-bit CRC32 checksum of the object. For more information, see Checking object integrity in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Gets and sets the property ChecksumCRC32C. This header can be used as a data integrity check to verify that the data received is the same data that was originally sent. This specifies the base64-encoded, 32-bit CRC32C checksum of the object. For more information, see Checking object integrity in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Gets and sets the property ChecksumSHA1. This header can be used as a data integrity check to verify that the data received is the same data that was originally sent. This specifies the base64-encoded, 160-bit SHA-1 digest of the object. For more information, see Checking object integrity in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Gets and sets the property ChecksumSHA256. This header can be used as a data integrity check to verify that the data received is the same data that was originally sent. This specifies the base64-encoded, 256-bit SHA-256 digest of the object. For more information, see Checking object integrity in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Returns information about the PutObject response and response metadata. Gets and sets the Expiration property. Specifies the expiration date for the object and the rule governing the expiration. Is null if expiration is not applicable. If the expiration is configured for the object (see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration.html\), the response includes this header. It includes the expiry-date and rule-id key-value pairs that provide information about object expiration. The value of the rule-id is URL encoded." This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. The Server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3. The server-side encryption algorithm used when you store this object in Amazon S3 (for example, AES256, aws:kms, aws:kms:dsse). For directory buckets, only server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) (AES256) is supported. Gets and sets the property ETag. Entity tag for the uploaded object. General purpose buckets - To ensure that data is not corrupted traversing the network, for objects where the ETag is the MD5 digest of the object, you can calculate the MD5 while putting an object to Amazon S3 and compare the returned ETag to the calculated MD5 value. Directory buckets - The ETag for the object in a directory bucket isn't the MD5 digest of the object. Gets and sets the property VersionId. Version ID of the object. If you enable versioning for a bucket, Amazon S3 automatically generates a unique version ID for the object being stored. Amazon S3 returns this ID in the response. When you enable versioning for a bucket, if Amazon S3 receives multiple write requests for the same object simultaneously, it stores all of the objects. For more information about versioning, see Adding Objects to Versioning-Enabled Buckets in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For information about returning the versioning state of a bucket, see GetBucketVersioning. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. The id of the AWS Key Management Service key that Amazon S3 uses to encrypt and decrypt the object. If x-amz-server-side-encryption is has a valid value of aws:kms, this header specifies the ID of the Amazon Web Services Key Management Service (Amazon Web Services KMS) symmetric encryption customer managed key that was used for the object. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. Checks if ServerSideEncryptionKeyManagementServiceKeyId property is set. true if ServerSideEncryptionKeyManagementServiceKeyId property is set. The Server-side encryption algorithm to be used with the customer provided key. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. The MD5 of the customer encryption key specified in the ServerSideEncryptionCustomerProvidedKey property. The MD5 is base 64 encoded. This field is optional, the SDK will calculate the MD5 if this is not set. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. Specifies the AWS KMS Encryption Context to use for object encryption. The value of this header is a base64-encoded UTF-8 string holding JSON with the encryption context key-value pairs. If present, specifies the Amazon Web Services KMS Encryption Context to use for object encryption. The value of this header is a base64-encoded UTF-8 string holding JSON with the encryption context key-value pairs. This value is stored as object metadata and automatically gets passed on to Amazon Web Services KMS for future GetObject or CopyObject operations on this object. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the request. Checks to see if RequestCharged is set. true, if RequestCharged property is set. Gets and sets the property BucketKeyEnabled. Indicates whether the uploaded object uses an S3 Bucket Key for server-side encryption with Key Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS). This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. Gets and sets the property ChecksumCRC32. The base64-encoded, 32-bit CRC32 checksum of the object. This will only be present if it was uploaded with the object. When you use an API operation on an object that was uploaded using multipart uploads, this value may not be a direct checksum value of the full object. Instead, it's a calculation based on the checksum values of each individual part. For more information about how checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see Checking object integrity in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Gets and sets the property ChecksumCRC32C. The base64-encoded, 32-bit CRC32C checksum of the object. This will only be present if it was uploaded with the object. When you use an API operation on an object that was uploaded using multipart uploads, this value may not be a direct checksum value of the full object. Instead, it's a calculation based on the checksum values of each individual part. For more information about how checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see Checking object integrity in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Gets and sets the property ChecksumSHA1. The base64-encoded, 160-bit SHA-1 digest of the object. This will only be present if it was uploaded with the object. When you use the API operation on an object that was uploaded using multipart uploads, this value may not be a direct checksum value of the full object. Instead, it's a calculation based on the checksum values of each individual part. For more information about how checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see Checking object integrity in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Gets and sets the property ChecksumSHA256. The base64-encoded, 256-bit SHA-256 digest of the object. This will only be present if it was uploaded with the object. When you use an API operation on an object that was uploaded using multipart uploads, this value may not be a direct checksum value of the full object. Instead, it's a calculation based on the checksum values of each individual part. For more information about how checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see Checking object integrity in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Container for the parameters to the PutObjectRetention operation. This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Places an Object Retention configuration on an object. For more information, see Locking Objects. Users or accounts require the s3:PutObjectRetention permission in order to place an Object Retention configuration on objects. Bypassing a Governance Retention configuration requires the s3:BypassGovernanceRetention permission. This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts. Gets and sets the property BucketName. The bucket name that contains the object you want to apply this Object Retention configuration to. Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Gets and sets the property BypassGovernanceRetention. Indicates whether this action should bypass Governance-mode restrictions. Gets and sets the property ChecksumAlgorithm. Indicates the algorithm used to create the checksum for the object when you use the SDK. This header will not provide any additional functionality if you don't use the SDK. When you send this header, there must be a corresponding x-amz-checksum or x-amz-trailer header sent. Otherwise, Amazon S3 fails the request with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request. For more information, see Checking object integrity in the Amazon S3 User Guide. If you provide an individual checksum, Amazon S3 ignores any provided ChecksumAlgorithm parameter. Gets and sets the property ContentMD5. The MD5 hash for the request body. For requests made using the Amazon Web Services Command Line Interface (CLI) or Amazon Web Services SDKs, this field is calculated automatically. Gets and sets the property ExpectedBucketOwner. The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). Gets and sets the property Key. The key name for the object that you want to apply this Object Retention configuration to. This property will be used as part of the resource path of the HTTP request. In .NET the System.Uri class is used to construct the uri for the request. The System.Uri class will canonicalize the uri string by compacting characters like "..". For example an object key of "foo/../bar/file.txt" will be transformed into "bar/file.txt" because the ".." is interpreted as use parent directory. Starting with .NET 8, the AWS .NET SDK disables System.Uri's feature of canonicalizing the resource path. This allows S3 keys like "foo/../bar/file.txt" to work correctly with the AWS .NET SDK. For further information view the documentation for the Uri class: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dotnet/api/system.uri Gets and sets the property RequestPayer. Gets and sets the property Retention. The container element for the Object Retention configuration. Gets and sets the property VersionId. The version ID for the object that you want to apply this Object Retention configuration to. This is the response object from the PutObjectRetention operation. Gets and sets the property RequestCharged. Container for the parameters to the PutObjectTagging operation. This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Sets the supplied tag-set to an object that already exists in a bucket. A tag is a key-value pair. For more information, see Object Tagging. You can associate tags with an object by sending a PUT request against the tagging subresource that is associated with the object. You can retrieve tags by sending a GET request. For more information, see GetObjectTagging. For tagging-related restrictions related to characters and encodings, see Tag Restrictions. Note that Amazon S3 limits the maximum number of tags to 10 tags per object. To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:PutObjectTagging action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant this permission to others. To put tags of any other version, use the versionId query parameter. You also need permission for the s3:PutObjectVersionTagging action. PutObjectTagging has the following special errors. For more Amazon S3 errors see, Error Responses.
  • InvalidTag - The tag provided was not a valid tag. This error can occur if the tag did not pass input validation. For more information, see Object Tagging.
  • MalformedXML - The XML provided does not match the schema.
  • OperationAborted - A conflicting conditional action is currently in progress against this resource. Please try again.
  • InternalError - The service was unable to apply the provided tag to the object.
The following operations are related to PutObjectTagging:
Gets and sets the property BucketName. The bucket name containing the object. Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Check to see if Bucket property is set Gets and sets the property ChecksumAlgorithm. Indicates the algorithm used to create the checksum for the object when you use the SDK. This header will not provide any additional functionality if you don't use the SDK. When you send this header, there must be a corresponding x-amz-checksum or x-amz-trailer header sent. Otherwise, Amazon S3 fails the request with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request. For more information, see Checking object integrity in the Amazon S3 User Guide. If you provide an individual checksum, Amazon S3 ignores any provided ChecksumAlgorithm parameter. Gets and sets the property ExpectedBucketOwner. The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). Checks to see if ExpectedBucketOwner is set. true, if ExpectedBucketOwner property is set. Gets and sets Key property. This key is used to identify the object in S3. This property will be used as part of the resource path of the HTTP request. In .NET the System.Uri class is used to construct the uri for the request. The System.Uri class will canonicalize the uri string by compacting characters like "..". For example an object key of "foo/../bar/file.txt" will be transformed into "bar/file.txt" because the ".." is interpreted as use parent directory. Starting with .NET 8, the AWS .NET SDK disables System.Uri's feature of canonicalizing the resource path. This allows S3 keys like "foo/../bar/file.txt" to work correctly with the AWS .NET SDK. For further information view the documentation for the Uri class: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dotnet/api/system.uri Check to see if Key property is set Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. The tag-set for the object. The tag-set must be encoded as URL Query parameters Checks if Tagging property is set. Gets and sets the property VersionId. The versionId of the object that the tag-set will be added to. Returns information about the PutObjectTagging response and response metadata. Version of the object. Container for the parameters to the PutPublicAccessBlock operation. This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Creates or modifies the PublicAccessBlock configuration for an Amazon S3 bucket. To use this operation, you must have the s3:PutBucketPublicAccessBlock permission. For more information about Amazon S3 permissions, see Specifying Permissions in a Policy. When Amazon S3 evaluates the PublicAccessBlock configuration for a bucket or an object, it checks the PublicAccessBlock configuration for both the bucket (or the bucket that contains the object) and the bucket owner's account. If the PublicAccessBlock configurations are different between the bucket and the account, Amazon S3 uses the most restrictive combination of the bucket-level and account-level settings. For more information about when Amazon S3 considers a bucket or an object public, see The Meaning of "Public". The following operations are related to PutPublicAccessBlock: Gets and sets the property BucketName. The name of the Amazon S3 bucket whose Public Access Block configuration you want to set. Gets and sets the property ChecksumAlgorithm. Indicates the algorithm used to create the checksum for the object when you use the SDK. This header will not provide any additional functionality if you don't use the SDK. When you send this header, there must be a corresponding x-amz-checksum or x-amz-trailer header sent. Otherwise, Amazon S3 fails the request with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request. For more information, see Checking object integrity in the Amazon S3 User Guide. If you provide an individual checksum, Amazon S3 ignores any provided ChecksumAlgorithm parameter. Gets and sets the property ContentMD5. The MD5 hash of the PutPublicAccessBlock request body. For requests made using the Amazon Web Services Command Line Interface (CLI) or Amazon Web Services SDKs, this field is calculated automatically. Gets and sets the property PublicAccessBlockConfiguration. The Public Access Block configuration that you want to apply to this Amazon S3 bucket. Gets and sets the property ExpectedBucketOwner. The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). Checks to see if ExpectedBucketOwner is set. true, if ExpectedBucketOwner property is set. This is the response object from the PutPublicAccessBlock operation. Base class for put operations that can also put an ACL. Gets the access control lists (ACLs) for this request. Please refer to for information on S3 Grants. This class contains the configuration Amazon S3 uses to figure out what events you want to listen and send the event to an Amazon SQS queue. The queue's policy must allow S3 to send messages to it. The utility method Amazon.SQS.AmazonSQSClient.AuthorizeS3ToSendMessage(string,string) can be used to help setup the queue policy. Gets and set the Id property. The Id will be provided in the event content and can be used to identify which configuration caused an event to fire. If the Id is not provided for the configuration, one will be generated. Gets and sets the Queue property. Amazon SQS queue to which Amazon S3 will publish a message to report the specified events for the bucket. The queue's policy must allow S3 to send messages to it. The utility method Amazon.SQS.AmazonSQSClient.AuthorizeS3ToSendMessage(string,string) can be used to help setup the queue policy. A filter that you can specify for selection for modifications on replicas. Amazon S3 doesn't replicate replica modifications by default. In the latest version of replication configuration (when Filter is specified), you can specify this element and set the status to Enabled to replicate modifications on replicas. If you don't specify the Filter element, Amazon S3 assumes that the replication configuration is the earlier version, V1. In the earlier version, this element is not allowed. Specifies whether Amazon S3 replicates modifications on replicas. This class defines the configuration for replication. Gets and sets the property Role. The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Identity and Access Management (IAM) role that Amazon S3 assumes when replicating objects. For more information, see How to Set Up Replication in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Check to see if the Role property is set. true if the Role property is set. Container for information about a particular replication rule. Replication configuration must have at least one rule and can contain up to 1,000 rules. Checks to see if the Rules property is set. true if the Rules property is set. Specifies information about where to publish analysis or configuration results for an Amazon S3 bucket and S3 Replication Time Control (S3 RTC). Gets and sets the property AccessControlTranslation. Specify this only in a cross-account scenario (where source and destination bucket owners are not the same), and you want to change replica ownership to the Amazon Web Services account that owns the destination bucket. If this is not specified in the replication configuration, the replicas are owned by same Amazon Web Services account that owns the source object. Gets and sets the property AccountId. Destination bucket owner account ID. In a cross-account scenario, if you direct Amazon S3 to change replica ownership to the Amazon Web Services account that owns the destination bucket by specifying the AccessControlTranslation property, this is the account ID of the destination bucket owner. For more information, see Replication Additional Configuration: Changing the Replica Owner in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Amazon resource name (ARN) of the bucket where you want Amazon S3 to store replicas of the object identified by the rule. If you have multiple rules in your replication configuration, all rules must specify the same bucket as the destination. A replication configuration can replicate objects only to one destination bucket. Checks to see if BucketArn property is set. true if BucketArn property is set. Gets and sets the property EncryptionConfiguration. A container that provides information about encryption. If SourceSelectionCriteria is specified, you must specify this element. Gets and sets the property Metrics. A container specifying replication metrics-related settings enabling replication metrics and events. Gets and sets the property ReplicationTime. A container specifying S3 Replication Time Control (S3 RTC), including whether S3 RTC is enabled and the time when all objects and operations on objects must be replicated. Must be specified together with a Metrics block. Gets and sets the property StorageClass. The storage class to use when replicating objects, such as S3 Standard or reduced redundancy. By default, Amazon S3 uses the storage class of the source object to create the object replica. For valid values, see the StorageClass element of the PUT Bucket replication action in the Amazon S3 API Reference. Rule that specifies the replication configuration. Unique identifier for the rule. The value cannot be longer than 255 characters. Checks to see if Id property is set. true if Id property is set. The priority indicates which rule has priority when there is a conflict. Amazon S3 will attempt to replicate objects according to all replication rules. However, if objects are replicating to the same destination bucket priority will decide which object will attempt to replicate first. The higher the number, the higher the priority. For more information, see Replication in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. Checks to see if Priority property is set. true if Priority property is set. Object keyname prefix identifying one or more objects to which the rule applies. Maximum prefix length can be up to 1,024 characters. Checks to see if Prefix property is set. true if Prefix property is set. Gets and sets the property Filter. Checks to see if Filter property is set. true if Filter property is set. Whether the rule is applied or ignored. Checks to see if Status property is set. true if Status property is set. Container for replication destination information. Checks to see if Destination property is set. true if Destination property is set. Gets and sets the property SourceSelectionCriteria. A container that describes additional filters for identifying the source objects that you want to replicate. You can choose to enable or disable the replication of these objects. Currently, Amazon S3 supports only the filter that you can specify for objects created with server-side encryption using a customer managed key stored in Amazon Web Services Key Management Service (SSE-KMS). Optional configuration to replicate existing source bucket objects. For more information, see Replicating Existing Objects in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Checks to see if ExistingObjectReplication property is set. true if ExistingObjectReplication property is set. Specifies whether Amazon S3 should replicate delete makers. Checks to see if DeleteMarkerReplication property is set. true if DeleteMarkerReplication property is set. Object keyname prefix that identifies subset of objects to which the rule applies. Checks to see if Prefix property is set. true if Prefix property is set. All of these tags must exist in the object's tag set in order for the rule to apply. Checks to see if Tags property is set. true if Tags property is set. Filter that identifies subset of objects to which the replication rule applies. A Filter must specify exactly one Prefix, Tag, or an And child element. Object keyname prefix that identifies subset of objects to which the rule applies. Checks to see if Prefix property is set. true if Prefix property is set. Container for specifying a tag key and value. The rule applies only to objects having the tag in its tagset. Checks to see if Tag property is set. true if Tag property is set. Container for specifying rule filters. These filters determine the subset of objects to which the rule applies. The element is required only if you specify more than one filter. For example:
  • You specify both a Prefix and a Tag filters. Then you wrap these in an And tag.
  • You specify filter based on multiple tags. Then you wrap the Tag elements in an And tag.
Checks to see if And property is set. true if And property is set. A container specifying the time when all objects and operations on objects are replicated. Must be specified together with a Metrics block. Specifies whether the replication time is enabled. A container specifying the time by which replication should complete for all objects and operations on objects. A container specifying the time value. Gets and sets the property Minutes. Contains an integer specifying time in minutes. Valid value: 15 Request Payment Configuration Specifies who pays for the download and request fees. Container for values of the response headers that will be set on a response from a GetObject request. These values override any headers that were set when the object was uploaded to S3. A standard MIME type describing the format of the object data. The content type for the content being uploaded. This property defaults to "binary/octet-stream". For more information, refer to: ContentLanguage header value. Expiry header value. CacheControl header value. The ContentDisposition header value. The ContentEncoding header value. Container for the parameters to the RestoreObject operation. This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Restores an archived copy of an object back into Amazon S3 This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts. This action performs the following types of requests:
  • select - Perform a select query on an archived object
  • restore an archive - Restore an archived object
For more information about the S3 structure in the request body, see the following: Define the SQL expression for the SELECT type of restoration for your query in the request body's SelectParameters structure. You can use expressions like the following examples.
  • The following expression returns all records from the specified object. SELECT * FROM Object
  • Assuming that you are not using any headers for data stored in the object, you can specify columns with positional headers. SELECT s._1, s._2 FROM Object s WHERE s._3 > 100
  • If you have headers and you set the fileHeaderInfo in the CSV structure in the request body to USE, you can specify headers in the query. (If you set the fileHeaderInfo field to IGNORE, the first row is skipped for the query.) You cannot mix ordinal positions with header column names. SELECT s.Id, s.FirstName, s.SSN FROM S3Object s
When making a select request, you can also do the following:
  • To expedite your queries, specify the Expedited tier. For more information about tiers, see "Restoring Archives," later in this topic.
  • Specify details about the data serialization format of both the input object that is being queried and the serialization of the CSV-encoded query results.
The following are additional important facts about the select feature:
  • The output results are new Amazon S3 objects. Unlike archive retrievals, they are stored until explicitly deleted-manually or through a lifecycle configuration.
  • You can issue more than one select request on the same Amazon S3 object. Amazon S3 doesn't duplicate requests, so avoid issuing duplicate requests.
  • Amazon S3 accepts a select request even if the object has already been restored. A select request doesn’t return error response 409.
Permissions
To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:RestoreObject action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Restoring objects
Objects that you archive to the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval Flexible Retrieval or S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class, and S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tiers, are not accessible in real time. For objects in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval Flexible Retrieval or S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage classes, you must first initiate a restore request, and then wait until a temporary copy of the object is available. If you want a permanent copy of the object, create a copy of it in the Amazon S3 Standard storage class in your S3 bucket. To access an archived object, you must restore the object for the duration (number of days) that you specify. For objects in the Archive Access or Deep Archive Access tiers of S3 Intelligent-Tiering, you must first initiate a restore request, and then wait until the object is moved into the Frequent Access tier. To restore a specific object version, you can provide a version ID. If you don't provide a version ID, Amazon S3 restores the current version. When restoring an archived object, you can specify one of the following data access tier options in the Tier element of the request body:
  • Expedited - Expedited retrievals allow you to quickly access your data stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval Flexible Retrieval storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive tier when occasional urgent requests for restoring archives are required. For all but the largest archived objects (250 MB+), data accessed using Expedited retrievals is typically made available within 1–5 minutes. Provisioned capacity ensures that retrieval capacity for Expedited retrievals is available when you need it. Expedited retrievals and provisioned capacity are not available for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tier.
  • Standard - Standard retrievals allow you to access any of your archived objects within several hours. This is the default option for retrieval requests that do not specify the retrieval option. Standard retrievals typically finish within 3–5 hours for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval Flexible Retrieval storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive tier. They typically finish within 12 hours for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tier. Standard retrievals are free for objects stored in S3 Intelligent-Tiering.
  • Bulk - Bulk retrievals free for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval and S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage classes, enabling you to retrieve large amounts, even petabytes, of data at no cost. Bulk retrievals typically finish within 5–12 hours for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval Flexible Retrieval storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive tier. Bulk retrievals are also the lowest-cost retrieval option when restoring objects from S3 Glacier Deep Archive. They typically finish within 48 hours for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tier.
For more information about archive retrieval options and provisioned capacity for Expedited data access, see Restoring Archived Objects in the Amazon S3 User Guide. You can use Amazon S3 restore speed upgrade to change the restore speed to a faster speed while it is in progress. For more information, see Upgrading the speed of an in-progress restore in the Amazon S3 User Guide. To get the status of object restoration, you can send a HEAD request. Operations return the x-amz-restore header, which provides information about the restoration status, in the response. You can use Amazon S3 event notifications to notify you when a restore is initiated or completed. For more information, see Configuring Amazon S3 Event Notifications in the Amazon S3 User Guide. After restoring an archived object, you can update the restoration period by reissuing the request with a new period. Amazon S3 updates the restoration period relative to the current time and charges only for the request-there are no data transfer charges. You cannot update the restoration period when Amazon S3 is actively processing your current restore request for the object. If your bucket has a lifecycle configuration with a rule that includes an expiration action, the object expiration overrides the life span that you specify in a restore request. For example, if you restore an object copy for 10 days, but the object is scheduled to expire in 3 days, Amazon S3 deletes the object in 3 days. For more information about lifecycle configuration, see PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration and Object Lifecycle Management in Amazon S3 User Guide.
Responses
A successful action returns either the 200 OK or 202 Accepted status code.
  • If the object is not previously restored, then Amazon S3 returns 202 Accepted in the response.
  • If the object is previously restored, Amazon S3 returns 200 OK in the response.
  • Special errors:
    • Code: RestoreAlreadyInProgress
    • Cause: Object restore is already in progress. (This error does not apply to SELECT type requests.)
    • HTTP Status Code: 409 Conflict
    • SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
    • Code: GlacierExpeditedRetrievalNotAvailable
    • Cause: expedited retrievals are currently not available. Try again later. (Returned if there is insufficient capacity to process the Expedited request. This error applies only to Expedited retrievals and not to S3 Standard or Bulk retrievals.)
    • HTTP Status Code: 503
    • SOAP Fault Code Prefix: N/A
The following operations are related to RestoreObject:
Gets and sets the property BucketName. The bucket name containing the object to restore. Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Gets and sets the property ChecksumAlgorithm. Indicates the algorithm used to create the checksum for the object when you use the SDK. This header will not provide any additional functionality if you don't use the SDK. When you send this header, there must be a corresponding x-amz-checksum or x-amz-trailer header sent. Otherwise, Amazon S3 fails the request with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request. For more information, see Checking object integrity in the Amazon S3 User Guide. If you provide an individual checksum, Amazon S3 ignores any provided ChecksumAlgorithm parameter. Lifetime of the active copy in days. Do not use with restores that specify OutputLocation. The Days element is required for regular restores, and must not be provided for select requests. Gets and sets the property ExpectedBucketOwner. The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). Checks to see if ExpectedBucketOwner is set. true, if ExpectedBucketOwner property is set. The optional description for the job. Gets and sets the Key property. This key indicates the S3 object to restore. This property will be used as part of the resource path of the HTTP request. In .NET the System.Uri class is used to construct the uri for the request. The System.Uri class will canonicalize the uri string by compacting characters like "..". For example an object key of "foo/../bar/file.txt" will be transformed into "bar/file.txt" because the ".." is interpreted as use parent directory. Starting with .NET 8, the AWS .NET SDK disables System.Uri's feature of canonicalizing the resource path. This allows S3 keys like "foo/../bar/file.txt" to work correctly with the AWS .NET SDK. For further information view the documentation for the Uri class: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dotnet/api/system.uri Tier at which the restore will be processed. Retrieval tier at which the restore will be processed. Type of restore request. Describes the parameters for Select job types. Describes the location where the restore job's output is stored. Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. Checks to see if RequetsPayer is set. true, if RequestPayer property is set. VersionId used to reference a specific version of the object. Returns information about the RestoreObject response metadata. The RestoreObject operation has a void result type. If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the request. Checks to see if RequestCharged is set. true, if RequestCharged property is set. Indicates the path in the provided S3 output location where Select results will be restored to. Specifies the restoration status of an object. Objects in certain storage classes must be restored before they can be retrieved. For more information about these storage classes and how to work with archived objects, see Working with archived objects in the Amazon S3 User Guide. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. Only the S3 Express One Zone storage class is supported by directory buckets to store objects. Gets and sets the property IsRestoreInProgress. Specifies whether the object is currently being restored. If the object restoration is in progress, the header returns the value TRUE. For example: x-amz-optional-object-attributes: IsRestoreInProgress="true" If the object restoration has completed, the header returns the value FALSE. For example: x-amz-optional-object-attributes: IsRestoreInProgress="false", RestoreExpiryDate="2012-12-21T00:00:00.000Z" If the object hasn't been restored, there is no header response. Gets and sets the property RestoreExpiryDate. Indicates when the restored copy will expire. This value is populated only if the object has already been restored. For example: x-amz-optional-object-attributes: IsRestoreInProgress="false", RestoreExpiryDate="2012-12-21T00:00:00.000Z" Routing Rule A container for describing a condition that must be met for the specified redirect to apply. For example, 1. If request is for pages in the /docs folder, redirect to the /documents folder. 2. If request results in HTTP error 4xx, redirect request to another host where you might process the error. For more information about routing rules, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/how-to-page-redirect.html#advanced-conditional-redirects\ Container for redirect information. You can redirect requests to another host, to another page, or with another protocol. In the event of an error, you can can specify a different error code to return. A container for describing a condition that must be met for the specified redirect to apply. For example, 1. If request is for pages in the /docs folder, redirect to the /documents folder. 2. If request results in HTTP error 4xx, redirect request to another host where you might process the error. The HTTP error code when the redirect is applied. In the event of an error, if the error code equals this value, then the specified redirect is applied. Required when parent element Condition is specified and sibling KeyPrefixEquals is not specified. If both are specified, then both must be true for the redirect to be applied. The object key name prefix when the redirect is applied. For example, to redirect requests for ExamplePage.html, the key prefix will be ExamplePage.html. To redirect request for all pages with the prefix docs/, the key prefix will be /docs, which identifies all objects in the docs/ folder. Required when the parent element Condition is specified and sibling HttpErrorCodeReturnedEquals is not specified. If both conditions are specified, both must be true for the redirect to be applied. Container for redirect information. You can redirect requests to another host, to another page, or with another protocol. In the event of an error, you can can specify a different error code to return. Name of the host where requests will be redirected. The HTTP redirect code to use on the response. Not required if one of the siblings is present. Protocol to use (http, https) when redirecting requests. The default is the protocol that is used in the original request. The object key prefix to use in the redirect request. For example, to redirect requests for all pages with prefix docs/ (objects in the docs/ folder) to documents/, you can set a condition block with KeyPrefixEquals set to docs/ and in the Redirect set ReplaceKeyPrefixWith to /documents. Not required if one of the siblings is present. Can be present only if ReplaceKeyWith is not provided. The specific object key to use in the redirect request. For example, redirect request to error.html. Not required if one of the sibling is present. Can be present only if ReplaceKeyPrefixWith is not provided. Represents an access control list (ACL) for S3. An AccessControlList is represented by an Owner, and a List of Grants, where each Grant is a Grantee and a Permission. Each bucket and object in Amazon S3 has an ACL that defines its access control policy. When a request is made, Amazon S3 authenticates the request using its standard authentication procedure and then checks the ACL to verify the sender was granted access to the bucket or object. If the sender is approved, the request proceeds. Otherwise, Amazon S3 returns an error. An ACL is a list of grants. A grant consists of one grantee and one permission. ACLs only grant permissions; they do not deny them. For convenience, some commonly used Access Control Lists are defined in S3CannedACL. Note: BucketName and object ACLs are completely independent; an object does not inherit the ACL from its bucket. For example, if you create a bucket and grant write access to another user, you will not be able to access the user's objects unless the user explicitly grants access. This also applies if you grant anonymous write access to a bucket. Only the user "anonymous" will be able to access objects the user created unless permission is explicitly granted to the bucket owner. Important: We highly recommend that you do not grant the anonymous group write access to your buckets as you will have no control over the objects others can store and their associated charges. For more information, see Grantees and Permissions Creates a S3Grant and adds it to the list of grants. The grantee for the grant. The permission for the grantee. Removes a specific permission for the given grantee. The grantee The permission for the grantee to remove Removes all permissions for the given grantee. The owner of the bucket or object. Every bucket and object in Amazon S3 has an owner, the user that created the bucket or object. The owner of a bucket or object cannot be changed. However, if the object is overwritten by another user (deleted and rewritten), the new object will have a new owner. Note: Even the owner is subject to the ACL. For example, if an owner does not have Permission.READ access to an object, the owner cannot read that object. However, the owner of an object always has write access to the access control policy (Permission.WriteAcp) and can change the ACL to read the object. Checks if Owner property is set. true if Owner property is set. A collection of grants. Checks if Grants property is set. true if Grants property is set. In terms of implementation, a Bucket is a resource. An Amazon S3 bucket name is globally unique, and the namespace is shared by all Amazon Web Services accounts. Date the bucket was created. This date can change when making changes to your bucket, such as editing its bucket policy. The name of the bucket. Describes where logs are stored and the prefix that Amazon S3 assigns to all log object keys for a bucket. For more information, see PUT Bucket logging in the Amazon S3 API Reference. Specifies the bucket where you want Amazon S3 to store server access logs. You can have your logs delivered to any bucket that you own, including the same bucket that is being logged. You can also configure multiple buckets to deliver their logs to the same target bucket. In this case you should choose a different TargetPrefix for each source bucket so that the delivered log files can be distinguished by key. A collection of grants. Buckets that use the bucket owner enforced setting for Object Ownership don't support target grants. For more information, see Permissions for server access log delivery in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Gets and sets the property TargetObjectKeyFormat. Amazon S3 key format for log objects. Gets and sets the property TargetPrefix. A prefix for all log object keys. If you store log files from multiple Amazon S3 buckets in a single bucket, you can use a prefix to distinguish which log files came from which bucket. Creates a S3Grant and adds it to the list of grants. The grantee for the grant. The permission for the grantee. Removes a specific permission for the given grantee. The grantee The permission for the grantee to remove Removes all permissions for the given grantee. Describes the versioning state of an Amazon S3 bucket. For more information, see PUT Bucket versioning in the Amazon S3 API Reference. Specifies whether MFA Delete is enabled on this S3 Bucket. If this property is set, please ensure that the PutBucketVersioningRequest's MfaCodes property is set with the Serial of and Token on the MFA device. Checks if EnableMfaDelete property is set. true if Status property is set Versioning status for the bucket. Accepted values: Off, Enabled, Suspended. Checks if Status property is set true if Status property is set Describes the server-side encryption that will be applied to the restore results. The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing job results in Amazon S3 (for example, AES256, aws:kms). If the encryption type is aws:kms, this optional value specifies the ID of the symmetric encryption customer managed key to use for encryption of job results. Amazon S3 only supports symmetric encryption KMS keys. For more information, see Asymmetric keys in Amazon Web Services KMS in the Amazon Web Services Key Management Service Developer Guide. If the encryption type is aws:kms, this optional value can be used to specify the encryption context for the restore results. Container for granting information. Buckets that use the bucket owner enforced setting for Object Ownership don't support target grants. For more information, see Permissions server access log delivery in the Amazon S3 User Guide. The grantee details. Specifies the permission given to the grantee. Grantee Type of grantee Screen name of the grantee. Gets and sets the property EmailAddress. Email address of the grantee. Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in the following Amazon Web Services Regions:
  • US East (N. Virginia)
  • US West (N. California)
  • US West (Oregon)
  • Asia Pacific (Singapore)
  • Asia Pacific (Sydney)
  • Asia Pacific (Tokyo)
  • Europe (Ireland)
  • South America (São Paulo)
For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.
The canonical user ID of the grantee. URI of the grantee group. Filter criteria that allows for event notification filtering based on an S3 Object's key name. Gets and sets the filterRules property. These are the filter rules for this filter. Describes an S3 location that will receive the results of the restore request. The name of the bucket where the restore results will be placed. The prefix that is prepended to the restore results for this request. The canned ACL to apply to the restore results. A list of grants that control access to the staged results. The tag-set that is applied to the restore results. A map of metadata to store with the restore results in S3. The class of storage used to store the restore results. Represents an S3 Object. Contains all attributes that an S3 Object has. For more information about S3 Objects refer: Gets and sets the property ChecksumAlgorithm. The algorithm that was used to create a checksum of the object. Gets and sets the property ETag. The entity tag is a hash of the object. The ETag reflects changes only to the contents of an object, not its metadata. The ETag may or may not be an MD5 digest of the object data. Whether or not it is depends on how the object was created and how it is encrypted as described below:
  • Objects created by the PUT Object, POST Object, or Copy operation, or through the Amazon Web Services Management Console, and are encrypted by SSE-S3 or plaintext, have ETags that are an MD5 digest of their object data.
  • Objects created by the PUT Object, POST Object, or Copy operation, or through the Amazon Web Services Management Console, and are encrypted by SSE-C or SSE-KMS, have ETags that are not an MD5 digest of their object data.
  • If an object is created by either the Multipart Upload or Part Copy operation, the ETag is not an MD5 digest, regardless of the method of encryption. If an object is larger than 16 MB, the Amazon Web Services Management Console will upload or copy that object as a Multipart Upload, and therefore the ETag will not be an MD5 digest.
The name of the bucket containing this object. The key of the object. Gets and sets the property LastModified. Date and time when the object was last modified. The date retrieved from S3 is in ISO8601 format. A GMT formatted date is passed back to the user. The owner of the object. Gets and sets the property RestoreStatus. Specifies the restoration status of an object. Objects in certain storage classes must be restored before they can be retrieved. For more information about these storage classes and how to work with archived objects, see Working with archived objects in the Amazon S3 User Guide. The size of the object. The class of storage used to store the object. Represents a version of an object in an S3 Bucket. An S3 object version is an S3 object that also has a version identifier, an indication of whether this is the latest version of the object and whether it's a DeleteMarker or not. Specifies whether the object is (true) or is not (false) the latest version of an object. Version ID of an object. If true, the object is a delete marker for a deleted object. Gets and sets the property RestoreStatus. Specifies the restoration status of an object. Objects in certain storage classes must be restored before they can be retrieved. For more information about these storage classes and how to work with archived objects, see Working with archived objects in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Specifies the byte range of the object to get the records from. A record is processed when its first byte is contained by the range. Specifies the start of the byte range. This parameter is optional. Valid values: non-negative integers. The default value is 0. Specifies the end of the byte range. This parameter is optional. Valid values: non-negative integers. The default value is one less than the size of the object being queried. Container for the parameters to the SelectObjectContent operation. This operation is not supported by directory buckets. This action filters the contents of an Amazon S3 object based on a simple structured query language (SQL) statement. In the request, along with the SQL expression, you must also specify a data serialization format (JSON, CSV, or Apache Parquet) of the object. Amazon S3 uses this format to parse object data into records, and returns only records that match the specified SQL expression. You must also specify the data serialization format for the response. This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts. For more information about Amazon S3 Select, see Selecting Content from Objects and SELECT Command in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Permissions
You must have the s3:GetObject permission for this operation. Amazon S3 Select does not support anonymous access. For more information about permissions, see Specifying Permissions in a Policy in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Object Data Formats
You can use Amazon S3 Select to query objects that have the following format properties:
  • CSV, JSON, and Parquet - Objects must be in CSV, JSON, or Parquet format.
  • UTF-8 - UTF-8 is the only encoding type Amazon S3 Select supports.
  • GZIP or BZIP2 - CSV and JSON files can be compressed using GZIP or BZIP2. GZIP and BZIP2 are the only compression formats that Amazon S3 Select supports for CSV and JSON files. Amazon S3 Select supports columnar compression for Parquet using GZIP or Snappy. Amazon S3 Select does not support whole-object compression for Parquet objects.
  • Server-side encryption - Amazon S3 Select supports querying objects that are protected with server-side encryption. For objects that are encrypted with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C), you must use HTTPS, and you must use the headers that are documented in the GetObject. For more information about SSE-C, see Server-Side Encryption (Using Customer-Provided Encryption Keys) in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For objects that are encrypted with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) and Amazon Web Services KMS keys (SSE-KMS), server-side encryption is handled transparently, so you don't need to specify anything. For more information about server-side encryption, including SSE-S3 and SSE-KMS, see Protecting Data Using Server-Side Encryption in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Working with the Response Body
Given the response size is unknown, Amazon S3 Select streams the response as a series of messages and includes a Transfer-Encoding header with chunked as its value in the response. For more information, see Appendix: SelectObjectContent Response.
GetObject Support
The SelectObjectContent action does not support the following GetObject functionality. For more information, see GetObject.
  • Range: Although you can specify a scan range for an Amazon S3 Select request (see SelectObjectContentRequest - ScanRange in the request parameters), you cannot specify the range of bytes of an object to return.
  • The GLACIER, DEEP_ARCHIVE, and REDUCED_REDUNDANCY storage classes, or the ARCHIVE_ACCESS and DEEP_ARCHIVE_ACCESS access tiers of the INTELLIGENT_TIERING storage class: You cannot query objects in the GLACIER, DEEP_ARCHIVE, or REDUCED_REDUNDANCY storage classes, nor objects in the ARCHIVE_ACCESS or DEEP_ARCHIVE_ACCESS access tiers of the INTELLIGENT_TIERING storage class. For more information about storage classes, see Using Amazon S3 storage classes in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Special Errors
For a list of special errors for this operation, see List of SELECT Object Content Error Codes
The following operations are related to SelectObjectContent:
The S3 Bucket. The S3 Bucket name. The Object Key. The SSE Algorithm used to encrypt the object. The SSE algorithm used to encrypt the object. This is only needed when the object was created using a checksum algorithm. For more information, see Protecting data using SSE-C keys in the Amazon S3 User Guide. The SSE Customer Key. The SSE customer key. This is only needed when the object was cureated using a checksum algorithm. For more information, see Protecting data using SSE-C keys in the Amazon S3 User Guide. The SSE Customer Key MD5. The MD5 SSE customer key. This is only needed when the object was cureated using a checksum algorithm. For more information, see Protecting data using SSE-C keys in the Amazon S3 User Guide. The expression that is used to query the object. The type of the provided expression (e.g., SQL). Specifies if periodic request progress information should be enabled. Describes the format of the data in the object that is being queried. Describes the format of the data that you want Amazon S3 to return in response. The byte range of the object to get the records from. Gets and sets the property ExpectedBucketOwner. The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). Checks to see if ExpectedBucketOwner is set. true, if ExpectedBucketOwner property is set. Contains the response Payload for the SelectObjectContent request The Event Stream result of SelectObjectContent Describes the parameters for Select job types. Describes the serialization format of the object. The type of the provided expression (e.g., SQL). The expression that is used to query the object. Describes how the results of the Select job are serialized. Describes the default server-side encryption to apply to new objects in the bucket. If a PUT Object request doesn't specify any server-side encryption, this default encryption will be applied. For more information, see PUT Bucket encryption in the Amazon S3 API Reference. KMS master key ID to use for the default encryption. This parameter is allowed if SSEAlgorithm is aws:kms. Amazon Web Services Key Management Service (KMS) customer Amazon Web Services KMS key ID to use for the default encryption. This parameter is allowed if and only if SSEAlgorithm is set to aws:kms. You can specify the key ID or the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the KMS key. If you use a key ID, you can run into a LogDestination undeliverable error when creating a VPC flow log. If you are using encryption with cross-account or Amazon Web Services service operations you must use a fully qualified KMS key ARN. For more information, see Using encryption for cross-account operations.
  • Key ID: 1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab
  • Key ARN: arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab
Amazon S3 only supports symmetric encryption KMS keys. For more information, see Asymmetric keys in Amazon Web Services KMS in the Amazon Web Services Key Management Service Developer Guide.
Server-side encryption algorithm to use for the default encryption. ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration class Container for information about a particular server-side encryption configuration rule. ServerSideEncryptionRule class Describes the default server-side encryption to apply to new objects in the bucket. If Put Object request does not specify any server-side encryption, this default encryption will be applied. Specifies whether Amazon S3 should use bucket key with server-side encryption using KMS (SSE-KMS) for new objects in the bucket. Existing objects are not affected. Setting the BucketKeyEnabled element to true causes Amazon S3 to use bucket key. By default, bucket key is not enabled. For more information, see Bucket key in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.", The established temporary security credentials of the session. Directory buckets - These session credentials are only supported for the authentication and authorization of Zonal endpoint APIs on directory buckets. Gets and sets the property AccessKeyId. A unique identifier that's associated with a secret access key. The access key ID and the secret access key are used together to sign programmatic Amazon Web Services requests cryptographically. Gets and sets the property Expiration. Temporary security credentials expire after a specified interval. After temporary credentials expire, any calls that you make with those credentials will fail. So you must generate a new set of temporary credentials. Temporary credentials cannot be extended or refreshed beyond the original specified interval. Gets and sets the property SecretAccessKey. A key that's used with the access key ID to cryptographically sign programmatic Amazon Web Services requests. Signing a request identifies the sender and prevents the request from being altered. Gets and sets the property SessionToken. A part of the temporary security credentials. The session token is used to validate the temporary security credentials. To use simple format for S3 keys for log objects. [DestinationPrefix][YYYY]-[MM]-[DD]-[hh]-[mm]-[ss]-[UniqueString] A container that describes additional filters for identifying the source objects that you want to replicate. You can choose to enable or disable the replication of these objects. Currently, Amazon S3 supports only the filter that you can specify for objects created with server-side encryption using a customer managed key stored in Amazon Web Services Key Management Service (SSE-KMS). Gets and sets the property SseKmsEncryptedObjects. A container for filter information for the selection of Amazon S3 objects encrypted with Amazon Web Services KMS. If you include SourceSelectionCriteria in the replication configuration, this element is required. A filter that you can specify for selections for modifications on replicas. Amazon S3 doesn't replicate replica modifications by default. In the latest version of replication configuration (when Filter is specified), you can specify this element and set the status to Enabled to replicate modifications on replicas. If you don't specify the Filter element, Amazon S3 assumes that the replication configuration is the earlier version, V1. In the earlier version, this element is not allowed SSEKMS class Gets and sets the property KeyId. Specifies the ID of the Amazon Web Services Key Management Service (Amazon Web Services KMS) symmetric encryption customer managed key to use for encrypting inventory reports. A container for filter information for the selection of S3 objects encrypted with Amazon Web Services KMS. The replication for KMS encrypted S3 objects is disabled if status is not Enabled. Specifies whether Amazon S3 replicates objects created with server-side encryption using an Amazon Web Services KMS key stored in Amazon Web Services Key Management Service. SSES3 class Class for StorageClassAnalysis A container used to describe how data related to the storage class analysis should be exported. Class for StorageClassAnalysisDataExport The version of the output schema to use when exporting data. Must be V_1. The place to store the data for an analysis. Base class for responses that return a stream. Disposes of all managed and unmanaged resources. An open stream read from to get the data from S3. In order to use this stream without leaking the underlying resource, please wrap access to the stream within a using block. The exception that is thrown when the size of a stream does not match it's expected size. Gets and sets ExpectedSize property. Gets and sets ActualSize property. Construct an instance of StreamSizeMismatchException. Construct an instance of StreamSizeMismatchException. Construct an instance of StreamSizeMismatchException. Construct an instance of StreamSizeMismatchException. Construct an instance of StreamSizeMismatchException. Construct an instance of StreamSizeMismatchException. Construct an instance of StreamSizeMismatchException. Construct an instance of StreamSizeMismatchException. Construct an instance of StreamSizeMismatchException. Tag is a key-value pair of metadata associated with an S3Object Name of the object key. Value of the tag. Structure that contains list of Tags TagSet Amazon S3 key format for log objects. Only one format, PartitionedPrefix or SimplePrefix, is allowed. Gets and sets the property PartitionedPrefix. Partitioned S3 key for log objects. Gets and sets the property SimplePrefix. To use the simple format for S3 keys for log objects. To specify SimplePrefix format, set SimplePrefix to {}. The S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class is designed to optimize storage costs by automatically moving data to the most cost-effective storage access tier, without additional operational overhead. The number of consecutive days of no access after which an object will be eligible to be transitioned to the corresponding tier. The minimum number of days specified for Archive Access tier must be at least 90 days and Deep Archive Access tier must be at least 180 days. The maximum can be up to 2 years (730 days). S3 Intelligent-Tiering access tier. See Storage class for automatically optimizing frequently and infrequently accessed objects for a list of access tiers in the S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class. This class contains the configuration Amazon S3 uses to figure out what events you want to listen and send the event to an Amazon SNS topic. The topic's policy must allow S3 to publish messages to it. The utility method Amazon.SimpleNotificationService.AmazonSimpleNotificationServiceClient.AuthorizeS3ToPublish(string,string) can be used to help setup the topic policy. Gets and set the Id property. The Id will be provided in the event content and can be used to identify which configuration caused an event to fire. If the Id is not provided for the configuration, one will be generated. Bucket event for which to send notifications. Topic configurations can now contain multiple events. This property is obsolete in favor of the Events property. This property will always get or set the the zeroth element in the Events collection. Gets and sets the Topic property. Amazon SNS topic to which Amazon S3 will publish a message to report the specified events for the bucket. The topic's policy must allow S3 to publish messages to it. The utility method Amazon.SimpleNotificationService.AmazonSimpleNotificationServiceClient.AuthorizeS3ToPublish(string,string) can be used to help setup the topic policy. Container for the parameters to the UploadPart operation. Uploads a part in a multipart upload. In this operation, you provide new data as a part of an object in your request. However, you have an option to specify your existing Amazon S3 object as a data source for the part you are uploading. To upload a part from an existing object, you use the UploadPartCopy operation. You must initiate a multipart upload (see CreateMultipartUpload) before you can upload any part. In response to your initiate request, Amazon S3 returns an upload ID, a unique identifier that you must include in your upload part request. Part numbers can be any number from 1 to 10,000, inclusive. A part number uniquely identifies a part and also defines its position within the object being created. If you upload a new part using the same part number that was used with a previous part, the previously uploaded part is overwritten. For information about maximum and minimum part sizes and other multipart upload specifications, see Multipart upload limits in the Amazon S3 User Guide. After you initiate multipart upload and upload one or more parts, you must either complete or abort multipart upload in order to stop getting charged for storage of the uploaded parts. Only after you either complete or abort multipart upload, Amazon S3 frees up the parts storage and stops charging you for the parts storage. For more information on multipart uploads, go to Multipart Upload Overview in the Amazon S3 User Guide . Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name . Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Permissions
  • General purpose bucket permissions - For information on the permissions required to use the multipart upload API, see Multipart Upload and Permissions in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
  • Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession .
Data integrity
General purpose bucket - To ensure that data is not corrupted traversing the network, specify the Content-MD5 header in the upload part request. Amazon S3 checks the part data against the provided MD5 value. If they do not match, Amazon S3 returns an error. If the upload request is signed with Signature Version 4, then Amazon Web Services S3 uses the x-amz-content-sha256 header as a checksum instead of Content-MD5. For more information see Authenticating Requests: Using the Authorization Header (Amazon Web Services Signature Version 4). Directory buckets - MD5 is not supported by directory buckets. You can use checksum algorithms to check object integrity.
Encryption
  • General purpose bucket - Server-side encryption is for data encryption at rest. Amazon S3 encrypts your data as it writes it to disks in its data centers and decrypts it when you access it. You have mutually exclusive options to protect data using server-side encryption in Amazon S3, depending on how you choose to manage the encryption keys. Specifically, the encryption key options are Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3), Amazon Web Services KMS keys (SSE-KMS), and Customer-Provided Keys (SSE-C). Amazon S3 encrypts data with server-side encryption using Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) by default. You can optionally tell Amazon S3 to encrypt data at rest using server-side encryption with other key options. The option you use depends on whether you want to use KMS keys (SSE-KMS) or provide your own encryption key (SSE-C). Server-side encryption is supported by the S3 Multipart Upload operations. Unless you are using a customer-provided encryption key (SSE-C), you don't need to specify the encryption parameters in each UploadPart request. Instead, you only need to specify the server-side encryption parameters in the initial Initiate Multipart request. For more information, see CreateMultipartUpload. If you request server-side encryption using a customer-provided encryption key (SSE-C) in your initiate multipart upload request, you must provide identical encryption information in each part upload using the following request headers.
    • x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm
    • x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key
    • x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5
  • Directory bucket - For directory buckets, only server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) (AES256) is supported.
For more information, see Using Server-Side Encryption in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Special errors
  • Error Code: NoSuchUpload
    • Description: The specified multipart upload does not exist. The upload ID might be invalid, or the multipart upload might have been aborted or completed.
    • HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found
    • SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
HTTP Host header syntax
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to UploadPart:
The parameters to request upload of a part in a multipart upload operation. If PartSize is not specified then the rest of the content from the file or stream will be sent to Amazon S3. You must set either the FilePath or InputStream. If FilePath is set then the FilePosition property must be set.
Input stream for the request; content for the request will be read from the stream. Gets and sets the property BucketName. The name of the bucket to which the multipart upload was initiated. Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, you must use virtual-hosted-style requests in the format Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com. Path-style requests are not supported. Directory bucket names must be unique in the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must follow the format bucket_base_name--az-id--x-s3 (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az2--x-s3). For information about bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming rules in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points and Object Lambda access points are not supported by directory buckets. S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Gets and sets the property ChecksumAlgorithm. Indicates the algorithm used to create the checksum for the object when you use the SDK. This header will not provide any additional functionality if you don't use the SDK. When you send this header, there must be a corresponding x-amz-checksum or x-amz-trailer header sent. Otherwise, Amazon S3 fails the request with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request. For more information, see Checking object integrity in the Amazon S3 User Guide. If you provide an individual checksum, Amazon S3 ignores any provided ChecksumAlgorithm parameter. This checksum algorithm must be the same for all parts and it match the checksum value supplied in the CreateMultipartUpload request. Gets and sets the property ChecksumCRC32. This header can be used as a data integrity check to verify that the data received is the same data that was originally sent. This specifies the base64-encoded, 32-bit CRC32 checksum of the object. For more information, see Checking object integrity in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Gets and sets the property ChecksumCRC32C. This header can be used as a data integrity check to verify that the data received is the same data that was originally sent. This specifies the base64-encoded, 32-bit CRC32C checksum of the object. For more information, see Checking object integrity in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Gets and sets the property ChecksumSHA1. This header can be used as a data integrity check to verify that the data received is the same data that was originally sent. This specifies the base64-encoded, 160-bit SHA-1 digest of the object. For more information, see Checking object integrity in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Gets and sets the property ChecksumSHA256. This header can be used as a data integrity check to verify that the data received is the same data that was originally sent. This specifies the base64-encoded, 256-bit SHA-256 digest of the object. For more information, see Checking object integrity in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Gets and sets the property ExpectedBucketOwner. The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). Checks to see if ExpectedBucketOwner is set. true, if ExpectedBucketOwner property is set. The key of the object. This property will be used as part of the resource path of the HTTP request. In .NET the System.Uri class is used to construct the uri for the request. The System.Uri class will canonicalize the uri string by compacting characters like "..". For example an object key of "foo/../bar/file.txt" will be transformed into "bar/file.txt" because the ".." is interpreted as use parent directory. Starting with .NET 8, the AWS .NET SDK disables System.Uri's feature of canonicalizing the resource path. This allows S3 keys like "foo/../bar/file.txt" to work correctly with the AWS .NET SDK. For further information view the documentation for the Uri class: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dotnet/api/system.uri Gets and sets the property PartNumber. Part number of part being uploaded. This is a positive integer between 1 and 10,000. Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. The Server-side encryption algorithm to be used with the customer provided key. Specifies the algorithm to use to when encrypting the object (for example, AES256). This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. The base64-encoded encryption key for Amazon S3 to use to encrypt the object Using the encryption key you provide as part of your request Amazon S3 manages both the encryption, as it writes to disks, and decryption, when you access your objects. Therefore, you don't need to maintain any data encryption code. The only thing you do is manage the encryption keys you provide. When you retrieve an object, you must provide the same encryption key as part of your request. Amazon S3 first verifies the encryption key you provided matches, and then decrypts the object before returning the object data to you. Important: Amazon S3 does not store the encryption key you provide. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. Checks if ServerSideEncryptionCustomerProvidedKey property is set. true if ServerSideEncryptionCustomerProvidedKey property is set. The MD5 of the customer encryption key specified in the ServerSideEncryptionCustomerProvidedKey property. The MD5 is base 64 encoded. This field is optional, the SDK will calculate the MD5 if this is not set. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. Checks if ServerSideEncryptionCustomerProvidedKeyMD5 property is set. true if ServerSideEncryptionCustomerProvidedKey property is set. Upload ID identifying the multipart upload whose part is being uploaded. Caller needs to set this to true when uploading the last part. This property only needs to be set when using the AmazonS3EncryptionClient. WARNING: Setting DisableMD5Stream to true disables the MD5 data integrity check on upload requests.This property has been deprecated in favor of Setting the value of DisableMD5Stream will set DisableDefaultChecksumValidation to the same value and vice versa. This property was left here for backwards compatibility. When true, MD5Stream will not be used in upload requests. This may increase upload performance under high CPU loads. The default value is false. Set this value to true to disable MD5Stream use in all S3 upload requests or override this value per request by setting the DisableMD5Stream property on PutObjectRequest, UploadPartRequest, or TransferUtilityUploadRequest. MD5Stream, SigV4 payload signing, and HTTPS each provide some data integrity verification. If DisableMD5Stream is true and DisablePayloadSigning is true, then the possibility of data corruption is completely dependant on HTTPS being the only remaining source of data integrity verification. WARNING: Setting DisableDefaultChecksumValidation to true disables the default data integrity check on upload requests. When true, checksum verification will not be used in upload requests. This may increase upload performance under high CPU loads. Setting DisableDefaultChecksumValidation sets the deprecated property DisableMD5Stream to the same value. The default value is false. Set this value to true to disable the default checksum validation used in all S3 upload requests or override this value per request by setting the DisableDefaultChecksumValidation property on , , or . Checksums, SigV4 payload signing, and HTTPS each provide some data integrity verification. If DisableDefaultChecksumValidation is true and DisablePayloadSigning is true, then the possibility of data corruption is completely dependent on HTTPS being the only remaining source of data integrity verification. This flag is a rename of the property An MD5 digest for the part. Checks if the MD5Digest property is set. true if Md5Digest property is set. The size of the part to be uploaded. Checks if PartSize property is set. true if PartSize property is set. Full path and name of a file from which the content for the part is retrieved. For WinRT and Windows Phone this property must be in the form of "ms-appdata:///local/file.txt". Checks if the FilePath property is set. true if FilePath property is set. Position in the file specified by FilePath from which to retrieve the content of the part. This field is required when a file path is specified. It is ignored when using the InputStream property. If this value is set to true then a chunked encoding upload will be used for the request. Default: true. WARNING: Setting DisablePayloadSigning to true disables the SigV4 payload signing data integrity check on this request. If using SigV4, the DisablePayloadSigning flag controls if the payload should be signed on a request by request basis. By default this flag is null which will use the default client behavior. The default client behavior is to sign the payload. When DisablePayloadSigning is true, the request will be signed with an UNSIGNED-PAYLOAD value. Setting DisablePayloadSigning to true requires that the request is sent over a HTTPS connection. Under certain circumstances, such as uploading to S3 while using MD5 hashing, it may be desireable to use UNSIGNED-PAYLOAD to decrease signing CPU usage. This flag only applies to Amazon S3 PutObject and UploadPart requests. MD5Stream, SigV4 payload signing, and HTTPS each provide some data integrity verification. If DisableMD5Stream is true and DisablePayloadSigning is true, then the possibility of data corruption is completely dependant on HTTPS being the only remaining source of data integrity verification. Checks if the FilePosition property is set. true if FilePosition property is set. Attach a callback that will be called as data is being sent to the AWS Service. Overriden to turn off sending SHA256 header. Overriden to turn on Expect 100 continue. Gets or sets whether the Content-MD5 header should be calculated for upload. Returns information about the UploadPart response and response metadata. Gets and sets the property ServerSideEncryptionMethod. The server-side encryption algorithm used when you store this object in Amazon S3 (for example, AES256, aws:kms). For directory buckets, only server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) (AES256) is supported. Entity tag for the uploaded object. Gets and sets the part number specified for the part upload. This is needed when completing the multipart upload. If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the request. Checks to see if RequestCharged is set. true, if RequestCharged property is set. Gets and sets the property BucketKeyEnabled. Indicates whether the multipart upload uses an S3 Bucket Key for server-side encryption with Key Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS). This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. Gets and sets the property ChecksumCRC32. The base64-encoded, 32-bit CRC32 checksum of the object. This will only be present if it was uploaded with the object. When you use an API operation on an object that was uploaded using multipart uploads, this value may not be a direct checksum value of the full object. Instead, it's a calculation based on the checksum values of each individual part. For more information about how checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see Checking object integrity in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Gets and sets the property ChecksumCRC32C. The base64-encoded, 32-bit CRC32C checksum of the object. This will only be present if it was uploaded with the object. When you use an API operation on an object that was uploaded using multipart uploads, this value may not be a direct checksum value of the full object. Instead, it's a calculation based on the checksum values of each individual part. For more information about how checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see Checking object integrity in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Gets and sets the property ChecksumSHA1. The base64-encoded, 160-bit SHA-1 digest of the object. This will only be present if it was uploaded with the object. When you use the API operation on an object that was uploaded using multipart uploads, this value may not be a direct checksum value of the full object. Instead, it's a calculation based on the checksum values of each individual part. For more information about how checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see Checking object integrity in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Gets and sets the property ChecksumSHA256. The base64-encoded, 256-bit SHA-256 digest of the object. This will only be present if it was uploaded with the object. When you use an API operation on an object that was uploaded using multipart uploads, this value may not be a direct checksum value of the full object. Instead, it's a calculation based on the checksum values of each individual part. For more information about how checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see Checking object integrity in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Website Configuration The ErrorDocument value, an object key name to use when a 4XX class error occurs. This value is a suffix that is appended to a request that is for a "directory" on the website endpoint (e.g. if the suffix is index.html and you make a request to samplebucket/images/ the data that is returned will be for the object with the key name images/index.html) The suffix must not be empty and must not include a slash character. Container for redirect information where all requests will be redirect to. You can redirect requests to another host, to another page, or with another protocol. In the event of an error, you can can specify a different error code to return. . The list of routing rules that can be used for configuring redirects if certain conditions are meet. Container for the parameters to the WriteGetObjectResponse operation. This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Passes transformed objects to a GetObject operation when using Object Lambda access points. For information about Object Lambda access points, see Transforming objects with Object Lambda access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. This operation supports metadata that can be returned by GetObject, in addition to RequestRoute, RequestToken, StatusCode, ErrorCode, and ErrorMessage. The GetObject response metadata is supported so that the WriteGetObjectResponse caller, typically an Lambda function, can provide the same metadata when it internally invokes GetObject. When WriteGetObjectResponse is called by a customer-owned Lambda function, the metadata returned to the end user GetObject call might differ from what Amazon S3 would normally return. You can include any number of metadata headers. When including a metadata header, it should be prefaced with x-amz-meta. For example, x-amz-meta-my-custom-header: MyCustomValue. The primary use case for this is to forward GetObject metadata. Amazon Web Services provides some prebuilt Lambda functions that you can use with S3 Object Lambda to detect and redact personally identifiable information (PII) and decompress S3 objects. These Lambda functions are available in the Amazon Web Services Serverless Application Repository, and can be selected through the Amazon Web Services Management Console when you create your Object Lambda access point. Example 1: PII Access Control - This Lambda function uses Amazon Comprehend, a natural language processing (NLP) service using machine learning to find insights and relationships in text. It automatically detects personally identifiable information (PII) such as names, addresses, dates, credit card numbers, and social security numbers from documents in your Amazon S3 bucket. Example 2: PII Redaction - This Lambda function uses Amazon Comprehend, a natural language processing (NLP) service using machine learning to find insights and relationships in text. It automatically redacts personally identifiable information (PII) such as names, addresses, dates, credit card numbers, and social security numbers from documents in your Amazon S3 bucket. Example 3: Decompression - The Lambda function S3ObjectLambdaDecompression, is equipped to decompress objects stored in S3 in one of six compressed file formats including bzip2, gzip, snappy, zlib, zstandard and ZIP. For information on how to view and use these functions, see Using Amazon Web Services built Lambda functions in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Route prefix to the HTTP URL generated. A single use encrypted token that maps WriteGetObjectResponse to the end user GetObject request. The integer status code for an HTTP response of a corresponding GetObject request. The following is a list of status codes.
  • 200 - OK
  • 206 - Partial Content
  • 304 - Not Modified
  • 400 - Bad Request
  • 401 - Unauthorized
  • 403 - Forbidden
  • 404 - Not Found
  • 405 - Method Not Allowed
  • 409 - Conflict
  • 411 - Length Required
  • 412 - Precondition Failed
  • 416 - Range Not Satisfiable
  • 500 - Internal Server Error
  • 503 - Service Unavailable
A string that uniquely identifies an error condition. Returned in <Code> tag of error XML response for corresponding GetObject call. Cannot be used with successful StatusCode header or when transformed object is provided in body. Contains a generic description of the error condition. Returned in <Message> tag of error XML response for corresponding GetObject call. Cannot be used with successful StatusCode header or when transformed object is provided in body. Indicates that a range of bytes was specified. Specifies caching behavior along the request/reply chain. Gets and sets the property ChecksumCRC32. This header can be used as a data integrity check to verify that the data received is the same data that was originally sent. This specifies the base64-encoded, 32-bit CRC32 checksum of the object. For more information, see Checking object integrity in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Gets and sets the property ChecksumCRC32C. This header can be used as a data integrity check to verify that the data received is the same data that was originally sent. This specifies the base64-encoded, 32-bit CRC32C checksum of the object. For more information, see Checking object integrity in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Gets and sets the property ChecksumSHA1. This header can be used as a data integrity check to verify that the data received is the same data that was originally sent. This specifies the base64-encoded, 160-bit SHA-1 digest of the object. For more information, see Checking object integrity in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Gets and sets the property ChecksumSHA256. This header can be used as a data integrity check to verify that the data received is the same data that was originally sent. This specifies the base64-encoded, 256-bit SHA-256 digest of the object. For more information, see Checking object integrity in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Specifies presentational information for the object. Specifies what content encodings have been applied to the object and thus what decoding mechanisms must be applied to obtain the media-type referenced by the Content-Type header field. The language the content is in. The size of the body in bytes. The portion of the object returned in the response. A standard MIME type describing the format of the object data. Specifies whether an object stored in Amazon S3 is (true) or is not (false) a delete marker. An ETag is an opaque identifier assigned by a web server to a specific version of a resource found at a URL. The date and time at which the object is no longer cacheable. If object stored in Amazon S3 expiration is configured (see PUT Bucket lifecycle) it includes expiry-date and rule-id key-value pairs providing object expiration information. The value of the rule-id is URL encoded. Date and time the object was last modified. Set to the number of metadata entries not returned in x-amz-meta headers. This can happen if you create metadata using an API like SOAP that supports more flexible metadata than the REST API. For example, using SOAP, you can create metadata whose values are not legal HTTP headers. A map of metadata to store with the object in S3. Indicates whether object stored in Amazon S3 has an active legal hold. Date and time when Object Lock is configured to expire. The count of parts this object has. If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the request. Provides information about object restoration operation and expiration time of the restored object copy. The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing requested object in Amazon S3 (for example, AES256, aws:kms). Encryption algorithm used if server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was specified for object stored in Amazon S3. Gets and sets the property SSEKMSKeyId. If present, specifies the ID of the Amazon Web Services Key Management Service (Amazon Web Services KMS) symmetric encryption customer managed key that was used for stored in Amazon S3 object. The class of storage used to store object in Amazon S3. The number of tags, if any, on the object. VersionId used to reference a specific version of the object. Gets and sets the property BucketKeyEnabled. Indicates whether the object stored in Amazon S3 uses an S3 bucket key for server-side encryption with Amazon Web Services KMS (SSE-KMS). The object data. Paginator for the ListMultipartUploads operation Enumerable containing all full responses for the operation Enumerable containing all of the Uploads Enumerable containing all of the CommonPrefixes Paginator for the ListObjects operation Enumerable containing all full responses for the operation Enumerable containing all of the S3Objects Enumerable containing all of the CommonPrefixes Paginator for the ListObjectsV2 operation Enumerable containing all full responses for the operation Enumerable containing all of the S3Objects Enumerable containing all of the CommonPrefixes Paginator for the ListParts operation Enumerable containing all full responses for the operation Enumerable containing all of the Parts Paginator for the ListVersions operation Enumerable containing all full responses for the operation Enumerable containing all of the Versions Enumerable containing all of the CommonPrefixes Paginators for the S3 service Paginator for ListMultipartUploads operation Paginator for ListObjects operation Paginator for ListObjectsV2 operation Paginator for ListParts operation Paginator for ListVersions operation Base class for ListMultipartUploads paginators. Enumerable containing all full responses for the operation Enumerable containing all of the Uploads Enumerable containing all of the CommonPrefixes Base class for ListObjects paginators. Enumerable containing all full responses for the operation Enumerable containing all of the S3Objects Enumerable containing all of the CommonPrefixes Base class for ListObjectsV2 paginators. Enumerable containing all full responses for the operation Enumerable containing all of the S3Objects Enumerable containing all of the CommonPrefixes Base class for ListParts paginators. Enumerable containing all full responses for the operation Enumerable containing all of the Parts Base class for ListVersions paginators. Enumerable containing all full responses for the operation Enumerable containing all of the Versions Enumerable containing all of the CommonPrefixes Paginators for the S3 service Paginator for ListMultipartUploads operation Paginator for ListObjects operation Paginator for ListObjectsV2 operation Paginator for ListParts operation Paginator for ListVersions operation Arguments containing event details for an in-flight transfer. The constructor takes the number of currently transferred bytes and the total number of bytes to be transferred The number of bytes transferred since last event The number of bytes transferred The total number of bytes to be transferred Gets the percentage of transfer completed Gets the number of bytes transferred since last event Gets the number of bytes transferred Gets the total number of bytes to be transferred Returns a string representation of this object AmazonS3 exception. Thrown when DeleteObjects returns successfully, but some of the objects were not deleted. Gets and sets the ErrorResponse property. The DeleteObjectsErrorResponse associated with this exception. Constructs an instance of DeleteObjectsException The file format used when exporting data to Amazon S3. CSV file format. Construct instance of AnalyticsS3ExportFileFormat. Finds the constant for the unique value. Converts the string to an AnalyticsS3ExportFileFormat. Represents the accelerate status for a bucket. Bucket acceleration is enabled. Bucket acceleration is suspended. Construct instance of BucketAccelerateStatus. It is not intended for this constructor to be called. Instead users should call the FindValue. Finds the constant for the unique value. Converts the string to an BucketAccelerateStatus Constant Directory for BucketType This constant constructor does not need to be called if the constant you are attempting to use is already defined as a static instance of this class. This constructor should be used to construct constants that are not defined as statics, for instance if attempting to use a feature that is newer than the current version of the SDK. Finds the constant for the unique value. The unique value for the constant The constant for the unique value Utility method to convert strings to the constant class. The string value to convert to the constant class. Constants used for properties of type DataRedundancy. Constant SingleAvailabilityZone for DataRedundancy This constant constructor does not need to be called if the constant you are attempting to use is already defined as a static instance of this class. This constructor should be used to construct constants that are not defined as statics, for instance if attempting to use a feature that is newer than the current version of the SDK. Finds the constant for the unique value. The unique value for the constant The constant for the unique value Utility method to convert strings to the constant class. The string value to convert to the constant class. The status of the delete marker replication. Delete marker replication is enabled. Delete marker replication is disabled. Construct instance of DeleteMarkerReplicationStatus. It is not intended for this constructor to be called. Instead users should call the FindValue. Finds the constant for the unique value. Converts the string to a DeleteMarkerReplicationStatus A list of all possible CannedACLs that can be used for S3 Buckets or S3 Objects. For more information about CannedACLs, refer to . Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. No one else has access rights (default). Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. No one else has access rights (default). Owner gets FULL_CONTROL and the anonymous principal is granted READ access. If this policy is used on an object, it can be read from a browser with no authentication. Owner gets FULL_CONTROL, the anonymous principal is granted READ and WRITE access. This can be a useful policy to apply to a bucket, but is generally not recommended. Owner gets FULL_CONTROL, and any principal authenticated as a registered Amazon S3 user is granted READ access. Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. Amazon EC2 gets READ access to GET an Amazon Machine Image (AMI) bundle from Amazon S3. Object Owner gets FULL_CONTROL, Bucket Owner gets READ This ACL applies only to objects and is equivalent to private when used with PUT Bucket. You use this ACL to let someone other than the bucket owner write content (get full control) in the bucket but still grant the bucket owner read access to the objects. Object Owner gets FULL_CONTROL, Bucket Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. This ACL applies only to objects and is equivalent to private when used with PUT Bucket. You use this ACL to let someone other than the bucket owner write content (get full control) in the bucket but still grant the bucket owner full rights over the objects. The LogDelivery group gets WRITE and READ_ACP permissions on the bucket. Construct instance of S3CannedACL. It is not intended for this constructor to be called. Instead users should call the FindValue. Finds the constant for the unique value. Converts the string to an S3CannedACL A list of all possible S3 Bucket region possibilities. For more information, refer to . Specifies that the S3 Bucket should use US locality. This is the default value. Specifies that the S3 Bucket should use EU locality which defaults to EU-WEST-1 Specifies that the S3 Bucket should use US-EAST-2 locality. Specifies that the S3 Bucket should use the EU-NORTH-1 locality. Specifies that the S3 Bucket should use the EU-WEST-1 locality. Specifies that the S3 Bucket should use the EU-WEST-2 locality. Specifies that the S3 Bucket should use the EU-WEST-3 locality. Specifies that the S3 Bucket should use the EU-CENTRAL-1 locality. Specifies that the S3 Bucket should use the EU-SOUTH-1 locality. Specifies that the S3 Bucket should use US-WEST-1 locality. Specifies that the S3 Bucket should use US-WEST-2 locality. Specifies that the S3 Bucket should use US-GOV-EAST-1 locality. Specifies that the S3 Bucket should use US-GOV-WEST-1 locality. Specifies that the S3 Bucket should use the AP-EAST-1 locality. Specifies that the S3 Bucket should use the AP-SOUTHEAST-1 locality. Specifies that the S3 Bucket should use the AP-SOUTHEAST-2 locality. Specifies that the S3 Bucket should use the AP-NORTHEAST-1 locality. Specifies that the S3 Bucket should use the AP-NORTHEAST-2 locality. Specifies that the S3 Bucket should use the AP-NORTHEAST-3 locality. Specifies that the S3 Bucket should use the AP-SOUTH-1 locality. Specifies that the S3 Bucket should use the SA-EAST-1 locality. Specifies that the S3 Bucket should use CN-NORTH-1 locality. Specifies that the S3 Bucket should use CN-NORTHWEST-1 locality. Specifies that the S3 Bucket should use CA-CENTRAL-1 locality. Specifies that the S3 Bucket should use ME-SOUTH-1 locality. Specifies that the S3 Bucket should use AF-SOUTH-1 locality. Specifies that the S3 Bucket should use US-WEST-1 locality. Specifies that the S3 Bucket should use CN-NORTH-1 locality. Specifies that the S3 Bucket should use US-GOV-WEST-1 locality. Construct instance of S3Region. It is not intended for this constructor to be called. Instead users should call the FindValue. Finds the constant for the unique value. Converts the string to the S3Region class Specifies that the S3 Bucket should use the af-south-1 locality. Specifies that the S3 Bucket should use the ap-east-1 locality. Specifies that the S3 Bucket should use the ap-northeast-1 locality. Specifies that the S3 Bucket should use the ap-northeast-2 locality. Specifies that the S3 Bucket should use the ap-northeast-3 locality. Specifies that the S3 Bucket should use the ap-south-1 locality. Specifies that the S3 Bucket should use the ap-south-2 locality. Specifies that the S3 Bucket should use the ap-southeast-1 locality. Specifies that the S3 Bucket should use the ap-southeast-2 locality. Specifies that the S3 Bucket should use the ap-southeast-3 locality. Specifies that the S3 Bucket should use the ap-southeast-4 locality. Specifies that the S3 Bucket should use the ca-central-1 locality. Specifies that the S3 Bucket should use the ca-west-1 locality. Specifies that the S3 Bucket should use the eu-central-1 locality. Specifies that the S3 Bucket should use the eu-central-2 locality. Specifies that the S3 Bucket should use the eu-north-1 locality. Specifies that the S3 Bucket should use the eu-south-1 locality. Specifies that the S3 Bucket should use the eu-south-2 locality. Specifies that the S3 Bucket should use the eu-west-1 locality. Specifies that the S3 Bucket should use the eu-west-2 locality. Specifies that the S3 Bucket should use the eu-west-3 locality. Specifies that the S3 Bucket should use the il-central-1 locality. Specifies that the S3 Bucket should use the me-central-1 locality. Specifies that the S3 Bucket should use the me-south-1 locality. Specifies that the S3 Bucket should use the sa-east-1 locality. Specifies that the S3 Bucket should use the us-east-1 locality. Specifies that the S3 Bucket should use the us-east-2 locality. Specifies that the S3 Bucket should use the us-west-1 locality. Specifies that the S3 Bucket should use the us-west-2 locality. Specifies that the S3 Bucket should use the cn-north-1 locality. Specifies that the S3 Bucket should use the cn-northwest-1 locality. Specifies that the S3 Bucket should use the us-gov-east-1 locality. Specifies that the S3 Bucket should use the us-gov-west-1 locality. Specifies that the S3 Bucket should use the us-iso-east-1 locality. Specifies that the S3 Bucket should use the us-iso-west-1 locality. Specifies that the S3 Bucket should use the us-isob-east-1 locality. Constants used for properties of type LocationType. Constant AvailabilityZone for LocationType This constant constructor does not need to be called if the constant you are attempting to use is already defined as a static instance of this class. This constructor should be used to construct constants that are not defined as statics, for instance if attempting to use a feature that is newer than the current version of the SDK. Finds the constant for the unique value. The unique value for the constant The constant for the unique value Utility method to convert strings to the constant class. The string value to convert to the constant class. A list of all ACL permissions. For more information, refer to . When applied to a bucket, grants permission to list the bucket. When applied to an object, this grants permission to read the object data and/or metadata. When applied to a bucket, grants permission to create, overwrite, and delete any object in the bucket. This permission is not supported for objects. Grants permission to read the ACL for the applicable bucket or object. The owner of a bucket or object always has this permission implicitly. Gives permission to overwrite the ACP for the applicable bucket or object. The owner of a bucket or object always has this permission implicitly. Granting this permission is equivalent to granting FULL_CONTROL because the grant recipient can make any changes to the ACP. Provides READ, WRITE, READ_ACP, and WRITE_ACP permissions. It does not convey additional rights and is provided only for convenience. Gives permission to restore an object that is currently stored in Amazon Glacier for archival storage. Construct S3Permission. Construct instance of S3Permission. It is not intended for this constructor to be called. Instead users should call the FindValue. Gets and sets the HeaderName property. Finds the constant for the unique value. Converts the string to an S3Permission An enumeration of all Metadata directives that can be used for the CopyObject operation. Specifies that the metadata is copied from the source object. Specifies that the metadata is replaced with metadata provided in the request. All original metadata is replaced by the metadata you specify. An enumeration of all protocols that the pre-signed URL can be created against. https protocol will be used in the pre-signed URL. http protocol will be used in the pre-signed URL. An enumeration of supported HTTP verbs The GET HTTP verb. The HEAD HTTP verb. The PUT HTTP verb. The DELETE HTTP verb. S3 Storage Class Definitions S3 Glacier Deep Archive provides secure, durable object storage class for long term data archival. It is the ideal storage class to make an archival, durable copy of data that rarely, if ever, needs to be accessed. It can be used as an offline backup for their most important data assets and to meet long-term retention needs. The GLACIER storage is for object that are stored in Amazon Glacier. This storage class is for objects that are for archival purpose and get operations are rare. Durability 99.999999999% Constant GLACIER_IR for ObjectStorageClass IntelligentTiering makes it easy to lower your overall cost of storage by automatically placing data in the storage class that best matches the access patterns for the storage. With IntelligentTiering, you don’t need to define and manage individual policies for lifecycle data management or write code to transition objects between storage classes. Instead, you can use IntelligentTiering to manage transitions between Standard and S-IA without writing any application code. IntelligentTiering also manages transitions automatically to Glacier for long term archive in addition to S3 storage classes. The ONEZONE_IA storage is for infrequently accessed objects. It is similiar to STANDARD_IA, but only stores object data within one Availablity Zone in a given region. Durability 99.999999999%; Availability 99% over a given year. The OUTPOSTS storage class for objects stored in a S3 Outpost REDUCED_REDUNDANCY provides the same availability as standard, but at a lower durability. Durability 99.99%; Availability 99.99% over a given year. The STANDARD storage class, which is the default storage class for S3. Durability 99.999999999%; Availability 99.99% over a given year. The STANDARD_IA storage is for infrequently accessed objects. This storage class is for objects that are long-lived and less frequently accessed, like backups and older data. Durability 99.999999999%; Availability 99.9% over a given year. The SNOW storage is for objects stored in Amazon S3 compatible object storage for Snow family devices. The EXPRESS_ONEZONE storage class for faster access to S3 Construct an instance of S3StorageClass. Finds the constant for the unique value. Convert string to S3StorageClass. The constants for the known event names used by S3 notification. S3 might add new events before the SDK is updated. In which case the names listed in the S3 documentation will work as well as these constants. An event that says an object has been lost in the reduced redundancy storage. A list of all server-side encryption methods for customer provided encryption keys. No server side encryption to be used. Use AES 256 server side encryption. Constructs an instance of ServerSideEncryptionCustomerMethod. Finds the constant for the unique value. Converts string to ServerSideEncryptionCustomerMethod. A list of all server-side encryption methods. No server side encryption to be used. Use AES 256 server side encryption. Use AWS Key Management Service for server side encryption. Use AWS Key Management Service for server side double encryption Construct instance of ServerSideEncryptionMethod. Finds the constant for the unique value. Convert string to ServerSideEncryptionCustomerMethod. A list of all grantee types. The predefined group. The email address of an AWS account The canonical user ID of an AWS account Construct an instance of GranteeType. Finds the constant for the unique value. Convert a string to GranteeType. A list of all lifecycle statuses. The rule is enabled. The rule is disabled. Constructs an instance LifecycleRuleStatus. Finds the constant for the unique value. Convert string to LifecycleRuleStatus. A list of all version statuses. The rule is off. The rule is suspended. The rule is enabled. Construct an instance of VersionStatus. Finds the constant for the unique value. Convert string to VersionStatus. A list of all encoding types. Url encoding. Constructs intance of EncodingType Finds the constant for the unique value. Converts string to EncodingType The bucket event for which to send notifications. The event encapsulates all the object create events Event for put operations Event for post operations Event for copy operations Event for completing a multi part upload This event encapsulates all the object removed events Event for object removed, delete operation. Event for object removed, delete marker created operation. Event for objects stored in reduced redundancy and S3 detects the object is lost Event for all object restore Event for restore post operations. Event for when object restore is completed. Event for replication of all Event for operation failed replication Evemt for replication operation not tracked Event for replication operation missed threshold Event for operation replicated after threshold Event for Intelligent Tiering Event for all Lifecycle Expiration events Event for Lifecycle Expiration deletion Event for Lifecycle Expiration Delete Marker creation Event for Lifecycle Transition Event for Object Acl puts Event for Object Restore deletes Event for all Object Tagging events Event for Object Tagging deletes Event for Object Tagging puts Constructs instance of EventType. Finds the constant for the unique value. Convert string to EventType. Compares if the ConstantClass instances are equals. Compares if the ConstantClass instances are equals. This is ovewritten to handle the discrepancy with S3 events coming from Lambda that don't have the prefix "s3:". A list of all Inventory Formats. CSV inventory format ORC inventory format Parquet inventory format Construct instance of InventoryFormat. Finds the constant for the unique value. The string representation of the InventoryFormat. The InventoryFormat object for that string. Convert string to InventoryFormat. A list of inventory included object versions. All Inventory Included Object Versions Current Inventory Included Object Versions Construct instance of InventoryIncludedObjectVersions. Finds the constant for the unique value. The string representation of the InventoryIncludedObjectVersions. The InventoryIncludedObjectVersions object for that string. Convert string to InventoryIncludedObjectVersions. A list of inventory frequencies. Daily Inventory Frequency Weekly Inventory Frequency Construct instance of InventoryFrequency. Finds the constant for the unique value. The string representation of the InventoryFrequency. The InventoryFrequency object for that string. Convert string to InventoryFrequency. A list of inventory optional fields. InventoryOptionalField for Size InventoryOptionalField for LastModifiedDate InventoryOptionalField for StorageClass InventoryOptionalField for ETag InventoryOptionalField for IsMultipartUploaded InventoryOptionalField for ReplicationStatus InventoryOptionalField for EncryptionStatus InventoryOptionalField for ObjectLockRetainUntilDate InventoryOptionalField for ObjectLockMode InventoryOptionalField for ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus InventoryOptionalField for IntelligentTieringAccessTier Constant BucketKeyStatus for InventoryOptionalField Constant ChecksumAlgorithm for InventoryOptionalField Constant ObjectAccessControlList for InventoryOptionalField Constant ObjectOwner for InventoryOptionalField Construct instance of InventoryOptionalField. Finds the constant for the unique value. The string representation of the InventoryOptionalField. The InventoryIncludedObjectVersions object for that string. Convert string to InventoryOptionalField. The status of the replication job associated with this source object. The object is pending replication. The object has been replicated. The object was created as a result of replication. The object replication has failed due to a customer-attributable reason, and the replication will not be attempted again. Construct instance of ReplicationStatus. Finds the constant for the unique value. The string representation of the ReplicationStatus. The ReplicationStatus object for that string. Convert string to ReplicationStatus. Whether a replication rule is applied or ignored. The rule will be applied. The rule will be ignored. Construct instance of ReplicationRuleStatus Finds the constant for the unique value. The string representation of the ReplicationRuleStatus. The ReplicationRuleStatus object for that string. Convert string to ReplicationRuleStatus. Specifies whether the object tag-set are copied from the source object or replaced with tag-set provided in the request. The object tag-set is copied from the source object. The object tag-set is replaced with tag-set provided in the request. Construct instance of TaggingDirective Finds the constant for the unique value. The string representation of the TaggingDirective. The TaggingDirective object for that string. Convert string to TaggingDirective. All enumerations type for retrieval tier for Glacier restore. Standard Tier for Glacier restore. Bulk Tier for Glacier restore. Expedited Tier for Glacier restore. Construct instance of RestoreObjectRequestGlacierJobTier Finds the constant for the unique value. The string representation of the RestoreObjectRequestGlacierJobTier. The RestoreObjectRequestGlacierJobTier object for that string. Convert string to RestoreObjectRequestGlacierJobTier. The version of the output schema to use when exporting data. The schema output version V_1. Construct instance of StorageClassAnalysisSchemaVersion Finds the constant for the unique value. The string representation of the StorageClassAnalysisSchemaVersion. The StorageClassAnalysisSchemaVersion object for that string. Convert string to StorageClassAnalysisSchemaVersion. Acknowledges that requester pays for the operation. Requester pays for the operation. Finds the RequestPayer instance for the string value. Converts string to RequestPayer instance The response from S3 that it confirms that requester pays. S3 acknowledges that the requester pays. Finds the RequestCharged instance for the string value converts the string to RequestCharged instance The override value for the owner of the replica object. Overrides destination bucket's owner. Finds the OwnerOverride instance for the string value converts the string to OwnerOverride instance Constants used for properties of type SessionMode. Constant ReadOnly for SessionMode Constant ReadWrite for SessionMode This constant constructor does not need to be called if the constant you are attempting to use is already defined as a static instance of this class. This constructor should be used to construct constants that are not defined as statics, for instance if attempting to use a feature that is newer than the current version of the SDK. Finds the constant for the unique value. The unique value for the constant The constant for the unique value Utility method to convert strings to the constant class. The string value to convert to the constant class. Constants used for properties of type PartitionDateSource. Constant DeliveryTime for PartitionDateSource Constant EventTime for PartitionDateSource This constant constructor does not need to be called if the constant you are attempting to use is already defined as a static instance of this class. This constructor should be used to construct constants that are not defined as statics, for instance if attempting to use a feature that is newer than the current version of the SDK. Finds the constant for the unique value. The unique value for the constant The constant for the unique value Utility method to convert strings to the constant class. The string value to convert to the constant class. The replication for KMS encrypted S3 objects is disabled if status is not Enabled. The replication for KMS encrypted S3 objects is enabled. The replication for KMS encrypted S3 objects is disabled. Finds the SseKmsEncryptedObjectsStatus instance for the string value Converts the string to SseKmsEncryptedObjectsStatus instance Specify how headers will be handled. Headers will be usable in SELECT clause. Headers will be skipped No header is present. Finds the FileHeaderInfo instance for the string value Converts the string to FileHeaderInfo instance Specifies whether existing object replication is enabled. Enable the replication of existing objects Disable the replication of existing objects Finds the ExistingObjectReplicationStatus instance for the string value Converts the string to ExistingObjectReplicationStatus instance Describes when fields in output should be surrounded with quotes. Specifies that fields in output should always be surrounded in quotes. Specifies that fields in output should be surrounded in quotes as necessary. Finds the QuoteFields instance for the string value string value that maps to QuoteFields enum QuoteFields enum Converts the string to QuoteFields instance Type of the expression provided in the Expression member. SQL expression Finds the ExpressionType instance for the string value string value that maps to ExpressionType enum ExpressionType enum Converts the string to ExpressionType instance Indicates what type of job is being initiated. Finds the RestoreRequestType instance for the string value Converts the string to RestoreRequestType instance The type of JSON. Finds the JsonType instance for the string value Converts the string to JsonType instance Specifies object's compression format. Finds the CompressionType instance for the string value Converts the string to CompressionType instance The type of ObjectLockEnabled Finds the ObjectLockEnabled instance for the string value Converts the string to ObjectLockEnabled instance The type of ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus Finds the ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus instance for the string value Converts the string to ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus instance The type of ObjectLockRetentionMode Finds the ObjectLockRetentionMode instance for the string value Converts the string to ObjectLockRetentionMode instance The type of ObjectLockMode Finds the ObjectLockMode instance for the string value Converts the string to ObjectLockMode instance Constants used for properties of type OptionalObjectAttributes. Constant RestoreStatus for OptionalObjectAttributes This constant constructor does not need to be called if the constant you are attempting to use is already defined as a static instance of this class. This constructor should be used to construct constants that are not defined as statics, for instance if attempting to use a feature that is newer than the current version of the SDK. Finds the constant for the unique value. The unique value for the constant The constant for the unique value Utility method to convert strings to the constant class. The string value to convert to the constant class. Specifies whether the replication time is enabled. Replication time is enabled. Replication time is disabled. Finds the ReplicationTimeStatus instance for the string value Converts the string to ReplicationTimeStatus instance Specifies whether the replication metrics are enabled. Replication metrics are enabled. Replication metrics are disabled. Finds the MetricsStatus instance for the string value Converts the string to MetricsStatus instance Specifies who is assigned ownership of objects uploaded to a bucket Constant BucketOwnerEnforced for ObjectOwnership Objects uploaded to the bucket change ownership to the bucket owner if the objects are uploaded with the bucket-owner-full-control canned ACL The uploading account will own the object if the object is uploaded with the bucket-owner-full-control canned ACL Finds the ObjectOwnership instance for the string value Converts the string to ObjectOwnership instance intelligent tiering is enabled. intelligent tiering is disabled. Finds the IntelligentTieringStatus instance for the string value Converts the string to IntelligentTieringStatus instance Access Tier is set to Archive Access. Access Tier is set to Deep Archive Access. Finds the IntelligentTieringAccessTier instance for the string value Converts the string to IntelligentTieringAccessTier instance The Archive status associated with this source object. The Status is ARCHIVE_ACCESS. The Status is DEEP_ARCHIVE_ACCESS. Construct instance of ArchiveStatus. Finds the constant for the unique value. The string representation of the ArchiveStatus. The ArchiveStatus object for that string. Convert string to ArchiveStatus. Replica Modification is enabled. Replica Modification is disabled. Finds the ReplicaModificationsStatus instance for the string value Converts the string to ReplicaModificationsStatus instance Constants used for properties of type ChecksumAlgorithm. Constant CRC32 for ChecksumAlgorithm Constant CRC32C for ChecksumAlgorithm Constant SHA1 for ChecksumAlgorithm Constant SHA256 for ChecksumAlgorithm This constant constructor does not need to be called if the constant you are attempting to use is already defined as a static instance of this class. This constructor should be used to construct constants that are not defined as statics, for instance if attempting to use a feature that is newer than the current version of the SDK. Finds the constant for the unique value. The unique value for the constant The constant for the unique value Utility method to convert strings to the constant class. The string value to convert to the constant class. Constants used for properties of type ChecksumMode. Constant ENABLED for ChecksumMode This constant constructor does not need to be called if the constant you are attempting to use is already defined as a static instance of this class. This constructor should be used to construct constants that are not defined as statics, for instance if attempting to use a feature that is newer than the current version of the SDK. Finds the constant for the unique value. The unique value for the constant The constant for the unique value Utility method to convert strings to the constant class. The string value to convert to the constant class. Constants used for properties of type ObjectAttributes. Constant Checksum for ObjectAttributes Constant ETag for ObjectAttributes Constant ObjectParts for ObjectAttributes Constant ObjectSize for ObjectAttributes Constant StorageClass for ObjectAttributes This constant constructor does not need to be called if the constant you are attempting to use is already defined as a static instance of this class. This constructor should be used to construct constants that are not defined as statics, for instance if attempting to use a feature that is newer than the current version of the SDK. Finds the constant for the unique value. The unique value for the constant The constant for the unique value Utility method to convert strings to the constant class. The string value to convert to the constant class. A resource in an S3 Outpost Create a new S3OutpostResource object ID of the S3 Outpost Name of the access point bucket Key for object in bucket The full name of the S3 Outpost Resource. This property will keep the original delimiters of the Resource portion of the ARN. For example, if the original ARN was arn:aws:s3-outposts:us-east-1:ACCOUNT_ID:outpost/OUTPOST_ID/accesspoint/ACCESSPOINT_ID/obj the returned FullAccessPointName will be arn:aws:s3-outposts:us-east-1:ACCOUNT_ID:outpost/OUTPOST_ID/accesspoint/ACCESSPOINT_ID. The base class for requests that return Amazon S3 objects. Gets or sets the name of the bucket. The name of the bucket. Gets whether or not the bucket name is set. A value of true if the bucket name is set. Returns false if otherwise. Gets or sets the key under which the Amazon S3 object is stored. The key under which the Amazon S3 object is stored. Gets whether or not the key property is set. A value of true if key property is set. Returns false if otherwise. Gets or sets the version ID of the Amazon S3 object. The version ID of the Amazon S3 object. Checks if VersionId property is set. true if VersionId property is set. This property is deprecated. Setting this property results in non-UTC DateTimes not being marshalled correctly. Use ModifiedSinceDateUtc instead. Setting either ModifiedSinceDate or ModifiedSinceDateUtc results in both ModifiedSinceDate and ModifiedSinceDateUtc being assigned, the latest assignment to either one of the two property is reflected in the value of both. ModifiedSinceDate is provided for backwards compatibility only and assigning a non-Utc DateTime to it results in the wrong timestamp being passed to the service. Gets or sets the ModifiedSinceDate property. The ModifiedSinceDate property. Gets or sets the ModifiedSinceDate property. The ModifiedSinceDate property. This property is deprecated. Setting this property results in non-UTC DateTimes not being marshalled correctly. Use UnmodifiedSinceDateUtc instead. Setting either UnmodifiedSinceDate or UnmodifiedSinceDateUtc results in both UnmodifiedSinceDate and UnmodifiedSinceDateUtc being assigned, the latest assignment to either one of the two property is reflected in the value of both. UnmodifiedSinceDate is provided for backwards compatibility only and assigning a non-Utc DateTime to it results in the wrong timestamp being passed to the service. Gets or sets the UnmodifiedSinceDate property. The UnmodifiedSinceDate property. Gets or sets the UnmodifiedSinceDate property. The UnmodifiedSinceDate property. The Server-side encryption algorithm to be used with the customer provided key. The base64-encoded encryption key for Amazon S3 to use to decrypt the object Using the encryption key you provide as part of your request Amazon S3 manages both the encryption, as it writes to disks, and decryption, when you access your objects. Therefore, you don't need to maintain any data encryption code. The only thing you do is manage the encryption keys you provide. When you retrieve an object, you must provide the same encryption key as part of your request. Amazon S3 first verifies the encryption key you provided matches, and then decrypts the object before returning the object data to you. Important: Amazon S3 does not store the encryption key you provide. The MD5 of the customer encryption key specified in the ServerSideEncryptionCustomerProvidedKey property. The MD5 is base 64 encoded. This field is optional, the SDK will calculate the MD5 if this is not set. Gets and sets the property ChecksumMode. This must be enabled to retrieve the checksum. The base class TransferUtility request classes. Waits for all of the tasks to complete or till any task fails or is canceled. Waits for all of the tasks to complete or till any task fails or is canceled. Returns the amount of bytes remaining that need to be pulled down from S3. The fully qualified path of the file. The command to manage an upload using the S3 multipart API. Initializes a new instance of the class. The s3 client. The config object that has the number of threads to use. The file transporter request. This command is for doing regular PutObject requests. This command files all the files that meets the criteria specified in the TransferUtilityUploadDirectoryRequest request and uploads them. Provides a high level utility for managing transfers to and from Amazon S3. TransferUtility provides a simple API for uploading content to and downloading content from Amazon S3. It makes extensive use of Amazon S3 multipart uploads to achieve enhanced throughput, performance, and reliability. When uploading large files by specifying file paths instead of a stream, TransferUtility uses multiple threads to upload multiple parts of a single upload at once. When dealing with large content sizes and high bandwidth, this can increase throughput significantly. Transfers are stored in memory. If the application is restarted, previous transfers are no longer accessible. In this situation, if necessary, you should clean up any multipart uploads that are incomplete. Provides a high level utility for managing transfers to and from Amazon S3. TransferUtility provides a simple API for uploading content to and downloading content from Amazon S3. It makes extensive use of Amazon S3 multipart uploads to achieve enhanced throughput, performance, and reliability. When uploading large files by specifying file paths instead of a stream, TransferUtility uses multiple threads to upload multiple parts of a single upload at once. When dealing with large content sizes and high bandwidth, this can increase throughput significantly. Transfers are stored in memory. If the application is restarted, previous transfers are no longer accessible. In this situation, if necessary, you should clean up any multipart uploads that are incomplete. Provides a high level utility for managing transfers to and from Amazon S3. TransferUtility provides a simple API for uploading content to and downloading content from Amazon S3. It makes extensive use of Amazon S3 multipart uploads to achieve enhanced throughput, performance, and reliability. When uploading large files by specifying file paths instead of a stream, TransferUtility uses multiple threads to upload multiple parts of a single upload at once. When dealing with large content sizes and high bandwidth, this can increase throughput significantly. Transfers are stored in memory. If the application is restarted, previous transfers are no longer accessible. In this situation, if necessary, you should clean up any multipart uploads that are incomplete. Gets the Amazon S3 client used for making calls into Amazon S3. The Amazon S3 client used for making calls into Amazon S3. Uploads the specified file. The object key is derived from the file's name. Multiple threads are used to read the file and perform multiple uploads in parallel. For large uploads, the file will be divided and uploaded in parts using Amazon S3's multipart API. The parts will be reassembled as one object in Amazon S3. If you are uploading large files, TransferUtility will use multipart upload to fulfill the request. If a multipart upload is interrupted, TransferUtility will attempt to abort the multipart upload. Under certain circumstances (network outage, power failure, etc.), TransferUtility will not be able to abort the multipart upload. In this case, in order to stop getting charged for the storage of uploaded parts, you should manually invoke TransferUtility.AbortMultipartUploadsAsync() to abort the incomplete multipart uploads. The file path of the file to upload. The target Amazon S3 bucket, that is, the name of the bucket to upload the file to. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The task object representing the asynchronous operation. Uploads the specified file. Multiple threads are used to read the file and perform multiple uploads in parallel. For large uploads, the file will be divided and uploaded in parts using Amazon S3's multipart API. The parts will be reassembled as one object in Amazon S3. If you are uploading large files, TransferUtility will use multipart upload to fulfill the request. If a multipart upload is interrupted, TransferUtility will attempt to abort the multipart upload. Under certain circumstances (network outage, power failure, etc.), TransferUtility will not be able to abort the multipart upload. In this case, in order to stop getting charged for the storage of uploaded parts, you should manually invoke TransferUtility.AbortMultipartUploadsAsync() to abort the incomplete multipart uploads. The file path of the file to upload. The target Amazon S3 bucket, that is, the name of the bucket to upload the file to. The key under which the Amazon S3 object is stored. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The task object representing the asynchronous operation. Uploads the contents of the specified stream. For large uploads, the file will be divided and uploaded in parts using Amazon S3's multipart API. The parts will be reassembled as one object in Amazon S3. If you are uploading large files, TransferUtility will use multipart upload to fulfill the request. If a multipart upload is interrupted, TransferUtility will attempt to abort the multipart upload. Under certain circumstances (network outage, power failure, etc.), TransferUtility will not be able to abort the multipart upload. In this case, in order to stop getting charged for the storage of uploaded parts, you should manually invoke TransferUtility.AbortMultipartUploadsAsync() to abort the incomplete multipart uploads. The stream to read to obtain the content to upload. The target Amazon S3 bucket, that is, the name of the bucket to upload the stream to. The key under which the Amazon S3 object is stored. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The task object representing the asynchronous operation. Uploads the file or stream specified by the request. To track the progress of the upload, add an event listener to the request's UploadProgressEvent. For large uploads, the file will be divided and uploaded in parts using Amazon S3's multipart API. The parts will be reassembled as one object in Amazon S3. If you are uploading large files, TransferUtility will use multipart upload to fulfill the request. If a multipart upload is interrupted, TransferUtility will attempt to abort the multipart upload. Under certain circumstances (network outage, power failure, etc.), TransferUtility will not be able to abort the multipart upload. In this case, in order to stop getting charged for the storage of uploaded parts, you should manually invoke TransferUtility.AbortMultipartUploadsAsync() to abort the incomplete multipart uploads. Contains all the parameters required to upload to Amazon S3. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The task object representing the asynchronous operation. Aborts the multipart uploads that were initiated before the specified date. The name of the bucket containing multipart uploads. The date before which the multipart uploads were initiated. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The task object representing the asynchronous operation. Downloads the content from Amazon S3 and writes it to the specified file. If the key is not specified in the request parameter, the file name will used as the key name. Contains all the parameters required to download an Amazon S3 object. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The task object representing the asynchronous operation. Returns a stream from which the caller can read the content from the specified Amazon S3 bucket and key. The caller of this method is responsible for closing the stream. The name of the bucket. The object key. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The task object representing the asynchronous operation. Returns a stream to read the contents from Amazon S3 as specified by the TransferUtilityOpenStreamRequest. The caller of this method is responsible for closing the stream. Contains all the parameters required for the OpenStream operation. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The task object representing the asynchronous operation. Uploads files from a specified directory. The object key is derived from the file names inside the directory. For large uploads, the file will be divided and uploaded in parts using Amazon S3's multipart API. The parts will be reassembled as one object in Amazon S3. If you are uploading large files, TransferUtility will use multipart upload to fulfill the request. If a multipart upload is interrupted, TransferUtility will attempt to abort the multipart upload. Under certain circumstances (network outage, power failure, etc.), TransferUtility will not be able to abort the multipart upload. In this case, in order to stop getting charged for the storage of uploaded parts, you should manually invoke TransferUtility.AbortMultipartUploads() to abort the incomplete multipart uploads. The source directory, that is, the directory containing the files to upload. The target Amazon S3 bucket, that is, the name of the bucket to upload the files to. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The task object representing the asynchronous operation. Uploads files from a specified directory. The object key is derived from the file names inside the directory. For large uploads, the file will be divided and uploaded in parts using Amazon S3's multipart API. The parts will be reassembled as one object in Amazon S3. If you are uploading large files, TransferUtility will use multipart upload to fulfill the request. If a multipart upload is interrupted, TransferUtility will attempt to abort the multipart upload. Under certain circumstances (network outage, power failure, etc.), TransferUtility will not be able to abort the multipart upload. In this case, in order to stop getting charged for the storage of uploaded parts, you should manually invoke TransferUtility.AbortMultipartUploads() to abort the incomplete multipart uploads. The source directory, that is, the directory containing the files to upload. The target Amazon S3 bucket, that is, the name of the bucket to upload the files to. A pattern used to identify the files from the source directory to upload. A search option that specifies whether to recursively search for files to upload in subdirectories. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The task object representing the asynchronous operation. Uploads files from a specified directory. The object key is derived from the file names inside the directory. For large uploads, the file will be divided and uploaded in parts using Amazon S3's multipart API. The parts will be reassembled as one object in Amazon S3. If you are uploading large files, TransferUtility will use multipart upload to fulfill the request. If a multipart upload is interrupted, TransferUtility will attempt to abort the multipart upload. Under certain circumstances (network outage, power failure, etc.), TransferUtility will not be able to abort the multipart upload. In this case, in order to stop getting charged for the storage of uploaded parts, you should manually invoke TransferUtility.AbortMultipartUploads() to abort the incomplete multipart uploads. The request that contains all the parameters required to upload a directory. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The task object representing the asynchronous operation. Downloads the objects in Amazon S3 that have a key that starts with the value specified by s3Directory. The name of the bucket containing the Amazon S3 objects to download. The directory in Amazon S3 to download. The local directory to download the objects to. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The task object representing the asynchronous operation. Downloads the objects in Amazon S3 that have a key that starts with the value specified by the S3Directory property of the passed in TransferUtilityDownloadDirectoryRequest object. Contains all the parameters required to download objects from Amazon S3 into a local directory. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The task object representing the asynchronous operation. Downloads the content from Amazon S3 and writes it to the specified file. The file path where the content from Amazon S3 will be written to. The name of the bucket containing the Amazon S3 object to download. The key under which the Amazon S3 object is stored. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The task object representing the asynchronous operation. Uploads files from a specified directory. The object key is derived from the file names inside the directory. For large uploads, the file will be divided and uploaded in parts using Amazon S3's multipart API. The parts will be reassembled as one object in Amazon S3. If you are uploading large files, TransferUtility will use multipart upload to fulfill the request. If a multipart upload is interrupted, TransferUtility will attempt to abort the multipart upload. Under certain circumstances (network outage, power failure, etc.), TransferUtility will not be able to abort the multipart upload. In this case, in order to stop getting charged for the storage of uploaded parts, you should manually invoke TransferUtility.AbortMultipartUploads() to abort the incomplete multipart uploads. The source directory, that is, the directory containing the files to upload. The target Amazon S3 bucket, that is, the name of the bucket to upload the files to. Uploads files from a specified directory. The object key is derived from the file names inside the directory. For large uploads, the file will be divided and uploaded in parts using Amazon S3's multipart API. The parts will be reassembled as one object in Amazon S3. If you are uploading large files, TransferUtility will use multipart upload to fulfill the request. If a multipart upload is interrupted, TransferUtility will attempt to abort the multipart upload. Under certain circumstances (network outage, power failure, etc.), TransferUtility will not be able to abort the multipart upload. In this case, in order to stop getting charged for the storage of uploaded parts, you should manually invoke TransferUtility.AbortMultipartUploads() to abort the incomplete multipart uploads. The source directory, that is, the directory containing the files to upload. The target Amazon S3 bucket, that is, the name of the bucket to upload the files to. A pattern used to identify the files from the source directory to upload. A search option that specifies whether to recursively search for files to upload in subdirectories. Uploads files from a specified directory. The object key is derived from the file names inside the directory. For large uploads, the file will be divided and uploaded in parts using Amazon S3's multipart API. The parts will be reassembled as one object in Amazon S3. If you are uploading large files, TransferUtility will use multipart upload to fulfill the request. If a multipart upload is interrupted, TransferUtility will attempt to abort the multipart upload. Under certain circumstances (network outage, power failure, etc.), TransferUtility will not be able to abort the multipart upload. In this case, in order to stop getting charged for the storage of uploaded parts, you should manually invoke TransferUtility.AbortMultipartUploads() to abort the incomplete multipart uploads. The request that contains all the parameters required to upload a directory. Uploads the specified file. The object key is derived from the file's name. Multiple threads are used to read the file and perform multiple uploads in parallel. For large uploads, the file will be divided and uploaded in parts using Amazon S3's multipart API. The parts will be reassembled as one object in Amazon S3. If you are uploading large files, TransferUtility will use multipart upload to fulfill the request. If a multipart upload is interrupted, TransferUtility will attempt to abort the multipart upload. Under certain circumstances (network outage, power failure, etc.), TransferUtility will not be able to abort the multipart upload. In this case, in order to stop getting charged for the storage of uploaded parts, you should manually invoke TransferUtility.AbortMultipartUploads() to abort the incomplete multipart uploads. The file path of the file to upload. The target Amazon S3 bucket, that is, the name of the bucket to upload the file to. Uploads the specified file. Multiple threads are used to read the file and perform multiple uploads in parallel. For large uploads, the file will be divided and uploaded in parts using Amazon S3's multipart API. The parts will be reassembled as one object in Amazon S3. If you are uploading large files, TransferUtility will use multipart upload to fulfill the request. If a multipart upload is interrupted, TransferUtility will attempt to abort the multipart upload. Under certain circumstances (network outage, power failure, etc.), TransferUtility will not be able to abort the multipart upload. In this case, in order to stop getting charged for the storage of uploaded parts, you should manually invoke TransferUtility.AbortMultipartUploads() to abort the incomplete multipart uploads. The file path of the file to upload. The target Amazon S3 bucket, that is, the name of the bucket to upload the file to. The key under which the Amazon S3 object is stored. Uploads the contents of the specified stream. For large uploads, the file will be divided and uploaded in parts using Amazon S3's multipart API. The parts will be reassembled as one object in Amazon S3. If you are uploading large files, TransferUtility will use multipart upload to fulfill the request. If a multipart upload is interrupted, TransferUtility will attempt to abort the multipart upload. Under certain circumstances (network outage, power failure, etc.), TransferUtility will not be able to abort the multipart upload. In this case, in order to stop getting charged for the storage of uploaded parts, you should manually invoke TransferUtility.AbortMultipartUploads() to abort the incomplete multipart uploads. The stream to read to obtain the content to upload. The target Amazon S3 bucket, that is, the name of the bucket to upload the stream to. The key under which the Amazon S3 object is stored. Uploads the file or stream specified by the request. To track the progress of the upload, add an event listener to the request's UploadProgressEvent. For large uploads, the file will be divided and uploaded in parts using Amazon S3's multipart API. The parts will be reassembled as one object in Amazon S3. If you are uploading large files, TransferUtility will use multipart upload to fulfill the request. If a multipart upload is interrupted, TransferUtility will attempt to abort the multipart upload. Under certain circumstances (network outage, power failure, etc.), TransferUtility will not be able to abort the multipart upload. In this case, in order to stop getting charged for the storage of uploaded parts, you should manually invoke TransferUtility.AbortMultipartUploads() to abort the incomplete multipart uploads. Contains all the parameters required to upload to Amazon S3. Returns a stream from which the caller can read the content from the specified Amazon S3 bucket and key. The caller of this method is responsible for closing the stream. The name of the bucket. The object key. A stream of the contents from the specified Amazon S3 and key. Returns a stream to read the contents from Amazon S3 as specified by the TransferUtilityOpenStreamRequest. The caller of this method is responsible for closing the stream. Contains all the parameters required to open a stream to an S3 object. A stream of the contents from Amazon S3. Downloads the content from Amazon S3 and writes it to the specified file. The file path where the content from Amazon S3 will be written to. The name of the bucket containing the Amazon S3 object to download. The key under which the Amazon S3 object is stored. Downloads the content from Amazon S3 and writes it to the specified file. If the key is not specified in the request parameter, the file name will used as the key name. Contains all the parameters required to download an Amazon S3 object. Downloads the objects in Amazon S3 that have a key that starts with the value specified by s3Directory. The name of the bucket containing the Amazon S3 objects to download. The directory in Amazon S3 to download. The local directory to download the objects to. Downloads the objects in Amazon S3 that have a key that starts with the value specified by the S3Directory property of the passed in TransferUtilityDownloadDirectoryRequest object. Contains all the parameters required to download objects from Amazon S3 into a local directory. Aborts the multipart uploads that were initiated before the specified date. The name of the bucket containing multipart uploads. The date before which the multipart uploads were initiated. Provides a high level utility for managing transfers to and from Amazon S3. TransferUtility provides a simple API for uploading content to and downloading content from Amazon S3. It makes extensive use of Amazon S3 multipart uploads to achieve enhanced throughput, performance, and reliability. When uploading large files by specifying file paths instead of a stream, TransferUtility uses multiple threads to upload multiple parts of a single upload at once. When dealing with large content sizes and high bandwidth, this can increase throughput significantly. Transfers are stored in memory. If the application is restarted, previous transfers are no longer accessible. In this situation, if necessary, you should clean up any multipart uploads that are incomplete. Provides a high level utility for managing transfers to and from Amazon S3. TransferUtility provides a simple API for uploading content to and downloading content from Amazon S3. It makes extensive use of Amazon S3 multipart uploads to achieve enhanced throughput, performance, and reliability. When uploading large files by specifying file paths instead of a stream, TransferUtility uses multiple threads to upload multiple parts of a single upload at once. When dealing with large content sizes and high bandwidth, this can increase throughput significantly. Transfers are stored in memory. If the application is restarted, previous transfers are no longer accessible. In this situation, if necessary, you should clean up any multipart uploads that are incomplete. Provides a high level utility for managing transfers to and from Amazon S3. TransferUtility provides a simple API for uploading content to and downloading content from Amazon S3. It makes extensive use of Amazon S3 multipart uploads to achieve enhanced throughput, performance, and reliability. When uploading large files by specifying file paths instead of a stream, TransferUtility uses multiple threads to upload multiple parts of a single upload at once. When dealing with large content sizes and high bandwidth, this can increase throughput significantly. Transfers are stored in memory. If the application is restarted, previous transfers are no longer accessible. In this situation, if necessary, you should clean up any multipart uploads that are incomplete. Constructs a new class. The AWS Access Key ID. The AWS Secret Access Key. If a Timeout needs to be specified, use the constructor which takes an as a paramater. Use an instance of constructed with an object with the Timeout specified. Constructs a new class. The AWS Access Key ID. The AWS Secret Access Key. The region to configure the transfer utility for. If a Timeout needs to be specified, use the constructor which takes an as a paramater. Use an instance of constructed with an object with the Timeout specified. Constructs a new instance of the class. The AWS Access Key ID. The AWS Secret Access Key. Specifies advanced settings. If a Timeout needs to be specified, use the constructor which takes an as a paramater. Use an instance of constructed with an object with the Timeout specified. Constructs a new instance of the class. The AWS Access Key ID. The AWS Secret Access Key. The region to configure the transfer utility for. Specifies advanced settings. If a Timeout needs to be specified, use the constructor which takes an as a paramater. Use an instance of constructed with an object with the Timeout specified. Constructs a new instance of the class. The Amazon S3 client. If a Timeout needs to be specified, use the constructor which takes an as a paramater. Use an instance of constructed with an object with the Timeout specified. Initializes a new instance of the class. The Amazon S3 client. Specifies advanced configuration settings for . If a Timeout needs to be specified, use the constructor which takes an as a paramater. Use an instance of constructed with an object with the Timeout specified. Constructs a new class. If a Timeout needs to be specified, use the constructor which takes an as a paramater. Use an instance of constructed with an object with the Timeout specified. Constructs a new class. The region to configure the transfer utility for. If a Timeout needs to be specified, use the constructor which takes an as a paramater. Use an instance of constructed with an object with the Timeout specified. Constructs a new class. Specifies advanced configuration settings for . Gets the Amazon S3 client used for making calls into Amazon S3. The Amazon S3 client used for making calls into Amazon S3. Implements the Dispose pattern Whether this object is being disposed via a call to Dispose or garbage collected. Disposes of all managed and unmanaged resources. Uploads the specified file. The object key is derived from the file's name. Multiple threads are used to read the file and perform multiple uploads in parallel. For large uploads, the file will be divided and uploaded in parts using Amazon S3's multipart API. The parts will be reassembled as one object in Amazon S3. If you are uploading large files, TransferUtility will use multipart upload to fulfill the request. If a multipart upload is interrupted, TransferUtility will attempt to abort the multipart upload. Under certain circumstances (network outage, power failure, etc.), TransferUtility will not be able to abort the multipart upload. In this case, in order to stop getting charged for the storage of uploaded parts, you should manually invoke TransferUtility.AbortMultipartUploadsAsync() to abort the incomplete multipart uploads. For nonseekable streams or streams with an unknown length, TransferUtility will use multipart upload and buffer up to a part size in memory until the final part is reached and complete the upload. The buffer for the multipart upload is controlled by S3Constants.MinPartSize and the default value is 5 megabytes. You can also adjust the read buffer size(i.e.how many bytes to read before writing to the part buffer) via the BufferSize property on the ClientConfig.The default value for this is 8192 bytes. The file path of the file to upload. The target Amazon S3 bucket, that is, the name of the bucket to upload the file to. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The task object representing the asynchronous operation. Uploads the specified file. Multiple threads are used to read the file and perform multiple uploads in parallel. For large uploads, the file will be divided and uploaded in parts using Amazon S3's multipart API. The parts will be reassembled as one object in Amazon S3. If you are uploading large files, TransferUtility will use multipart upload to fulfill the request. If a multipart upload is interrupted, TransferUtility will attempt to abort the multipart upload. Under certain circumstances (network outage, power failure, etc.), TransferUtility will not be able to abort the multipart upload. In this case, in order to stop getting charged for the storage of uploaded parts, you should manually invoke TransferUtility.AbortMultipartUploadsAsync() to abort the incomplete multipart uploads. For nonseekable streams or streams with an unknown length, TransferUtility will use multipart upload and buffer up to a part size in memory until the final part is reached and complete the upload. The buffer for the multipart upload is controlled by S3Constants.MinPartSize and the default value is 5 megabytes. You can also adjust the read buffer size(i.e.how many bytes to read before writing to the part buffer) via the BufferSize property on the ClientConfig.The default value for this is 8192 bytes. The file path of the file to upload. The target Amazon S3 bucket, that is, the name of the bucket to upload the file to. The key under which the Amazon S3 object is stored. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The task object representing the asynchronous operation. Uploads the contents of the specified stream. For large uploads, the file will be divided and uploaded in parts using Amazon S3's multipart API. The parts will be reassembled as one object in Amazon S3. If you are uploading large files, TransferUtility will use multipart upload to fulfill the request. If a multipart upload is interrupted, TransferUtility will attempt to abort the multipart upload. Under certain circumstances (network outage, power failure, etc.), TransferUtility will not be able to abort the multipart upload. In this case, in order to stop getting charged for the storage of uploaded parts, you should manually invoke TransferUtility.AbortMultipartUploadsAsync() to abort the incomplete multipart uploads. For nonseekable streams or streams with an unknown length, TransferUtility will use multipart upload and buffer up to a part size in memory until the final part is reached and complete the upload. The buffer for the multipart upload is controlled by S3Constants.MinPartSize and the default value is 5 megabytes. You can also adjust the read buffer size(i.e.how many bytes to read before writing to the part buffer) via the BufferSize property on the ClientConfig.The default value for this is 8192 bytes. The stream to read to obtain the content to upload. The target Amazon S3 bucket, that is, the name of the bucket to upload the stream to. The key under which the Amazon S3 object is stored. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The task object representing the asynchronous operation. Uploads the file or stream specified by the request. To track the progress of the upload, add an event listener to the request's UploadProgressEvent. For large uploads, the file will be divided and uploaded in parts using Amazon S3's multipart API. The parts will be reassembled as one object in Amazon S3. If you are uploading large files, TransferUtility will use multipart upload to fulfill the request. If a multipart upload is interrupted, TransferUtility will attempt to abort the multipart upload. Under certain circumstances (network outage, power failure, etc.), TransferUtility will not be able to abort the multipart upload. In this case, in order to stop getting charged for the storage of uploaded parts, you should manually invoke TransferUtility.AbortMultipartUploadsAsync() to abort the incomplete multipart uploads. For nonseekable streams or streams with an unknown length, TransferUtility will use multipart upload and buffer up to a part size in memory until the final part is reached and complete the upload. The part size buffer for the multipart upload is controlled by the partSize specified on the TransferUtilityUploadRequest, and if none is specified it defaults to S3Constants.MinPartSize (5 megabytes). You can also adjust the read buffer size (i.e. how many bytes to read before adding it to the part buffer) via the BufferSize property on the ClientConfig. The default value for this is 8192 bytes. Contains all the parameters required to upload to Amazon S3. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The task object representing the asynchronous operation. Aborts the multipart uploads that were initiated before the specified date. The name of the bucket containing multipart uploads. The date before which the multipart uploads were initiated. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The task object representing the asynchronous operation. Downloads the content from Amazon S3 and writes it to the specified file. If the key is not specified in the request parameter, the file name will used as the key name. Contains all the parameters required to download an Amazon S3 object. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The task object representing the asynchronous operation. Returns a stream from which the caller can read the content from the specified Amazon S3 bucket and key. The caller of this method is responsible for closing the stream. The name of the bucket. The object key. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The task object representing the asynchronous operation. Returns a stream to read the contents from Amazon S3 as specified by the TransferUtilityOpenStreamRequest. The caller of this method is responsible for closing the stream. Contains all the parameters required for the OpenStream operation. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The task object representing the asynchronous operation. Uploads files from a specified directory. The object key is derived from the file names inside the directory. For large uploads, the file will be divided and uploaded in parts using Amazon S3's multipart API. The parts will be reassembled as one object in Amazon S3. If you are uploading large files, TransferUtility will use multipart upload to fulfill the request. If a multipart upload is interrupted, TransferUtility will attempt to abort the multipart upload. Under certain circumstances (network outage, power failure, etc.), TransferUtility will not be able to abort the multipart upload. In this case, in order to stop getting charged for the storage of uploaded parts, you should manually invoke TransferUtility.AbortMultipartUploads() to abort the incomplete multipart uploads. The source directory, that is, the directory containing the files to upload. The target Amazon S3 bucket, that is, the name of the bucket to upload the files to. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The task object representing the asynchronous operation. Uploads files from a specified directory. The object key is derived from the file names inside the directory. For large uploads, the file will be divided and uploaded in parts using Amazon S3's multipart API. The parts will be reassembled as one object in Amazon S3. If you are uploading large files, TransferUtility will use multipart upload to fulfill the request. If a multipart upload is interrupted, TransferUtility will attempt to abort the multipart upload. Under certain circumstances (network outage, power failure, etc.), TransferUtility will not be able to abort the multipart upload. In this case, in order to stop getting charged for the storage of uploaded parts, you should manually invoke TransferUtility.AbortMultipartUploads() to abort the incomplete multipart uploads. The source directory, that is, the directory containing the files to upload. The target Amazon S3 bucket, that is, the name of the bucket to upload the files to. A pattern used to identify the files from the source directory to upload. A search option that specifies whether to recursively search for files to upload in subdirectories. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The task object representing the asynchronous operation. Uploads files from a specified directory. The object key is derived from the file names inside the directory. For large uploads, the file will be divided and uploaded in parts using Amazon S3's multipart API. The parts will be reassembled as one object in Amazon S3. If you are uploading large files, TransferUtility will use multipart upload to fulfill the request. If a multipart upload is interrupted, TransferUtility will attempt to abort the multipart upload. Under certain circumstances (network outage, power failure, etc.), TransferUtility will not be able to abort the multipart upload. In this case, in order to stop getting charged for the storage of uploaded parts, you should manually invoke TransferUtility.AbortMultipartUploads() to abort the incomplete multipart uploads. The request that contains all the parameters required to upload a directory. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The task object representing the asynchronous operation. Downloads the objects in Amazon S3 that have a key that starts with the value specified by s3Directory. The name of the bucket containing the Amazon S3 objects to download. The directory in Amazon S3 to download. The local directory to download the objects to. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The task object representing the asynchronous operation. Downloads the objects in Amazon S3 that have a key that starts with the value specified by the S3Directory property of the passed in TransferUtilityDownloadDirectoryRequest object. Contains all the parameters required to download objects from Amazon S3 into a local directory. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The task object representing the asynchronous operation. Downloads the content from Amazon S3 and writes it to the specified file. The file path where the content from Amazon S3 will be written to. The name of the bucket containing the Amazon S3 object to download. The key under which the Amazon S3 object is stored. A cancellation token that can be used by other objects or threads to receive notice of cancellation. The task object representing the asynchronous operation. Uploads files from a specified directory. The object key is derived from the file names inside the directory. For large uploads, the file will be divided and uploaded in parts using Amazon S3's multipart API. The parts will be reassembled as one object in Amazon S3. If you are uploading large files, TransferUtility will use multipart upload to fulfill the request. If a multipart upload is interrupted, TransferUtility will attempt to abort the multipart upload. Under certain circumstances (network outage, power failure, etc.), TransferUtility will not be able to abort the multipart upload. In this case, in order to stop getting charged for the storage of uploaded parts, you should manually invoke TransferUtility.AbortMultipartUploads() to abort the incomplete multipart uploads. The source directory, that is, the directory containing the files to upload. The target Amazon S3 bucket, that is, the name of the bucket to upload the files to. Uploads files from a specified directory. The object key is derived from the file names inside the directory. For large uploads, the file will be divided and uploaded in parts using Amazon S3's multipart API. The parts will be reassembled as one object in Amazon S3. If you are uploading large files, TransferUtility will use multipart upload to fulfill the request. If a multipart upload is interrupted, TransferUtility will attempt to abort the multipart upload. Under certain circumstances (network outage, power failure, etc.), TransferUtility will not be able to abort the multipart upload. In this case, in order to stop getting charged for the storage of uploaded parts, you should manually invoke TransferUtility.AbortMultipartUploads() to abort the incomplete multipart uploads. The source directory, that is, the directory containing the files to upload. The target Amazon S3 bucket, that is, the name of the bucket to upload the files to. A pattern used to identify the files from the source directory to upload. A search option that specifies whether to recursively search for files to upload in subdirectories. Uploads files from a specified directory. The object key is derived from the file names inside the directory. For large uploads, the file will be divided and uploaded in parts using Amazon S3's multipart API. The parts will be reassembled as one object in Amazon S3. If you are uploading large files, TransferUtility will use multipart upload to fulfill the request. If a multipart upload is interrupted, TransferUtility will attempt to abort the multipart upload. Under certain circumstances (network outage, power failure, etc.), TransferUtility will not be able to abort the multipart upload. In this case, in order to stop getting charged for the storage of uploaded parts, you should manually invoke TransferUtility.AbortMultipartUploads() to abort the incomplete multipart uploads. The request that contains all the parameters required to upload a directory. Uploads the specified file. The object key is derived from the file's name. Multiple threads are used to read the file and perform multiple uploads in parallel. For large uploads, the file will be divided and uploaded in parts using Amazon S3's multipart API. The parts will be reassembled as one object in Amazon S3. If you are uploading large files, TransferUtility will use multipart upload to fulfill the request. If a multipart upload is interrupted, TransferUtility will attempt to abort the multipart upload. Under certain circumstances (network outage, power failure, etc.), TransferUtility will not be able to abort the multipart upload. In this case, in order to stop getting charged for the storage of uploaded parts, you should manually invoke TransferUtility.AbortMultipartUploads() to abort the incomplete multipart uploads. The file path of the file to upload. The target Amazon S3 bucket, that is, the name of the bucket to upload the file to. Uploads the specified file. Multiple threads are used to read the file and perform multiple uploads in parallel. For large uploads, the file will be divided and uploaded in parts using Amazon S3's multipart API. The parts will be reassembled as one object in Amazon S3. If you are uploading large files, TransferUtility will use multipart upload to fulfill the request. If a multipart upload is interrupted, TransferUtility will attempt to abort the multipart upload. Under certain circumstances (network outage, power failure, etc.), TransferUtility will not be able to abort the multipart upload. In this case, in order to stop getting charged for the storage of uploaded parts, you should manually invoke TransferUtility.AbortMultipartUploads() to abort the incomplete multipart uploads. The file path of the file to upload. The target Amazon S3 bucket, that is, the name of the bucket to upload the file to. The key under which the Amazon S3 object is stored. Uploads the contents of the specified stream. For large uploads, the file will be divided and uploaded in parts using Amazon S3's multipart API. The parts will be reassembled as one object in Amazon S3. If you are uploading large files, TransferUtility will use multipart upload to fulfill the request. If a multipart upload is interrupted, TransferUtility will attempt to abort the multipart upload. Under certain circumstances (network outage, power failure, etc.), TransferUtility will not be able to abort the multipart upload. In this case, in order to stop getting charged for the storage of uploaded parts, you should manually invoke TransferUtility.AbortMultipartUploads() to abort the incomplete multipart uploads. The stream to read to obtain the content to upload. The target Amazon S3 bucket, that is, the name of the bucket to upload the stream to. The key under which the Amazon S3 object is stored. Uploads the file or stream specified by the request. To track the progress of the upload, add an event listener to the request's UploadProgressEvent. For large uploads, the file will be divided and uploaded in parts using Amazon S3's multipart API. The parts will be reassembled as one object in Amazon S3. If you are uploading large files, TransferUtility will use multipart upload to fulfill the request. If a multipart upload is interrupted, TransferUtility will attempt to abort the multipart upload. Under certain circumstances (network outage, power failure, etc.), TransferUtility will not be able to abort the multipart upload. In this case, in order to stop getting charged for the storage of uploaded parts, you should manually invoke TransferUtility.AbortMultipartUploads() to abort the incomplete multipart uploads. Contains all the parameters required to upload to Amazon S3. Returns a stream from which the caller can read the content from the specified Amazon S3 bucket and key. The caller of this method is responsible for closing the stream. The name of the bucket. The object key. A stream of the contents from the specified Amazon S3 and key. Returns a stream to read the contents from Amazon S3 as specified by the TransferUtilityOpenStreamRequest. The caller of this method is responsible for closing the stream. Contains all the parameters required to open a stream to an S3 object. A stream of the contents from Amazon S3. Downloads the content from Amazon S3 and writes it to the specified file. The file path where the content from Amazon S3 will be written to. The name of the bucket containing the Amazon S3 object to download. The key under which the Amazon S3 object is stored. Downloads the content from Amazon S3 and writes it to the specified file. If the key is not specified in the request parameter, the file name will used as the key name. Contains all the parameters required to download an Amazon S3 object. Downloads the objects in Amazon S3 that have a key that starts with the value specified by s3Directory. The name of the bucket containing the Amazon S3 objects to download. The directory in Amazon S3 to download. The local directory to download the objects to. Downloads the objects in Amazon S3 that have a key that starts with the value specified by the S3Directory property of the passed in TransferUtilityDownloadDirectoryRequest object. Contains all the parameters required to download objects from Amazon S3 into a local directory. Aborts the multipart uploads that were initiated before the specified date. The name of the bucket containing multipart uploads. The date before which the multipart uploads were initiated. Provides configuration options for how processes requests. The best configuration settings depend on network configuration, latency and bandwidth. The default configuration settings are suitable for most applications, but this class enables developers to experiment with different configurations and tune transfer manager performance. Default constructor. Gets or sets the minimum size required (in bytes) to enable multi-part upload. The default is 16 MB. If the file size is greater than or equal to MinSizeBeforePartUpload, multi-part upload will be used. This property determines how many active threads or the number of concurrent asynchronous web requests will be used to upload/download the file . The default value is 10. A value less than or equal to 0 will be silently ignored. Gets or sets the number of executing threads. This property determines how many active threads will be used to upload the file. The default value is 10 threads. A value less than or equal to 0 will be silently ignored. Request object for downloading a directory with the TransferUtility. Gets or sets the name of the bucket. The name of the bucket. Gets whether or not the bucket name is set. A value of true if the bucket name is set. Otherwise, returns false. Gets or sets the local directory where objects from Amazon S3 will be downloaded. If the directory doesn't exist, it will be created. The local directory where objects from Amazon S3 will be downloaded. Gets whether or not the LocalDirectory property is set. A value of true if LocalDirectory property is set. Otherwise, returns false. Gets or sets the Amazon S3 directory to download from. This is translated to a key prefix; keys that have this prefix will be downloaded. The TransferUtility will automatically add a / to the end when listing objects for to be downloaded. This treats S3Directory field as a virtual S3 directory. In some use cases the added / slash can be undesirable. To prevent the TransferUtility from adding the / at the end set the DisableSlashCorrection property to true. Gets whether or not the S3Directory property is set. A value of true if S3Directory property is set. Otherwise, returns false. This property is deprecated. This property doesn't honor the DateTimeKind, please use ModifiedSinceDateUtc instead. Gets or sets the ModifiedSinceDate property. Only objects that have been modified since this date will be downloaded. The ModifiedSinceDate property. Checks if ModifiedSinceDate property is set. A value of true if ModifiedSinceDate property is set. Otherwise, returns false. Gets or sets the ModifiedSinceDateUtc property. Only objects that have been modified since this date will be downloaded. The ModifiedSinceDateUtc property. Checks if ModifiedSinceDateUtc property is set. A value of true if ModifiedSinceDateUtc property is set. Otherwise, returns false. This property is deprecated. This property doesn't honor the DateTimeKind, please use UnmodifiedSinceDateUtc instead. Gets or sets the UnmodifiedSinceDate property. Only objects that have not been modified since this date will be downloaded. The UnmodifiedSinceDate property. Checks if UnmodifiedSinceDate property is set. true if UnmodifiedSinceDate property is set. Gets or sets the UnmodifiedSinceDateUtc property. Only objects that have not been modified since this date will be downloaded. The UnmodifiedSinceDateUtc property. Checks if UnmodifiedSinceDateUtc property is set. true if UnmodifiedSinceDateUtc property is set. Gets or sets the DownloadFilesConcurrently property. Specifies if multiple files will be downloaded concurrently. The number of concurrent web requests used is controlled by the TransferUtilityConfig.ConcurrencyLevel property. If this is set to true then the TransferUtility will not ensure the S3Directory property has a trailing / for a virtual S3 directory. The default value is false. The event for DownloadedDirectoryProgressEvent notifications. All subscribers will be notified when a new progress event is raised. The DownloadedDirectoryProgressEvent is fired as data is downloaded from Amazon S3. The delegates attached to the event will be passed information detailing how much data has been downloaded as well as how much will be downloaded. Subscribe to this event if you want to receive DownloadedDirectoryProgressEvent notifications. Here is how:
1. Define a method with a signature similar to this one: private void displayProgress(object sender, DownloadDirectoryProgressArgs args) { Console.WriteLine(args); } 2. Add this method to the DownloadedDirectoryProgressEvent delegate's invocation list TransferUtilityDownloadDirectoryRequest request = new TransferUtilityDownloadDirectoryRequest(); request.DownloadedDirectoryProgressEvent += displayProgress;
Encapsulates the information needed to provide transfer progress to subscribers of the DownloadDirectory event. Constructs a new instance of DownloadDirectoryProgressArgs. The number of files downloaded. The total number of files to download. The current file being downloaded The number of transferred bytes for the current file. The size of the current file in bytes. Constructs a new instance of DownloadDirectoryProgressArgs. The number of files downloaded. The total number of files to download. The bytes transferred across all files being downloaded. The total number of bytes across all files being downloaded. The current file being downloaded. The number of transferred bytes for the current file. The size of the current file in bytes. Gets or sets the total number of files. The total number of files. Gets or sets the number of files downloaded so far. The number of files downloaded. Gets or sets the total number of bytes across all files being downloaded. The total number of bytes across all files being downloaded. Gets or sets the bytes transferred across all files being downloaded. The bytes transferred across all files being downloaded. Gets or sets the current file being downloaded. The current file being downloaded. Gets or sets the transferred bytes for the current file. The transferred bytes for the current file. Gets or sets the total number of bytes for the current file. The total number of bytes for the current file. The string representation of this instance of DownloadDirectoryProgressArgs. The string representation of this instance of DownloadDirectoryProgressArgs. Contains all the parameters that can be set when making a this request with the TransferUtility method. Get or sets the file path location of where the downloaded Amazon S3 object will be written to. The file path location of where the downloaded Amazon S3 object will be written to. Checks if FilePath property is set. True if FilePath property is set. The event for WriteObjectProgressEvent notifications. All subscribers will be notified when a new progress event is raised. The WriteObjectProgressEvent is fired as data is downloaded from S3. The delegates attached to the event will be passed information detailing how much data has been downloaded as well as how much will be downloaded. Subscribe to this event if you want to receive WriteObjectProgressEvent notifications. Here is how:
1. Define a method with a signature similar to this one: private void displayProgress(object sender, WriteObjectProgressArgs args) { Console.WriteLine(args); } 2. Add this method to the WriteObjectProgressEvent delegate's invocation list TransferUtilityDownloadRequest request = new TransferUtilityDownloadRequest(); request.WriteObjectProgressEvent += displayProgress;
Causes the WriteObjectProgressEvent event to be fired. Progress data for the stream being written to file. Contains all the parameters that can be set when making a this request with the TransferUtility method. Contains all the parameters that can be set when making a this request with the TransferUtility method. Gets or sets whether the payload should be signed or not Gets or sets the directory where files are uploaded from. The directory where files are uploaded from. Checks if Directory property is set. true if Directory property is set. Gets or sets the KeyPrefix property. As object keys are generated for the files being uploaded this value will prefix the key. This is useful when a directory needs to be uploaded into sub directory in the S3 Bucket. The directory where files are uploaded from. Checks if KeyPrefix property is set. true if KeyPrefix property is set. Gets and sets the search pattern used to determine which files in the directory are uploaded. The search pattern used to deterimine which files in the directory are uploaded. The default value is "*", specifying that all files in the directory will be uploaded. Checks if SearchPattern property is set. true if SearchPattern property is set. Gets or sets the recursive options for the directory upload. The recursive options for the directory upload. Set by default to TopDirectoryOnly, specifying that files will be uploaded from the root directory only. Gets or sets the name of the bucket. The name of the bucket. Checks if BucketName property is set. true if BucketName property is set. Gets or sets the canned access control list (ACL) for the uploaded objects. Please refer to for information on Amazon S3 canned ACLs. The canned access control list (ACL) for the uploaded objects. Checks if the CannedACL property is set. true if there is the CannedACL property is set. Gets or sets the content type for the uploaded Amazon S3 objects. The default behavior when this field is not set is to use the file extension to set the content type. If this field is set to a value it will be applied to all uploaded files in the directory, overriding file extension inspection. The content type for all the uploaded Amazon S3 objects. Gets or sets the storage class for the uploaded Amazon S3 objects. Please refer to for information on S3 Storage Classes. The storage class for the uploaded Amazon S3 objects. The collection of meta data for the request. Gets or sets the ServerSideEncryptionMethod property. Specifies the encryption used on the server to store the content. The id of the AWS Key Management Service key that Amazon S3 should use to encrypt and decrypt the object. If a key id is not specified, the default key will be used for encryption and decryption. The Server-side encryption algorithm to be used with the customer provided key. Checks if ServerSideEncryptionKeyManagementServiceKeyId property is set. true if ServerSideEncryptionKeyManagementServiceKeyId property is set. The base64-encoded encryption key for Amazon S3 to use to encrypt the object Using the encryption key you provide as part of your request Amazon S3 manages both the encryption, as it writes to disks, and decryption, when you access your objects. Therefore, you don't need to maintain any data encryption code. The only thing you do is manage the encryption keys you provide. When you retrieve an object, you must provide the same encryption key as part of your request. Amazon S3 first verifies the encryption key you provided matches, and then decrypts the object before returning the object data to you. Important: Amazon S3 does not store the encryption key you provide. The MD5 of the customer encryption key specified in the ServerSideEncryptionCustomerProvidedKey property. The MD5 is base 64 encoded. This field is optional, the SDK will calculate the MD5 if this is not set. Gets or sets whether the Content-MD5 header should be calculated for upload. Gets and sets the property ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus. Specifies whether a legal hold will be applied to this object. For more information about S3 Object Lock, see Object Lock. Gets and sets the property ObjectLockMode. The Object Lock mode that you want to apply to this object. Gets and sets the property ObjectLockRetainUntilDate. The date and time when you want this object's Object Lock to expire. Gets or sets the UploadFilesConcurrently property. Specifies if multiple files will be uploaded concurrently. The number of concurrent web requests used is controlled by the TransferUtilityConfig.ConcurrencyLevel property. The event for UploadDirectoryProgressEvent notifications. All subscribers will be notified when a new progress event is raised. The UploadDirectoryProgressEvent is fired as data is uploaded to S3. The delegates attached to the event will be passed information detailing how much data has been uploaded as well as how much will be uploaded. Subscribe to this event if you want to receive UploadDirectoryProgressEvent notifications. Here is how:
1. Define a method with a signature similar to this one: private void displayProgress(object sender, UploadDirectoryProgressArgs args) { Console.WriteLine(args); } 2. Add this method to the UploadDirectoryProgressEvent delegate's invocation list TransferUtilityUploadDirectoryRequest request = new TransferUtilityUploadDirectoryRequest(); request.UploadDirectoryProgressEvent += displayProgress;
The event for modifying individual TransferUtilityUploadRequest for each file being uploaded. Causes the UploadDirectoryProgressEvent event to be fired. Progress data for files currently being uploaded. Tags that will be applied to all objects in the diretory. Encapsulates the information needed to provide transfer progress to subscribers of the UploadDirectory event. Constructs a new instance of UploadDirectoryProgressArgs. The number of files uploaded. The total number of files to upload. The current file The number of transferred bytes for current file. The size of the current file in bytes. Constructs a new instance of UploadDirectoryProgressArgs. The number of files uploaded. The total number of files to upload. The bytes transferred across all files being uploaded. The total number of bytes across all files being uploaded. The current file being uploaded. The number of transferred bytes for current file. The size of the current file in bytes. Gets or sets the total number of files. The total number of files. Gets or sets the number of files uploaded. The number of files uploaded. Gets or sets the total number of bytes across all files being uploaded. The total number of bytes across all files being uploaded. Gets or sets the bytes transferred across all files being uploaded. The bytes transferred across all files being uploaded. Gets or sets the current file. This property is only valid if UploadDirectory is used without enabling concurrent file uploads (by default concurrent upload is disabled). If concurrent file uploads are enabled by setting TransferUtilityUploadDirectoryRequest.UploadFilesConcurrently to true, this property will return null. The current file. Gets or sets the transferred bytes for current file. This property is only valid if UploadDirectory is used without enabling concurrent file uploads (by default concurrent upload is disabled). If concurrent file uploads are enabled by setting TransferUtilityUploadDirectoryRequest.UploadFilesConcurrently to true, this property will return 0. The transferred bytes for current file. Gets or sets the total number of bytes for current file. This property is only valid if UploadDirectory is used without enabling concurrent file uploads (by default concurrent upload is disabled). If concurrent file uploads are enabled by setting TransferUtilityUploadDirectoryRequest.UploadFilesConcurrently to true, this property will return 0. The total number of bytes for current file. The string representation of this instance of UploadDirectoryProgressArgs. The string representation of this instance of UploadDirectoryProgressArgs. Contains a single TransferUtilityUploadRequest corresponding to a single file about to be uploaded, allowing changes to the request before it is executed. Constructs a new UploadDirectoryFileRequestArgs instance. Request being processed. Gets and sets the UploadRequest property. Contains all the parameters that can be set when making a this request with the TransferUtility method. Gets or sets the name of the bucket. The name of the bucket. Checks if BucketName property is set. true if BucketName property is set. Gets or sets the key under which the Amazon S3 object is to be stored. The key under which the Amazon S3 object is to be stored. Checks if Key property is set. true if Key property is set. Gets or sets the canned access control list (ACL) for the uploaded object. Please refer to for information on Amazon S3 canned ACLs. The canned access control list (ACL) for the uploaded object. Checks if the CannedACL property is set. true if there is the CannedACL property is set. Removes the cannned access control list (ACL) for the uploaded object. Gets or sets the content type of the uploaded Amazon S3 object. The content type of the uploaded Amazon S3 object. Checks if ContentType property is set. true if ContentType property is set. Gets or sets the storage class for the uploaded Amazon S3 object. Please refer to for information on S3 Storage Classes. The storage class for the uploaded Amazon S3 object. Gets and sets the ServerSideEncryptionMethod property. Specifies the encryption used on the server to store the content. The Server-side encryption algorithm to be used with the customer provided key. The id of the AWS Key Management Service key that Amazon S3 should use to encrypt and decrypt the object. If a key id is not specified, the default key will be used for encryption and decryption. Checks if ServerSideEncryptionKeyManagementServiceKeyId property is set. true if ServerSideEncryptionKeyManagementServiceKeyId property is set. The base64-encoded encryption key for Amazon S3 to use to encrypt the object Using the encryption key you provide as part of your request Amazon S3 manages both the encryption, as it writes to disks, and decryption, when you access your objects. Therefore, you don't need to maintain any data encryption code. The only thing you do is manage the encryption keys you provide. When you retrieve an object, you must provide the same encryption key as part of your request. Amazon S3 first verifies the encryption key you provided matches, and then decrypts the object before returning the object data to you. Important: Amazon S3 does not store the encryption key you provide. The MD5 of the customer encryption key specified in the ServerSideEncryptionCustomerProvidedKey property. The MD5 is base 64 encoded. This field is optional, the SDK will calculate the MD5 if this is not set. Input stream for the request; content for the request will be read from the stream. Gets or sets the file path where the Amazon S3 object will be uploaded from. For WinRT and Windows Phone this property must be in the form of "ms-appdata:///local/file.txt". The file path where the Amazon S3 object will be uploaded from. Checks if FilePath property is set. true if FilePath property is set. Gets or sets the part size of the upload in bytes. The uploaded file will be divided into parts the size specified and uploaded to Amazon S3 individually. The part size of the upload. Checks if PartSize property is set. true if PartSize property is set. The collection of headers for the request. The collection of meta data for the request. The tag-set for the object. The event for UploadProgressEvent notifications. All subscribers will be notified when a new progress event is raised. The UploadProgressEvent is fired as data is uploaded to S3. The delegates attached to the event will be passed information detailing how much data has been uploaded as well as how much will be uploaded. Subscribe to this event if you want to receive UploadProgressEvent notifications. Here is how:
1. Define a method with a signature similar to this one: private void displayProgress(object sender, UploadProgressArgs args) { Console.WriteLine(args); } 2. Add this method to the UploadProgressEvent delegate's invocation list TransferUtilityUploadRequest request = new TransferUtilityUploadRequest(); request.UploadProgressEvent += displayProgress;
Causes the UploadProgressEvent event to be fired. Progress data for the file being uploaded. Gets the length of the content by either checking the FileInfo.Length property or the Stream.Length property. The length of the content. Gets or sets whether or not the stream used with this request is automatically closed when all of the content is read from the stream. A value of true if the if the stream is automatically closed when all of the content is read from the stream. A value of false if otherwise. If this value is set to true then the stream's position will be reset to the start before being read for upload. Default: true. Sets whether or not the stream used with this request is automatically closed when all of the content is read from the stream and returns this object instance, enabling additional method calls to be chained together. A value of true if the if the stream is automatically closed when all of the content is read from the stream. A value of false if otherwise. This object instance, enabling additional method calls to be chained together. WARNING: Setting DisableMD5Stream to true disables the MD5 data integrity check on upload requests.This property has been deprecated in favor of Setting the value of DisableMD5Stream will set DisableDefaultChecksumValidation to the same value and vice versa. This property was left here for backwards compatibility. When true, MD5Stream will not be used in upload requests. This may increase upload performance under high CPU loads. The default value is false. Set this value to true to disable MD5Stream use in all S3 upload requests or override this value per request by setting the DisableMD5Stream property on PutObjectRequest, UploadPartRequest, or TransferUtilityUploadRequest. MD5Stream, SigV4 payload signing, and HTTPS each provide some data integrity verification. If DisableMD5Stream is true and DisablePayloadSigning is true, then the possibility of data corruption is completely dependant on HTTPS being the only remaining source of data integrity verification. WARNING: Setting DisableDefaultChecksumValidation to true disables the default data integrity check on upload requests. When true, checksum verification will not be used in upload requests. This may increase upload performance under high CPU loads. Setting DisableDefaultChecksumValidation sets the deprecated property DisableMD5Stream to the same value. The default value is false. Set this value to true to disable the default checksum validation used in all S3 upload requests or override this value per request by setting the DisableDefaultChecksumValidation property on , , or . Checksums, SigV4 payload signing, and HTTPS each provide some data integrity verification. If DisableDefaultChecksumValidation is true and DisablePayloadSigning is true, then the possibility of data corruption is completely dependent on HTTPS being the only remaining source of data integrity verification. This flag is a rename of the property WARNING: Setting DisablePayloadSigning to true disables the SigV4 payload signing data integrity check on this request. If using SigV4, the DisablePayloadSigning flag controls if the payload should be signed on a request by request basis. By default this flag is null which will use the default client behavior. The default client behavior is to sign the payload. When DisablePayloadSigning is true, the request will be signed with an UNSIGNED-PAYLOAD value. Setting DisablePayloadSigning to true requires that the request is sent over a HTTPS connection. Under certain circumstances, such as uploading to S3 while using MD5 hashing, it may be desireable to use UNSIGNED-PAYLOAD to decrease signing CPU usage. This flag only applies to Amazon S3 PutObject and UploadPart requests. MD5Stream, SigV4 payload signing, and HTTPS each provide some data integrity verification. If DisableMD5Stream is true and DisablePayloadSigning is true, then the possibility of data corruption is completely dependant on HTTPS being the only remaining source of data integrity verification. Gets or sets whether the Content-MD5 header should be calculated for upload. Gets and sets the property ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus. Specifies whether a legal hold will be applied to this object. For more information about S3 Object Lock, see Object Lock. Gets and sets the property ObjectLockMode. The Object Lock mode that you want to apply to this object. Gets and sets the property ObjectLockRetainUntilDate. The date and time when you want this object's Object Lock to expire. Gets and sets the property ChecksumAlgorithm. Indicates the algorithm used to create the checksum for the object. Amazon S3 will fail the request with a 400 error if there is no checksum associated with the object. For more information, see Checking object integrity in the Amazon S3 User Guide. If you provide an individual checksum, Amazon S3 will ignore any provided ChecksumAlgorithm. Encapsulates the information needed to provide transfer progress to subscribers of the Put Object Event. The constructor takes the number of currently transferred bytes and the total number of bytes to be transferred The how many bytes were transferred since last event. The number of bytes transferred The total number of bytes to be transferred The constructor takes the number of currently transferred bytes and the total number of bytes to be transferred The how many bytes were transferred since last event. The number of bytes transferred The total number of bytes to be transferred The file being uploaded The constructor takes the number of currently transferred bytes and the total number of bytes to be transferred The how many bytes were transferred since last event. The number of bytes transferred The total number of bytes to be transferred A compensation for any upstream aggregators if this event to correct theit totalTransferred count, in case the underlying request is retried. The file being uploaded Gets the FilePath. Uri wrapper that can parse out information (bucket, key, region, style) from an S3 URI. True if the URI contains the bucket in the path, false if it contains the bucket in the authority. The bucket name parsed from the URI (or null if no bucket specified). The key parsed from the URI (or null if no key specified). The region parsed from the URI (or null if no region specified). Constructs a parser for the S3 URI specified as a string. An encoded URI is expected. The S3 URI to be parsed. Constructs a parser for the S3 URI specified as a Uri instance. An encoded URI is expected. The S3 URI to be parsed. Constructs a parser for the S3 URI specified as a string. An encoded URI is expected. The S3 URI to be parsed. Flag indicating if URI string should be preprocessed to decode certain characters. If the given string is an AmazonS3Endpoint return true and set the AmazonS3Uri out parameter. true if the string is an AmazonS3Endpoint, and the out paramter has been filled in, false otherwise If the given string is an AmazonS3Endpoint return true and set the AmazonS3Uri out parameter. Flag indicating if URI string should be preprocessed to decode certain characters. true if the string is an AmazonS3Endpoint, and the out paramter has been filled in, false otherwise If the given Uri is an AmazonS3Endpoint return true and set the AmazonS3Uri out parameter. true if the Uri is an AmazonS3Endpoint, and the out paramter has been filled in, false otherwise Checks whether the given URI is a Amazon S3 URI. The S3 URI to be checked. true if the URI is a Amazon S3 URI, false; otherwise. Checks whether the given URI is a Amazon S3 URI. The S3 URI to be checked. true if the URI is a Amazon S3 URI, false; otherwise. Percent-decodes the given string, with a fast path for strings that are not percent-encoded. The string to decode The decoded string Percent-decodes the given string. The string to decode The index of the first '%' in the string The decoded string Decodes the percent-encoded character at the given index in the string and appends the decoded value to the string under construction. The string under construction to which the decoded character will be appended. The string being decoded. The index of the '%' character in the string. Converts a hex character (0-9A-Fa-f) into its corresponding quad value. The hex character The quad value Provides utilities used by the Amazon S3 client implementation. These utilities might be useful to consumers of the Amazon S3 library. Provides utilities used by the Amazon S3 client implementation. These utilities might be useful to consumers of the Amazon S3 library. Determines MIME type from a file extension The extension of the file The MIME type for the extension, or text/plain URL encodes a string. If the path property is specified, the accepted path characters {/+:} are not encoded. The string to encode Whether the string is a URL path or not Converts a non-seekable stream into a System.IO.MemoryStream. A MemoryStream's position can be moved arbitrarily The stream to be converted A seekable MemoryStream MemoryStreams use byte arrays as their backing store. Please use this judicially as it is likely that a very large stream will cause system resources to be used up. Formats the current date as a GMT timestamp A GMT formatted string representation of the current date and time Generates an MD5 Digest for the stream specified The Stream for which the MD5 Digest needs to be computed. A string representation of the hash with base64 encoding Generates an MD5 Digest for the string-based content The content for which the MD5 Digest needs to be computed. Whether the returned checksum should be base64 encoded. A string representation of the hash with or w/o base64 encoding Only escape non-ascii characters in a string Check if the backend is S3Express The S3 request object True if the backend returns S3Express, false otherwise Check if the request should use S3Express session authentication The S3 request object True if the request should use S3Express session authentication, false otherwise Version2 S3 buckets adhere to RFC 1035: Less than 255 characters, with each label less than 63 characters. Label must start with a letter Label must end with a letter or digit Label can have a string of letter, digits and hyphens in the middle. Although names can be case-sensitive, no significance is attached to the case. RFC 1123: Allow label to start with letter or digit (e.g. 3ware.com works) RFC 2181: No restrictions apart from the length restrictions. S3 V2 will start with RFCs 1035 and 1123 and impose the following additional restrictions: Length between 3 and 63 characters (to allow headroom for upper-level domains, as well as to avoid separate length restrictions for bucket-name and its labels Only lower-case to avoid user confusion. No dotted-decimal IPv4-like strings The BucketName to validate if V2 addressing should be used True if the BucketName should use V2 bucket addressing, false otherwise S3 v2 Bucket restrictions Check if the request resource is an outpost resource The S3 request object Determines whether an S3 bucket exists or not. The name of the bucket to check. The Amazon S3 Client to use for S3 specific operations. False is returned in case S3 responds with a NoSuchBucket error. True is returned in case of success, AccessDenied error or PermanentRedirect error. An exception is thrown in case of any other error. This method calls GetACL for the bucket. Determines whether an S3 bucket exists or not. This is done by: 1. Creating a PreSigned Url for the bucket. To work with Signature V4 only regions, as well as Signature V4-optional regions, we keep the expiry to within the maximum for V4 (which is one week). 2. Making a HEAD request to the Url The name of the bucket to check. The Amazon S3 Client to use for S3 specific operations. Deletes an S3 bucket which contains objects. An S3 bucket which contains objects cannot be deleted until all the objects in it are deleted. This method deletes all the objects in the specified bucket and then deletes the bucket itself. The bucket to be deleted. The Amazon S3 Client to use for S3 specific operations. Deletes an S3 bucket which contains objects. An S3 bucket which contains objects cannot be deleted until all the objects in it are deleted. This method deletes all the objects in the specified bucket and then deletes the bucket itself. The bucket to be deleted. The Amazon S3 Client to use for S3 specific operations. Options to control the behavior of the delete operation. Initiates the asynchronous execution of the DeleteS3BucketWithObjects operation. DeleteS3BucketWithObjects deletes an S3 bucket which contains objects. An S3 bucket which contains objects cannot be deleted until all the objects in it are deleted. This method deletes all the objects in the specified bucket and then deletes the bucket itself. The bucket to be deleted. The Amazon S3 Client to use for S3 specific operations. token to check if the operation has been request to cancel. An IAsyncCancelableResult that can be used to poll or wait for results, or both; this value is also needed when invoking EndDeleteS3BucketWithObjects. IAsyncCancelableResult can also be used to cancel the operation while it's in progress. Initiates the asynchronous execution of the DeleteS3BucketWithObjects operation. DeleteS3BucketWithObjects deletes an S3 bucket which contains objects. An S3 bucket which contains objects cannot be deleted until all the objects in it are deleted. This method deletes all the objects in the specified bucket and then deletes the bucket itself. The bucket to be deleted. The Amazon S3 Client to use for S3 specific operations. Options to control the behavior of the delete operation. token to check if the operation has been request to cancel. An IAsyncCancelableResult that can be used to poll or wait for results, or both; this value is also needed when invoking EndDeleteS3BucketWithObjects. IAsyncCancelableResult can also be used to cancel the operation while it's in progress. Initiates the asynchronous execution of the DeleteS3BucketWithObjects operation. DeleteS3BucketWithObjects deletes an S3 bucket which contains objects. An S3 bucket which contains objects cannot be deleted until all the objects in it are deleted. This method deletes all the objects in the specified bucket and then deletes the bucket itself. The bucket to be deleted. The Amazon S3 Client to use for S3 specific operations. >Options to control the behavior of the delete operation. An callback that is invoked to send updates while delete operation is in progress. token to check if the operation has been request to cancel. An IAsyncCancelableResult that can be used to poll or wait for results, or both; this value is also needed when invoking EndDeleteS3BucketWithObjects. IAsyncCancelableResult can also be used to cancel the operation while it's in progress. Invokes the DeleteS3BucketWithObjectsInternal method. The Request object that has all the data to complete the operation. token to request the operation to be cancelled. Deletes an S3 bucket which contains objects. An S3 bucket which contains objects cannot be deleted until all the objects in it are deleted. The function deletes all the objects in the specified bucket and then deletes the bucket itself. The bucket to be deleted. The Amazon S3 Client to use for S3 specific operations. Options to control the behavior of the delete operation. The callback which is used to send updates about the delete operation. token to check if the operation has been request to cancel. Invokes the callback which provides updated about the delete operation. The callback to be invoked. The data being passed to the callback. 8 Class to manage and cache the correct region for buckets accessed without an explicit region. Class to manage and cache the correct region for buckets accessed without an explicit region. A cache of BucketName -> RegionEndpoint pairs. The cache is used to make sure that bucket requests are signed for the correct region, even when requesting them without an explicit region. Detect a bucket region mismatch based on the x-amz-bucket-region header, and the status code provided. Detects if the signature is malformed, and the requested bucket is in a Region different from the Region of the request. the correct region if a mismatch was detected, null otherwise Detects if the signature is malformed, and the requested bucket is in a Region different from the Region of the request. the correct region if a mismatch was detected, null otherwise Use a HEAD bucket request to get the region for the given bucket. This method creates an AmazonS3Client from the credentials passed in requestContext. It's critical that the AmazonS3Client is not used to make any requests that will be routed through the pipeline. the value of the x-amz-bucket-region header from the response Options which control the behaviour of the DeleteS3BucketWithObjects operation. Gets or sets a value which indicates whether the operation should be aborted if an error is encountered during execution. Gets or sets a value which indicated whether verbose results shoule be returned to the callback. If quiet mode is true the callback will receive only keys where the delete operation encountered an error. If quiet mode is false the callback will receive keys for both successful and unsuccessful delete operations. Internal class used to pass the parameters for DeleteS3BucketWithObjects operation. Name of the bucket to be deleted. The Amazon S3 Client to use for S3 specific operations. Options to control the behavior of the delete operation. The callback which is used to send updates about the delete operation. Contains updates from DeleteS3BucketWithObjects operation. The list of objects which were successfully deleted. The list of objects for which the delete operation failed. A helper class that represents a strongly typed S3 EventNotification item sent to SQS Parse the JSON string into a S3EventNotification object. The function will try its best to parse input JSON string as best as it can. It will not fail even if the JSON string contains unknown properties. For any parsing errors Gets and sets the records for the S3 event notification The class holds the user identity properties. Gets and sets the PrincipalId property. This class contains the identity information for an S3 bucket. Gets and sets the name of the bucket. Gets and sets the bucket owner id. Gets and sets the S3 bucket arn. This class contains the information for an object in S3. Gets and sets the key for the object stored in S3. Gets and sets the size of the object in S3. Gets and sets the etag of the object. This can be used to determine if the object has changed. Gets and sets the version id of the object in S3. Gets and sets the sequencer a string representation of a hexadecimal value used to determine event sequence, only used with PUTs and DELETEs. Gets and sets the meta information describing S3. Gets and sets the ConfigurationId. This ID can be found in the bucket notification configuration. Gets and sets the Bucket property. Gets and sets the Object property. Gets and sets the S3SchemaVersion property. The class holds the request parameters Gets and sets the SourceIPAddress. This is the ip address where the request came from. This class holds the response elements. Gets and sets the XAmzId2 Property. This is the Amazon S3 host that processed the request. Gets and sets the XAmzRequestId. This is the Amazon S3 generated request ID. The class holds the glacier event data elements. Gets and sets the RestoreEventData property. The class holds the restore event data elements. Gets and sets the LifecycleRestorationExpiryTime the time when the object restoration will be expired. Gets and sets the LifecycleRestoreStorageClass the source storage class for restore. The class holds the event notification. Gets and sets the AwsRegion property. Gets and sets the EventName property. This identities what type of event occurred. For example for an object just put in S3 this will be set to EventType.ObjectCreatedPut. Gets and sets the EventSource property. Gets and sets the EventType property. The time when S3 finished processing the request. Gets and sets the EventVersion property. Gets and sets the RequestParameters property. Gets and sets the ResponseElements property. Gets and sets the S3 property. Gets and sets the UserIdentity property. Get and sets the GlacierEventData property. Configuration for accessing Amazon S3 service Collection of all s supported by S3

The STANDARD mode provides the latest recommended default values that should be safe to run in most scenarios

Note that the default values vended from this mode might change as best practices may evolve. As a result, it is encouraged to perform tests when upgrading the SDK

The IN_REGION mode builds on the standard mode and includes optimization tailored for applications which call AWS services from within the same AWS region

Note that the default values vended from this mode might change as best practices may evolve. As a result, it is encouraged to perform tests when upgrading the SDK

The CROSS_REGION mode builds on the standard mode and includes optimization tailored for applications which call AWS services in a different region

Note that the default values vended from this mode might change as best practices may evolve. As a result, it is encouraged to perform tests when upgrading the SDK

The MOBILE mode builds on the standard mode and includes optimization tailored for mobile applications

Note that the default values vended from this mode might change as best practices may evolve. As a result, it is encouraged to perform tests when upgrading the SDK

The AUTO mode is an experimental mode that builds on the standard mode. The SDK will attempt to discover the execution environment to determine the appropriate settings automatically.

Note that the auto detection is heuristics-based and does not guarantee 100% accuracy. STANDARD mode will be used if the execution environment cannot be determined. The auto detection might query EC2 Instance Metadata service, which might introduce latency. Therefore we recommend choosing an explicit defaults_mode instead if startup latency is critical to your application

The LEGACY mode provides default settings that vary per SDK and were used prior to establishment of defaults_mode

Contains parameters used for resolving S3 endpoints Parameters can be sourced from client config and service operations Used by internal S3EndpointProvider and S3EndpointResolver Can be used by custom EndpointProvider, see ClientConfig.EndpointProvider S3EndpointParameters constructor Bucket parameter Region parameter UseFIPS parameter UseDualStack parameter Endpoint parameter ForcePathStyle parameter Accelerate parameter UseGlobalEndpoint parameter UseObjectLambdaEndpoint parameter Key parameter Prefix parameter DisableAccessPoints parameter DisableMultiRegionAccessPoints parameter UseArnRegion parameter UseS3ExpressControlEndpoint parameter DisableS3ExpressSessionAuth parameter Configuration for the S3 section of AWS configuration. Changes to some settings may not take effect until a new client is constructed. Example section: <configSections> <section name="aws" type="Amazon.AWSSection, AWSSDK.Core"/> </configSections> <aws> <s3 useSignatureVersion4="true" /> </aws> Key for the S3UseSignatureVersion4Key property. Configures if the S3 client should use Signature Version 4 signing with requests. By default, this setting is set to true which will use Signature Version 4 for all requests except presigned URL requests when the region is set to us-east-1. When UseSignatureVersion4 is explicitly set to true by directly setting this property or directly setting this property through configuration, Signature Version 4 will be used for all requests when able to do so. When this setting is false, Signature Version 2 will be used. Note that when the setting is false, Signature Version 4 may still be used by default in some cases or with some regions. WARNING: Setting DisableMD5Stream to true disables the MD5 data integrity check on upload requests.This property has been deprecated in favor of Setting the value of DisableMD5Stream will set DisableDefaultChecksumValidation to the same value and vice versa. This property was left here for backwards compatibility. When true, MD5Stream will not be used in upload requests. This may increase upload performance under high CPU loads. The default value is false. Set this value to true to disable MD5Stream use in all S3 upload requests or override this value per request by setting the DisableMD5Stream property on PutObjectRequest, UploadPartRequest, or TransferUtilityUploadRequest. MD5Stream, SigV4 payload signing, and HTTPS each provide some data integrity verification. If DisableMD5Stream is true and DisablePayloadSigning is true, then the possibility of data corruption is completely dependant on HTTPS being the only remaining source of data integrity verification. WARNING: Setting DisableDefaultChecksumValidation to true disables the default data integrity check on upload requests. When true, checksum verification will not be used in upload requests. This may increase upload performance under high CPU loads. Setting DisableDefaultChecksumValidation sets the deprecated property DisableMD5Stream to the same value. The default value is false. Set this value to true to disable the default checksum validation used in all S3 upload requests or override this value per request by setting the DisableDefaultChecksumValidation property on , , or . Checksums, SigV4 payload signing, and HTTPS each provide some data integrity verification. If DisableDefaultChecksumValidation is true and DisablePayloadSigning is true, then the possibility of data corruption is completely dependent on HTTPS being the only remaining source of data integrity verification. This flag is a rename of the property Escape and unescape S3 metadata for S3 Put/Get object requests. Escape only escapes non-ascii values in metadata Any "%" values in metadata could interfere with this option. Default value is false. Was the value of the UseSignatureVersion4 property set explicitly? This can be done via configuration or by directly setting the property. This is used to determine if the user set UseSignatureVersion4 to true, or if it's true because the default was changed to true in the SDK.